JP7247461B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

A gaming machine is known that has a distribution member that rotates under the weight of a game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other (Patent Document 1).

JP 2017-148189 A

However, the conventional game machine described above has a problem that the sorting member has room for improvement.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to solve the problems exemplified above, and to provide a gaming machine in which a sorting member is suitably configured .

In order to achieve this object, the game machine according to claim 1 has a front portion on the front side and an overhanging portion projecting from the back side of the front portion, and the weight of the game ball acting on the overhanging portion is increased. to distribute the game balls to one side or the other side, the first detection means capable of detecting the game balls distributed to the one side, and the game balls distributed to the other side. and a detectable second detection means, wherein the distribution member is configured to distribute the game balls flowing down in a predetermined manner to the one side in the rotation direction of the distribution member and the distribution member to flow down in the predetermined manner. The rotation direction of the distribution member in the event of distributing the other game balls to the other side is different, and the rotation speed of the distribution member in the event of distributing the game balls flowing down in the predetermined manner to the one side is higher than the rotation speed of the distribution member. In the state immediately after the ball is distributed to the one side, the rotation speed of the distribution member can be slowed down in the event of distributing the other game ball flowing down in the predetermined manner to the other side, and the tension The protruding portion includes a first protruding portion, a second protruding portion, and a third protruding portion. When viewed in the axial direction, the game balls distributed to the one side and the game balls distributed to the other side have a symmetrical shape with respect to the first projecting portion, and the game balls distributed to the other side are located on the rotating shaft of the distribution member. It is allowed to flow down along a plane substantially perpendicular to the direction.

According to the game machine of claim 1, the distribution member is preferably configured .

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment; FIG. 1 is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine. 1 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is an exploded front perspective view of the game board and the operation unit. It is an exploded back perspective view of the game board and the operation unit. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the game board. It is an exploded front perspective view of an auxiliary device. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the auxiliary device. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the window movable unit taken along line XX of FIG. 2; (a) is a rear view of the window movable unit, and (b) is a front view of the window movable unit. (a) is a rear view of the window movable unit, and (b) is a front view of the window movable unit. 4 is an exploded front perspective view of the operating unit; FIG. It is an exploded front perspective view of a game board, an outer edge member, and a metal plate-shaped member. It is an exploded back perspective view of a game board, an outer edge member, and a metal plate-shaped member. FIG. 4 is a partial front view of the operating unit; FIG. 4 is a partial front view of the operating unit; Fig. 3 is a front perspective view of the first operating unit; Fig. 3 is a front perspective view of the first operating unit; Fig. 10 is a rear perspective view of the first operating unit; Fig. 10 is a rear perspective view of the first operating unit; (a) is an exploded front perspective view of the first operation unit, and (b) is a front perspective view of the wing-shaped member and the auxiliary member, showing the meshing state of the wing-shaped member and the auxiliary member. 4 is an exploded front perspective view of the first motion unit; FIG. FIG. 4 is an exploded rear perspective view of the first operation unit; FIG. 4 is an exploded rear perspective view of the first operation unit; FIG. 4A is a top view of the first operating unit; Fig. 10 is a rear view of the first operating unit; Fig. 10 is a rear view of the first operating unit; Fig. 10 is a rear view of the first operating unit; Fig. 10 is a rear view of the first operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the first operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the first operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the first operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the first operating unit; FIG. 4 is a rear view of the support plate portion, feather-shaped member, auxiliary member, and fixed transmission plate; FIG. 4 is a rear view of the support plate portion, feather-shaped member, auxiliary member, and fixed transmission plate; FIG. 4 is a rear view of the support plate portion, feather-shaped member, auxiliary member, and fixed transmission plate; FIG. 4 is a rear view of the support plate portion, feather-shaped member, auxiliary member, and fixed transmission plate; (a) to (c) are schematic diagrams schematically illustrating the displacement relationship of the first operation unit. 4 is an exploded front perspective view of the operating unit; FIG. Fig. 10 is a front perspective view of the second operating unit; FIG. 11 is a rear perspective view of the second operating unit; FIG. 11 is an exploded front perspective view of the second operation unit; FIG. 11 is an exploded front perspective view of the second operation unit; FIG. 11 is an exploded rear perspective view of the second operation unit; 4 is an exploded front perspective view of the base member; FIG. FIG. 4 is a top view of a plate-shaped displacement member; 7 is a front perspective view of hollow member 740. FIG. 48(a) to (c) are cross-sectional views of the light guide member, the plate-like displacement member, and the hollow member taken along line XLIX-XLIX in FIG. 47. FIG. 4 is an exploded front perspective view of the drive unit; FIG. (a) and (b) are front views of a drive unit. FIG. 11 is a front view of the second operating unit; FIG. 11 is a front view of the second operating unit; FIG. 11 is a front view of the second operating unit; 54. (a) is a cross-sectional view of the second operation unit taken along line LVa-LVa in FIG. 53, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the second operation unit taken along line LVb-LVb in FIG. 4(a) and 4(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of change in conduction of left and right electromagnetic solenoids over time and change in posture of a plate-like displacement member. FIG. 4(a) and 4(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of change in conduction of left and right electromagnetic solenoids over time and change in posture of a plate-like displacement member. FIG. FIG. 11 is a top view of the second operating unit; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 58; FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram schematically showing rotational displacement of a large receiving portion; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII of FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII of FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII of FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a partial cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXVIII-LXVIII of FIG. 58; FIG. 59 is a cross-sectional view of the second operating unit taken along line LXXII-LXXII of FIG. 58; (a) and (b) are rear views of the window movable unit in the second embodiment. FIG. 11 is a front view of a first operation unit in the third embodiment; FIG. 4 is a front view of the first operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the first operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the first operating unit; (a) to (c) are schematic diagrams schematically illustrating the displacement relationship of the first operation unit. (a) and (b) are front views of a drive unit of a second operation unit in a fourth embodiment. 54(a) and 54(b) are cross-sectional views of the second operation unit of the fifth embodiment along the line corresponding to the LVa-LVa line in FIG. 53. FIG. It is a front view of the game board in the sixth embodiment. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of a base plate, a winning opening unit and a ball throwing unit; FIG. (a) is a front view of the winning opening unit, and (b) is a back view of the winning opening unit. (a) is a perspective front view of a winning opening unit, and (b) is a perspective rear view of the winning opening unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of the prize winning opening unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of the prize winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the front unit, and (b) is a rear view of the front unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of a front unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of a front unit. (a) is a front view of a displacement member, (b) is a side view of the displacement member, and (c) is a perspective front view of the displacement member. FIG. 87B is a rear view of the winning opening unit and the displacement member in the range XCI of FIG. 87(b). FIG. 87B is a rear view of the winning opening unit and the displacement member in the range XCI of FIG. 87(b). (a) is a side view of the drive unit, (b) is a top view of the drive unit, and (c) is a perspective front view of the drive unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of a drive unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of a drive unit. 93(a) and 93(b) are sectional views of the drive unit taken along line XCVI--XCVI in FIG. 93(b). FIG. 84 is a sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line XCVII-XCVII of FIG. 83; 97(a) and (b) are sectional views of the winning opening unit taken along line XCVIII--XCVIII in FIG. (a) is a front view of a specific winning opening unit, (b) is a rear view of the specific winning opening unit, and (c) is a top view of the specific winning opening unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of a specific prize winning opening unit. FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective rear view of a specific winning hole unit 950; 99(a) and (b) are cross-sectional views of the specific winning opening unit taken along line CII-CII in FIG. 99(c). (a) and (b) are perspective front views of a specific winning slot unit. (a) is a front view of the specific winning opening unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the specific winning opening unit taken along line CIVb-CIVb of FIG. 104(a). (a) is a top view of the specific winning opening unit and the driving unit, and (b) is a side view of the specific winning opening unit and the driving unit. (a) is a cross-sectional view of the specific winning opening unit and the drive unit along the CVIa-CVIa line in FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the drive unit; FIG. (a) is a front view of a ball-throwing unit, and (b) is a side view of the ball-throwing unit. (a) is an exploded perspective front view of the ball throwing unit, and (b) is an exploded perspective rear view of the ball throwing unit. (a) is a front view of a sorting unit, and (b) is a side view of the sorting unit. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of the sorting unit; FIG. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit; 112(a) is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit along line CXIIa-CXIIa in FIG. 109(a), and FIG. 112(b) is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit along line CXIIb-CXIIb in FIG. 112(a). 112(a) and 112(b) are partially enlarged cross-sectional views of the sorting unit in range CXIII of FIG. 112(b). (a) is a front view of a passageway unit, and (b) is a side view of the passageway unit. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of the passageway unit; FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of the passage unit; (a) is a front view of the replaceable unit, and (b) is a rear view of the replaceable unit. 117(a) is a sectional view of the replaceable unit taken along line CXVIIIa-CXVIIIa of FIG. 117(a), and (b) is a sectional view of the replaceable unit taken along line CXVIIIb-CXVIIIb of FIG. 118(a). 81. It is a cross-sectional view of the game board along the CXIXa-CXIXa line in FIG. 119(a) is a partially enlarged sectional view of the game board taken along the range CXXa of FIG. 119, and (b) is a partially enlarged sectional view of the game board taken along line CXXb-CXXb of FIG. 120(a). 119(a) is a partially enlarged sectional view of the game board taken along the range CXXa of FIG. 119, and (b) is a partially enlarged sectional view of the game board taken along line CXXb-CXXb of FIG. 120(a). It is a rear view of a front unit and a displacement member in a 7th embodiment. (a) and (b) are cross-sectional views of a drive unit and in an eighth embodiment. (a) and (b) are cross-sectional views of a drive unit and a displacement member in a ninth embodiment. FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective rear view of a rear base and a displacement member in the tenth embodiment; (a) and (b) are rear views of a front unit and a displacement member. FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective rear view of a rear base and a displacement member in an eleventh embodiment; (a) and (b) are rear views of a front unit and a displacement member. (a) is a rear view of the front unit in the twelfth embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CXXIXb-CXXIXb of FIG. 129(a). 130(a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirteenth embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CXXXb-CXXXb of FIG. 130(a). 131(a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CXXXIb-CXXXIb of FIG. 131(a). (a) is a side view of a drive unit according to a fourteenth embodiment, (b) is a top view of the drive unit, and (c) is a perspective front view of the drive unit. 133(a) is a sectional view of the game board, and FIG. 133(b) is a sectional view of the game board along line CXXXIIIb-CXXXIIIb of FIG. 133(a). (a) is a cross-sectional view of a game board in a fifteenth embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of a game board in a sixteenth embodiment. 135(a) is a schematic rear view of the prize winning unit in the seventeenth embodiment, and (b) is a schematic sectional view of the prize winning unit along the line CXXXVb-CXXXVb of FIG. 135(a). 136(a) is a schematic view of the winning opening unit viewed from the rear, and FIG. 136(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 along line CXXXVIb-CXXXVIb of FIG. 136(a). 137(a) is a schematic diagram of the winning opening unit viewed from the rear, and (b) is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the winning opening unit 930 taken along line CXXXVIIb-CXXXVIIb of FIG. 137(a). FIG. 20 is an exploded perspective front view of a game board in an eighteenth embodiment; (a) is a front view of the winning opening unit, and (b) is a back view of the winning opening unit. (a) is a perspective front view of a winning opening unit, and (b) is a perspective rear view of the winning opening unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of the prize winning opening unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of the prize winning opening unit. 143(a) is a front view of the front unit, (b) is a back view of the front unit, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the front unit taken along line CXLIIIc-CXLIIIc in FIG. 143(a). (a) is a perspective front view of the front unit, and (b) is a perspective rear view of the front unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of a front unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of a front unit. (a) is a front view of a sorting unit, and (b) is a side view of the sorting unit. (a) is a perspective front view of a sorting unit, and (b) is a perspective rear view of the sorting unit. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of the sorting unit; FIG. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit; 149. (a) is a side view of the first side base as viewed in the direction of arrow CLIa in FIG. 149, (b) is a side view of the first side base as viewed in the direction of arrow CLIb in FIG. 149, and (c) is a 149 is a side view of the second side base as viewed in the direction of arrow CLIc in FIG. 149, and (d) is a side view of the second side base as viewed in the direction of arrow CLId in FIG. FIG. 147 is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit taken along line CLIIa-CLIIa of FIG. 147(a); FIG. 152 is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit taken along line CLIII-CLIII of FIG. 152(a); (a) is a front view of the passageway unit, (b) is a top view of the passageway unit, (c) is a side view of the passageway unit, and (d) is a side view of FIG. 154(a). FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the passageway unit taken along line CLIVd-CLIVd; (a) is a perspective front view of a passageway unit, and (b) is a perspective rear view of the passageway unit. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of the passageway unit; FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of the passage unit; FIG. 139(a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CLVIII-CLVIII, (a) showing the closed state of the wing members, and (b) showing the open state of the wing members. (a) is a partially enlarged view of the prize winning opening unit in range CLIXa of FIG. 139 (a) in the closed state of the feather members, and (b) is a side view of the winning opening unit in the closed state of the feather members. (a) is a partially enlarged view of the winning opening unit in range CLIXa of FIG. 139(a) with the feather members open, and (b) is a side view of the winning opening unit with the feather members open. FIG. 139(a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit along the CLXI-CLXI line, (a) shows a state in which the distribution member is arranged at the first position, and (b) shows the distribution member is positioned at the second position. 162(a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CLXIIa-CLXIIa in FIG. 161, and FIG. 162(b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit along line CLXIIb-CLXIIb of FIG. 162(a). FIG. 109 is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit in the nineteenth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section taken along the line CXIIa-CXIIa of FIG. 109(a); FIG. 139B is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twentieth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). FIG. 139B is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twenty-first embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). FIG. 139B is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the twenty-second embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the twenty-third embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the twenty-fourth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the twenty-fifth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the twenty-sixth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the twenty-seventh embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the twenty-eighth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the twenty-ninth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. (a) is a top view of the winning opening unit in the thirtieth embodiment, and (b) is a side view of the winning opening unit. FIG. 139B is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-first embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the thirty-second embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the thirty-third embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is displaced forward while maintaining the posture (angle) disposed at the first position inside the bearing portion described later, and (c) 4 illustrates a state in which the distribution member is arranged at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the thirty-fourth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the thirty-fifth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139B is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the thirty-sixth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the thirty-seventh embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the thirty-eighth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. and (b) shows a state in which the distribution member is disposed at the second position. FIG. 139B is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit in the thirty-ninth embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI of FIG. FIG. 139A is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit in the 40th embodiment, corresponding to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). (a) is a side view of the winning opening unit, and (b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit.

BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko game machine (hereinafter simply referred to as "pachinko machine") 10 will be described as a first embodiment with reference to FIGS. 1 to 44. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 whose outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 formed in substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. and an inner frame 12 supported so as to be openable and closable. In order to support the inner frame 12, the outer frame 11 is provided with metal hinges 18 at two upper and lower positions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1). A frame 12 is supported toward the front side so that it can be opened and closed.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails, winning slots 63 and 64, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 12 from the back side. Balls (game balls) flow down in front of the game board 13 to play a pinball game. The inner frame 12 includes a ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 4) that shoots a ball to the front area of the game board 13, and a shooting unit that guides the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A rail (not shown) or the like is attached.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 covering the front upper side and a lower tray unit 15 covering the lower side are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1). 14 and a lower tray unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are unlocked by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electric parts, and the like, and has a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening at its substantially central portion. A glass unit 16 having two sheet glasses is arranged on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.例文帳に追加

The front frame 14 has an upper tray 17 for storing balls projected to the front side and formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface, and the upper tray 17 discharges prize balls, rental balls, and the like. The bottom surface of the upper tray 17 is inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the inclination guides the ball thrown into the upper tray 17 to the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 4). A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17 . The frame button 22 is operated by the player when, for example, the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) is changed, or the content of the super ready-to-win effect is changed. be.

The front frame 14 is provided with light-emitting means such as various lamps around its periphery (for example, corner portions). These light emitting means are controlled to change the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking in response to changes in the game state such as when a big win is made or when a predetermined ready-to-win state is reached, and play a role of enhancing the effect during the game. Illuminated portions 29 to 33 containing light emitting means such as LEDs are provided on the periphery of the window portion 14c. In the pachinko machine 10, these electric decoration parts 29 to 33 function as production lamps such as big win lamps, and the respective electric decoration parts 29 to 33 are lit by lighting or blinking of built-in LEDs at the time of a big win or a ready-to-win production. Alternatively, it flashes to indicate that the jackpot is in progress or that the player is in the process of reaching one step before the jackpot. In addition, an indicator lamp 34 is provided in the upper left part of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1).

In addition, a small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized on the lower side of the right electrical decoration part 32, and a pasting space K1 (Fig. 2) can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to bring out more splendor, a plated member 36 made of ABS resin, which is plated with chrome, is attached to the area around the electric decorations 29-33.

A ball rental operation unit 40 is arranged below the window portion 14c. The ball rental operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41 , a ball rental button 42 and a return button 43 . When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with banknotes, cards, etc. inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the balls are released according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display section 41 is an area in which the balance information of the card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED is turned on to display the remaining amount in numbers as the balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain lending balls based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and lending balls are supplied to the top tray 17 as long as the card or the like has a balance. be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit. A pachinko machine in which balls are directly lent to the upper tray 17 from a ball leasing device or the like without going through the card unit, that is, a so-called cash machine, does not require the ball leasing operation unit 40. A decorative seal or the like may be added to the installation portion to make the parts configuration common. It is possible to achieve commonality between a pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine.

In the lower tray unit 15 positioned below the upper tray 17, a lower tray 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper tray 17 is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. there is On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 is provided which is operated by the player to hit the ball in front of the game board 13. As shown in FIG.

Inside the operating handle 51, there are a touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the ball shooting unit 112a, a shooting stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operating handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) for detecting a dynamic operation amount (rotational position) based on a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operating handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the amount of rotation operation. A ball is shot with a strength (shooting intensity) corresponding to , and is hit in front of the game board 13 with a flying distance corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball extraction lever 52 is provided at the lower front portion of the lower tray 50 for operation when discharging the balls stored in the lower tray 50 downward. The ball extracting lever 52 is always biased to the right, and when it is slid to the left against the bias, the bottom opening formed in the bottom of the lower tray 50 is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball extracting lever 52 is normally performed with a box (generally called a "senryo box") placed below the lower tray 50 to receive the balls ejected from the lower tray 50 . The operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower tray 50 as described above, and an ashtray (not shown) is attached to the left side of the lower tray 50 .

As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 includes a base plate 60 which is cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front. , 62, a general winning port 63, a first winning port 64, a second winning port 140, a variable winning device 65, a through gate 67, a variable display device unit 80, etc. 1) is attached to the back side of the

The base plate 60 is formed from a wooden plate member. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in through-holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. etc. is fixed. Note that the base plate 60 may be made of a light-transmitting resin material. In this case, it is possible for the player to visually recognize various structures arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side.

The front central portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. As shown in FIG. Mainly referring to FIG. 2, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described below.

In front of the game board 13, an outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially circular arc is planted, and a strip-shaped metal plate is placed inside the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. An arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed by is erected. The front outer periphery of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62, and the front and rear sides are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area is formed in which a game is played by the behavior of . The game area is the front surface of the game board 13 and is defined by two rails 61 and 62 and a resin outer edge member 73 connecting the rails (a winning opening is provided and a shot is fired). area where the ball flows down).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the balls shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper part of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left part in FIG. 2) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 13 from returning into the ball guide passage again. be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the ball. is attenuated and rebounded toward the center.

First pattern display devices 37A and 37B having a plurality of LEDs as light emitting means and a 7-segment display are provided in the lower left part of the game area when viewed from the front (lower left part in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are for displaying according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4), and mainly display the game state of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. In this embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used properly according to whether the ball has won the first prize winning port 64 or the second prize winning port 140.例文帳に追加Specifically, when the ball enters the first winning hole 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while when the ball enters the second winning hole 140, the first The pattern display device 37B is configured to operate.

In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B use LEDs to indicate whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the variable probability, the time saving mode, or the normal state by the lighting state, or indicate whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the changing state by the lighting state. Whether the stop pattern is a pattern corresponding to the probability variable jackpot, a pattern corresponding to the normal jackpot, or a missing pattern is indicated by the lighting state, the number of pending balls is indicated by the lighting state, and a 7-segment display device indicates the round during the jackpot. Display numbers and errors. The plurality of LEDs are configured so that each LED has a different emission color (for example, red, green, and blue), and depending on the combination of the emission colors, it is possible to suggest various game states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. can.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed when a prize is won in the first prize winning port 64 and the second prize winning port 140.例文帳に追加In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big win (big win lottery), and also determines the kind of big win when it is determined as a big win. As the jackpot type determined here, a 15R probability variable jackpot, a 4R probability variable jackpot, and a 15R normal jackpot are prepared. The first pattern display devices 37A and 37B not only indicate whether or not the result of the lottery is a jackpot as a stop pattern after the end of variation, but also indicate a pattern corresponding to the jackpot type when the jackpot is won. .

Here, the “15R probability variable jackpot” is a probability variable jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after the maximum number of rounds is 15 rounds, and the “4R probability variable jackpot” is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 4 rounds. It is a variable jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after . In addition, "15R normal jackpot" is a jackpot that shifts to a low probability state after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds, and a time-saving state during a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). be.

In addition, the "high probability state" refers to a state in which the probability of a subsequent jackpot is increased as an added value after the end of the jackpot, a time during so-called probability fluctuation (probability change), in other words, a game that is easy to shift to a special game state It is the state of The high-probability state (during variable probability) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the probability of winning a second symbol, which will be described later, is increased and the ball is likely to enter the second winning hole 140 . "Low probability state" refers to a state in which the odds are not variable, and the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state in which the jackpot probability is lower than when the odds are variable. In addition, the time-saving state (during time-saving) of the "low-probability state" is a state in which the jackpot probability is normal, and the jackpot probability remains as it is, only the winning probability of the second symbol is increased, and the second winning port 140 It refers to the state of the game in which the ball is likely to win a prize. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is in the normal state, it means that the game is in a state of neither variable probability nor time reduction (state in which neither the jackpot probability nor the second pattern winning probability is increased).

During the probability change and the time reduction, not only the probability of winning the second symbol is increased, but also the time when the feather member 945 (electric accessory) attached to the second winning opening 140 is opened is changed, compared to the normal time. is set to a long time. When the feather member 945 is in the open state (open state), the ball is more likely to enter the second winning hole 140 than when the feather member 945 is in the closed state (closed state). becomes. Therefore, during the probability change or the time reduction, the ball is likely to enter the second winning hole 140, and the number of times the big winning lottery is performed can be increased.

In addition, instead of changing the opening time of the feather member 945 associated with the second winning opening 140 during the probability change or the time saving, or in addition to changing the opening time, the feather member A change may be made to increase the number of times the 945 is opened. In addition, during the probability change or during the time saving, the probability of winning the second pattern is not changed, and the time when the feather member 945 associated with the second winning opening 140 is opened and the number of times the feather member 945 is opened per hit. At least one of them may be changed. In addition, during the probability change or the time saving, the time when the feather member 945 attached to the second winning opening 140 is opened, and the number of times the feather member 945 is opened per hit, only the probability of the second pattern may be changed to be higher than normal.

The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning holes 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. A variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the central portion of the game area. In the variable display device unit 80, the winning (starting winning) to the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 140 is used as a trigger, and while synchronizing with the variable display on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the third symbol is displayed. It is composed of a third pattern display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as a "display device") that performs variable display, and an LED that variably displays the second pattern triggered by the passage of the ball through the through gate 67. A second pattern display device (not shown) is provided. A center frame 86 is arranged in the variable display device unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third pattern display device 81 .

The third pattern display device 81 is composed of a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4), so that, for example, upper, middle and lower three patterns are displayed. A column of symbols is displayed. Each pattern row is composed of a plurality of patterns (third patterns), and these third patterns are horizontally scrolled for each pattern row to variably display the third pattern on the display screen of the third pattern display device 81.例文帳に追加It's like In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the game state is displayed by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B under the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4). Decorative display according to the display of the pattern display devices 37A and 37B is performed. Incidentally, instead of the display device, for example, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using a reel or the like.

The second pattern display device alternately lights up a symbol "O" and a symbol "X" as a display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time each time the ball passes through the through gate 67. This is for variable display. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if the winning lottery is won, the second symbol display device stops and displays the symbol "○" after the second symbol is variably displayed. Further, if the result of the winning lottery is a loss, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variable display of the third symbol.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device stops at a predetermined symbol (symbol of "○" in this embodiment), the feather member 945 attached to the second prize winning opening 140 is displayed for a predetermined period of time. It is configured to be activated (opened).

The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set so as to be shorter during the variable probability or during the time reduction than during the normal game state. As a result, the variable display of the second symbol is performed in a short time during the probability change and the time reduction, so that more winning lotteries can be performed than during normal times. Therefore, since the chances of winning in the winning lottery increase, it is possible to give the player more chances to open the feather member 945 of the second winning opening 140 . Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is likely to enter the second winning hole 140 during the probability variation and the time saving.

In addition, during the probability change or the time reduction, the ball to the second winning opening 140 during the probability change or the time reduction by other methods such as increasing the probability of winning, increasing the opening time and the number of openings of the feather member 945 for one hit is in a state in which it is easy to win a prize, the time required for the variable display of the second symbol may be set constant regardless of the game state. On the other hand, if the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set shorter than normal during the variable probability or during the time saving, the winning probability may be constant regardless of the game state, and one winning The opening time and the number of opening times of the feather member 945 may be constant regardless of the game state.

The through gate 67 is assembled to the game board 13 in the left and right regions of the variable display device unit 80, and is configured so that a part of the ball shot to the game board 13 can pass through. When the ball passes through the through gate 67, a winning lottery for the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a win, the symbol "○" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display, and if the result of the winning lottery is a loss. For example, an "x" symbol is displayed as a variable display stop symbol.

The number of times the ball passes through the through gate 67 is suspended up to a total of four times, and the number of suspended balls is displayed by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B described above, and is displayed on the second symbol suspension lamp (not shown). is also displayed. Four second pattern holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third pattern display device 81 .

In addition, the variable display of the second pattern is performed by switching lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second pattern display device as in the present embodiment. A part of the pattern display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the lighting of the second symbol reservation lamp may be performed by a part of the third symbol display device 81 . Also, the maximum number of held balls for passage of the ball through the through gate 67 is not limited to 4, and may be set to 3 or less, or 5 or more (for example, 8). Also, the number of through gates 67 to be assembled is not limited to two, and may be, for example, one. Also, the mounting position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the right and left sides of the variable display unit 80, and may be below the variable display unit 80, for example. In addition, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the lighting display may not be performed by the second symbol reservation lamp.

Below the variable display device unit 80, a first winning hole 64 through which balls can win is arranged. When a ball enters the first winning hole 64, a first winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused to turn on the first winning hole switch. (See FIG. 4), a lottery for a big hit is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

On the other hand, below the first prize winning port 64 in a front view, a second prize winning port 140 through which a ball can win a prize is arranged. When the ball enters the second winning hole 140, a second winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused to turn on the second winning hole switch. (See FIG. 4), a lottery for a big win is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37B.

Also, the first prize winning port 64 and the second prize winning port 140 are also one of the prize winning ports from which five balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. In this embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the first prize winning port 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the second prize winning port 140 are configured to be the same. , the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the first prize winning port 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the second prize winning port 140 are different numbers, for example, the number of balls to the first prize winning port 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when the ball wins may be set to three, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when the ball enters the second prize winning port 140 may be set to five.

A feather member 945 is attached to the second prize winning port 140 . The feather member 945 is configured to be openable and closable, and normally the feather member 945 is in a closed state (reduced state), making it difficult for the ball to enter the second winning port 140 . On the other hand, as a result of the variable display of the second symbol triggered by the passage of the ball through the through gate 67, when the symbol "○" is displayed on the second symbol display device, the feather member 945 is in the open state (enlarged state). ), so that the ball can easily enter the second winning hole 140 .

As described above, during the variable probability and during the time saving, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than during normal, and the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is short, so in the variable display of the second symbol "○ ' is more likely to be displayed, and the number of times the feather member 945 is in the open state (enlarged state) increases. Furthermore, the time during which the feather member 945 is opened is also longer during the variable probability and during the time saving than during normal operation. Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is more likely to enter the second winning hole 140 during the variable probability and the shorter working hours compared to the normal time.

Here, when the ball enters the first prize winning port 64 and when the ball enters the second prize winning port 140, the probability of winning the jackpot is the same in both the low probability state and the high probability state. However, the probability of the 15R probability variable jackpot as the type of jackpot selected in the event of a jackpot is higher when the ball enters the second winning port 140 than when the ball enters the first winning port 64. is set. On the other hand, the first prize winning port 64 does not have a feather member like the second prize winning port 140, and is in a state in which a ball can always win a prize.

Therefore, during normal operation, the feather member associated with the second winning opening 140 is often closed, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 140. A ball is shot so as to pass through the left side of the variable display unit 80 (so-called "left-handed hitting"), and by winning in the first prize-winning port 64, there are many chances for a big winning lottery, and a big win is expected. Aiming is more advantageous for the player.

On the other hand, during the probability change or the time reduction, by passing the ball through the through gate 67, the feather member 945 attached to the second winning opening 140 is likely to be in an open state, and the second winning opening 140 is easy to win. , shoots the ball toward the second winning hole 140 so that the ball passes through the right side of the variable display device 80 (so-called "right hitting"), passes through the through gate 67, and opens the feather member. At the same time, it is advantageous for the player to aim for a 15R probability variable jackpot by winning the second prize winning port 140 .

In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, since the configuration of the game board 13 is bilaterally symmetrical, it is possible to aim for the first winning hole 64 by "right-handed hitting" or to aim for the second winning hole 140 by "left-handed hitting". You can also aim. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment provides the player with information on how to shoot balls according to the game state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether the game is in variable probability, short time, or normal). It is possible to eliminate the need to change the to "left-handed" and "right-handed". Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the annoyance of changing the way the ball is hit.

A variable prize winning device 65 (see FIG. 2) is arranged below the first prize winning port 64, and a specific prize winning port 65a is provided substantially in the center thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning in the first prize winning port 64 or the second prize winning port 140 results in a jackpot, after a predetermined time (fluctuation time) elapses, the jackpot stop symbol is displayed. The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on so as to cause the first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B to be lit, and the third symbol display device 81 is caused to display the stop symbol corresponding to the big win, thereby indicating the occurrence of the big win. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (jackpot) in which the ball is likely to win. As this special game state, the specific winning opening 65a which is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have passed or until 10 balls have been won).

The specific winning opening 65a is closed after a predetermined period of time has passed, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined period of time. The opening and closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening and closing operation is performed is one form of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, and the player is given a game value (game value) by paying out a larger amount of prize balls than usual. is done.

Incidentally, the special game state is not limited to the form described above. A large opening that is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a is provided in the game area, and when the LED corresponding to the big win is lit in the first pattern display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, and the A special game is a game state in which a large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times when a ball enters the specific winning opening 65a while the specific winning opening 65a is open. You may make it form as a state. In addition, the number of the specific winning openings 65a is not limited to one, and one or more than two (for example, three) may be arranged. The left side of the variable display device unit 80 is not limited to the lower left side of the prize winning opening 64, for example.

An affixing space K1 for affixing a certificate stamp, an identification label, or the like is provided at the right corner of the lower side of the game board 13. 35 (see FIG. 1).

The game board 13 is provided with an out port 71 . Balls that flow down the game area and do not win in any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640 are guided through an out opening 71 to a ball discharge path (not shown). A pair of out ports 71 are arranged on the left and right sides of the specific winning port 65a.

The game board 13 is provided with a large number of nails for properly dispersing and adjusting the falling direction of the balls, and various members (accessories) such as windmills.

As shown in FIG. 3, the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly provided with control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 . The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a dispensing unit 93 as a unit. In addition, each control board has an MPU as a 1-chip microcomputer that manages each control, a port that communicates with various devices, a random number generator that is used for various lotteries, and is used for time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generation circuit or the like is mounted as required.

The main control device 110, the sound lamp control device 113, the display control device 114, the payout control device 111, the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . Each of the board boxes 100 to 104 has a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to accommodate each controller and each board.

In addition, the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and firing control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover in an unopenable manner (caulking structure) by a sealing unit (not shown). consolidation). A sealing seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. The sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing seal is peeled off in order to open the circuit board boxes 100, 102, or if the circuit board boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base and the box cover may be damaged. cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100, 102 have been opened.

The dispensing unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and open upward, a tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a tank rail 131 downstream of the tank rail 131. a case rail 132 vertically connected to the side of the case rail 132; ing. The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall, and a payout device 133 pays out the required number of balls as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131 .

The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor control knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erasure switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to eliminate ball clogging (return to normal state) when a dispensing error such as a ball clogging in the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4) occurs. The operating knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when the pachinko machine 10 is to be returned to its initial state.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG.

The main control unit 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 storing various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 201, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 202. A RAM 203 and other various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are incorporated. In the main control unit 110, the MPU 201 performs main processing of the pachinko machine 10, such as the setting of the jackpot lottery, the display settings of the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and the lottery of the display results of the second symbol display device. to run.

In addition, various commands are transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers by the data transmission/reception circuit in order to instruct the sub-controllers such as the payout controller 111 and the sound lamp controller 113 to operate. Such commands are sent in only one direction from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers.

The RAM 203 stores various areas, counters, flags, contents of internal registers of the MPU 201, return addresses of control programs executed by the MPU 201, etc., and a stack area for storing various flags, counters, I/O, and the like. and a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

When power is interrupted due to power failure or the like, the RAM 203 stores the stack pointer and the values of each register at the time of power interruption (including power failure; the same applies hereinafter). On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including when the power is turned on due to the cancellation of the power failure; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203 . Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (not shown) when the power is turned off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed by the start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. , NMI interrupt processing (not shown) is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 via a bus line 204 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 205 includes the payout control device 111, the sound lamp control device 113, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol display device, the second symbol reservation lamp, and the lower side of the opening/closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 consisting of a large opening solenoid for driving opening and closing and a solenoid for driving a wing member is connected to the front side as a front side. Send.

The input/output port 205 also includes various switches 208 including a group of switches (not shown) and a group of sensors including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotation position detection sensor R, and a RAM erasure switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply 115, which will be described later. , and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erasing signal SG2 output from the RAM erasing switch circuit 253 .

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 storing control programs executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 used as a work memory and the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. , and a work area (work area) in which values such as I/O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 215 is connected to the main controller 110, the dispensing motor 216, the launch controller 112, and the like. Although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch for detecting paid prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout controller 111 but not to the main controller 110 .

The shooting control device 112 controls the ball shooting unit 112a so that the shooting strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51 when the main controller 110 issues an instruction to shoot the ball. . The ball shooting unit 112a has a shooting solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on the condition that the shooting stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball is turned off (not operated). A shooting solenoid is energized corresponding to the amount of rotation operation (rotation position) of the handle 51 , and the ball is shot with strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51 .

The audio lamp control device 113 outputs audio from an audio output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs lighting and extinguishing from a lamp display device (electrical parts 29 to 33, an indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227, and changes production (variation It controls the setting of the display mode of the third pattern display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as display) and advance notice effects. The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 222 storing control programs executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 used as a work memory and the like.

An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 225 is connected to the main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the lamp display device 227, the other device 228, the frame button 22, and the like. Other devices 228 include a drive motor MT1 and electromagnetic solenoids SOL1 and SOL2.

Sound lamp control device 113, based on various commands (fluctuation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from main control device 110, determines the display mode of third symbol display device 81, and sends the determined display mode to the command The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). In addition, the sound lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 or super reach. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the effect contents of the hour. When the stage is changed, a rear image change command including information about the stage after the change is transmitted to the display control device 114 in order to display the rear image corresponding to the stage after the change on the third pattern display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third design, which is the main image to be displayed on the third design display device 81 . The display control device 114 displays various images on the third pattern display device 81 in accordance with commands transmitted from the sound lamp control device 113 .

Also, the sound lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing the display content of the third pattern display device 81 from the display control device 114 . In the audio lamp control device 113, based on the display command received from the display control device 114, in accordance with the display content of the third pattern display device 81, output the audio corresponding to the display content from the audio output device 226, Lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the display contents.

The display control device 114 is connected to the sound lamp control device 113 and the third pattern display device 81, and based on the command received from the sound lamp control device 113, the third pattern display device 81 changes the third pattern, etc. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display contents of the third pattern display device 81 to the sound lamp control device 113 . The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound from the sound output device 226 in accordance with the display contents indicated by this display command, so that the display of the third pattern display device 81 and the sound output from the sound output device 226 are matched. be able to.

The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to power failure, etc., and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3). and an erase switch circuit 253 . The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an overview, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volts supplied from the outside, various switches such as the various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, a voltage of 12 volts for driving a motor, etc. A voltage of 5 volts for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, etc. are generated, and these 12 volts, 5 volts and backup voltages are supplied to the controllers 110 to 114 and the like as necessary voltages.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 at the time of power failure due to power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of stable DC 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power shutdown, power shutdown) has occurred when this voltage is less than 22 volts. Then, a power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute NMI interrupt processing. Even after the stable DC voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing. is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. When the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main controller 110 clears the backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input, and controls the payout initialization command for clearing the backup data in the payout control device 111. Send to device 111 .

Next, the structure of the game board 13 and the operation unit 300 will be described. 5 is an exploded front perspective view of the game board 13 and the action unit 300, and FIG. 6 is an exploded rear perspective view of the game board 13 and the action unit 300. FIG. Note that FIG. 2 will be referred to as appropriate in the description of FIGS. 5 and 6 . Further, in FIG. 6, illustration of the third pattern display device 81 is omitted.

As described above, the game board 13 has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape as viewed from the front, and a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a pinwheel (not shown), and rails 61 and 62. , general winning port 63, first winning port 64, second winning port 140, through gate 67, variable winning device 65, variable display device unit 80, pair of left and right window movable units 150, balls ejected from the game area It is constructed by assembling a spherical flow down unit 290 and the like configured to be able to flow down, and its peripheral portion is attached to the back side of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 1).

As described above, the base plate 60 is formed of plywood in which plywood is laminated, and the base plate 60 is mounted so as not to allow the player to visually recognize various structures arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side thereof. Shieldable at 60 .

As shown in FIG. 6, the base plate 60 has a through hole drilled at a substantially central position so that the variable display device unit 80 can be arranged, and a through hole for passing electrical wiring connected to the through gate 67 . A plurality of (two in this embodiment) small through-holes 60a provided, and a plurality of (three in this embodiment) fitting recesses 60b recessed so as to be fitted to the front end portion of the operation unit 300. , and a plurality of (two in this embodiment) light transmitting holes 60c formed in the front-rear direction in the left and right lower portions.

The light transmission hole 60c is formed at a position through which light emitted from the operation unit 300 side can pass, thereby improving the effect of the game board 13 from the viewpoint of light emission effect. This will be explained in detail.

On the front side of the light passage hole 60c, flow-down surface forming members 91 and 92 formed of a light-transmitting resin material are arranged, and the outer portions 94 of the flow-down surface forming members 91 and 92 are the light passage holes. The downstream surface forming members 91 and 92 are fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 so as to cover the base plate 60c.

The left and right flow-down surface forming members 91 and 92 are configured in a substantially symmetrical shape except that the covering plate FB is arranged on the front side of the right-side flow-down surface forming member 92, so that the left-side flow-down surface configuration The member 91 will be described in detail, and the description of the right flowing surface forming member 92 will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 5 , the flow-down surface forming member 91 has a plate-like portion arranged along the front surface of the base plate 60 , which is formed into a band-like portion 93 having a width equal to that of the inner rail 61 . is configured to be partitioned, and the belt-shaped portion 93, the outer portion 94 that is the outer portion (front view outer portion) of the game area partitioned by the belt-shaped portion 93, and the game partitioned by the belt-shaped portion 93 and an inner portion 95 that is the inner portion of the region (the inner portion when viewed from the front).

As described above, the outer portion 94 is located outside the playing area, and is configured as a portion that does not easily affect the flow of the ball. Therefore, since there is no need to consider the effect on the ball due to the displacement of the outer plate portion 94, the thickness of the outer portion 94 can be designed to be thin.

As a result of designing the outer portion 94 to be thin, even if the thickness of the inner portion 95 is reduced, the thickness of the base plate 60 is disposed on the rear side of the inner portion 95, so the rigidity of the base plate 60 is maintained. can be used to suppress displacement of the inner portion 95 in the front-rear direction (deformation in the thickness direction). Furthermore, by designing the thickness of the outer portion 94 and the inner portion 95 to be thin, it is possible to sufficiently secure the front-to-rear width of the game area.

In this manner, the thickness of the outer portion 94 can be designed to be thin without impairing the functions required of the inner portion 95. As a result, the light emitted from the operation unit 300 and passing through the light transmission hole 60c can be transmitted. , the outer portion 94 can be easily viewed by the player.

In this embodiment, since the base plate 60 is made of a wooden plate member, it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the light emitted from the rear side through the thickness of the base plate 60 . On the other hand, by forming the light transmission hole 60c (see FIG. 6) and arranging the light emitting means on the back side thereof as in the present embodiment, the base plate 60 can be configured with a wooden plate member. The brightness visually recognized through can be easily changed.

For example, in the case of forming a decorative pattern that is visually recognized as being continuously connected to the outer portion 94 and other portions when viewed from the front, By changing the brightness of the outer portion 94 by changing the light emitting mode of the light emitting means 778 in a plurality of types, it is possible to change the appearance of the same decorative pattern in a plurality of types.

Further, for example, a decorative member that changes the visible pattern according to the light emitting mode of the light emitting means 778 may be attached to the outer portion 94 . In this case, the appearance (image) of the game board 13 can be greatly changed by the light emission mode of the light emission means 778 .

The mode of the decorative member that changes the visible pattern depending on the light emission mode is not limited at all. For example, it may be a member that is designed so that different patterns can be visually recognized depending on the angle at which light is applied, as typified by an illumination plate. Also, for example, on the premise that a pattern is drawn in multiple colors and multiple colors of light to be irradiated are prepared, a member designed to change the visually recognized pattern by changing the luminescent color may be used. .

The inner part 95 is arranged inside the game area as described above. If the inner portion 95 is displaced (deformed), it may affect the ball flowing down the game area. (because the light transmission hole 60c is configured to be accommodated on the outer side portion 94 side with respect to the strip portion 93 in a front view), the rigidity of the base plate 60 is used to displace the inner portion 95 ( deformation) can be prevented. As a result, the downflow of the ball can be stabilized.

A general prize winning port 63 is arranged in the inner portion 95 , the general prize winning port 63 is arranged in a through hole formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and the flow-down surface forming member 91 is the front surface of the game board 13 . It is fixed by fixing with a tapping screw or the like from the side.

The front central portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. As shown in FIG. Mainly referring to FIG. 2, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described below.

As described above, the variable display device unit 80 is provided with the center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third pattern display device 81, and the window portion movable unit 150 is placed at the left and right upper corners of the center frame 86. are arranged.

7 is an exploded rear perspective view of the game board 13. FIG. In FIG. 7, illustration of the lower part of the game board 13 is omitted, and the auxiliary device 160 is disassembled and illustrated in perspective from the front.

The window portion movable unit 150 is rotatably displaceable, and includes a displacement member 151 configured to be visible to the player in the window portion inside the center frame 86, and a displacement member 151 disposed on the back side of the displacement member 151. and an auxiliary device 160 that generates driving force for driving the displacement member 151 and irradiates the displacement member 151 with light.

The displacement member 151 is formed in a bifurcated shape when viewed in the front-rear direction, and includes a bifurcated portion 152 that is pivotally supported at a base end configured near the bent portion, and a bifurcated portion 152 that is disposed at both ends of the bifurcated portion 152 and has an open back side. and a protruding portion 154 protruding radially from the base end portion of the bifurcated portion 152 .

The tip part 153 is formed in a box shape (bag shape, cup shape) with the bottom side facing the front side, and is fastened to an effect part 153a arranged so as to be visible to the player, and to the open part side of the effect part 153a. A ring-shaped portion 153b which is a fixed ring-shaped portion and has a shape in which the opposite side of the performance portion 153a narrows compared to the side of the performance portion 153a is provided.

The effect part 153a has a light diffusion shape (notched shape) formed on the inner surface, and can diffuse the light irradiated from the back side to the inside of the open part, so that the light actually irradiated is a narrow range. Even if the illumination is directed to the front side, the player viewing the effect portion 153a from the front side can visually recognize the effect portion 153a as a whole as if it were shining (faintly).

The protruding portion 154 defines a displaceable range in both directions in the rotational direction by a pair of claw portions 86a projecting from the center frame 86 side. That is, the displacement member 151 is configured to be rotationally displaceable at an angle (less than 360 degrees) defined by the relationship between the arrangement of the claw portion 86a and the projecting portion 154. As shown in FIG.

8 is an exploded front perspective view of the auxiliary device 160, and FIG. 9 is an exploded rear perspective view of the auxiliary device 160. FIG. The auxiliary device 160 includes a contact member 161 arranged at a position capable of contacting the displacement member 151 (see FIG. 7), and a metal member having one end (front side end) connected to the contact member 161 so as not to rotate relative to each other. A transmission shaft rod portion 162 made of brass (in this embodiment, made of brass), a driven member 163 connected to the other end (back side end) of the transmission shaft rod portion 162 so as not to rotate relatively, and a transmission shaft rod portion A well-known E-ring 164 that is radially fitted to both ends of the transmission shaft 162, a support case 170 that is configured to support the transmission shaft portion 162 and has a case shape as a whole, and a support case 170 that is arranged inside the support case 170. It is provided with an electric decoration board 180 provided.

The transmission shaft rod portion 162 is a cylindrical member having a perfect circular external shape when viewed in the axial direction (front-rear direction) of the midsection. The tip has a substantially D-shaped cross section. By fitting the both side end portions into the insertion hole 161b of the contact member 161 and the insertion hole 163b of the driven member 163, the contact member 161, the transmission shaft rod portion 162, and the driven member 163 are connected to each other. Non-rotatably (integrally) connected.

The abutment member 161 is made of a resin material, and has a base end portion 161a in which an insertion hole 161b, which is a through hole through which the transmission shaft rod portion 162 is inserted and has a D-shaped cross section, is formed. , and an arm portion 161c extending outward from the base end portion 161a thereof and configured in a substantially U-shape when viewed from the front.

The driven member 163 is formed of a resin material, and has a base end portion 163a and a base end portion 163a in which a through hole 163b, which is a through hole through which the transmission shaft rod portion 162 is inserted and has a D-shaped cross section, is bored. , and an arm portion 163c extending straight outward from the base end portion 161a thereof and having a substantially flat plate shape.

A metal plate member MB<b>1 made of metal (magnetic material) is arranged on the upper surface of the driven member 163 . In this embodiment, the metal plate member MB1 is fixed to the driven member 163 by engaging with the elastic claws 163d.

More specifically, rail portions for guiding the front-to-rear sliding of the metal plate member MB1 are provided at both ends of the arm portion 163c in the radial direction. formed (only the front side is fully open). When the metal plate member MB1 is slid along the rail portion, the elastic claw 163d is pushed down by the metal plate member MB1. At this position, the elastic claw 163d is released from being pushed down by the metal plate member MB1 (the elastic claw 163d is raised to a position facing the side surface of the metal plate member MB1). It engages so as to restrict retraction of the plate member MB1 to the front side.

The method of fixing the metal plate member MB1 to the driven member 163 is not limited to this. For example, the metal plate member MB1 may be fastened and fixed to the driven member 163, bound with a binding band, or attached with an adhesive tape or the like.

The support case 170 consists of a rear member 170B, a middle member 170M provided on the front side of the rear member 170B and formed with a support hole 174 through which the transmission shaft rod portion 162 is inserted, and a front side of the middle member 170M. A front member 170F having a decorative shape (wavy pattern) formed on the front side is provided, and a plurality of (three in this embodiment) plate-shaped members are stacked in front and behind and fastened and fixed.

The illumination board 180 is formed in a substantially L-shaped plate shape when viewed from the front in accordance with the shape of the front member 170F, and is composed of a plurality of LEDs and the like arranged at positions designed in consideration of presentation. It comprises a light emitting means 181, a connector 182 arranged as a portion to which electrical wiring is connected, and a plurality of through holes 183 drilled in the electrical board 180 for assembly.

The light-emitting means 181 includes a strong light-emitting means 181a arranged inside the light transmission hole 177 in a front view, and a weak light-emitting means arranged outside the light transmission hole 177 (arranged so as to face the rear surface of the front member 170F). 181b.

The through-hole 183 is formed in an elongated oval shape along the direction of inclination. This makes it easy to assemble the through hole 183 to the projecting cylindrical portion 172 which has a perfect circular outer shape when viewed from the front.

That is, while the electrical board 180 is tilted (see FIG. 10), the projecting direction of the projecting cylindrical portion 172 is not tilted (in the front-rear direction). In this embodiment, the through hole 183 is formed in an elongated oval shape along the direction in which the electrical board 180 is tilted. A large margin for the through-hole 183 along the direction of inclination can be secured, and the through-hole 183 can be easily attached to the projecting cylindrical portion 172 .

The electrical board 180 is accommodated between the front member 170F and the middle member 170M. be done. This will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the window movable unit 150 taken along line XX in FIG. In order to facilitate understanding, the illustration of the rear member 170B is omitted, and the outer shape of the displacement member 151 is illustrated by imaginary lines. The line XX is arranged so as to pass through the center of the projecting cylindrical portion 172 on the upper side. 8 and 9 will be referred to as necessary in the following description.

The middle member 170M has different wall-shaped portions on the front side between the upper wall-shaped portion 170MU and the lower wall-shaped portion 170MD. That is, the upper wall-shaped portion 170MU is configured as a wall-shaped portion that is non-inclined (with its normal directed horizontally), and the lower wall-shaped portion 170MD is configured as a wall-shaped portion that is inclined (with its normal directed downward to the front side). configured as

In this manner, the electrical board 180 is supported so that the back surface of the decorative board 180 is aligned with the lower wall portion 170MD (the normal line is inclined downward toward the front side). That is, in the assembled state (see FIG. 2), the direction of the optical axis of the light emitted from the light emitting means 181 of the electrical board 180 is inclined downward on the front side.

The intermediate member 170M includes a projecting frame portion 171 projecting toward the front side in a frame shape, and a plurality of projecting cylindrical portions projecting toward the front side in the form of small-diameter cylinders inside the projecting frame portion. 172, and wire through holes 173 drilled in the front-rear direction so as to surround the connector 182 at the right and left outer (left) corners.

The protruding frame portion 171 abuts on the outer frame portion of the front member 170</b>F in the front and rear, thereby sealing the periphery of the electrical board 180 . As a result, the electrical board 180 can be prevented from being seen from between the front member 170F and the middle member 170M, and light leakage from the same position can be prevented.

The projecting cylindrical portion 172 has a large-diameter seat portion and a small-diameter insertion portion that further protrudes from the seat portion, and is assembled so that the insertion portion enters the through-hole 183 of the electrical board 180. The back surface of the electrical board 180 is supported by the seat portion, and the arrangement of the electrical board 180 can be stabilized.

Here, the seat portion of the projecting cylindrical portion 172 provided on the upper wall portion 170MU is higher than the seat portion of the projecting cylindrical portion 172 provided on the lower wall portion 170MD. As a result, it is possible to stably support the electrical board 180 that is assembled in the above-described inclined posture, and to ensure a space between the upper wall-shaped portion 170MU and the electrical board 180 .

The protruding end of the seat portion of the protruding cylindrical portion 172 is formed as an inclined surface (an inclined surface configured so that the protruding length becomes shorter toward the lower side) matching the posture of the electrical board 180 . . Thus, the protruding cylindrical portion 172 can be provided with a function of stabilizing the position of the electrical board 180 as well as the function of stabilizing the arrangement of the electrical board 180 .

The wiring through hole 173 is a through hole for passing the electric wiring connected to the connector 182 of the electrical board 180 . Since the posture of the electrical board 180 can be maintained by the load applied to the electrical board 180 via the electric wiring, the posture of the electrical board 180 can be stably supported without fastening and fixing the electrical board 180. can do.

The front member 170F is made of a colored (white in this embodiment) light-transmitting resin material so that the back surface thereof is substantially parallel to the lower wall-shaped portion 170MD, and is perforated in a circular shape in the front-rear direction. Left-right view L connecting between a plurality of light transmission holes 177, a plurality of projecting cylindrical portions 178 projecting toward the back side in a thin cylindrical shape, and a frame portion forming the back surface and the outer periphery of the plate and an L-shaped support 179 in the shape of a letter.

The light transmitting hole 177 is formed so as to surround any one of the LEDs forming the light emitting means 181 when viewed from the front. As a result, the appearance of the light emitting means 181 disposed on the back side of the light transmission hole 177 and the light emitting means 181 other than the light emitting means 181 when viewed from the front side of the front member 170F changes. That is, the inside of the light transmitting hole 177 can be visually recognized as emitting stronger light than the other portions.

A plurality of projecting cylindrical portions 178 are formed with substantially the same projecting length. As a result, while the interval between the main body plate portion of the front member 170F and the electrical board 180 is uniform over the entire arrangement range of the electrical board 180, the electrical board 180 in an inclined posture is surface-supported at a plurality of positions. Therefore, it is possible to improve the sense of stability in supporting the electrical board 180 while maintaining the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the light emitting means 181 and suppressing unevenness in the light emission mode.

That is, since the front surface of the electric board 180 is tilted toward the front side, it is preferable to support it from the front side in order to maintain that position. When the electrical board 180 is supported by the electrical board 180, the area where the light emitting means 181 can be arranged on the front side of the electrical board 180 tends to be limited. If the area of the supporting portion is reduced in favor of the area in which the light emitting means 181 can be arranged, the posture of the electrical board 180 is lost, and the space between the main body plate portion of the front member 170F and the electrical board 180 becomes larger than that of the electrical board 180. There is a possibility that the range tends to fluctuate, resulting in unevenness in the light emission mode.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a plurality of projecting columnar portions 178 having a similar projecting height and a small diameter are provided so that the front surface of the electrical board 180 can be simultaneously supported at a plurality of points. Therefore, a plurality of projecting cylindrical portions 178 for supporting the electrical board 180 can be arranged at a plurality of small gaps between adjacent light emitting means 181 . As a result, it is possible to improve the stability of supporting the electrical board 180 while maintaining the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the light emitting means 181 and suppressing unevenness in the light emission mode.

The L-shaped support portion 179 faces the upper surface and the front surface of the electrical board 180 in the assembled state, and functions to suppress the displacement of the electrical board 180 . In other words, the lower portion of the L-shaped support portion 179 arranged opposite to the front surface of the decorative electrical board 180 supports and prevents the electrical board 180 from falling forward due to its own weight.

In addition, the rear portion of the L-shaped support portion 179 facing the plate upper surface of the electrical board 180 and the electrical board 180 are normally arranged with a gap therebetween, so that the electrical board 180 is loosely supported. The vertical displacement of the electrical board 180 can be minimized.

In addition, support portions having the same shape as the L-shaped support portion 179 are also formed on the front side of the lower wall portion 170MD of the intermediate member 170M (formed at two positions on the left and right). and the rear face, and functions to suppress the displacement of the electrical board 180 . That is, in this embodiment, the L-shaped support portions arranged above and below the electrical board 180 are configured to be capable of suppressing displacement of the electrical board 180 in the front-rear direction and the vertical direction.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the electrical board 180 is not directly fastened and fixed, but is stably supported by being sandwiched between the front member 170F and the middle member 170M from the front and rear. there is This is because, for example, if the middle member 170M and the electric board 180 are fastened and fixed to form a single rigid body, the electric board 180 may vibrate under the influence of the vibration generated in the middle member 170M. , is a countermeasure in consideration of it.

That is, according to this embodiment, the electrical board 180 is not fastened and fixed to either the middle member 170M or the front member 170F, so even if the middle member 170M or the front member 170F vibrates, it will It is possible to make it easier to independently maintain the arrangement of the electrical board 180 .

Here, it is considered that the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 disposed on the back side of the intermediate member 170M is likely to cause vibration of the intermediate member 170M. It is arranged on the opposite side (rear side) of the electrical board 180 across a gap generated on the front side of the part 170MU.

With this configuration, the vibration of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is transmitted to the electrical board 180 via the small-diameter protruding cylindrical portion 172, so that the deformation of the protruding cylindrical portion 172 mitigates the vibration of the vibration solenoid SOL1. It is possible to suppress the transmission of vibration to the electrical board 180 . Therefore, it is possible to avoid direct transmission of vibration from the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 as a vibration source to the electrical board 180. FIG.

The middle member 170M has a support hole 174 formed in the front-rear direction with a diameter slightly longer than the diameter of the transmission shaft rod portion 162 and configured to rotatably support the transmission shaft rod portion 162, and below the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1. It has a lower regulating portion 175 arranged and an upper regulating portion 176 arranged on the side opposite to the support hole 174 with respect to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1.

The driven member 163 is normally tilted by its own weight (see FIG. 11(a)), but when electricity is supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1, a magnetic force (electromagnetic force) is generated. The metal plate member MB1 is attracted and displaced upward. That is, in the present embodiment, the metal plate member MB1 is displaced between the raised position where the metal plate member MB1 is raised by the electromagnetic force and the lowered position where the electromagnetic force disappears and the metal plate member MB1 is lowered by its own weight. The contact member 161 and the driven member 163 are rotationally displaced. The rotational displacement will be described below with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12. FIG.

11(a) is a rear view of the window movable unit 150, and FIG. 11(b) is a front view of the window movable unit 150. FIG. 12(a) is a rear view of the window movable unit 150, and FIG. 12(b) is a front view of the window movable unit 150. FIG.

11(a) and 11(b) show a state in which electricity is not supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the driven member 163 is tilted by its own weight (state in the lowered position). 12(a) and 12(b) show a state in which the metal plate member MB1 and the driven member 163 are raised by the electromagnetic force generated by supplying electricity to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 (up position state).

In addition, in FIGS. 11(a) and 12(a), illustration of the rear member 170B is omitted in order to facilitate understanding, and in FIGS. and the shape of the opening on the back side are shown by imaginary lines.

As shown in FIGS. 11(a) and 12(a), in the lowered position, the driven member 163 abuts against a cushion portion 175a attached to the upper surface of the lower restricting portion 175, thereby restricting the downward displacement. At the position, it abuts against a cushion portion 176a attached to the lower surface of the upper restricting portion 176 and is restricted from upward displacement.

The material of the cushion portions 175a and 176a is not limited at all. For example, general-purpose plastics such as polypropylene and polystyrene may be used, engineering plastics such as polycarbonate may be used, thermosetting resins such as melamine resins, polyurethanes and epoxy resins may be used, and rubber materials may be used. Also, the materials of the cushion portions 175a and 176a may be the same or may be different.

Here, the lower regulating portion 175 and the upper regulating portion 176 are configured so that their positions (distances from the transmission shaft rod portion 162) with respect to the transmission shaft rod portion 162 are different. explain.

First, since the load applied to the lower regulating portion 175 via the driven member 163 is mainly caused by the weight of the driven member 163, supporting the center of gravity of the driven member 163 reduces the load on the driven member 163. It can be stably supported. For this reason, the lower restricting portion 175 is arranged at the center of gravity of the driven member 163 (approximately at the center of the arm length).

On the other hand, the load applied to the upper restricting portion 176 via the driven member 163 is mainly due to the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1. There are few advantages associated with the position of the center of gravity of the . In this embodiment, the load transmitted to the upper regulation member 176 via the driven member 163 is reduced by arranging the upper regulation member 176 to face the rotating tip of the driven member 163 .

That is, when a moment of force of the same magnitude is generated, the position farther from the rotation axis of the driven member 163 (the position where the arm related to the moment is longer) is transmitted through the driven member 163 . Since the load becomes smaller, the load transmitted to the upper regulating member 176 can be reduced.

In this way, it is desirable that the load transmission to the upper regulating member 176 occurs at the rotating tip portion of the driven member 163. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the width dimension (radial width) of the cushion portion 176a is shortened (cushion shorter than the width dimension of the portion 175a). As a result, it is possible to avoid load transmission at the intermediate portion of the driven member 163 and to stably generate load transmission at the tip of rotation.

Further, since the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) is continuously generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 at the raised position, it is difficult to imagine that the driven member 163 bounces back after colliding with the cushion portion 176a.

On the other hand, by increasing the width dimension (radial width) of the cushion portion 175a of the lower regulating portion 175 (longer than the width dimension of the cushion portion 176a), the area of the surface that receives the load can be increased. The pressure (stress) generated in the cushion portion 175a due to the load due to the weight of the drive member 163 can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to suppress the bounce of the driven member 163 after colliding with the cushion portion 175a.

Therefore, according to the present embodiment, rebounding of the driven member 163 can be suppressed while reducing the load transmitted to the cushion portions 175a and 176a through the driven member 163 during displacement in both the vertical direction.

Below the upper restricting portion 176, a protruding portion 176b is formed to protrude in a curved shape toward the rear side of the intermediate member 170M. The projecting portion 176b is arranged to face the rotating tip portion of the driven member 163, and when the driven member 163 is displaced to the front side, the projecting portion 176b prevents contact with the driven member 163 with a small area while preventing the driven member 163 from contacting the driven member 163. guides the rotation of

As shown in FIGS. 11(b) and 12(b), the distal end portion 153 of the displacement member 151 is arranged on the front side of the strong light emitting means 181a arranged inside the light transmission hole 177 in front view. Therefore, the light emitted from the strong light-emitting means 181 a is visually recognized by the player through the tip portion 153 .

As described above, due to the internal shape of the effect section 153a, it is possible for the player viewing the effect section 153a from the front side to visually recognize the entire effect section 153a as if it were shining (faintly). Even in a situation where the displacement member 151 is displaced while the actual arrangement of the means 181a is not changed, it is possible to suppress the change in the lighting mode of the effect section 153a.

In other words, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the light visually recognized through the effect section 153a as if it were displaced in synchronism with the displacement of the effect section 153a. is arranged, and it is possible to make an illusion as if the displacement is synchronized with the displacement of the effect part 153a.

On the other hand, the weak light emitting means 181b can appear to emit light at a fixed position. It can be visually recognized as if it is emitting light at a fixed position, and the strong light emitting means 181a that is also arranged on the electrical board 180 can be visually recognized as emitting light while being displaced.

As a result, by adopting a plurality of electric decoration boards, the first board is fixed and the second board is displaceable. It can be realized using a decorative substrate. As a result, it is possible to reduce the number of electrical boards while achieving the same presentation effect.

Returning to FIG. 5, description will be made. The operation unit 300 is arranged on the back side of the game board 13, and various light emitting means and various operation units are arranged inside.

13 is an exploded front perspective view of the operation unit 300. FIG. The operation unit 300 includes a bottom wall portion 311 and an outer wall portion 312 erected from the outer edge of the bottom wall portion 311 and a rear case 310 formed in a box shape whose front side is open.

A rectangular opening 311a is formed in the center of the bottom wall portion 311 of the rear case 310, so that the rear case 310 is formed in a rectangular frame shape when viewed from the front. The opening 311a is formed in a size corresponding to the outer shape (outer edge) of the display area of the third pattern display device 81 (that is, the display area of the third pattern display device 81 can be divided in a front view).

The operation unit 300 includes a first operation unit 400 disposed in the inner space of the rear case 310 so that the movable device can be displaced along a path including the upper side of the opening 311a, and a first operation unit 400 disposed on both the left and right sides of the opening 311a. A left and right effect unit 600 for performing such operations and a second action unit 700 disposed below the opening 311a are accommodated, respectively, and configured as one unit.

Specifically, the first operation unit 400 and the second operation unit 700 are provided on the bottom wall portion 311 of the rear case 310 above the opening 311a and below the opening 311a, respectively. 5 shows a state in which the first operation unit 400 and the second operation unit 700 are attached to the rear case 310. As shown in FIG.

The back case 310 extends as a flat plate along the back surface of the game board 13 (for example, arranged in parallel) at the front end of the outer wall 312, and faces the game board 13 in the assembled state (see FIG. 2). A support plate portion 313 for supporting is provided.

The support plate portion 313 is fastened to the base plate 60 with a positioning convex portion 313a projecting toward the front side in a shape that can be fitted into the fitting recess 60b formed in the base plate 60 of the game board 13. and a plurality of insertion holes 313b through which fastening screws can be inserted.

The rear case 310 is positioned with respect to the base plate 60 by fitting the positioning projections 313a into the fitting recesses 60b (see FIG. 6), and the fastening screws are inserted through the insertion holes 313b and screwed into the base plate 60. As a result, the game board 13 and the action unit 300 can be integrally fixed, so that the rigidity of the game board 13 and the action unit 300 as a whole can be improved.

In addition, the shape of the positioning protrusion 313a is not limited at all, and various aspects are exemplified. For example, a convex portion having an outer shape slightly smaller than the inner shape (circular or oval in this embodiment) of the fitting recess 60b may be used, or a fitting gap may be increased in consideration of workability during assembly. A shape (smaller outer shape) projection may be used. Further, when the inner shape of the fitting recess 60b is formed in a rectangular shape, it is naturally assumed that the shape of the positioning protrusion 313a is also formed in a rectangular shape correspondingly.

As shown in FIGS. 5 and 13, in this embodiment, a large number of support plate portions 313 are densely arranged on the left side and the upper side of the rear case 310, and less support plate portions 313 are formed on the right side and the lower side. However, this is the result of design considering the balance between the improvement of the rigidity of the game board 13 and the operation unit 300 as a whole and the space efficiency.

That is, when the base plate 60 of the game board 13 is made of plywood in which plywood is laminated as in this embodiment, the movable member arranged on the back side of the game board 13 passes through the meat portion of the base plate 60. becomes invisible, the entire back side of the area where an opening can be formed (recessed from the side) in the base plate 60 of the game board 13 is effective as an area for effect where the movable member is arranged so as to be visible.

On the other hand, at the location where the support plate portion 313 is formed, the inner space of the rear case 310 is eroded inwardly by the area of the support plate portion 313 when viewed from the front. This narrows the area where it can be arranged. Therefore, even if the support plate portion 313 is omitted, if the problem of strength can be maintained while being resolved, it is said that by omitting the support plate portion 313, it is possible to avoid the limitation of the arrangement range of the movable member. That is.

In this embodiment, many support plate portions 313 are arranged on the left side and the upper side of the back case 310 because of the range of the area where the player can visually recognize the balls shot into the game area or the like. That is, the support plate portion 313 is formed at a location other than the range where the shot ball is visually recognized.

More specifically, in this embodiment, a ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (FIG. 4) passes between the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 and passes through the return ball prevention member 68 to reach the game area. , and after that it is configured to flow down the game area. In a pinball game, the point where the most attention is considered to be the point where the ball passes, and the other outer area (for example, the area on the opposite side of the third pattern display device 81 across the outer rail 62 or the inner rail 61) ) is usually low in attention.

Therefore, the lower left and upper left with reference to the left convex arc formed by the outer rail 62 and the upper left and upper right with reference to the upward convex arc are the ranges that the sphere cannot reach. It is conceivable that the player's attention to .

In addition, in the present embodiment, the surfaces of the outer edge member 73 and the lower left and upper left portions of the outer rail 62 facing the outer rail 62 are formed in a shape along the outer rail 62 and arranged on the front side of the game board 13. The block-shaped member 74 is made of a light-impermeable resin material. The rear side of the game board 13 cannot be visually recognized through the block-shaped member 74. FIG.

In the present embodiment, the support plate portion 313 is preferentially arranged at the locations where the attention force is low and the locations that are invisible. Actually, even in the left side and the upper side where many support plate portions 313 are formed, the support plate portions 313 are formed near the corners of the rear case 310, avoiding the central portion as the projecting end portion of the outer rail 62. be done.

In other words, the rigidity of the operation unit 300 and the game board 13 as a whole is increased by selecting the portion where the space is eroded by forming the support plate portion 313 from the portion with low visibility (low effect performance). It is possible to ensure a high degree of freedom in designing the area within the field of view of the player who pays attention to the ball while achieving the effect of securing the ball.

From this point of view, since the pachinko machine has a common configuration in which the ball fired by the ball firing unit 112a rolls along the outer rail 62 and is introduced into the game area, the range where the ball does not flow down is the lower left and the upper left. can be easily arranged in the upper and upper right corners.

Approximately the lower half of the outer wall 312 on the right side is provided with a notch 312a that is notched (formed as a notch) toward the rear side. The notch portion 312a is cut below the band-shaped portion 93 (see FIG. 5) of the game board 13 in a front view, and a gap is formed between the game board 13 and the game board 13 in the assembled state (see FIG. 2). Form.

By forming the notch portion 312a in this manner, the following effects can be obtained. For example, the gap formed by the notch portion 312 a can function as a wire passage through which the electric wire connected to the variable winning device 65 passes outward from the rear case 310 . As a result, the possibility of the electrical wiring interfering with other components can be reduced compared to the case where the wiring is routed vertically.

In addition, the gap formed by the notch portion 312a can be used as an arrangement space for the configuration required for the variable winning device 65. FIG. The configuration required for the variable prize winning device 65 includes, for example, a solenoid that generates a driving force, a flow path through which the ball flows, a substrate that accompanies the lighting effect, a detection sensor that detects the ball, and other structures. are exemplified.

Further, by arranging a light emitting means such as an LED near the notch 312a, the light emitted from the light emitting means can be easily recognized by the player as light with a blurred outline. In other words, compared to the case where the entire circumference of the back case 310 is connected to the game board 13 (the boundary of the light emitted from the back side of the game board 13 is formed along the shape of the back case 310). , the boundary of the light visually recognized through the game board 13 can be obscured. As a result, it is possible to avoid the boundary of the light visually recognized through the game board 13 from depending on the shape of the rear case 310, and to improve the degree of freedom of the light emission effect.

Furthermore, compared to the case where the electric wiring connected to the light emitting means such as LEDs is arranged along the back surface of the game board 13 so as to extend outside the operation unit 300, the electric wiring can be operated through the notch 312a. The configuration of this embodiment, in which the light is led out of the unit 300, can reduce the possibility that the electric wiring blocks the light emitted from the LED.

In other words, the possibility of the electric wiring blocking the light emitted from the LED can be eliminated by constructing the electric wiring so that it can be put out of the operation unit 300 without being routed to the front side of the LED. Therefore, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom in the design of the performance by the light emitted from the light emitting means such as the LED.

In addition, the formation length (vertical direction length) of the notch part 312a is not limited at all. For example, the notch portion 312a may be formed over the entire area (vertical width) between the upper and lower support plate portions 313 .

As described above, in the present embodiment, the right side of the back case 310 is not fastened to the game board 13. Therefore, when considering the rigidity of the right side of the game board 13, it is necessary to rely on the rigidity of the operation unit 300. can't.

As a countermeasure against this, in this embodiment, a metal plate-like member 75 made of metal is arranged on the outer edge portion 73 at a position corresponding to the right end portion of the game board 13 . The metal plate member 75 will be described below.

14 is an exploded front perspective view of the game board 13, the outer edge member 73 and the metal plate member 75, and FIG. 15 is an exploded rear perspective view of the game board 13, the outer edge member 73 and the metal plate member 75. FIG. 14 and 15, in order to facilitate understanding, the game board 13 is illustrated alone, and illustration of other members arranged on the game board 13 is omitted.

The outer edge member 73 is formed of a resin material, and includes an arcuate wall portion 73a forming an upper portion and having an arcuate inner surface, and a thin wall extending downward from a lower end portion of the arcuate wall portion 73a. and an inclined wall portion 73c having an upper surface inclined downward from the lower end of the vertical wall portion 73b toward the left. In this way, by configuring the outer edge member 73 with a single member that covers substantially the entire area in the vertical direction, the outer edge member 73 can be formed more easily than when the outer edge member 73 is formed from a plurality of vertically divided members. The man-hours for assembling to the game board 13 can be reduced.

The vertical wall portion 73b has a plurality of plate-like projecting portions 73b1 projecting toward the back side along the right surface portion, and is formed by bending the front edge portion of the right surface portion into a U-shape when viewed in the up-down direction. A cylindrical projecting portion 73b3 projecting in a columnar shape toward the back side at a joint portion between a plurality of bent portions 73b2 that extend from the arc wall portion 73a and the inclined wall portion 73c, and the cylindrical projecting portion 73b3 is provided side by side for fastening. and a fastening portion 73b4 into which a screw can be screwed.

The bent portion 73b2 is arranged at an intermediate position between the plate-like projecting portions 73b1. As a result, in relation to the metal plate-like member 75, which will be described later, the holding force of the metal plate-like member 75 with respect to the vertical wall portion 73b is achieved while suppressing the number of seam penetration portions 75c formed in the metal plate-like member 75. can be improved.

In other words, compared to the case where only the three plate-like protrusions 73b1 resist bending of the metal plate-like member 75, the plate-like protrusions 73b1 and the bent portions 73b2 allow the metal plate-like member 75 to be bent. Since resistance to bending can be generated, the load generated at one location can be reduced. In addition, since the plate-like projecting portions 73b1 and the bent portions 73b2 are arranged at regular intervals, the load generated when the metal plate-like member 75 is bent can be evenly distributed. It is possible to prevent excessive load from occurring.

The metal plate-like member 75 has a body plate portion 75a that is folded back a plurality of times in the lateral direction and is formed without creases in the longitudinal direction, and the back side edge of the body plate portion 75a is bent leftward. A plurality of joint penetrating portions 75c penetrating in the front-rear direction at the joint portion between the bent portion 75b and the main body plate portion 75a and the bent portion 75b, and a plurality of joint penetrating portions 75c penetrating in the longitudinal direction at the upper and lower ends of the bent portion 75b. and an insertion hole 75e through which a fastening screw can be inserted through a plate portion formed side by side with the plate portion formed with the through hole 75d and stepped toward the front side.

The metal plate-like member 75 generates a particularly strong resistance to bending in the longitudinal direction because the bent portion 75b is formed in the vertical direction in addition to the way in which the body plate portion 75a is folded. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently reinforce the vertical wall portion 73b by arranging it integrally with the vertical wall portion 73b, which tends to bend in the longitudinal direction.

The joint penetrating portion 75c is formed to have a size that allows the plate-like projecting portion 73b1 of the vertical wall portion 73b to be inserted therethrough. In this embodiment, the vertical wall portion 73b and the metal plate-like member 75 are formed so as to be integrated by inserting the plate-like projecting portion 73b1 into the joint penetrating portion 75c.

When the metal plate-like member 75 is assembled integrally with the vertical wall portion 73b, the front side edge of the main body plate portion 75a is sandwiched between the bent portion 73b2 and the outer surface of the vertical wall portion 73b, forming a cylindrical projection. The portion 73b3 is inserted through the through hole 75d. In this manner, the metal plate member 75 and the vertical wall portion 73b are positioned relative to each other at a plurality of locations in the vertical direction. In this state, the outer edge member 73 and the metal plate member 75 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the fastening screw inserted through the insertion hole 75e into the fastening portion 73b4.

Since the metal plate-like member 75 is arranged over the vertical wall portion 73b from the above configuration, the vertical wall portion 73b can be entirely reinforced. Here, the plate-like projecting portion 73b1 and the columnar projecting portion 73b3 of the vertical wall portion 73b penetrate the metal plate-like member 75 and extend to the rear side, and the tip thereof engages with the game board 13 . The engagement between the metal plate member 75 and the game board 13 will be described below.

The game board 13 has a plurality of recessed portions 13e that are recessed to receive the plate-shaped projecting portions 73b1 on the right edge of the front surface, and the columnar projecting portions 73b3 are received on the upper and lower sides of the recessed portions 13e. and a plurality of positioning holes 13f recessed as possible recesses.

When the outer edge member 73 and the metal plate-like member 75 are assembled to the game board 13 in an integrated state, the plate-like projecting portion 73b1 is received in the concave portion 13e, and the circular projecting portion 73b3 is received in the positioning hole 13f. and positioned. That is, the plate-like protruding portion 73b1 and the circular protruding portion 73b3 are used not only for positioning with the metal plate-like member 75 but also for positioning with the game board 13 . As a result, it is possible to reduce the number of pieces to be positioned.

In this embodiment, as described above, the metal plate member 75 is assembled so as to suppress the bending of the vertical wall portion 73b. The portion 73b can be formed so thin as to be easily curved in the left-right direction by itself.

Furthermore, the rigidity of the metal plate member 75 can suppress deformation of the game board 13 (improve the rigidity). It can maintain its shape.

Returning to FIG. 5 and FIG. 13, description will be made. A first operation unit 400 is arranged above the third pattern display device 81 of the operation unit 300 . The first operation unit 400 includes a light emitting effect device LA1 that can be displaced from the state shown in FIGS. It is a device that visually entertains the player by controlling displacement in synchronism or controlling displacement in synchronism with the operation of the frame button 22 operable by the player. The details of the first operating unit 400 are described below.

16 and 17 are partial front views of the operation unit 300. FIG. FIG. 16 illustrates a retracted state in which each component of the first operation unit 400 retracts to the upper side of the third pattern display device 81, and FIG. The projected state projected (descended) toward the 3-symbol display device 81 side is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the internal shape of the rear case 310 is not symmetrical. In particular, regarding the upper wall (ceiling surface), the right side in front view is lower than the left side in front view due to the relationship with the shape of the tank 130 of the dispensing unit 93 (see FIG. 3). That is, when the tank 130 is arranged on the upper right side of the operation unit 300, the upper side wall of the rear case 310 is arranged at a lower position on the right side than on the left side in order to secure the arrangement area. (arranged along the wall schematic line UL).

As described above, in the inside of the back case 310, it is easier to secure a larger area on the left side than on the right side (there is more room in the ceiling height). Auxiliary devices such as SP1 that do not directly affect the appearance of the performance (not intended to be visually recognized by the player) are arranged on the left side.

As a result, the drive motor MT1 and the coil spring SP1 can be arranged by effectively utilizing the depression (gap portion) generated by the left-right asymmetric shape of the upper wall of the rear case 310, and the lower edge of the first operation unit 400 can be left-right symmetrical. However, since it can be shifted to the upper side as much as possible, it is possible to easily secure a large vertical dimension of the visual recognition area of the display of the third pattern display device 81 .

Further, in this embodiment, in accordance with the left-right asymmetrical shape of the upper wall of the rear case 310, the shape of the wing-shaped member 460 (see FIG. 16) of the first operation unit 400 is adjusted to the retracted state of the first operation unit 400. The shape of the side facing the upper wall of the rear case 310 is designed. That is, the wing-like member 460 on the left side is designed to protrude toward the upper wall side of the rear case 310 compared to the wing-like member 460 on the right side.

It should be noted that the feather members 460 are united when the state of the first operation unit 400 changes from the retracted state to the extended state, and are configured so as to be visually recognized integrally, and are designed to have a bilaterally symmetrical shape in this state. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to notice that the left and right feather members 460 are configured in an asymmetrical shape.

In this embodiment, when the first operation unit 400 is in the retracted state, the asymmetrically shaped portion of the wing-shaped member 460 (the upper side that abuts when combined) is hidden by the game board 13 (see FIG. 2). It is possible to make it difficult for the player to notice that the shape member 460 is configured in an asymmetrical shape.

18 and 19 are front perspective views of the first operation unit 400, and FIGS. 20 and 21 are rear perspective views of the first operation unit 400. FIG. 18 and 20 show the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, and FIGS. 19 and 21 show the extended state of the first operation unit 400. As shown in FIGS.

In the first operation unit 400, the arm member 414 rotates via a plurality of intervening gears when the drive motor MT1 is rotationally driven, and the elevating plate 430 ascends and descends in synchronization with the rotational movement.

The elevating plate 430 is arranged substantially in the left-right center position, and is supported by a metal rail 405 configured to be vertically extendable and an auxiliary arm member 444 arranged on the left-right opposite side of the arm member 414 . be.

The elevating plate 430 is provided with a relative displacement member 442 that is relatively displaced in the vertical direction in synchronization with the posture change of the auxiliary arm member 444, and rotates symmetrically in synchronization with the displacement of the relative displacement member 442. A plurality of displaceable feather members 460 are displaced.

Accordingly, the constituent members of the first operation unit 400 are displaced between the retracted state and the extended state in a displacement manner in which the drive motor MT1 is driven, in which the upward/downward movement and the rotation are combined. As a result, the structural members can be displaced in a plurality of directions even though only the single drive motor MT1 is used, so the performance effect can be improved.

As shown in FIG. 20, when the first operation unit 400 is in the retracted state, the upper end portion of the arcuate upper gear portion 444b of the auxiliary arm member 444 is configured to protrude above the upper edge portion of the lift plate 430. As shown in FIG. be. In the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the upper edge of the elevator plate 430 is shielded by the base plate 60 of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) and is difficult to see. It is possible to make it difficult for the player to notice that the gear portion 444b is protruding.

On the other hand, since the auxiliary arm member 444 rotates in conjunction with the downward displacement of the elevator plate 430 from the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 toward the extended state, the upper edge of the elevator plate 430 in the retracted state can move downward. The arcuate gear portion 444b, which has been projecting upward (see FIG. 27), is displaced downward as the elevator plate 430 is displaced downward, and is hidden below the upper edge of the elevator plate 430 (see FIG. 28).

In this manner, the arc-shaped gear portion 444b of the auxiliary arm member 444 is allowed to protrude from the elevating plate 430 at the position shielded by the base plate 60 in terms of arrangement, and the elevating plate 430 is not shielded by the base plate 60. By displacing the auxiliary arm member 444 so as to hide the overhang on the back side of the elevating plate 430 until it is displaced to , the auxiliary arm member 444 is always hidden on the back side of the elevating plate 430. The degree of freedom in designing the auxiliary arm member 444 and the lifting plate 430 can be improved as compared with the case.

For example, since the upper edge of the elevator plate 430 can be positioned further down, interference between the upper edge of the elevator plate 430 and the upper outer wall portion 312 of the rear case 310 can be easily avoided (Fig. 16).

In addition, by configuring the auxiliary arm member 444 to be rotationally displaced, the rack gear-shaped portion (the portion having gear teeth formed along a straight line) is maintained to protrude toward the third pattern display device 81 side. While avoiding the above, it is possible to secure a sufficient length of protrusion of the lifting plate 430 toward the third pattern display device 81 side.

That is, even if a fixed rack-gear-shaped portion is formed on the side of the lifting plate 430 of the main body plate portion 401 so as to mesh with the rotary gear 441, the lifting plate 430 is vertically displaced, and the vertical displacement of the lifting plate 430 does not affect the lifting plate 430. Although the relative displacement member 442 can be vertically displaced, in this case, it is necessary to always arrange a fixed rack gear-shaped portion along the position where the elevating plate 430 is arranged. Therefore, if most of the elevating plate 430 projects downward from the lower edge of the main body plate portion 401 as in the elevating plate 430 of the present embodiment, the fixed rack gear-shaped portion can be used as the lower edge of the main body plate portion 401 . Therefore, it is necessary to project from the third pattern display device 81 side.

Therefore, the visibility of the third pattern display device 81 is deteriorated because the third pattern display device 81 is shielded by the fixed rack gear-shaped portion. Since the purpose is to hide the curved portion, there is a possibility that the degree of freedom in designing the lift plate 430 is lowered.

On the other hand, according to this embodiment, instead of the fixed rack gear-shaped portion, the variable auxiliary arm member 444 is adopted, so that it can be hidden on the back side (to be hidden) according to the displacement of the lifting plate 430. 2) an auxiliary arm member 444 may be positioned. Therefore, while avoiding a situation in which the rack-gear-shaped portion is maintained overhanging toward the third symbol display device 81, the extension length (displacement amount) of the elevating plate 430 toward the third symbol display device 81 is sufficiently increased. can be secured.

FIGS. 22(a) and 23 are exploded front perspective views of the first operation unit 400, and FIG. 22(b) shows a wing member 460 and an auxiliary member 470 which are engaged with each other. 24 and 25 are exploded rear perspective views of the first operating unit 400. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 22(a), 23, 24 and 25, the first operation unit 400 is made of a resin material and formed into a plate shape elongated in the left and right direction. A main body plate portion 401 fastened and fixed to the wall portion 311, a transmission unit 410 composed of a plurality of members rotatably and pivotally supported on the main body plate portion 401, and a tip end of an arm member 414 of the transmission unit 410 is connected. A rear plate 420 is arranged on the front side of the rear plate 420, and the rear plate 420 is fastened and fixed. and a synchronous operation unit 440 supported between the elevating plate 430 and the housing plate portion 425 of the rear plate 420 (see FIGS. 23 and 25).

In addition, the first operation unit 400 is rotatably supported by a plate-shaped support plate portion 450 that is fastened and fixed to the elevating plate 430 and is fastened and fixed to the front side of the synchronous operation unit 440 . A pair of left and right wing-shaped members 460 that are rotationally displaced by a load applied by the displacement of a fixed transmission plate 490, and an auxiliary member 470 that rotates synchronously with the wing-shaped members 460 (Fig. 22(a), Fig. 22( b) and see FIG. 24).

The main body plate portion 401 includes a shaft support portion 402 that supports a transmission gear 412, a terminal support portion 403 that is disposed at the lower right portion and supports a terminal gear 413, and an arm support portion that is a columnar portion that supports an arm member 414. 404, a metal rail 405 disposed in the center of the left and right and fixed on the rear side so that the front side can be vertically displaced, and a long left and right opening is drilled on the right side of the metal rail 405. a long hole portion 406 formed from a light-transmitting resin material in a plate shape and covering the area where the long hole portion 406 is formed from the back side; and a detection sensor SC1 for detecting the state. Prepare.

The end support portion 403 includes a shaft support portion 403a formed in the same shape as the shaft support portion 402, an annular projection 403b projecting along a circle centered on the shaft support portion 403a, and an annular protrusion 403b. A stopper portion 403c projecting in a fan shape toward the front side is provided at a position between the projecting portion 403b and the shaft support portion 403a. The stopper portion 403c is formed by general compression molding, and the opposite side of the projecting portion is formed as a recessed portion.

The lid portion 407 closes the area where the long hole portion 406 is formed. In the present embodiment, as will be described later, the electrical wiring DH1 passing through the wiring through hole 401a formed through the main body plate portion 401 from the front side of the main body plate portion 401 and reaching the rear side of the long hole portion 406 is connected to the long hole. It is guided to the front side through the portion 406 . Therefore, in a situation where the back side is open without the lid 407, the electrical wiring DH1 protrudes toward the back side, and during the assembly work, the space between the bottom wall portion 311 (see FIG. 13) of the back case 310 and the main body plate portion 401 is removed. There is a risk of being caught in the In contrast, in the present embodiment, the area where the electric wiring DH1 is arranged is partitioned by the lid portion 407, so that the electric wiring DH1 is prevented from being sandwiched between the bottom wall portion 311 and the main body plate portion 401. can be done.

As a result, the first operation unit 400 can be assembled to the rear case 310 without checking the arrangement of the electric wiring DH1, so that the efficiency of the assembly work can be improved.

The transmission unit 410 includes a drive gear 411 that is non-rotatably connected to the rotating shaft of the drive motor MT1; A terminating gear 413 meshed with a transmission gear 412 and rotatably supported on a shaft support portion 403a, and an arm member 414 pivotally supported on an arm supporting portion 404 so as to change its posture as the terminating gear 413 rotates. Prepare.

The terminating gear 413 has a gap between an annular protrusion 413a having an inner diameter slightly longer than the outer diameter of the annular protrusion 403b and protruding toward the rear side of the annular protrusion 413a and the inner surface of the annular protrusion 413a. A stopper-receiving portion 413b projecting in the same fan shape as the stopper portion 403c with a space therebetween; A detected portion 413d extending in a fan shape in the outer diameter direction from a flange portion formed in a flange shape on the side.

The circular ring-shaped protrusion 413a is disposed so that the side surface on the shaft side faces the ring-shaped protrusion 403b, and sandwiches the circular ring-shaped protrusion 403b with the stopped portion 413b. That is, the annular protrusion 403b serves as a guide rail that guides the rotation of the terminal gear 413. As shown in FIG.

The stopper-receiving portion 413b is formed by general compression molding, and the opposite side of the projecting portion is formed as a recessed portion. The stopped portion 413b interferes with the stopper portion 403c in its rotational direction. That is, in this embodiment, the rotation angle of the terminal gear 413 is limited by the circumferential dimension of the stopper portion 403c and the stopper-receiving portion 413b. That is, the terminal gear 413 is rotationally displaced by a rotation angle of less than 360 degrees.

When designing the shapes of the stopper portion 403c and the stopper-receiving portion 413b, the rotation angle required for the terminal gear 413 is calculated, and the remaining angle (the angle obtained by subtracting the rotation angle of the terminal gear 413 from 360 degrees) is The shapes of the stopper portion 403c and the stopper-receiving portion 413b may be designed with an angle that bisects them. As a result, weakening of the strength of either the stopper portion 403c or the stopped portion 413b can be avoided, so that the useful life of the first operation unit 400 can be extended.

The cylindrical projecting portion 413c is a metal rod made of brass, and is fitted and fixed to the terminal gear 413 made of resin. A friction-reducing ring-shaped collar C1 and a well-known E-ring E1 are arranged at the protruding distal end portion, and the arm member 414 is connected and supported to the cylindrical protruding portion 413c so as not to fall off.

The portion to be detected 413d is formed with a thickness that allows it to pass through the detection gap of the detection sensor SC1. 400 can be determined to be in a retracted state.

The arm member 414 includes an annular portion 414a rotatably supported by the arm support portion 404, a plate-like portion 414b extending radially from the front side portion of the annular portion 414a, and a plate-like portion 414b. An intermediate plate portion 414c arranged parallel to the rear side of the portion 414b and connected to the extended end portion of the plate-like portion 414b, and an elongated hole portion bored in the intermediate plate portion 414c. 414d, a front end plate portion 414e arranged parallel to the rear side with respect to the intermediate plate portion 414c and connected to the extended end portion of the intermediate plate portion 414c, and a front end from the extended end of the end plate portion 414e. A columnar projecting portion 414f projecting in a columnar shape is provided.

The elongated hole portion 414d is formed to have a size that allows the cylindrical projecting portion 413c of the terminal gear 413 to pass through, and the driving force of the drive motor MT1 is transmitted through the elongated hole portion 414d.

The cylindrical projecting portion 414f is a metal rod made of brass, and is fitted and fixed to the tip plate portion 414e made of resin. A ring-shaped collar C1 for reducing friction and a well-known E-ring E1 are arranged at the projecting tip of the columnar projecting portion 414f so that the connecting plate portion 421 of the rear plate 420 cannot fall off. It is connected and supported by the projecting portion 414f.

26 is a top view of the first operating unit 400. FIG. In FIG. 26 a second intermediate position of the first operating unit 400 is shown, and for ease of understanding the coil spring SP1, the fixed pulley in which the coil spring SP1 is guided, the drive motor MT1 and its drive motor MT1. Illustration of the base plate to which is fastened and fixed is omitted.

According to FIG. 26, in this embodiment, the shape of the arm member 414 is designed so that a large area on the front side of the arm member 414 can be secured. That is, by forming the arm member 414 in a shape bent back and forth, it is possible to functionally avoid interference with other members. This will be explained below.

The plate-like portion 414b is arranged closer to the front side than the detection sensor SC1 in order to avoid interference with the detection sensor SC1. That is, since the restriction on the front and back position of the plate-like portion 414b is based on the relationship with the detection sensor SC1, the location not related to the detection sensor SC1 (the location on the opposite side of the rotation shaft (arm support portion 404) with respect to the detection sensor SC1). The front and back position can be designed arbitrarily.

In this embodiment, the intermediate plate portion 414c, which is arranged on the opposite side of the rotation shaft (arm support portion 404) with respect to the detection sensor SC1, is arranged on the back side compared to the plate-like portion 414b. As a result, the front-to-rear distance between the plate front surface of the terminal gear 413 and the arm member 414 can be narrowed, and the load can be transmitted to the arm member 414 at the root side of the cylindrical projection 413c. It is possible to avoid a decrease in load transmission efficiency due to deformation of the columnar projecting portion 413c.

Furthermore, since it depends on the relationship with the terminating gear 413 at the front and rear positions of the intermediate plate portion 414c, at a location not related to the terminating gear 413 (a location on the opposite side of the rotation shaft (arm support portion 404) with respect to the terminating gear 413), The front and rear positions can be designed arbitrarily.

In this embodiment, the tip plate portion 414e arranged on the opposite side of the rotating shaft (arm support portion 404) with respect to the terminal gear 413 is arranged on the back side compared to the intermediate plate portion 414c. As a result, it is possible to secure a large space on the front side of the tip plate portion 414e. It is possible to make it easier to ensure the front-to-rear dimensions of the constituent members such as the synchronous operation unit 440 .

Thus, in this embodiment, the shape of the arm member 414 is set so as to avoid interference with other members, but there are other structural effects. For example, by bending the arm member 414 in stages, the load generated on the arm member 414 can be avoided from being concentrated locally (at one point) (stress concentration can be relieved), and the arm member 414 durability can be improved.

Furthermore, by forming the minimum necessary gap to avoid interference with other members, it is possible to form a large gap on the opposite side of the arm member 414 to the other member that secures the gap. Therefore, the gap can be used to lay an electric wiring (an electric wiring different from the electric wiring DH1), or to arrange an additional production member (electrical decoration board, etc.).

Further, according to FIG. 26, in the present embodiment, the electric wiring DH1 arranged to reach the light emitting effect device LA1 from the main body plate portion 401 side is unintentionally caught in the feather-shaped member 460 or rotated. It is configured such that it can be prevented from being bitten by the gear teeth of the gear 441 and the relative displacement member 442 . This will be explained below. In this description, FIG. 25 will be referred to as appropriate.

The electric wiring DH1 is first guided from the main body plate portion 401 side through the elongated hole portion 406 to the auxiliary arm member 444 . At this time, the electrical wiring DH1 is inserted through the through-hole 448a of the end side plate 448 to pass inside the extended portion 444c.

Inside the extended portion 444c, the electrical wiring DH1 is guided to the proximal side portion 444a while being prevented from falling off by the retaining portion 444c1. After that, the electric wiring DH1 is guided from the base end side portion 444a to the rear side of the housing plate portion 425, and is an L-shaped region partitioned by the frame portion protruding toward the rear side of the housing plate portion 425 and the closing plate 428. to reach the through hole 427 .

The frame portion protruding toward the rear side of the housing plate portion 425 is provided with an omission portion 425b in which the protruding portion is omitted over approximately half the circumference around the insertion hole 425a. The omitted portion 425b allows the electric wiring DH1 to be guided to the front side of the blocking plate 428 at an angle of 180 degrees. As a result, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the electrical wiring DH1 is bent near the insertion hole 425a when the auxiliary arm member 444 rotates.

The electric wiring DH1 is passed through the through-hole 427 to the front side, and is guided to the front side of the lifting plate 430 through the cylindrical portion 433 formed at a position overlapping the through-hole 427 in the front and rear direction. It is temporarily fastened to the fastening portion 451 of 450 with a binding band or the like, and is connected to a connector arranged on the illumination board of the light emission effect device LA1.

In this way, most of the electrical wiring DH1 is disposed inside the constituent members (the auxiliary arm member 444 and the rear panel 420), so that the electrical wiring DH1 is routed like a conventional pachinko machine. It is possible to reduce the possibility that the electrical wiring DH1 will collide with other movable members and receive a load compared to the case where most of the electrical wiring DH1 is exposed (exposed).

Further, in the present embodiment, the guide path of the electrical wiring DH1 is separated from the relative displacement member 442 that slides. That is, it is limited to rotational displacement of the auxiliary arm member 444 (rotational displacement accompanied by sliding displacement of the rotation shaft) that can cause deformation such as bending or curving in the electric wiring DH1.

As a result, even when the displacement speed of the vertical displacement of the elevator plate 430 and the displacement speed of the relative displacement member 442 differ greatly, the relationship between the deformation of the electric wiring DH1 and the displacement speed of the relative displacement member 442 can be adjusted. By disconnecting the electrical wiring DH1, it is possible to avoid an increase in the load applied to the electrical wiring DH1.

Returning to FIG. 22(a), FIG. 23, FIG. 24 and FIG. 25, description will be made. The rear plate 420 includes a plate-like connecting plate portion 421 that is connected to the cylindrical projecting portion 414f of the arm member 414 and fastened and fixed to the lifting plate 430, and is disposed on the right side of the connecting plate portion 421 and attached to the lifting plate 430. An accommodation plate portion 425 to which the front side member of the metal rail 405 is fastened and fixed, and an L-shaped plate that is fastened and fixed to the accommodation plate portion 425 and partially closes the rear side portion of the accommodation plate portion 425. and a shaped closure plate 428 .

The connecting plate portion 421 has an elongated insertion hole 422 formed in the main body plate portion in a laterally elongated shape so that the cylindrical projecting portion 414f can be inserted therethrough. A support box portion 423 formed in a box shape with an open top is provided.

Since the support box portion 423 is elongated downward with respect to the long insertion hole 422 , the support box portion 423 can be used to reinforce the rigidity of the housing plate portion 425 . That is, the support box portion 423 is arranged to face the support wall portion 426 on the left and right sides. It can be suppressed by the rigidity of the portion 423 .

The housing plate portion 425 includes a support wall portion 426 protruding toward the front side in a linear plate shape extending in the vertical direction from the left edge portion of the main body plate portion, and a through hole formed at the front side of the blocking plate 428 . and a hole 427 .

In this embodiment, the electrical wiring DH1 is inserted into the through hole 427. As shown in FIG. That is, the through-hole 427 is formed with an inner diameter that allows the insertion of the connector arranged at the end of the electrical wiring DH1.

The blocking plate 428 is formed so that the front surface of the plate abuts against a frame portion that protrudes like a frame on the back side of the housing plate portion 425 , and partitions the region between the housing plate portion 425 and the blocking plate 428 . Configured. In this embodiment, the electric wiring DH1 is arranged only inside the frame of the housing plate 425 (on the front side of the closing plate 428). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the electric wiring DH1 from entering the metal rail 405 side (left side of the frame portion).

A deformed hole 428a is formed through the blocking plate 428 so that the temporary retaining portion 425c, which is a portion protruding in a U-shape toward the rear side at a position closer to the through hole 427 than the omission portion 425b, can be visually recognized from the rear. be.

The deformed hole 428a is composed of a horizontally elongated portion having a lateral width slightly longer than the width of the temporary fastening portion 425c and a vertically elongated portion provided to intersect the horizontally elongated portion to secure an area through which the binding band can be passed. It is formed.

The temporary fastening portion 425c serves as a fastening portion for the binding band. By temporarily fixing the electric wiring DH1 with the binding band, the arrangement of the electric wiring DH1 can be stabilized. In this case, by tightening the binding band, the path of the electrical wiring DH1 guided from the auxiliary arm member 444 to the blocking plate 428 side can be shifted to the blocking plate 428 side, so that the insertion hole 425a of the housing plate portion 425 is centered. A gap can be provided between the edge portion of the semicircular plate portion and the electric wiring DH1 (see FIGS. 25 and 26). As a result, it is possible to prevent the electrical wiring DH1 from rubbing against the edge portion of the housing plate portion 425, so that the service life of the electrical wiring DH1 can be extended.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the binding band for temporarily fixing the electrical wiring DH1 (see FIG. 26) guided between the omitted portions 425b can be exposed from the deformed hole 428a of the closing plate 428. Replacement and assembly can be performed without removing the closure plate 428 .

As a result, the temporary fixing position of the electric wire DH1 is a position between the housing plate portion 425 and the closing plate 428, which is a position where the position of the electric wire DH1 is fixed with respect to the constituent members of the first operation unit 400 (that is, the electric wire is fixed). The base end side portion of the auxiliary arm member 444, which is the first portion to displace the electric wiring DH1 with respect to the lifting plate 430 when the electric wiring DH1 is routed from the light emitting effect device LA1 to which one end of the DH1 is connected. 444a), the binding band can be replaced without removing the closing plate 428 while the electric wiring DH1 is temporarily fixed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the service life of the electrical wiring DH1, and to improve the maintainability of the binding band related to the electrical wiring DH1.

In this embodiment, the electrical wiring DH1 is laid along the front side of the blocking plate 428 along the shape of the blocking plate 428, and the blocking plate 428 is L-shaped when viewed from the rear. The front side of the plate 428 is curved along a first plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction, while the vicinity of the through hole 427 is curved along a second plane perpendicular to the left-right direction (a plane perpendicular to the first plane). become. As a result, the holding force for holding the electrical wiring DH1 on the closing plate 428 and the housing plate 425 can be improved, and the position of the electrical wiring DH1 can be stabilized.

The elevating plate 430 includes a fastening portion 431 composed of a plurality of portions for fastening and fixing the rear panel 420, a support portion 432 composed of a plurality of portions for supporting the synchronous operation unit 440, and the electrical wiring DH1. A cylindrical portion 433 formed to be able to be inserted, a fastening portion 434 configured from a plurality of portions related to fastening and fixing of the support plate portion 450, and a plurality of fastening portions formed on the main body plate portion to avoid interference between members. It has a handling part 435 and a decorative part 436 having a substantially symmetrical pattern on the front surface of the plate.

The fastening portion 431 includes at least a pair of gourd-shaped protrusions 431a arranged at the lower end of the lifting plate 430 and supporting the vertical displacement of the relative displacement member 442 (slide rack). The gourd-shaped projection 431a is a portion that supports the relative displacement member 442, and has a female screw shape formed from the tip thereof, into which a fastening screw for fastening and fixing the housing plate portion 425 to the elevating plate 430 is screwed. be. That is, it is used both as a portion related to the fastening and fixing of the rear plate 420 and a portion related to the support of the synchronous operation unit 440 .

The tubular portion 433 extends to the rear side through the gap between the constituent members of the synchronous operation unit 440 , and the rear side end portion of the cylindrical portion 433 contacts the front surface of the housing plate portion 425 . The inside of the tubular portion 433 is continuously connected. The electric wiring DH1 is inserted back and forth through this continuously connected portion.

As the countermeasure portion 435, for example, in order to avoid interference with the connecting portion (in this embodiment, raised fastening portions arranged vertically) between the fixed transmission plate 490 and the relative displacement member 442, the main body plate portion A cutout portion 435a cut out from the lower edge toward the top, and an arcuate gear portion recessed in a wall portion formed in a wall shape so as to protect the axially upward portion of the arcuate gear portion 444b of the auxiliary arm member 444. A concave portion 435b or the like formed to avoid interference with 444b is exemplified.

The decorative portion 436 is arranged on the back side of the wing-shaped member 460, and is configured to cooperate with the wing-shaped member 460 as the wing-shaped member 460 is displaced so that a series of patterns can be visually recognized. will be described later.

The synchronous operation unit 440 includes a pair of rotating gears 441 that mesh with each other, a relative displacement member 442 that meshes with one of the rotation gears 441 and is displaceable in the vertical direction, and a long hole in the relative displacement member 442 . an auxiliary arm member 444 having a pair of elongated holes 443 formed in a shape, an auxiliary arm member 444 having a rotating gear tooth that meshes with the other of the rotating gear 441, and an end fastened and fixed to the rotation tip of the auxiliary arm member 444 from the rear side. and a side plate 448 .

A gourd-shaped protrusion 431 a is inserted through the long hole 443 . By arranging the longitudinal direction of the gourd shape and the longitudinal direction of the long hole 443 substantially parallel, the posture of the relative displacement member 442 can be stabilized.

In addition, compared to the case where the gourd-shaped protrusion 431a is formed in an elliptical shape, the area in contact with the elongated hole 443 can be reduced, so that the gourd-shaped protrusion 431a and the relative displacement member 442 can be separated from each other. It is possible to reduce the frictional resistance generated between them.

The auxiliary arm member 444 has a ring-shaped proximal side portion 444a pivotally supported by the large-diameter projection 432a of the support portion 432, and an arcuate gear tooth formed concentrically with the ring shape of the proximal side portion 444a. A gear portion 444b, a ring-shaped extension portion 444c extending in the radial direction from the base end side portion 444a, and a substantially semi-cylindrical shape disposed at the extension distal end portion of the extension portion 444c. A cylindrical member 444d which is a portion and is configured such that an open portion inside the cylinder is continuously connected to an open portion of the extension portion 444c.

The base end side portion 444a has an insertion hole 425a through which a fastening screw is inserted into a female threaded portion formed at the distal end of the large-diameter projection 432a while being inserted into the large-diameter projection 432a. The housing plate portion 425 restricts the movement to the rear side. That is, the base end side portion 444a is pivotally supported so as to oppose the elevating plate 430 and the housing plate portion 425 from the front and rear so as not to fall off.

The extending portion 444c is formed in a box shape with an open rear side, and extends from one side in the transverse direction to the other side in the rear side portion, and connects the short side of the electrical wiring DH1 to the other side. A retaining portion 444c1 formed with a gap slightly longer than the directional dimension (width dimension) is provided. The retaining portion 444c1 serves to prevent the electrical wire DH1, which is disposed inside the extending portion 444c and is passed between the other side of the extending portion 444c in the short direction, from falling off thereafter. have.

Note that the form of the retainer portion 444c1 is not limited to this. For example, the gap between the extension portion 444c and the retainer portion 444c1 may be configured to be shorter than the lateral dimension (width dimension) of the electrical wiring DH1. In this case, when assembling (inserting) the electrical wiring DH1 into the gap between the extension portion 444c and the retaining portion 444c1, it is necessary to bend the retaining portion 444c1 to widen the gap. It is possible to improve the effect of preventing the electrical wiring DH1 from coming off.

As long as the electrical wiring DH1 is arranged inside the extended portion 444c, it is possible to minimize the expansion and contraction of the electrical wiring DH1 when the first motion unit 400 is vertically displaced. 30 as described below.

The tubular member 444d is designed such that its outer diameter is slightly shorter than the lateral dimension of the long hole portion 406, and when it is inserted through the long hole portion 406, the cylindrical member 444d extends in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction) of the long hole portion 406. , and rotational movement of the auxiliary arm member 444.

The end side plate 448 is provided with a through hole 448a through which the electrical wiring DH1 can be inserted. It passes through the inner side, passes through the inner side of the extended portion 444 c , is guided to the rear side of the base end side portion 444 a , and enters between the blocking plate 428 and the accommodation plate portion 425 . Then, it is guided to the front side through the through hole 427 and the cylindrical portion 433 .

Since the electrical wiring DH1 is passed through, the inner shape of the through hole 448a is formed larger than the outer shape of the connector connected to the end of the electrical wiring DH1. In other words, the through hole 448a is sized to allow the connector to pass therethrough.

The through-hole 448a is formed in an irregular shape including not only the central portion of the end side plate 448 but also an eccentric area on the radial outer side. Therefore, regardless of the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444, the electric wiring DH1 can be brought closer to the extended portion 444c side, so that the arrangement of the electric wiring DH1 with respect to the auxiliary arm member 444 becomes larger as the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444 changes. You can avoid changing (ramping).

In addition, the through hole 448a extends counterclockwise in a rear view from the outer diameter side portion of the end side plate 448 with the extension portion 444c side as a reference. Due to this extension, the opening range of the through-hole 448a in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 can be expanded to the right, so that the horizontal displacement width required for the electric wiring DH1 can be suppressed.

In this case, even in the configuration of the present embodiment in which the end side plates 448 are displaced laterally when the elevating plate 430 is vertically displaced, the lateral displacement of the end side plates 448 can be suppressed by changing the direction of the through holes 448a. It can act as a mitigator. Therefore, since the displacement width required for the electrical wiring DH1 can be made shorter than the displacement width of the end side plate 448, the excess wiring length set in consideration of the displacement of the electrical wiring DH1 can be shortened. In addition, the load applied from the end side plate 448 to the electric wiring DH1 can be reduced.

A fixed transmission plate 490 is fastened and fixed to the front side of the relative displacement member 442 . That is, in the same way that the lift plate 430 and the relative displacement member 442 are relatively displaced, the support plate portion 450 fastened and fixed to the lift plate 430 and the fixed transmission plate 490 fastened and fixed to the relative displacement member 442 are relatively displaced. do.

The support plate portion 450 is a plate-like member to which the light emitting effect device LA1, which is formed in a disk shape and has a light emitting substrate disposed on the back side, is fastened and fixed to the front side, and is a fastening screw inserted through the elevating plate 430. a plurality of fastening portions 451 into which are screwed, and a pair of left and right fastening and shaft supporting portions 452 that are fitted inside the cylindrical portion 461 of the vane member 460 and into which fastening screws that are inserted through the elevating plate 430 are screwed. , a pair of right and left through-holes 453 drilled on the lower side of the fastening and shaft support portion 452, and a support portion 454 for hooking and supporting the upper projecting piece LA1b of the light emitting effect device LA1.

The light emitting device LA1 has a pair of fastening portions LA1a at its lower portion into which fastening screws to be inserted through the support plate portion 450 are screwed, and a pair of projecting pieces protruding to be inserted into the support portion 454 at its upper portion. LA1b is provided. In this way, while the lower part of the lighting effect device LA1 is supported by fastening and the upper part is supported by engagement, the shadow of the fastening screw is left on the upper back side of the electrical board while ensuring sufficient support strength. can be avoided from occurring.

A three-dimensional or two-dimensional decorative pattern is applied to the front of the light-emitting effect device LA1 so as to be visible to the player. This decorative pattern is configured to be visible as an integral decoration with the wing-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 when it is visible without being hidden by the wing-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 (Fig. 34). reference).

In this embodiment, the feather-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 are shaped like shellfish (for example, scallop shells), and the light emitting device LA1 arranged between them is shaped like a pearl. It is formed in a substantially circular shape that can be visually recognized from the front. That is, by making the light emitting member LA1, the feather member 460, and the auxiliary member 470 integrally visible, it is possible to construct an appearance that reminds one of a series of concepts of "a pearl placed inside an open shell". .

The feather-like member 460 is composed of a plurality of members supported by the fastening/shaft-supporting part 452 , and has a cylindrical part 461 rotatably supported on the fastening/shaft-supporting part 452 , and a cylindrical part 461 . an arc-shaped gear 462 formed in an arc shape and meshing with each other, an extension portion 463 extending in a plate shape from the cylindrical portion 461 to the opposite side of the arc-shaped gear 462, and the extension portion 463 Forming portions 464L and 464R, which are formed on the extended end side and are plated on the front surface of the plate so as to be able to reflect light strongly, and an arc-shaped gear along an arc having a diameter smaller than that of the arc-shaped gear 462. A downstream gear 465 formed on the front side of the gear 462, a flange portion 466 formed in a flange shape covering the rear side of the circular gear 462, and an extended end portion where the flange portion 466 extends in the outer shape direction. and a columnar projecting portion 467 projecting in a columnar shape from the rear surface side.

The arcuate gear 462 is formed as gear teeth formed in an arc having the same diameter and meshing with each other at an intermediate position of the pair of cylindrical portions 461 . That is, the rotation angles of the plurality of (left and right) feather members 460 rotated by the engagement of the circular arc gears 462 are the same (symmetrical).

The extended portion 463 has a recessed portion 463a that is recessed only on the right side. The recessed portion 463a is a shaped portion that facilitates avoiding interference with the electric wiring that passes through the cylindrical portion 433 and is guided to the front side of the lift plate 430, the details of which will be described later.

Forming parts 464L and 464R are united in the overhanging state of first action unit 400, and configured as a series of substantially semicircular (substantially semielliptical) ornaments (see FIG. 17). In the retracted state of the unit 400, they are arranged separately on the left and right, and their sizes are left and right asymmetrical (see FIG. 16).

More specifically, while the lower part is formed symmetrically, the left forming part 464L protrudes in the rotational direction compared to the right forming part 464R in terms of the shape of the upper part, which abuts when combined. By being done, it will be greatly formed. In other words, in the extended state of the first operation unit 400, the contact surfaces S1 of the forming portions 464L and 464R are arranged on the right side (see FIG. 17).

The shape of the upper end portions of the vane members 464L and 464R, which are arranged to face each other, differs depending on the distance from the cylindrical portion 461. As shown in FIG. That is, on the side closer to the tubular portion 461 (the side closer to the rotation shaft, the inner diameter side), the blade members 464L and 464R are arranged so that they overlap each other in a front view when they are closest to each other. It has a shape provided with an interference portion 464a that is displaced in the rotation axis direction.

In this embodiment, the side closer to the tubular portion 461 corresponds to a portion where a decorative pattern that is visible as a series of patterns is formed when the feather members 464L and 464R are closest to each other. The above-described interference portion 464a can prevent the contact surfaces S1 of the wing-like members 464L and 464R from being cut off when the wing-like members 464L and 464R are closest to each other, so that the decorative pattern can be displayed to the player. It can be visually recognized without discomfort.

On the other hand, on the side far from the tubular portion 461 (the side far from the rotation shaft, the outer diameter side), the rotation shafts of the vane members 464L and 464R are arranged so that the rotation of the vane members 464L and 464R can be stopped by contact. The shape is such that the contact surface is arranged at a position that matches the direction.

By providing the portion where the load on the wing-shaped members 464L and 464R when stopped is caused by the contact at the outermost diameter portion where the arm length in the calculation of the moment of force is the longest, the wing-shaped members 464L and 464R can minimize the load on the

In this way, by changing the shape of the wing-like members 464L and 464R according to the distance from the tubular portion 461, the series of decorative patterns formed when the wing-like members 464L and 464R are closest to each other makes the player feel uncomfortable. In addition, it is possible to minimize the load that may be generated on the wing members 464L and 464R when the wing members 464L and 464R are closest to each other.

The flange portion 466 is used both for suppressing the positional deviation of the arc-shaped gear 462 in the front-rear direction and for separating the arc-shaped gear 462 and the fixed transmission plate 490 . As a result, the meshing state of the arc-shaped gear 462 can be optimized, and it is possible to prevent the arc-shaped gear 462 from coming into contact with and being caught by the fixed transmission plate 490 and causing excessive resistance.

The columnar projecting portion 467 is inserted through the elongated hole portion 491 of the fixed transmission plate 490, and a ring-shaped collar C1 for reducing friction is inserted through the projecting tip portion. In addition, a female screw is formed on the protruding distal end portion, and a fastening screw that is inserted through the collar C1 and has a head portion larger than the inner diameter of the collar C1 is screwed. As a result, the fixed transmission plate 490 is connected to the cylindrical projecting portion 467 so as not to fall off.

The auxiliary member 470 is composed of a pair of left and right plate-like members that are rotatably supported, and includes a supported portion 471 formed in a cylindrical shape with a bottom, and a through hole 453 that is inserted through the supported portion 471 so as to be non-rotatable. and a gear portion 473 having gear teeth formed on an arc centered on the metal insertion rod 472 and non-rotatably fitted to the end of the metal insertion rod 472. and

A female screw is formed in the front side portion of the insertion metal rod 472 in a radial direction, and a through hole through which a screw portion of a fastening screw to be screwed into the female screw can be inserted at a corresponding position of the supported portion 471. is formed. After inserting the insertion metal rod 472 through the supported portion 471 , the insertion metal rod 472 can be prevented from falling off from the supported portion 471 by screwing a fastening screw into the female thread through the through hole.

As the insertion metal rod 472 is supported by the through hole 453 , the gear portion 473 is rotatably supported around the through hole 453 . Since the gear portion 473 meshes with the downstream gear 465 (see FIG. 22(b)), it rotates in synchronization with the rotation angle of the vane member 460 .

The fixed transmission plate 490 includes a plate-like portion fastened and fixed to the front side of the relative displacement member 442, a long hole portion 491 formed as a curved long hole in the plate-like portion, and a lower end portion of the plate-like portion. It comprises a metal bar 492 which is a non-rotatably supported metal bar-like member and protrudes toward the front side, and a decorative portion 493 which is non-rotatably fixed to the protruding tip of the metal bar 492 .

The elongated hole portion 491 includes a vertical portion 491a formed along the vertical direction, and a curved change portion 491b formed by bending the vertical portion 491a in the horizontal direction. By partitioning the long hole portion 491 in this way, the vertical displacement of the fixed transmission plate 490 and the accompanying rotational displacement of the feather-like member 460 are not completely synchronized, but a deviation is provided in the synchronous mode. The details are described later.

The connection and fixation between the metal rod 492 and the decorative portion 493 is the same as the manner of connection between the insertion metal rod 472 and the supported portion 471 described above. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the metal rod 492 from falling off from the decorative portion 493 .

Next, the operation mode of the first operation unit 400 will be described. 27, 28, 29 and 30 are rear views of the first operating unit 400. FIG. FIGS. 27 to 30 illustrate how each constituent member is displaced as the drive motor MT1 rotates. FIG. 27 shows the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, and FIG. 16), the first intermediate state of the first operation unit 400 in which the lift plate 430 is lowered from the retracted state by a distance slightly longer than the vertical deviation dimension in FIG. The second intermediate state of the facing first operating unit 400 and in FIG. 30 the extended state of the first operating unit 400 are respectively illustrated.

As shown in FIG. 27, in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the position of the terminal gear 413 is determined by the detected portion 413d entering the detection gap of the detection sensor SC1. In this embodiment, the state detected by the detection sensor SC1 is only the retracted state, and the other states (first intermediate state, second intermediate state, extended state) are displaced by a preset amount from the retracted state. This is a state after displacement, and is not detected by the detection sensor SC1.

As shown in FIG. 27, in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, the straight line connecting the rotation shaft of the terminal gear 413 and the cylindrical projecting portion 413c and the longitudinal direction of the long hole portion 414d of the arm member 414 (arm member 414). 414) are orthogonal to each other. As a result, the load applied from the arm member 414 to the terminating gear 413 is generated along the linear direction passing through the rotation axis of the terminating gear 413. Therefore, even when the power of the drive motor MT1 is cut off, the arm member 414 is loaded. posture can be maintained (use of dead point).

A tip plate portion 414e of the arm member 414 is arranged outside an arc MXS that circumscribes the disk portion of the terminal gear 413 with the rotation axis of the arm member 414 as the center. Thereby, it is possible to avoid interference between the tip plate portion 414 e and the terminal gear 413 during the rotational displacement of the arm member 414 .

The auxiliary arm member 444 functions to prevent the right side of the lift plate 430 from descending. Although the auxiliary arm member 444 is slidably supported in the elongated hole portion 406, it is not without resistance, and contact friction between the tubular portion 444d (see FIG. 25) and the elongated hole portion 406 causes the sliding movement. Motion resistance occurs. That is, the right side portion of the lifting section 430 can be supported by the auxiliary arm member 444 due to the action of this movement resistance.

As shown in FIG. 28, the arm member 414 is rotationally displaced so that the elevating plate 430 is displaced downward. It is displaced downward by a displacement amount exceeding the displacement amount of the plate 430 .

Although it has a complicated shape, the transmission of the driving force from the auxiliary arm member 444 to the relative displacement member 442 is due to the meshing of the gears. corresponds to the rotation angle of .

As shown in FIG. 28, while the arm member 414, the auxiliary arm member 444, the elevating plate 430 and the relative displacement member 442 are displaced as described above, the feather member 460 assumes the same posture as in the retracted state. maintain.

That is, according to this embodiment, there is a time lag between the timing at which the elevator plate 430 starts to descend from the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 and the timing at which the feather member 460 starts to rotate. The cause of this time lag will be described later.

In the present embodiment, the lift plate 430 is lowered by the vertical dimension of the wall schematic line UL (see FIG. 16) before the wing-like member 460 starts rotating. It is possible to easily prevent the occurrence of the problem of colliding with the upper wall portion of the rear case 310 when displacing.

In other words, the displacement mode in which the feather-shaped member 460 rotates after it descends by the vertical dimension of the wall schematic line UL is formed so that the upper wall portion of the rear case 310 does not have a height difference between the left and right sides. This is the same condition as the displacement mode (conventional displacement mode) in which the vane member 460 is rotated simultaneously with the descent of the lift plate 430 in the case where the lift plate 430 is lowered. Therefore, it is possible to realize the operation of the first operation unit 400 of the present embodiment by using the operating conditions (parameters such as gear ratio and displacement amount) of the conventional displacement mode. Thereby, the cost required for design can be reduced.

As shown in FIG. 27, the arm member 414 hidden behind the lift plate 430 in the retracted state protrudes above the lift plate 430 as the lift plate 430 descends, as shown in FIG. is displaced as follows.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, the feather member 460 is configured to be displaceable with respect to the lift plate 430 so as to hide the arm member 414 (see FIG. 29). In other words, the feather-like member 460 not only serves as an effect means for making the player visually recognize the ornamental pattern formed on the surface side and executes an effect to liven up the game. It also functions as a co-hidden shield.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the forming portion 464L of the wing-like member 460 on the side where the arm member 414 having the function of transmitting the driving force is arranged is compared to the forming portion 464R of the wing-like member 460 on the opposite side. Since the arm member 414 has a large shape, the arm member 414 can be easily hidden from the player's field of view.

Similarly, the forming portion 464R is configured to hide the auxiliary arm member 444 (see FIG. 30). In this embodiment, due to its configuration, in the second intermediate state, the arm member 414 protrudes above the elevator plate 430 while the auxiliary arm member 444 is still hidden behind the elevator plate 430 . That is, after the arm member 414 protrudes above the lift plate 430, the auxiliary arm member 444 protrudes above the lift plate 430 (see FIG. 30).

Therefore, even if the forming portion 464R, which has a shape smaller than that of the forming portion 464L (the amount of upward protrusion of the lifting plate 430 at the same point in time is smaller than that of the forming portion 464L), there is no problem in using the auxiliary arm member. 444 can be hidden from the player's view.

As shown in FIG. 29, the auxiliary arm member 444 is in a posture in which the longitudinal direction faces the left-right direction at a position slightly past the state where the columnar projecting portion 414f is leftmost away from the rotation axis of the arm member 414. Become. When the columnar overhang 414f is farthest to the left from the rotation axis of the arm member 414, the rightward load applied from the arm member 414 to the lift plate 430 tends to increase. When the auxiliary arm member 444 applies a leftward load to the lift plate 430, the displacement resistance of the lift plate 430 increases.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the position of the auxiliary arm member 444 is tilted at a position where the columnar overhanging portion 414f is slightly past the leftmost state from the rotation axis of the arm member 414, and the cylindrical portion 444d (Fig. 25) is arranged at the right end of the elongated hole 406 to apply a leftward load to the lift plate 430 through the auxiliary arm member 444, thereby reducing the displacement resistance of the lift plate 430 up and down. While suppressing this, it is possible to suppress the lateral displacement of the elevator plate 430 due to the load applied to the elevator plate 430 in the horizontal direction.

In the state shown in FIG. 29, the columnar overhanging portion 413c of the terminal gear 413 is arranged outside the arc MXS. Interference between the tip plate portion 414e and the terminal gear 413 can be avoided.

That is, the arc MXS is defined as a reference position only, and the design of the terminating gear 413 and the arm member 414 depends on whether or not interference occurs when the terminating gear 413 and the arm member 414 are actually interlocked. This is done by dynamically considering whether

As shown in FIG. 30 , in the extended state of the first operation unit 400 , the terminating gear 413 rotates around a position where the stopped portion 413 b of the terminating gear 413 contacts the stopper portion 403 c of the main body plate portion 401 as an end point. As for the control, the drive motor MT1 is driven so that the terminal gear 413 stops at a position slightly before the position where the stopped portion 413b contacts the stopper portion 403c. As a result, it is possible to structurally prevent the terminal gear 413 from over-rotating while avoiding early breakage of the stopper-receiving portion 413b and the stopper portion 403c.

As shown in FIG. 30, in the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400, the straight line connecting the rotation shaft of the terminal gear 413 and the cylindrical overhanging portion 413c and the longitudinal direction of the elongated hole portion 414d of the arm member 414 (arm). (radial direction of rotation of member 414) are orthogonal to each other. As a result, the load applied from the arm member 414 to the terminating gear 413 is generated along the linear direction passing through the rotation axis of the terminating gear 413. Therefore, even when the power of the drive motor MT1 is cut off, the arm member 414 is loaded. posture can be maintained (use of dead point).

The posture is maintained in both directions along the rotation direction of arm member 414 . That is, it is possible to prevent not only the displacement in the direction of gravity, but also the upward displacement of the first operation unit 400 from the extended state to the retracted state.

As a result, it is possible to prevent the lifting plate 430 connected to the arm member 414 from rebounding upwardly after reaching the extended state. Displacement of the members (synchronous operation unit 440, feather member 460, auxiliary member 470, etc.) can be prevented. Therefore, the contact state of the feather member 460 can be easily maintained.

The auxiliary arm member 444 functions to prevent the right side of the lift plate 430 from rising. Although the auxiliary arm member 444 is slidably supported in the elongated hole portion 406, it is not without resistance, and contact friction between the tubular portion 444d (see FIG. 25) and the elongated hole portion 406 causes the sliding movement. Motion resistance occurs. That is, the right side portion of the lifting section 430 can be supported by the auxiliary arm member 444 due to the action of this movement resistance.

In addition, the auxiliary arm member 444 suspends and supports the lift plate 430 . As a result, although the driving force of the drive motor MT1 and the urging force of the coil spring SP1 are generated only on one side (left side), it is possible to prevent the attitude of the lifting plate 430 from becoming unstable on the left and right sides of the metal rail 405. can be avoided.

Here, as described above, as long as the electric wiring DH1 is arranged inside the extension portion 444c, expansion and contraction of the electric wiring DH1 during the vertical displacement of the elevating plate 430 of the first operation unit 400 should be minimized. Explain what you can do.

When the path of the electric wiring DH1 is traced from the side of the lighting effect device LA1, the path is fixed to the lift plate 430 until reaching the auxiliary arm member 444, and the path becomes variable only at the auxiliary arm member 444. - 特許庁On the other hand, the extension portion 444c in which the electric wiring DH1 is disposed is fixed in shape even while the elevating plate 430 is vertically displaced, so that the electric wiring DH1 is less likely to expand or contract. can.

At the position where the electrical wiring DH1 is pulled out from the through hole 448a to the rear side, the lateral displacement accompanying the lateral displacement of the end side plate 448 is caused in the electric wiring DH1. In this way, the displacement that may cause expansion and contraction of the electrical wiring DH1 is limited to the displacement of the end side plate 448. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the lateral displacement of the end side plate 448 is measured, and the required amount is measured. After adding the extra length to the electrical wiring DH1 in the route from the fixed position of the electrical wiring DH1 to the end side plate 448 (with the electrical wiring DH1 loosened), the electrical wiring DH1 are fixed to the body plate portion 401 .

In other words, it is possible to limit the portion near the end side plate 448 where there is a possibility that the electric wiring DH1 may expand or contract due to the vertical displacement of the lifting plate 430. can be suppressed to less than half of the vertical displacement of

Furthermore, as described above, the shape of the through hole 448a of the end side plate 448 can reduce the displacement width of the electrical wiring DH1 compared to the displacement width of the end side plate 448, so that the excess of the electrical wiring DH1 can be reduced. length can be shortened.

31, 32, 33 and 34 are front views of the first operating unit 400. FIG. FIGS. 31 to 34 illustrate how each component is displaced as the drive motor MT1 rotates. FIG. 31 shows the retracted state of the first operation unit 400. 33 shows the second intermediate state of the first operating unit 400, and FIG. 34 shows the extended state of the first operating unit 400. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 31, the lower edge of the feather member 460 is formed symmetrically. Therefore, in the retracted state of the first action unit 400, the first action unit 400 entering the field of view of the third pattern display device 81 can be visually recognized by the player as a symmetrical movable member.

As shown in FIG. 32, when the elevating plate 430 is slightly displaced downward, the attitude of the feather member 460 is maintained. Therefore, even in the state shown in FIG. 32, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the first action unit 400, which enters the field of view of the third symbol display device 81, as a symmetrical movable member.

In the first intermediate state shown in FIG. 32, compared to the retracted state shown in FIG. The decorative portion 493 is displaced downward by a displacement amount exceeding the downward displacement amount.

Therefore, when the first operation unit 400 is changed from the retracted state to the first intermediate state, not only the vertical displacement of the single elevator plate 430 but also the vertical displacement of the elevator plate 430 is observed by the player who visually recognizes the elevator plate 430. Since the vertical displacement of the decorative portion 493, which is displaced by a vertical displacement amount different from that of 430, can be visually recognized, the production effect can be improved.

As shown in FIG. 33, in the second intermediate state, the difference between the amount of displacement of the lifting plate 430 and the amount of displacement of the decorative portion 493 increases compared to the first intermediate state. 470 changes its posture.

FIG. 34 illustrates a state in which the feather members 460 abut against each other at opposing positions. The feather-shaped member 460 is visually recognized as if it were a single substantially semicircular (semi-elliptical) decorative member by combining a pair of left and right members. It is formed at a position deviated to the right from the lateral center position where the rail 405 is arranged.

In the present embodiment, the upper edge side of the forming portion 464L is formed in advance on the side of the forming portion 464R more than the upper edge side of the forming portion 464R, so that the contact surface S1 in the overhanging state is displaced from the left-right center. It consists of

Since the upper edge portions of the forming portions 464L and 464R are arranged at positions shielded by the base plate 60 of the game board 13 in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400 (see FIG. 2), the forming portions 464L and 464R It is possible to make it difficult for the player to notice that the 464R is configured in a left-right asymmetrical shape. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the asymmetrical shapes of the forming portions 464L and 464R.

In addition, since the contact surface S1 is displaced from the metal rail 405 in a front view, even if the feather member 460 rebounds due to the impact at the time of contact and creates a gap again, the rail member can be removed from the gap. 405 can be avoided from being visually recognized, and the decorative shape formed on the plate front surface of the main body plate portion 401 can be visually recognized.

As a result, the inorganic metal rail 405 (in other words, a member that is indispensable for realizing the displacement of the movable accessory and is not intended for decoration) is compared to the case where it is visually recognized through the gap. , it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the production effect.

In addition, the contact surface S1 is arranged at a position shifted from the left-right center position, which is generally assumed by a player as a gap between a pair of movable members that contact and separate on the left and right sides. In other words, a contact surface S1 is provided at a position deviated from the position (left-right central position) visually recognized by the player while anticipating that a gap will be formed. By arranging, even if a gap occurs, the gap can be made inconspicuous.

As shown in FIGS. 31 to 34, the visibility of the decorative portion 436 changes depending on the arrangement of the feather members 460. As shown in FIG. That is, from the retracted state (see FIG. 31) to the second intermediate state (see FIG. 33) of the first action unit 400, the external shape of the decoration part 436 is shielded by the feather member 460, and the player can see the whole picture. The structure is difficult to comprehend.

On the other hand, in the extended state of the first operation unit 400 (see FIG. 34), the external shape of the decorative portion 436 arranged below the wing-shaped member 460 is visible, and the external shape of the decorative portion 436 is the same as that of the wing-shaped member 460. It is formed so as to be continuous with the outer shape of when viewed from the front.

That is, the series of decorative shapes (“shellfish” shapes in this embodiment) visible when the pair of feather members 460 are in the protruding state of the first operation unit 400 are further extended downward from the lower edge. A decorative portion 436 is formed. Therefore, a series of ornamental shapes larger than the series of ornamental shapes (see FIG. 38) formed by combining the pair of feather members 460 can be constructed and can be visually recognized by the player.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the displacement process of forming a series of ornamental shapes by displacing the feather member 460 is not uniform. That is, the first displacement process includes a process of forming a series of decorative shapes by displacing and merging the pair of feather members 460 as one component of the series of decorative shapes in a manner to approach each other.

On the other hand, in the process of the second displacement, the wing-like member 460 and the decorative portion 436, which constitute one configuration of the series of decorative shapes, overlap front and rear in the retracted state of the first operation unit 400, and are projected. A process of forming a series of ornamental shapes by displacing the feather members 460 in the direction in which the overlapping margin becomes smaller (the direction in which the feather members 460 move away from the decorative portion 436) as the state approaches.

Through these different processes, while the displacement of the wing-shaped member 460 itself is a simple displacement mode of proximity displacement, the shape can be connected at both end edges along the displacement direction of the wing-shaped member 460, and a series of ornamental shapes can be formed. Can be configured. Therefore, while suppressing the shape of the individually displaced feather members 460 to be small, the series of ornamental shapes formed by combining in the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400 is configured to be large compared to the size. can do.

35, 36, 37 and 38 are rear views of the support plate portion 450, the feather member 460, the auxiliary member 470 and the fixed transmission plate 490. FIG. FIGS. 35 to 38 illustrate how each component is displaced as the driving motor MT1 rotates. FIG. 37 shows the second intermediate state of the first operating unit 400, and FIG. 38 shows the extended state of the first operating unit 400. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 35, a plurality of through holes LA1c distributed along an arc shape are formed on the rear side of the light emitting effect device LA1, and light leaks out to the rear side through the through holes LA1c. It is configured as follows. In the overhanging state of the first operation unit 400, the wing-like member 460 is arranged so as to cover the back side of the through hole LA1c. can be reflected to the front side.

Rotational displacement of feather member 460 will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 38 . Rotational displacement of feather-like member 460 is caused by the relationship between cylindrical projecting portion 467 and elongated hole portion 491 of fixed transmission plate 490, so this portion will be described in particular detail.

From the retracted state illustrated in FIG. 35 to the first intermediate state illustrated in FIG. , and the displacement direction of the fixed transmission plate 490 is the same, it is possible to prevent the vane member 460 from being rotationally displaced by the load applied to the cylindrical projecting portion 467 .

In this embodiment, there is no separate member for urging the feather member 460 toward the retracted state, but due to the shape of the forming portions 464L and 464R, the center of gravity is arranged laterally outward from the rotation axis. It is maintained in a retracted posture by its own weight.

In the second intermediate state shown in FIG. 37, columnar overhanging portion 467 enters curvature changing portion 491b, so that a lateral load is applied to columnar overhanging portion 467, and vane member 460 starts rotational displacement. From the viewpoint of the transmission path of the driving force, the driving force of the drive motor MT1 is transmitted from the fixed transmission plate 490 to the left wing-like member 460 via the cylindrical protrusion 467, and then to the right wing-like member 460. transmitted. That is, compared to the right wing-shaped member 460, the left wing-shaped member 460 is on the upstream side in the driving force transmission path.

In this embodiment, the forming portion 464L of the left feather member 460, which is upstream in the driving force transmission path, is formed slightly larger (heavier) than the forming portion 464R. Therefore, the movable members can be arranged so as to become lighter toward the downstream side in the driving force transmission path. As a result, it is possible to achieve good transmission of the driving force, and it is possible to suppress the rebound displacement of each component after it has been displaced to the end position.

One of the reasons why the tubular portion 433 as a guide path for the electric wiring DH1 is arranged on the forming portion 464R side is also the difference in weight between the forming portions 464L and 464R. More specifically, the positions of the forming portions 464L and 464R after displacement are determined by the meshing of the arcuate gear 462 and the contact of the facing surfaces of the forming portions 464L and 464R. It is possible that the post-displacement positions of the forming portions 464L and 464R may slightly change due to errors, deformation over time of the elongated hole portion 491 that defines the rotation angle of the vane member 460, and the like.

In this case, the change in position after the displacement largely depends on the weight balance of the forming portions 464L and 464R. That is, there is a high possibility that the forming portion 464L is pushed down so that the forming portion 464L rides on the forming portion 464R.

In consideration of this, in the present embodiment, the extended portion 463 of the feather member 460 is arranged below the cylindrical portion 433 through which the electric wiring DH1 passes. In addition, a concave portion 463a is provided so that the overlap between the cylindrical portion 433 and the extension portion 463 is reduced. Accordingly, even if the formation portion 464L is unintentionally pushed down and displaced, the possibility of interference between the electric wiring DH1 and the formation portion 464L can be reduced.

In addition, since the forming portion 464L can be assumed to be easily displaced, it can be designed at a position where the tubular portion 433 and the recessed portion 463 partially interfere with each other when viewed from the rear (see FIG. 38). Thereby, the degree of freedom in design can be improved.

In this embodiment, the formation range of the recessed portion 463a is set to a range in which the lower portion of the cylindrical portion 433 can be particularly opened. As a result, it is possible to minimize the difference in shape between the pair of left and right extension portions 463 while avoiding contact between the extension portions 463 and the electrical wiring DH1 that tends to sag under its own weight inside the cylindrical portion 433 .

That is, it is possible to prevent the recessed portion 463 from coming too close to the forming portion 464 side, so that the recessed portion 463a is positioned toward the rear side of the auxiliary member 470 in the retracted state or the first intermediate state of the first operation unit 400. , and the concave portion 463a can be partially hidden by the auxiliary member 470 (see FIG. 31).

Thereby, the concave portion 463a can be partially hidden by the auxiliary member 470 in any state from the retracted state to the extended state of the first operation unit 400. FIG. Therefore, the extending portions 463 and the lower edges of the forming portions 464L and 464R of the pair of left and right feather-shaped members 460 can be easily visually recognized symmetrically. It is possible to avoid giving the player a sense of discomfort.

Transmission of driving force from fixed transmission plate 490 to columnar projecting portion 467 occurs when fixed transmission plate 490 is displaced downward away from tubular portion 461 of vane member 460 . As the driving force is transmitted, the cylindrical projecting portion 467 is pulled by the fixed transmission plate 490 and is rotationally displaced around the cylindrical portion 461. Assuming that the fixed transmitting plate 490 is displaced at a constant speed, the cylindrical projecting portion 467 is It is configured so as not to be displaced at a constant velocity (configured so that the angular velocity changes).

More specifically, since the initial position of the cylindrical projecting portion 467 is set near the left and right of the cylindrical portion 461 (see FIG. 35), it is assumed that the curvature changing portion 491b is an elongated hole extending in the horizontal direction (lateral direction). In this case, as the columnar projecting portion 467 is displaced downward, the angle of rotational displacement of the columnar projecting portion 467 with respect to the displacement width in the vertical direction increases. Therefore, when the stationary transmission plate 490 is displaced at a constant speed, the rotational displacement speed (angular speed) of the cylindrical projecting portion 467 gradually increases.

Therefore, compared to a configuration in which the pair of feather-like members 460 decelerate during displacement, it is possible to construct a powerful effect of displacing and merging at high speed.

On the other hand, the gradual increase in the angular velocity of the cylindrical projection 467 leads to the speedup of the pair of wing members 460 just before they approach and merge. There is a possibility that the pair of wing-shaped members 460 may rebound greatly due to the impact at the time, and there is a possibility that the production effect of the present embodiment, in which the pair of wing-shaped members 460 are united to make a series of decorative patterns visually recognizable, may be reduced.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the curvature changing portion 491b is directed toward the rotation shaft side of the wing-shaped member 460 (the left-hand wing-shaped member 460) having the cylindrical projecting portion 467 in the horizontal direction (left-right direction). It is formed as an elongated hole extending in an upwardly inclined direction. As a result, an increase in rotational displacement velocity (angular velocity) of the columnar projecting portion 467 can be suppressed.

The degree of suppression is the amount of upward displacement (hereinafter also referred to as "upward correction amount") of the curvature changing portion 491b with respect to the elongated hole parallel to the horizontal direction (left-right direction) at the location where the cylindrical projecting portion 467 is arranged. corresponds to

As in the present embodiment, when the curvature changing portion 491b is configured as an elongated hole extending in a direction that inclines upward toward the rotation shaft side, the lower the cylindrical projecting portion 467 is displaced (the pair of feather members 460 The closer to the coalescing state, the larger the upward correction amount. Therefore, the extent to which an increase in the rotational displacement speed (angular velocity) of cylindrical projection 467 is suppressed (decrease width) can be gradually increased as the arrangement of cylindrical projection 467 changes downward.

Therefore, it is possible to moderately suppress the increase in speed compared to a structure exemplified by a brake structure that maintains the same frictional state. Note that the actual displacement speed of the feather-shaped member 460 will be described later.

FIGS. 39(a) to 39(c) are schematic diagrams schematically illustrating the displacement relationship of the first motion unit 400. FIG. 39(a) to 39(c), the rotation angle of the terminal gear 413 is shown on the horizontal axis, and in FIG. In b), the amount of rotation (change in angle) of the auxiliary arm member 444 is shown on the vertical axis, and in FIG. 39(c), the amount of rotation (change in angle) of the feather member 460 is shown on the vertical axis.

Here, it is assumed that the drive motor MT1 is rotated at a constant speed. In this case, while the terminal gear 413 rotates at a constant speed, the rotational movement of the arm member 414 does not become a constant speed rotation, and the up-and-down displacement of the elevating plate 430 does not become a constant speed displacement either.

That is, a deviation occurs between the control mode (for example, uniform rotation) of the drive motor MT1 and the control mode (non-uniform displacement) of the lift plate 430, and the lift plate 430 in the driving force transmission path is The displacement mode on the downstream side is affected by this shift. Therefore, even if the drive motor MT1 is rotated at a constant speed, it is difficult to displace the components arranged downstream in the transmission path at a constant speed.

For example, even if a fixed rack-gear-shaped portion is formed on the body plate portion 401 and the rack-gear-shaped portion engages with the rotating gear 441 of the synchronous operation unit 440, the vertical displacement of the relative displacement member 442 is Since it depends on the up-and-down displacement mode of the elevating plate 430, uniform velocity displacement is not achieved.

In contrast, in the present embodiment, the vertical displacement of the relative displacement member 442 is not defined by the fixed rack gear-shaped portion, but the rotational displacement of the arm member 414 is the vertical displacement (vertical displacement) of the elevator plate 430 . , the rotational displacement of the auxiliary arm member 444 is converted into vertical displacement (vertical displacement) of the relative displacement member 442 .

That is, a predetermined rule for converting the rotational displacement of the terminal gear 413 into the vertical displacement of the elevator plate 430 accompanying the vertical displacement of the cylindrical projecting portion 414f of the arm member 414 (for example, the horizontal axis of FIG. 39A). conversion formula for converting a numerical value to a numerical value on the vertical axis) is reversed to convert vertical displacement of the cylindrical portion 444d of the auxiliary arm member 444 accompanying vertical displacement of the elevator plate 430 into rotational displacement of the rotary gear 441. By doing so, it is possible to partially offset the deviation of the displacement mode, and approximate the displacement mode of the terminal gear 413 and the displacement mode of the rotary gear 441 .

In other words, the vertical displacement of the lifting plate 430 begins to deviate from the displacement mode of the terminal gear 413 when the rotation angle of the terminal gear 413 is around 90 degrees and 140 degrees (see FIG. 39(a)). As for the rotation angle of the auxiliary arm member 444, deviation from the displacement mode of the terminal gear 413 is suppressed so that the rotation angle of the terminal gear 413 ranges from 30 degrees to about 170 degrees (see FIG. 39(b)).

As a result, for example, as the driving motor MT1 and the terminating gear 413 rotate at a constant speed, most of the auxiliary arm member 444 can be rotated at a constant speed (see FIG. 39(b)). can be vertically displaced with respect to the lifting plate 430 at substantially constant speed.

As a result, the speed control of the drive motor MT1 can be easily associated with the displacement mode of the relative displacement member 442. Therefore, the displacement mode desired to be executed by the first operation unit 400 as a driving performance to be visually recognized by the player can be calculated backwards from the displacement mode. It is possible to make it easier to set the speed of the drive motor MT1.

Further, according to the configuration of the present embodiment, it is possible to reduce the influence exerted on the distal end side of the transmission path by the configuration that produces an advantageous effect only on the drive device side in the transmission path of the driving force. Here, with the elevator plate 430 as a reference, the drive motor MT1 side is defined as the drive device side of the transmission path, and the opposite side is defined as the front end side of the transmission path.

On the driving device side of the transmission path, the suppression of the rotation angle of the arm member 414 with respect to the rotation angle of the terminal gear 413 in the retracted state or the extended state of the first operation unit 400 makes it possible to quickly start and stop the arm member 414. However, on the distal end side of the transmission path, the speed of the arm member 414 is extremely low just before reaching the retracted state or the extended state, so the displacement tends to be slow. was there.

From this point of view, in order to configure the displacement mode of the distal end side of the transmission path so as not to be affected by the deceleration of the arm member 414, the operating speed of the drive motor MT1 must be set to or by controlling the arm member 414 to stop before deceleration of the arm member 414 occurs (sufficiently before reaching the retracted state or the extended state).

However, according to the former, complicated control is required, and according to the latter, the rotation angle of the arm member 414 that can be used to displace the distal end of the transmission path becomes small, narrowing the width of the displacement mode. there was a point

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the displacement mode of the distal end side of the transmission path can be approximated to the displacement mode of the drive motor MT1 and the terminal gear 413, so that the synchronization is performed immediately before reaching the retracted state or the extended state. The extent to which the relative displacement member 442 of the operation unit 440 decelerates can be made easier to reduce. Therefore, while maximizing the rotation angle of the arm member 414, the relative displacement member 442 arranged on the distal end side of the transmission path (and the feather-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 arranged downstream thereof) can be adjusted. slow displacement can be avoided.

What the player visually recognizes is the displacement of the feather-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 . As shown in FIG. 39(c), the rotational angular velocities of the vane-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 when the terminal gear 413 is rotated at a constant speed tend to increase (at least at a constant speed) until immediately before the stop. , decelerates according to the shape of the curved portion 491b of the long hole portion 491 described above.

As a result, compared to the case where the displacement mode of the wing-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 is determined depending on the displacement mode of the lifting plate 430, the speed of the displacement of the wing-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 can be increased. Therefore, powerful displacement can be realized, and the performance effect can be improved.

On the other hand, instead of stopping the rotational angular velocities of the wing-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 while they are increasing (the wing-shaped members 460 are united), a section is provided immediately before the wing-shaped member 460 is decelerated so that the wing-shaped member 460 Rebound displacement after uniting can be suppressed.

Thus, according to the present embodiment, the displacement mode of the lifting plate 430 continuously displaced by the driving force of the drive motor MT1, and the relative displacement member 442 and the fixed transmission plate 490 of the synchronous operation unit 440 displaced on the downstream side thereof. , the displacement modes of the feather-shaped member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 can be different.

In particular, while going downstream along the transmission path of the driving force, the once-changed displacement mode can be changed back to the original state. As a result, a unique displacement mode can be configured in a configuration in which a plurality of members are synchronously displaced.

Although the case of shifting from the retracted state to the extended state has been described as a control mode of the drive motor MT1, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, it may be controlled to reverse at an intermediate position. That is, for example, the rotation direction of the drive motor MT1 may be reversely controlled so that the first operation unit 400 undergoes reciprocating displacement (repeated reciprocating displacement) between the retracted state and the first intermediate state.

In this case, after the elevator plate 430 starts to descend, the elevator plate 430 is raised and returned to the retracted state before the feather member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 start rotating. The displacement of the first motion unit 400 can be limited to vertical displacement and the rotational displacement can be excluded.

Note that even when the displacement is up to the first intermediate state, the stationary transmission plate 490 and the decorative portion 493 are relatively displaced in the vertical direction with respect to the lifting plate 430, so the appearance of the first operation unit 400 is likely to change. can do.

40 is an exploded front perspective view of the operation unit 300. FIG. FIG. 40 shows a state in which the game board 13 is removed from the operation unit 300 and arranged on the front side, and the upper parts of the operation unit 300 and the game board 13 are omitted. In FIG. 40, the outer shape of a transparent cover member 790 arranged along the lower edge of the third pattern display device 81 and formed of a colorless, light-transmitting resin is illustrated by imaginary lines. is visibly illustrated.

The game board 13 and the operation unit 300 are fastened and fixed, and when used for a game, the lower front side of the display area of the third pattern display device 81 is displayed through the window portion defined by the center frame 86 (see FIG. 2). , the upper surfaces of the light guide member 714 and the second operation unit 700 are arranged so as to be visible. In addition, the light emitted to the front side by the electrical board 777 passes through the light transmission hole 60c, so that it can be visually recognized from the front side of the base plate 60. FIG.

41 is a front perspective view of the second operation unit 700, and FIG. 42 is a rear perspective view of the second operation unit 700. FIG. As shown in FIGS. 41 and 42, the second operation unit 700 includes a plurality of (eight in this embodiment) light guide members 714 arranged side by side in the left and right direction, and illumination light guide members 714 arranged in the left and right directions. A substrate 777 is provided.

Each of the light guide members 714 is configured to be capable of guiding irradiation light emitted from below, and transmits the irradiation light from the upper end. The decorative board 777 includes a light emitting means 778 such as an LED capable of emitting light to the front side. In this way, the second operation unit 700 can emit light upward through the light guide member 714 and emit light toward the front side through the electrical board 777 .

43 and 44 are exploded front perspective views of the second operation unit 700, and FIG. 45 is an exploded rear perspective view of the second operation unit 700. FIG. FIG. 43 shows a downward view from above, and FIGS. 44 and 45 show an upward view from below. In addition, in FIG. 45, the projecting pressing portion 724 is shown enlarged.

As shown in FIGS. 43, 44, and 45, the second operation unit 700 includes a base member 701 fastened and fixed to the bottom wall portion 311 of the rear case 310 (see FIG. 40), and a base member 701 which is mounted from above. A cover member 720 that is put on and fastened to the base member 701, and a plate-shaped displacement member that is sandwiched between the cover member 720 and the base member 701 and pivotally supported so as to be rotatably displaceable (rotatably displaceable at a rotation angle of about 6 degrees). 730, a plurality of (eight in this embodiment) hollow members 740, which are hollow members placed on the upper surface of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and configured to be at least vertically displaceable, and the hollow members 740. A plurality of (three in this embodiment) variable decoration members 750 placed on the upper surface of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 on the front side and configured to be at least vertically displaceable, and arranged on the left and right lower sides of the base member 701, respectively. However, a pair of drive units 760, which are substantially symmetrical with respect to a straight line extending in the vertical direction and are configured to apply a load to the plate-shaped displacement member 730, and a transparent cover member 790 (see FIG. 40). Prepare.

The transparent cover member 790 is a colorless and transparent resin member shaped to cover the upper surface and the front surface of the cover member 720 of the second operation unit 700. The transparent cover member 790 prevents dust and fine particles from reaching the cover member 720, It acts to prevent the first operation unit 400 from colliding with the cover member 720 and the light guide member 714 even if any component of the operation unit 400 malfunctions.

Since the upper surface of the transparent cover 790 is inclined downward toward the back side, part of the light emitted directly upward from the upper end of the light guide member 714 can be refracted toward the back side. As a result, the light emitted from the light guide member 714 can be easily reflected in the third symbol display device 81. Changes in the lighting state of the optical member 714 (including changes in brightness, vibration of light, and displacement of the hollow member 740) can be easily noticed.

43, 44 and 45, illustration of the transparent cover member 790 is omitted. First, the base member 701 that forms the skeleton of the second motion unit 700 will be described with reference to FIG.

46 is an exploded front perspective view of the base member 701. FIG. As shown in FIG. 46, the base member 701 includes a plate-like member 702 formed to have sufficient strength, an electrical board 705 fastened and fixed facing the upper surface of the plate-like member 702, and the A partition member 708 that is arranged opposite to the upper surface of the decorative board 705 and fastened and fixed to the plate-like member 702, and a thin film cover that is a member that covers the partition member 708 and is formed in the form of a thin film from resin. A member 712, a plurality of (eight in this embodiment) light guide members 714 placed in contact with the thin film cover member 712, and a plate member covering the light guide members 714 from above. and a displacement restricting member 716 that restricts the upward movement and horizontal displacement of the light guide member 714 .

The plate-like member 702 includes an engaging portion 702a formed so as to be able to engage with the hook-like portion 721c of the cover member 720, and a pair of supported portions of the plate-like displacement member 730 formed on the left and right sides of the plate-like member 702. Receiving recess 702b formed so as to be capable of axially supporting 731; Control projection 702c projecting upward from the front side edge and formed so as to be able to control the rotation of plate-shaped displacement member 730; a plurality of fastening portions 703a formed on the upper surface of the fixing portion 703a; and a plurality of columnar protrusions 703b formed in a columnar shape so as to protrude upward beyond the fastening portions 703a so that a fastening screw can be screwed into the tip of the protrusion. , and a plurality of through holes 704 drilled in the vertical direction.

A plurality of fastening portions 703a are used to fasten and fix fastening screws inserted through the electrical board 705, and are formed at three locations, the left-right center and the left-right ends. A protruding pin for positioning is also provided.

By arranging the electrical board 705 so that the projecting pins are inserted into the through holes drilled in the electrical board 705 corresponding to the projecting pins for positioning, the fastening screws can be inserted into the electrical board 705. Since the through-holes drilled for connecting are continuously connected to the fastening portion 703a, the electrical board 705 can be fastened and fixed to the plate-like member 702 by inserting and screwing fastening screws therethrough.

The columnar projecting portion 703b is a portion into which a fastening screw that is inserted in the order of the displacement regulating member 716, the thin film cover member 712, and the partition member 708 is screwed, and the base end side is formed to be inclined in a trapezoidal shape. This makes it easier to arrange the electrical board 705 at an appropriate position.

The through-hole 704 is sized to allow the passage of a connector (not shown) disposed on the lower surface of the electrical board 705 and electrical wiring connected to the connector. Therefore, in this embodiment, the electrical wiring connected to the electrical board 705 is arranged on the lower surface side of the electrical board 705 and does not protrude above the electrical board 705 . As a result, the entire upper surface of the electrical board 705 can be utilized as a region where the light emitting means 706 such as LEDs can be arranged.

The illumination board 705 has a plurality of light emitting means 706 composed of LEDs, etc., and an open portion formed so that there is a slight gap between the columnar projecting portion 703b and the base member 701 in the assembled state (see FIG. 43). 707.

The light emitting means 706 includes a plurality of (eight in this embodiment) individual light emitting means 706a arranged along a straight line facing the horizontal direction, and a plurality of general light emitting means arranged at positions different from the individual light emitting means 706a. and means 706b.

The open portion 707 is formed at a position corresponding to the columnar projecting portion 703b, and the projecting end position of the columnar projecting portion 703b is higher than the position where the electrical board 705 is arranged in the assembled state. Therefore, when the electrical board 705 is lowered to the position where it is arranged in the assembled state, the open portion 707 advances along the columnar projecting portion 703b.

In the present embodiment, the base end portion of the columnar projecting portion 703b is formed in a circular shape in top view and a trapezoidal shape in a front view that tapers upward, so that the base end portion of the columnar projecting portion 703b is tapered upward. The side surface is inclined with respect to the vertical direction. When the electrical board 705 is displaced downward, if the position is greatly displaced in the front-rear direction from the position where it is arranged in the assembled state, it is moved along the slope of the side surface of the base end side portion of the columnar projecting portion 703b. Since the positional deviation of the electrical board 705 can be corrected by using the control panel, the electrical board 705 can be easily arranged at the desired position.

The partition member 708 is made of a colored (black in this embodiment) hard resin material that does not easily transmit light, and includes a plurality of light transmitting holes 709 provided at positions corresponding to the individual light emitting means 706a, and a columnar projection. A plurality of through holes 710a drilled with an inner diameter that allows the tip portion of the setting portion 703b to pass through, a plurality of fastening portions 710b formed so that a fastening screw inserted through the displacement regulating member 716 can be screwed, and the fastening portion 710b. A plurality of receiving portions 710c are recessed (or bored) so as to receive projecting pins 716b projecting from the lower surface of the displacement restricting member 716 at positions shifted in the front-rear direction with respect to the portion 710b.

The light-transmitting hole 709 is formed with an elongated crystal-shaped (substantially elliptical, substantially tortoiseshell-shaped) cross section in the front and rear, and the longitudinal direction thereof faces different directions depending on the position from the left-right center. That is, the longer the light-transmitting hole 709 is closer to the center, the smaller the deviation between the longitudinal direction and the front-rear direction is (in this embodiment, they are aligned), and the closer to the left and right ends, the longer the longitudinal direction is toward the front side and toward the center of the left and right direction. Inclining direction.

That is, the longitudinal direction of the light-transmitting hole 709 is set in a direction inclined toward the left-right center toward the front side, and the inclination angle is designed to increase toward the left-right end. In this embodiment, the increment of the tilt angle is configured to be constant (approximately 5 degrees).

The thin-film cover member 712 is a thin-film colorless and transparent resin member with low rigidity, formed so as to swell in the central portion, open on the bottom side, and vertically perforated at the left and right ends of the upper bottom portion. A pair of large through-holes 712a, a plurality of middle through-holes 712b drilled vertically inside the outer through-holes 712a in the left-right direction, and vertically displaced from the middle through-holes 712b in the front-rear direction. A plurality of small through holes 712c are provided.

The large through-hole 712a is formed with a diameter longer than the diameter of an annular projecting portion 716e (see FIG. 72) projecting from the lower surface of the displacement restricting member 716 to surround the insertion hole 716a. The protruding portion 716e that protrudes from the lower surface of the displacement regulating member 716 protrudes with a protruding length that exceeds the thickness of the thin film cover member 712, so that the edge portion of the large through hole 712a receives a load (fastening force) during assembly. load) can be avoided.

One of the intermediate through holes 712b is provided at a position corresponding to the columnar projecting portion 703b at the central position on the front side, and the other is provided at a position corresponding to the fastening portion 710b.

The small through-hole 712c is displaced in the front-rear direction with respect to the middle through-hole 712b arranged at the position corresponding to the fastening portion 710b. The projection pin 716b received in the receiving portion 710c of 708 can be inserted through.

Therefore, the partition member 708 is covered with the thin film cover member 712, and the displacement regulating member 716 is placed thereon. Since the projecting pin 716b is inserted through the small through hole 712c and the receiving portion 710c, the thin film cover member 712 and the displacement regulating member 716 are aligned with the partition member 708 before the fastening screw is screwed in. This can be done easily (at the same time), and the efficiency of the operation of screwing in the fastening screw can be improved thereafter.

The light guide member 714 is made of a colorless, light-transmitting resin material and formed into a bottomed cylinder having a bottom at the top. a main body portion 714a, a protruding edge portion 714b that protrudes leftward, rightward and forward from the lower edge of the main body portion 714a;

Since texturing is formed on the upper outer surface of the main body portion 714a, when the light emitted from the single individual light emitting means 706a travels through the light guide member 714 and reaches the upper end portion, the player can see the light. , it can be visually recognized as if the light is emitted from a surface instead of being a point light emission.

On the other hand, in the body portion 714a, texturing is not formed in portions other than the upper outer surface (intermediate portion, etc.), and a smooth surface is formed. As a result, it is possible to prevent irregular reflection from occurring when the light traveling inside the light guide member 714 is incident on the inner wall surface of the main body 714a. can be easily directed toward the upper end portion of the main body portion 714a, the energy loss of the light at the intermediate position of the main body portion 714a can be reduced.

The lengthwise direction of the main body portion 714a of each light guide member 714 in top view conforms to the setting of the lengthwise direction of the light transmission hole 709 described above. That is, the longer the light guide member 714 is closer to the center, the smaller the deviation between the longitudinal direction and the front-back direction is (in this embodiment, they are matched), and the closer to the left and right ends, the longer the longitudinal direction is toward the front side and closer to the center of the left and right direction. Inclining direction.

That is, the longitudinal direction of the light guide member 714 is set in a direction inclined toward the center of the left and right toward the front side, and the angle of inclination is designed to increase toward the left and right ends. In this embodiment, the increment of the tilt angle is configured to be constant (approximately 5 degrees).

With this configuration, the front end portion of the light guide member 714 in the longitudinal direction in top view (the portion closer to the player as a portion for irradiating light to the player side) is positioned at the center in the longitudinal direction. Compared to the position, it can be made to face the player side (front side left and right center). That is, it is possible to make the player feel as if the light emitted from the light guide member 714 toward the player side is concentrated toward the player.

The projecting edge portion 714b is formed with a uniform thickness in the vertical direction and functions as a portion for stabilizing the position and posture of the light guide member 714. It functions to emit light to the side, the details of which will be described later.

The displacement regulating member 716 is made of a colored (black in this embodiment) hard resin material that does not easily transmit light. a plurality of projecting pins 716b, a plurality of receiving cylinders 716c formed in a cylindrical shape penetrating vertically at positions corresponding to the light guide members 714, and an enlarged inner shape of the lower edge of the receiving cylinders 716c. A plurality of recessed portions 716 d are recessed with steps so as to form a shape capable of receiving the overhanging edge portion 714 b of the light guide member 714 .

The receiving cylindrical portion 716c has an inner shape that is approximately the same as the inner shape of the light transmitting hole 709 when viewed from above, and the light guide member 714 is inserted inside. Further, since the recess depth of the recessed portion 716d is equivalent to the thickness dimension of the overhanging edge portion 714b of the light guide member 714, in the assembled state of the second operation unit 700 (see FIG. 40), The upper surface of the thin film cover member 712 and the lower surface of the displacement regulating member 716 (the lower surface of the concave portion 716d) can stably support the overhanging edge portion 714b so as to sandwich it.

The protruding edge portions 714b are formed to protrude on the left, right, and front side, and the formation on the rear side is omitted. Correspondingly, recessed portions 716d of the displacement restricting member 716 are also recessed on the left, right, and front sides, and recesses on the back side are omitted. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the light guide member 714 from being assembled with the front and rear reversed.

That is, even if the light guide member 714 is arranged in the front-rear direction and the displacement regulating member 716 is assembled, the arrangement of the recessed portion 716d and the overhanging edge portion 714b is misaligned. The portion 714b cannot be inserted, and the protruding edge portion 714b protrudes from the lower surface of the displacement regulating member 716. As shown in FIG. A gap corresponding to the thickness of the overhanging edge portion 714b is created between the thin film cover member 712 and the displacement regulating member 716, making it difficult to fasten and fix. can be made to notice that the light guide member 714 is facing backwards and forwards.

In the assembled state of the base member 701 (see FIG. 43), the projecting edge portion 714b is vertically sandwiched between the recessed portion 716d and the thin film cover member 712, thereby stabilizing the position and posture of the light guide member 714. fixed.

A procedure for assembling the base member 701 will be described. First, the electrical board 705 is passed through the columnar projecting portion 703b, placed at the fastening position, and fastened and fixed to the plate member 702. As shown in FIG. Next, above the electrical board 705 , the partition member 708 , the thin film cover member 712 , the light guide member 714 and the displacement regulating member 716 are arranged in this order.

At this time, the partition member 708 is positioned on the plate member 702 by passing the tip of the columnar projecting portion 703b through the through hole 710a of the partition member 708, and the projecting pin 716b is passed through the receiving portion 710c and the small through hole 712c. , the displacement regulating member 716 and the thin film cover member 712 are positioned on the partition member 708 . Further, the light guide member 714 is positioned by the displacement restricting member 716 by passing the main body portion 714a through the receiving cylinder portion 716c. In this way, since the components are positioned relative to each other before the fastening screws are screwed in, the work of screwing in the fastening screws can be made more efficient.

Finally, by inserting a fastening screw through the insertion hole 716a and screwing it into the fastening portion 710b and the columnar projecting portion 703b, each component can be fastened and fixed. According to this embodiment, a plurality of fastening screws can be collectively screwed in after placing the constituent members arranged above the electrical board 705 in appropriate positions, thereby simplifying the work process. be able to. In addition, it is possible to automate the step of screwing in the fastening screw (using an automatic screwdriver).

In this embodiment, the partition member 708 cannot be pulled out when the fastening screw inserted through the insertion hole 716a is screwed into the columnar projecting portion 703b. By doing so, the partition member 708 can be brought closer to the displacement regulating member 716 side.

As a result, while the light guide member 714 is placed on the thin film cover member 712, it can be regarded as substantially the same as the configuration in which the light guide member 714 is placed on the partition member 708. By supporting the light guide member 714, the support of the light guide member 714 can be stabilized.

In addition, the thin film cover member 712 can be sandwiched between the displacement regulating member 716 and the partition member 708, so that the vertical separation dimension between the displacement regulating member 716 and the partition member 708 can be reduced. can be planned.

Returning to FIGS. 43, 44 and 45, description will be made. The cover member 720 is a member that is formed of a colored (blue in this embodiment) light-transmitting resin material, is fastened and fixed to the base member 701 , and is disposed on the peripheral portion of the base member 701 when viewed from the bottom. A plurality of coupling portions 721 used for coupling, a plurality of rear side through holes 722 drilled in a shape larger than the light guide member 714 corresponding to the position of the light guide member 714 of the base member 701, and the rear side A plurality of front through-holes 723 are drilled at a plurality of locations (three locations in this embodiment) as a pair of left and right through-holes on the front side of the through-holes 722, and left and right outer portions on the rear side of the rear through-holes 722. and a plurality of projecting pressing portions 724 projecting downward from the left and right inner portions of the front side.

The coupling portion 721 includes a plurality of insertion holes 721a through which fastening screws can be inserted from above, a plurality of fastening portions 721b into which fastening screws are inserted through the base member 701 from below, and a plurality of fastening portions 721b. A plurality of hook-shaped portions 721 c formed in a hook-like shape on the rear surface and engaged with the base member 701 are provided.

The rear through-holes 722 are located at four locations near the center and at four locations near the left and right, and the vertical positions of the lower edge portions are different. In this embodiment, the central portion is formed higher. This is due to the design of the top surface shape of the cover member 720 . That is, in order to give the upper surface shape of the cover member 720 a three-dimensional effect, the portion near the center is curved upward so that it appears to swell. is adjusted.

The projecting holding portion 724 has a projecting length that is adjusted so as to partially offset the difference in the vertical position of the lower edge of the rear through hole 722 . In other words, the vertical displacement width of the hollow member 740 is equally adjusted on the left and right sides by increasing the length of the projecting pressing portion 724 arranged near the center. In addition, since both the projecting holding portion 724 on the front side and the projecting holding portion 724 on the rear side are arranged at a position overlapping the projecting columnar portion 743 of the hollow member 740 in a vertical view, the hollow member 740 is Even if the posture is lost, the projecting columnar portion 743 of the hollow member 740 can be prevented from falling off from the small receiving portion 735 of the plate-like displacement member 730 .

In this embodiment, the vertical position of the lower end portion of the projecting pressing portion 724 on the rear side is arranged lower than the vertical position of the lower end portion of the projecting pressing portion 724 on the front side. As a result, even when the hollow member 740 comes into contact with the projecting pressing portion 724, the posture of the hollow member 740 can be shifted to the backward tilting posture. As a result, the shape and pattern on the front side of the cylindrical main body portion 741 of the hollow member 740 can be easily seen by the player looking down at the hollow member 740 from the front side.

The plate-like displacement member 730 is made of a colorless, light-transmitting resin material, and is rotatably supported by a pair of receiving recesses 702 b formed on the left and right sides of the plate-like member 702 and the lower surface of the cover member 720 . A pair of shaft-supporting portions 731 coaxially protruding from both left and right ends with a circular cross section, light transmission holes 732 drilled in the vertical direction at a plurality of locations, and a shaft-supporting portion 731. A pair of load-bearing portions 733 extending in a plate shape toward the front side and receiving a push-up load from below, and a plurality of light guides drilled in the vertical direction with a size that allows the light guide member 714 of the base member 701 to be inserted. An insertion hole 734, a plurality of small receiving portions 735 arranged in pairs on a diagonal line of the light guide insertion hole 734 and projecting in a ring shape when viewed from the top, and the center of the front side through hole 723 of the cover member 720 when viewed from the top. It is provided with a plurality of large receiving portions 736 that are arranged in positions and protrude in a ring shape when viewed from above.

47 is a top view of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. FIG. The loaded portion 733 is arranged on the front side of the rotating shaft passing through the center of the supported portion 731, and left and right are respectively associated with separate drive units 760, and a load is applied from below.

The plate-shaped displacement member 730 is controlled by the difference in the mode of the load applied to the loaded portion 733 (for example, whether the load is applied to only one side or both sides, or whether the load is applied at short time intervals). Depending on whether a load is applied or whether a sustained load is applied, etc.), the rotational displacement about the pivotally supported portion 731 is performed in different manners, the details of which will be described later.

As shown in FIG. 47, the shape of the light guide insertion hole 734 is formed following the shape of the light transmitting hole 709 described above. That is, the light guide insertion hole 734 is bored in the front and rear in a long crystal shape (substantially elliptical shape, substantially hexagonal shape), and the longitudinal direction thereof faces different directions depending on the position from the left-right center. .

That is, the longer the light guide insertion hole 734 is closer to the center, the smaller the deviation between the longitudinal direction and the front-rear direction is (in this embodiment, they are matched), and the closer to the left and right ends, the longer the longitudinal direction is toward the front side and closer to the center of the left and right. direction of inclination.

That is, the longitudinal direction of the light guide insertion hole 734 is set in a direction inclined toward the center of the left and right toward the front side, and the angle of inclination is designed to increase toward the left and right ends. In this embodiment, the increment of the tilt angle is configured to be constant (approximately 5 degrees).

The small receiving portion 735 is a portion that supports the hollow member 740 while allowing rattling. The relationship of the insertion hole 734 with respect to the longitudinal direction (the interval between the pair of small receiving portions 735 and the angle between the straight line connecting the pair of small receiving portions 735 and the longitudinal direction of the light guide insertion hole 734) is maintained.

As a result, the plurality of hollow members 740 arranged on one side of the center line CL1 have the same shape (while the hollow members 740 arranged on the other side have a bilaterally symmetrical shape), while the second operation unit 700 is assembled. (see FIG. 40), the posture of the hollow member 740 can be varied.

That is, similar to the shape of the light guide insertion hole 734, the more central the hollow member 740 is, the smaller the displacement between the longitudinal direction and the front-rear direction is. direction of inclination.

That is, the longitudinal direction of the hollow member 740 is set in a direction inclined toward the left-right center toward the front side, and the inclination angle is designed to increase toward the left-right ends. In this embodiment, the increment of the tilt angle is configured to be constant (approximately 5 degrees).

The pair of small receiving portions 735 includes a front small receiving portion 735a which is arranged on the front side with respect to the reference O1 and is formed in a cylindrical shape with a circular cross section and a bottom, and a front small receiving portion 735a which is arranged on the rear side with respect to the reference O1 and has a circular cross section. and a rear small receiving portion 735b formed in a cylindrical shape with a bottom.

In this embodiment, the diameter of the inner cylinder of the rear small receiving portion 735b is designed to be longer than the diameter of the inner cylinder of the front small receiving portion 735a. Specifically, the diameter of the cross section of the projecting columnar portion 743 of the hollow member 740 is designed to be 3 mm, the diameter of the inner cylinder of the front small receiving portion 735a is designed to be 4.8 mm, and the diameter of the inner cylinder of the front small receiving portion 735a is designed to be 4.8 mm. The diameter of the inner cylinder of the receiving portion 735b is designed to be 5.0 [mm].

That is, the gap dimension between the small receiving portion 735 and the projecting columnar portion 743 in the facing direction is larger than that between the front small receiving portion 735a and the projecting columnar portion 743. It becomes smaller than the dimension of the gap with the portion 743 .

As a result, the hollow member 740, which is supported while allowing rattling, can be displaced in an orderly manner. That is, in the present embodiment, rotational displacement about the front small receiving portion 735a can be made easier than rotational displacement about the rear small receiving portion 735b.

In other words, it is possible to easily maintain the arrangement of the hollow members 740 in the vicinity of the front small receiving portion 735a, while allowing the arrangement of the hollow members 740 to easily deviate in the vicinity of the rear small receiving portion 735b. In addition, the direction of displacement of the hollow member 740 accompanying the rotational displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730, which will be described later, can be arranged in the direction of expanding left and right outward toward the back side.

The large receiving portion 736 is a portion that supports the variable decorative member 750 while allowing rattling. The portion 736 has a longer distance from the rotation axis passing through the center of the supported portion 731 and is formed in a different vertical position, the details of which will be described later.

Returning to FIGS. 43, 44 and 45, description will be made. The hollow member 740 is arranged on the right side because the four identically shaped members arranged side by side on the left side and the four identically shaped members arranged side by side on the right side are configured in a symmetrical shape. The hollow member 740 located on the left side will be described in detail, and the description of the hollow member 740 disposed on the left side will be omitted.

48 is a front perspective view of hollow member 740. FIG. As shown in FIG. 48, the hollow member 740 is arranged so as to surround the front, rear, left, and right of the light guide member 714, thereby shielding the light leaking from the front, rear, left, and right of the light guide member 714 so that the player does not (difficultly) see the light. The upper end of the light guide member 714, where the light can be easily seen, is a member configured to attract the player's line of sight. A cylindrical main body portion 741 which is designed with a frame and is formed in a cylindrical shape which is open vertically, and a flat plate extending portion 742 which extends in the front, rear, left, and right directions from the lower edge of the cylindrical main body portion 741 in the form of a flat plate. , and a pair of protruding columnar portions 743 protruding downward from the plate lower surface of the flat plate extending portion 742 .

The outer shape of the cylindrical body portion 741 when viewed from the top is slightly smaller than the inner shape of the rear through-hole 722 of the cover member 720 when viewed from the top, while the outer shape of the flat plate extending portion 742 when viewed from the top is the same as the outer shape of the cover member 720 when viewed from the top. It is formed so as to be larger than the inner shape of the rear side through hole 722 of 720 when viewed from above. That is, in the assembled state of the second operation unit 700 (see FIG. 40), the hollow member 740 can be vertically displaced while being inserted into the rear through-hole 722, and can be pulled upward from the cover member 720. is regulated.

The upper edge of the tubular main body 741 is lowered toward the front side. As a result, the light reaching the upper end of the light guide member 714 can be intensively radiated upward on the front side. On the other hand, most of the light directed upward on the back side is blocked by the cylindrical body portion 741 . Therefore, the light that has reached the upper end of the light guide member 714 can be well delivered to the eyes of the player, and a large amount of light that has reached the upper end of the light guide member 714 is transferred to the third pattern display device 81. It is possible to prevent the visibility of the display from being deteriorated by putting it away.

The flat plate extending portion 742 also functions as a portion whose upward displacement is restricted by the projecting pressing portion 724 (see FIG. 45). That is, the projecting pressing portion 724 is formed at a position corresponding to the projecting columnar portion 743 on the back side, and restricts the upward displacement of the hollow member 740 . In this manner, the projecting pressing portion 724 and the projecting columnar portion 743 are formed at corresponding positions, so that even when the hollow member 740 changes its posture, the projecting columnar portion 743 is a plate-like displacement member. Since it is possible to prevent the hollow member 730 from slipping out of the small receiving portion 735, the hollow member 740 can be stably supported.

The protruding columnar portion 743 has a hemispherical protruding tip, and is arranged in accordance with the arrangement interval of the small receiving portions 735 of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 (see FIG. 43). (see FIG. 40), it is received in the small receiving portion 735 .

The pair of protruding columnar portions 743 and the cylindrical main body portion 741 are configured so as not to be rotationally symmetrical, so that the positional relationship with the light guide member 714 can be changed when assembled in the reversed front-to-rear direction. , erroneous attachment can be prevented. In addition, since the hollow members 740 arranged four on each side are formed in a bilaterally symmetrical shape, it is possible to prevent the hollow members 740 assembled on the left side of the center position of the left and right from being assembled on the right side. (It is possible to prevent erroneous attachment).

Here, while the small receiving portion 735 is rotationally displaced about the rotational axis pointing in the horizontal direction in the same manner as the displacement mode of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 , the projecting columnar portion 743 is mainly displaced vertically by the hollow member 740 . However, since the projecting tip of the projecting columnar portion 743 is formed in a hemispherical shape, the hollow member 740 can be displaced with little resistance. Here, the displacement mode of the hollow member 740 accompanying the rotational displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 will be described.

49(a), 49(b), and 49(c) are cross-sectional views of the light guide member 714, plate-like displacement member 730, and hollow member 740 taken along line XLIX-XLIX in FIG. 49(a) shows the lower end posture (initial posture) of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, FIG. 49(b) shows the horizontal posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, and FIG. The upper end posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is illustrated. The horizontal posture corresponds to a posture in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotated (raising displacement) by about 2.1 degrees around the reference O1 from the lower end posture, and the upper end posture corresponds to the plate-like displacement member 730 from the horizontal posture. 730 corresponds to a posture rotated by about 4 degrees (rising displacement) about the reference O1.

As shown in FIG. 49(a), when the drive unit 760 is not operating, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is tilted forward by about 2.1 degrees from the horizontal position (lower terminal position (initial position)). ), the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is stably supported. In this embodiment, by recessing the rear small receiving portion 735b deeper than the front small receiving portion 735a, the support position ( bottom) and the support position (bottom) of the rear small receiving portion 735b.

Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the posture of the hollow member 740 supported by the plate-shaped displacement member 730 in the lower terminal posture (initial posture) from being tilted forward. In addition, the surfaces of the support positions (bottom portions) of the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b are inclined downward toward the front side in the same manner as the inclination of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, so that the hollow member 740 Even if the hollow member 740 is displaced to the back side, the hollow member 740 can be returned to the front side by sliding the hollow member 740 using the inclination of the support position (bottom).

Therefore, for example, even if the hollow member 740 is displaced due to the load generated when the front frame 14 is opened and closed, the position of the hollow member 740 is shifted to the front position (initial position) before the drive unit 760 operates. can be stably maintained at

As shown in FIG. 49(b), in the horizontal posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, the protruding columnar portion 743 of the hollow member 740 can sufficiently secure a gap with the small receiving portion 735 in both the front and rear directions. . Therefore, for example, when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 vibrates slightly in a posture near the horizontal posture, the vibration mode inside the small receiving portion 735 of the protruding columnar portion 743 is large in the front and rear protruding columnar portions 743 . There is no difference, and the hollow member 740 tends to displace chaotically in the front, rear, left, and right directions.

As shown in FIG. 49(c), in the process of displacing the plate-shaped displacement member 730 to the upper end position, the front protruding columnar portion 743 of the hollow member 740 abuts against the front small receiving portion 735a and is pushed to the rear side. advanced.

Therefore, for example, when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 vibrates slightly with the upper end posture as a reference (near the upper end posture), the hollow member 740 is rotated around the protruding columnar portion 743 supported by the front small receiving portion 735a. is prone to rotational displacement. That is, it is configured to be able to change the displacement mode that is likely to occur in the hollow member 740 in accordance with the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 that serves as a reference for small vibrations.

The light guide member 714 is inserted through the hollow member 740 inside the cylindrical body portion 741 , and the pair of projecting columnar portions 743 are received by the small receiving portions 735 of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 to be supported. Therefore, since the displacement of the hollow member 740 corresponds to the displacement of the small receiving portion 735, the displacement mode of the small receiving portion 735 will be described first.

Since the small receiving portion 735 is a part of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 , it is displaced following the displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 . Since the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced around the reference O1, which is a straight line connecting the supported portions 731 (a straight line facing in the horizontal direction), the small receiving portion 735 is displaced in the direction of the reference O1 (horizontal direction). Instead, it is displaced on a plane perpendicular to the reference O1. Accordingly, the degree of inclination of the straight line connecting the pair of small receiving portions 735 arranged on the left and right sides of the light guide member 714 with respect to the center line CL1 changes. Therefore, the degree of inclination of the hollow member 740 with respect to the center line CL1 is encouraged to change.

The hollow member 740 supported by the pair of small receiving portions 735 is not only displaced on a plane perpendicular to the reference O1 but also displaced in the front-rear and left-right directions (horizontal direction) and Posture changes are allowed.

Since the arrangement of the small receiving portions 735 of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is symmetrical with respect to the center line CL1, the change in the degree of inclination is also symmetrical with respect to the center line CL1. 740 can be symmetrically symmetrically displaced or changed in the front-rear and left-right directions (horizontal direction).

Also, since the change in the degree of inclination with respect to the center line CL1 corresponds to the arrangement of the pair of small receiving portions 735 in the state before the change, the inclination of the pair of small receiving portions 735 closer to the center line CL1 (center side) is different from the change in the degree of inclination of the pair of small receiving portions 735 on the far side (left and right outer sides) from the center line CL1. In this embodiment, since the displacement in the direction parallel to the center line CL1 is maintained, the degree of change in the inclination of the pair of left and right outer small receiving portions 735 having a large inclination angle with respect to the center line CL1 in the state before the change. is greater than the degree of change in inclination of the pair of small receiving portions 735 on the central side (see FIG. 47). As a result, the amount of change in the posture of the hollow member 740 when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is displaced in a constant manner can be changed between the closer side and the farther side from the center line CL1.

The relationship between the hollow member 740 and the light guide member 714 when displacement occurs will be described. In order to suppress the resistance when the hollow member 740 is displaced, the small receiving portion 735 is arranged and the hollow member 740 is arranged with a dimensional relationship that creates a gap between the inner surface of the hollow member 740 and the outer surface of the light guide member 714 . The shape and shape of the light guide member 714 are designed.

Here, the design gap differs between the longitudinal direction of the light guide member 714 in top view and the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction. That is, the gap in the longitudinal direction is larger than the gap in the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction.

Therefore, the larger the angle of inclination of the light guide member 714 with respect to the center line CL1 in the longitudinal direction when viewed from the top (the more the light guide member 714 is arranged on the left and right outer side), the more the inner surface of the hollow member 740 and the outer surface of the light guide member 714 become closer to each other. The gap in the front-rear direction between is narrowed.

Therefore, if the hollow members 740 are displaced in the front-rear direction by the same amount due to the rotational displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, the hollow members 740 arranged on the left and right outer sides are pressed against the light guide member 714, causing rubbing or a large amount of friction. There is a possibility that the load will be applied easily and it will be damaged. On the other hand, as a countermeasure, if the gap in the front-rear direction between the inner surface of the hollow member 740 and the outer surface of the light guide member 714 is set large in advance, the light guide member 714 and the hollow member 740 are too far apart. Therefore, the effect of shielding the light guide member 714 except for the tip portion by the hollow member 740 and focusing the player's line of sight on the tip portion of the light guide member 714 is weakened.

In contrast, in the present embodiment, the amount of longitudinal displacement of the hollow members 740 arranged on the left and right outer sides is made smaller than the amount of longitudinal displacement of the hollow members 740 arranged on the left and right central sides. is configured as

That is, in the present embodiment, in the configuration in which a plurality of small receiving portions 735 are arranged on the same plane parallel to the reference O1, the small receiving portions 735 arranged on the left and right outer sides are arranged on the left and right central sides. The front small receiving portion 735 and the reference O1 are arranged so that the distance in the front-rear direction is shorter than that of the small receiving portion 735 that is arranged.

As a result, the small receiving portion 735 on the front side is displaced rearward as the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced. It can be geometrically defined so that the members disposed on the left and right outer sides are slightly smaller than the members on the left and right sides.

In the initial posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, the gaps between the small receiving portions 735 and the protruding columnar portions 743 of the hollow member 740 are substantially uniform in the front, rear, left, and right directions, and the hollow member 740 is parallel to the horizontal direction. It is provided to such an extent that it does not fill the gap between the light guide member 714 and the hollow member 740 even when moved.

Therefore, in the state where the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in the initial posture (non-excited state of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2), the player hits or tries to shake the pachinko machine 10, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10. Even if the hollow member 740 is displaced when the light guide member 714 and the hollow member 740 are displaced, the displacement is suppressed to be less than the dimension of the gap between the light guide member 714 and the hollow member 740 . Therefore, the load transmitted between the light guide member 714 and the hollow member 740 can be reduced.

As the plate-shaped displacement member 730 rotates, the distance between the pair of small receiving portions 735 arranged on the left and right sides of the light guide insertion hole 734 changes when viewed from above. It is unlikely that the hollow member 740 will be displaced in the front-rear direction while the center of the projecting columnar portion 743 of the member 740 remains aligned.

At least, the arrangement of the protruding columnar portion 743 with respect to the small receiving portion 735 changes in the gap between the small receiving portion 735 and the protruding columnar portion 743, and this change causes the lateral displacement and posture of the hollow member 740. Changes can occur.

A mode of pushing the hollow member 740 will be described. As shown in FIG. 49 , during the rotational displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 , the front side portion of the inner surface of the front small receiving portion 735 a (the small receiving portion 735 on the side with the larger longitudinal displacement) It starts contacting the front side surface and is pushed to the back side.

At this time, a gap is maintained between the inner surface front portion of the rear small receiving portion 735b and the front surface portion of the projecting columnar portion 743 due to the above-described dimensional relationship. Therefore, rattling in the direction of rotation about the protruding columnar portion 743 supported by the front small receiving portion 735a is allowed. It is configured to be able to cope with a change in the interval between the small receiving portions 735 when viewed from above due to the displacement using this backlash.

In this way, the small receiving portion 735 is configured to displace the hollow member 740 toward the back side, and the rear small receiving portion 735 is configured to allow a rotational displacement about the projecting columnar portion 743 on the front side. It is configured to be provided between the portion 735 b and the protruding columnar portion 743 . Therefore, even if the hollow member 740 collides with the light guide member 714 during the displacement of the hollow member 740 based on the rotational displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 driven by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, the hollow member 740 and the light guide member 714, the load generated between them can be kept small, so cracking or chipping of the hollow member 740 or the light guide member 714 can be prevented.

Returning to FIGS. 43, 44 and 45, description will be made. The variable decorative member 750 includes a bifurcated support member 751 supported between the cover member 720 and the plate-like displacement member 730, and a decorative member 756 fastened and fixed to the bifurcated support member 751 and arranged above the cover member 720. and

The bifurcated support member 751 includes a columnar projecting portion 752 projecting downward from the lower surface of the central portion of a plate-like main body formed in a left-right long plate shape, and left and right end portions of the plate-like main body. A pair of cylindrical projecting portions 753 (different lengths) projected upward from the plate-like projecting portion 753, and a plate-like extending portion extending from the center of the plate-like main body to the back side in a plate-like shape 754.

The projecting tip of the columnar projecting part 752 is formed in a hemispherical shape and is received in the large receiving part 736 of the plate-like displacement member 730 . The cylindrical projecting portion 753 of the bifurcated support member 751 is formed so as to be able to be inserted into the front through-hole 723. The front through-hole 723 allows the vertical displacement of the bifurcated support member 751, while the large receiving portion 736 is a shaft supported portion. It is rotationally displaced around an axis passing through the center of 731 . Therefore, although the directions of displacement are different from each other, since the protruding tip of the columnar protruding portion 752 is formed in a hemispherical shape, the variable decorative member 750 can be displaced with less resistance as the plate-like displacement member 730 is displaced. can.

The plate-like extending portion 754 acts to position the center of gravity of the variable decorative member 750 on the rear side of the center of the column-like projecting portion 752 . In other words, the posture in which the variable decorative member 750 is stabilized by its own weight can be set to the backward leaning posture. As a result, when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 assumes the initial posture, the contact position between the column-shaped projecting portion 752 and the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is compared with the case where the variable decorative member 750 stands upright without tilting. Since the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be moved toward the front side, the amount of displacement of the variable decorative member 750 can be increased near the start of the attitude change of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 .

The decorative member 756 has a pair of protruding leg portions 757 protruding downward corresponding to the tubular protruding portion 753 , and female threads are formed at the tips of the protruding leg portions 757 . The protruding leg portion 757 is inserted inside the cylindrical protruding portion 753 .

The plate-like body portion of the bifurcated support member 751 is formed with an insertion hole through which a fastening screw can be inserted along the center position of the cylindrical projecting portion 753 . The bifurcated support member 751 and the decorative member 757 are fastened and fixed by inserting a fastening screw through the insertion hole and screwing the fastening screw into the female screw at the tip of the projecting leg portion 757 .

An assembly process of the second operation unit 700 will be described. First, the variable decorative member 750 is attached to the cover member 720 . That is, the cylindrical projecting portion 753 of the bifurcated support member 751 is passed through the front through-hole 723 of the cover member 720 from below, and the projecting leg portion 757 of the decorative member 756 is inserted through the cylindrical projecting portion 753 to form the projecting portion. A fastening screw is screwed into the female screw at the tip of the leg portion 757 .

Next, the plate-shaped displacement member 730, the hollow member 740, and the cover member 720 are put on the base member 701 in this order, and the cover member 720 is fastened and fixed to the base member 701. FIG. When the cover member 720 is assembled to the base member 701, the hook-shaped portion 721c is engaged with the engaging portion 702a formed on the back side of the plate-shaped member 702, and the fastening screw is inserted into the insertion hole 721a from above. After the insertion cover member 720 and the base member 701 are fastened and fixed, they are turned upside down and a fastening screw is screwed into the fastening portion 721b.

As a result, a plurality of members are arranged in a non-fixed manner between the base member 701 and the cover member 720, and the fastening screws are screwed into a plurality of locations from the bottom surface. can be prevented from falling out from between the base member 701 and the cover member 720 .

Finally, the drive unit 760 is arranged below the base member 701, and a fastening screw is screwed in from below to fasten and fix. In the assembled state of the second operation unit 700 (see FIG. 40), the traveling direction of the fastening screw screwed in from below interferes with the outer wall portion 312 of the rear case 310 . It is considered difficult to pull out the fastening screw in the housed state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the drive unit 760 from being independently removed from the rear case 310 when the front side of the operation unit 300 is illegally opened.

In addition, a fastening portion 766 to which a fastening screw inserted through the bottom wall portion 311 of the rear case 310 is fastened and fixed is formed on the rear side of the driving unit 760 . Therefore, when the second operation unit 700 is assembled to the rear case 310 without the drive unit 760 being assembled, the fastening screw is inserted through the bottom wall portion 311 to fasten and fix the second operation unit 700 . Since there are places where the fastening screws cannot be fastened in stages, it is possible to make the operator aware of the lack of the drive unit 760 . As a result, forgetting to assemble the drive unit 760 can be suppressed.

50 is an exploded front perspective view of drive unit 760. FIG. FIG. 50 illustrates the drive unit 760 arranged on the right side in front view. Although the drive unit 760 has a slightly different appearance, the components are bilaterally symmetrical, so the right drive unit 760 will be described in detail, and the left drive unit 760 will be omitted.

The drive unit 760 includes a load member 761 configured to apply a load to the plate-shaped displacement member 730, and a metal (brass in this embodiment) rotatably supporting the base end of the load member 761. A shaft portion 762 formed in a cylindrical shape, a support case 763 in which the shaft portion 762 is fixed and configured in a case shape as a whole, an electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 disposed inside the support case 763, and a support A front lid member 770 is arranged on the front side of the case 763 and fastened and fixed to the support case 763 , and an electric board 777 is fastened and fixed to the front side of the front lid member 770 .

The load member 761 is made of a resin material, has a base end portion 761a formed with a through hole through which the shaft rod portion 762 is inserted, and extends outward from the base end portion 761a. A rod-shaped extension portion 761b that is bent into a V shape, a vertical rod-shaped extension portion 761c that is formed in a rod shape that bends upward from the extension tip of the rod-shaped extension portion 761b toward the front side, and a rod-shaped extension portion 761b. A protruding portion 761d that protrudes from the extending tip of the setting portion 761b along the extending direction of the rod-shaped extending portion 761b, and a boundary portion between the protruding portion 761d and the rod-shaped extending portion 761b, centering on the axial rod portion 762. A facing curved portion 761e is provided so as to face the curved protruding portion 774 of the front cover member 770, which is formed in an arc shape.

A metal plate member MB2 made of metal (magnetic material) is arranged on the upper surface of the rod-shaped extension portion 761b. In the present embodiment, the metal plate member MB2 is fixed to the rod-shaped extension portion 761b by engagement with the elastic claws, similarly to the metal plate member MB1 described above.

More specifically, rail portions for guiding the forward and backward sliding of the metal plate member MB2 are provided on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the bar-shaped extension portion 761b. (only the rear side is sufficiently open). When the metal plate member MB2 is slid along the rail portion, the elastic claw is pushed down by the metal plate member MB2, and when the metal plate member MB2 is slid as it is, the metal plate member MB2 hits the front side wall of the rail portion. At this position, the metal plate member MB2 does not push down the elastic claws (the elastic claws are raised to a position facing the side surface of the metal plate member MB1), and the elastic claws are pressed against the metal plate member MB2. engaged so as to restrict retraction to the back side.

Note that the method of fixing the metal plate member MB2 to the bar-shaped extension portion 761b is not limited to this. For example, the metal plate member MB2 may be fastened and fixed to the bar-shaped extension portion 761b, may be tied with a binding band, or may be attached with an adhesive tape or the like.

The front lid member 770 includes a projecting frame portion 771 projecting toward the front side in the shape of a frame, and a plurality of projecting portions projecting toward the front side in the form of small diameter cylinders inside the projecting frame portion 771 . A cylindrical part 772, a wiring through recess 773 recessed so that an electrical wiring connected to the electrical board 777 or a connector connected to the end of the electrical wiring can be passed at the lower edge, and from the back surface of the board. A curved protruding portion 774 protruding in a curved plate shape along an arc shape centering on the axial rod portion 762 is provided.

The projecting frame portion 771 is formed so as to face the periphery of the electrical board 777, and is a portion that prevents a load from being applied to the electrical board 777 from the vertical and horizontal directions.

The protruding cylindrical portion 772 has a gourd-shaped seat when viewed from the front and a small-diameter insertion portion which further protrudes from the seat. By assembling, the back surface of the electrical board 777 is supported by the seat portion, and the arrangement of the electrical board 777 can be stabilized. A female threaded portion into which a fastening screw can be screwed is provided along with the insertion portion of the seat portion, and the electrical board 777 is fastened and fixed to the front lid member 770 by fastening screws that are screwed into the female threaded portion.

The decorative board 777 includes light emitting means 778 composed of a plurality of LEDs or the like arranged at positions designed in consideration of presentation, and a plurality of through holes 779 drilled in the decorative board 777 for assembly. and

The through-holes 779 are formed at a plurality of locations (two locations in this embodiment) as a pair of circular through-holes corresponding to the insertion portion of the projecting cylindrical portion 772 and the female screw portion.

In this embodiment, the electrical board 777 is directly fastened and fixed to the front lid member 770 . That is, it corresponds to the case where the front cover member 770 and the electrical decoration substrate 777, which are arranged close to the front side of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, are configured like a single rigid body. Therefore, the vibration caused by the excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 can easily vibrate the electrical board 777, and the vibration caused by the excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 causes the optical axis of the light emitted from the light emitting means 778 to vibrate. Can be configured.

In this embodiment, a curved projecting portion 774 is provided between the load member 761 that is displaced by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the plate back surface portion of the front lid member 770. As shown in FIG. That is, since the load member 761 on the vibration source side and the front lid member 770 are separated by at least the width dimension of the curved projecting portion 774, excessive transmission of vibration can be prevented.

Note that the width dimension of the curved projecting portion 774 can be set arbitrarily. Therefore, the setting of the width dimension of the curved protruding portion 774 can be changed depending on whether it is desired to vibrate the optical axis of the light emitted from the light emitting means 778 or to maintain it without vibrating. In the former case, the width dimension should be shortened, and in the latter case, the width dimension should be lengthened.

The support case 763 includes a lower regulating portion 764 arranged below the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, an upper regulating portion 765 arranged on the side opposite to the shaft portion 762 with respect to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, and the rear case 310. A fastening portion 766 (see FIG. 45) into which a fastening screw inserted through the bottom wall portion 311 (see FIG. 6) is screwed.

The load member 761 is normally tilted by its own weight (see FIG. 51(a)), but when electricity is supplied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, a magnetic force (electromagnetic force) is generated, and the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) pushes the metal. The plate member MB2 is attracted and displaced upward.

That is, in the present embodiment, the metal plate member MB2 is displaced between the raised position where the metal plate member MB2 is raised by the electromagnetic force and the lowered position where the electromagnetic force disappears and the metal plate member MB2 is lowered by its own weight. , the plate-shaped displacement member 730 (see FIG. 43) that receives the load from the load member 761 is displaced in the direction of rotation about the supported portion 731 . The rotational displacement will be described below with reference to FIG.

51(a) and 51(b) are front views of the drive unit 760. FIG. 51(a) and 51(b), illustration of the front cover member 770 and the electrical board 777 is omitted except for the curved projecting portion 774, and the outline of the curved projecting portion 774 is shown by an imaginary line. illustrated.

FIG. 51(a) shows a state in which no current is applied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the load member 761 is placed in the lowered position by its own weight, and FIG. A state is illustrated in which the metal plate member MB2 is attracted by the electromagnetic force generated by the flow, and the load member 761 is arranged at the raised position.

As shown in FIGS. 51(a) and 51(b), the load member 761 abuts against the lower restricting portion 764 at the lowered position and is restricted from downward displacement, and contacts the upper restricting portion 765 at the raised position. Upward displacement is regulated.

Here, the lower regulating portion 764 and the upper regulating portion 765 are configured so that their arrangement (distance from the axial rod portion 762) with respect to the axial rod portion 762 is different, and the effect produced thereby will be described. .

First, since the load applied to the lower regulating portion 764 via the load member 761 is mainly caused by the weight of the load member 761, the load member 761 can be stably supported by supporting the center of gravity of the load member 761. can do. For this reason, the lower restricting portion 764 is arranged at the center of gravity of the load member 761 .

In the above description of the window movable unit 150, since the driven member 163 is formed in the shape of a straight rod, the center of gravity is positioned substantially at the center of the member. Since the vertical rod-shaped extension portion 761c and the overhanging portion 761d are bifurcated from the extension tip side of the rod-shaped extension portion 761b, the position of the center of gravity is arranged on the extension tip side rather than the approximate center position of the rod-shaped extension portion 761b. .

In consideration of this, in the present embodiment, the lower restricting portion 764 is arranged on the extension distal end side of the substantially central position of the bar-shaped extension portion 761b as a position corresponding to the center of gravity of the load member 761. .

On the other hand, the load applied to the upper regulation portion 765 via the load member 761 is mainly due to the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. The advantages associated with location are small. In this embodiment, the load transmitted to the upper regulation portion 765 via the load member 761 is reduced by arranging the upper regulation portion 765 to face the rotating tip of the load member 761 .

That is, when a moment of force of the same magnitude is generated, the load transmitted via the load member 761 is greater at a position farther from the rotation axis of the load member 761 (a position where the arm related to the moment is longer). Since it becomes smaller, the load transmitted to the upper restricting portion 765 can be reduced.

In this way, it is desirable that the load is transmitted to the upper regulating member 765 at the rotating distal end portion of the load member 761. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the overhanging portion 761d extends further from the extending distal end portion of the bar-shaped extending portion 761b. It projects to the outer diameter side of a circle centering on the axial rod portion 762 , and the projecting portion 761 d is configured to abut on the upper regulating member 765 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the load from being transmitted at the intermediate portion of the load member 761 and to stably transmit the load at the rotating tip side.

In the present embodiment, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is configured not to push the load member 761, but to pull it up by the attraction force. That is, the load member 761 is pulled up by the magnetic force generated in the iron core disposed in the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 attracting the metal plate member MB2.

According to this configuration, even if the load member 761 is displaced by the load applied to the load member 761, the load member 761 is overloaded (locally Since an excessive load) is unlikely to occur, it is possible to easily avoid damage to the structure of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. As a result, even if the load member 761 is configured to receive a varying load as in the present embodiment, the service life of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 can be extended.

As shown in FIG. 51(b), the load member 761 is in surface contact with the upper surface of the metal plate member MB2 (at the lower edge of the metal case of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2) in a state (at the elevated position) that the load member 761 receives the attraction force from the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. contact at a plurality of points on a plane), while a gap is provided between the metal plate member MB2 and the body portion (the portion containing the coil) of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. The upper restricting portion 765 and the protruding portion 761d are configured to contact each other on a plane parallel to .

This prevents the load member 761 from colliding with the main body of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, thereby avoiding overloading the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. The lower edge portion and the lower surface (abutting surface) of the upper restricting portion 765 can be dispersedly received. It is possible to avoid the occurrence of a large local load.

At the lifted position of the load member 761, a gap is provided not only between the main body of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the metal plate member MB2, but also between the lower edge of the metal case of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the metal plate member MB2. The load from the load member 761 may be received only by the upper restricting portion 765 . In this case, physical load transmission between the load member 761 and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 can be blocked, so the durability of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 can be improved.

In this case, the load tends to be concentrated on the projecting portion 761d of the load member 761, so the projecting portion 761d is preferentially damaged (broken). Even in such a case, the metal plate member MB2 is configured to contact the lower edge of the metal case of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 at a plurality of points on a predetermined plane, so it is possible to avoid concentration of the load on one point. .

Furthermore, in this case, if the projecting portion 761d is damaged (broken), the metal plate member MB2 contacts the lower edge of the metal case at a plurality of points. Therefore, it is possible to easily determine whether the projecting portion 761d is damaged (broken).

Further, since the magnetic force (electromagnetic force) continues to be generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 at the raised position, it is difficult to imagine that the load member 761 bounces back after colliding with the upper restricting portion 765 . Therefore, the arrangement and posture of the upper regulation portion 765 can be designed considering only the efficiency of reducing the load transmitted to the upper regulation portion 765. can be designed to have a small angle with a straight line along the direction).

On the other hand, the straight line along the width direction of the lower restricting portion 764 is inclined with respect to the straight line rL1 passing through the lower restricting portion 764 and passing through the center of the axial rod portion 762 . Compared to the case where the straight line along the width direction and the straight line rL1 are parallel or on the same straight line, the directions in which the repulsive force is generated can be dispersed (force resolution). As a result, rebounding of the load member 761 after colliding with the lower restricting portion 764 can be suppressed.

In addition, since the width dimension (the width along the radial direction) of the lower restricting portion 764 is formed to be long, it is possible to secure a large area of the surface that receives the load. The pressure (stress) generated in the lower regulation portion 764 can be reduced.

Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the rebound of the load member 761 can be reduced while reducing the load transmitted to the lower regulating portion 764 and the upper regulating portion 765 through the load member 761 when the load member 761 is displaced in both vertical directions. can be suppressed.

In addition, the material of the upper regulation part 765 and the lower regulation part 764 is not limited at all. For example, general-purpose plastics such as polypropylene and polystyrene may be used, engineering plastics such as polycarbonate may be used, thermosetting resins such as melamine resins, polyurethanes and epoxy resins may be used, and rubber materials may be used. Also, the upper restricting portion 765 and the lower restricting portion 764 may be made of the same material or may be made of different materials.

For example, when the upper restricting portion 765 is provided with the function of suppressing the positional displacement in the front-rear direction that may occur in the load member 761 due to the load that the load member 761 may receive from the plate-shaped displacement member 730 in the raised position, As the material of the upper restricting portion 765, a material or structure having excellent frictional resistance as well as damping properties may be employed.

In this case, the displacement of the load member 761 in the longitudinal direction (axial direction) due to the load applied from the plate-shaped displacement member 730 to the load member 761 is limited to the state in which the projecting portion 761d and the upper restricting portion 765 are in contact with each other. can be easily prevented.

When the load member 761 is displaced, the opposing curved portion 761e displaces the rear side of the curved projecting portion 774. As shown in FIG. Since both the opposing curved portion 761e and the curved projecting portion 774 are arc-shaped with the axial rod portion 762 as the center, the load member 761 is displaced toward the front side, and the opposing curved portion 761e and the curved projecting portion 774 come into contact with each other. Even if the load member 761 is rotationally displaced in this state, the opposing curved portion 761e and the curved protruding portion 774 only slide along the rotational direction, so resistance to rotational displacement can be reduced.

Further, by forming the opposing curved portion 761e at the lower end portion of the load member 761, a sufficient space can be secured above it. In this embodiment, the vertical rod-shaped extension 761c is arranged in this secured space.

The vertical bar-shaped extension portion 761c extends upward from the opposing curved portion 761e, but unlike the curved opposing curved portion 761e, it extends straight when viewed from the front. That is, in a state where the load member 761 is arranged at the raised position, it is formed in a rod shape extending vertically in a front view.

As a result, it is possible to prevent the load member 761 from laterally bending and deforming due to the load received from the plate-shaped displacement member 730, so that the distal end of the load member 761 is slightly displaced laterally and displaced upward as in the present embodiment. Even with this configuration, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be stably pushed up. The load received from the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the manner of support will be described later.

The vertical rod-shaped extension portion 761c is formed in a rod shape that extends straight in the vertical direction when viewed from the front. It is bent (bent at an obtuse angle) at the left position of the rod portion 762).

As a result, the area occupied by the load member 761 on the lower side than the vicinity of the axial rod portion 762 can be moved toward the back side, and the area for arranging the members arranged on the front side can be secured. That is, since the arrangement position of the electrical decoration board 777 can be shifted to the back side, by separating the game board 13 (see FIG. 40) and the electrical decoration board 777, the light emitted from the light emitting means 778 flows downward. The light seen through the members 91 and 92 can be easily seen as light with a spread. In other words, it is possible to make it easier to see by surface emission in which the light reaches in a circular shape centering on the optical axis and shines in a planar shape, instead of point emission that is visually recognized as large as the outer shape of the LED.

Furthermore, since the load member 761 can be easily deformed back and forth by the load received from the plate-shaped displacement member 730, local overload is not caused when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is supported by a single load member 761. Even if it occurs, the load can be relieved by bending deformation of the load member 761 . Thereby, the durability of the load member 761 can be improved.

Therefore, according to the present embodiment, by varying the easiness of bending of the load member 761 in the front, rear, left, and right directions, it is possible to improve the stability of pushing up the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the durability of the load member 761 . It is possible to achieve the effect of being able to

When the load member 761 is located at the raised position, an upward electromagnetic force generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and a downward load generated between the shaft rod portion 762 and the upper restricting portion 765 at both left and right ends of the load member 761. It is supported stably by

Therefore, as will be described later, even when a load is applied to the load member 761 from the plate-shaped displacement member 730, the base end portion 761a to the projecting portion 761d are still stably supported. The range in which bending occurs can be limited to the vertical rod-shaped extension portion 761c.

As a result, the load member 761 is entirely displaced in the front-rear direction due to the load applied from the plate-shaped displacement member 730 , and contact with the support case 763 and the front lid member 770 can be avoided. In other words, it is possible to prevent the load member 761 from being damaged by rubbing against other members and from requiring extra driving force for driving the load member 761 .

<Action of Second Operation Unit 700>
An operation mode of the second operation unit 700 will be described. In the second operation unit 700, the displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 differs according to the driving mode of the drive units 760 arranged on the left and right sides. and the displacement of the variable decoration member 750 are also configured to be different. In the following, first, the displacement mode of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 will be described, and then the displacement modes of the variable decorative member 750 and the hollow member 740 will be described.

52, 53 and 54 are front views of the second operating unit 700. FIG. 52 shows a state in which both the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 are placed in the lowered position, and in FIG. 53 only the load members 761 of the left drive unit 760 are placed in the lowered position and the right drive unit A state in which the load member 761 of the unit 760 is displaced upward from the lowered position toward the raised position is illustrated, and FIG. 54 illustrates a state in which the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 are both arranged in the raised position. .

The state shown in FIG. 52 corresponds to a state (non-excited state) in which no current flows through the electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 (see FIG. 50) of the left and right drive units 760 . In this state, the loaded portion 733 of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the load member 761 are not in contact with each other, and the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is maintained by contact with the base member 701 (initial lower end posture). Posture).

The state shown in FIG. 53 corresponds to a state (single-side excitation state) in which current is controlled to flow through the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 (see FIG. 50) of the drive unit 760 on one side (right side). In this state, the loaded portion 733 of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is pushed up by the load member 761 on the right side, so that the plate-shaped displacement member 730 changes its posture in the rising direction and assumes a halfway posture. In the present embodiment, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is rotated about 1.3 degrees from the horizontal position in the halfway position.

In the state shown in FIG. 53, the load due to the weight of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the hollow member 740 and variable decorative member 750 placed thereon concentrates on the load member 761 on the right side. In this embodiment, the load member 761 is formed in the shape of a thin rod and bent in the front-rear direction so as to be easily bent in the lateral direction (the front-rear direction). It is formed with strength (rigidity) to the extent that it can be flexed and deformed by the weight of the hollow member 740 and the variable decorative member 750 on which it rides.

In this embodiment, the load due to the weight of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the hollow member 740 and variable decorative member 750 placed thereon is applied in a direction including a longitudinal component at the contact position with the load member 761. (See FIG. 55), the load member 761 is configured to be easily flexurally deformed, and the load can be relieved by this flexural deformation. That is, the state shown in FIG. 53 corresponds to a state in which the load member 761 is flexurally deformed.

53 and the state shown in FIG. 54, which will be described below, in the rising direction of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be explained as being due to the degree of bending of the load member 761. FIG. That is, by appropriately setting the elastic modulus of the load member 761, it is possible to design different postures of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. FIG. Note that the left and right load members 761 may be designed to have the same elastic modulus, or may be designed to have different elastic moduli.

Further, in this embodiment, since the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 are bilaterally symmetrical, the state shown in FIG. ), and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 of the drive unit 760 on the right side is not energized, the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 is equivalent to that shown in FIG. Therefore, hereinafter, the state shown in FIG. 53 will be referred to as a one-sided excitation state, and description of the state in which the excitation relationship of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is bilaterally symmetrical will be omitted.

In the state shown in FIG. 54, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is supported by both the left and right drive units 760 . Therefore, the load of its own weight applied to the load member 761 via the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is reduced by half, so that the deflection displacement of the load member 761 can be reduced.

That is, in the state shown in FIG. 54, in addition to the fact that the left load member 761 is arranged in the raised position as compared with the state shown in FIG. The difference is that the degree of flexure of 761 is about half.

55(a) is a cross-sectional view of the second operation unit 700 along line LVa-LVa in FIG. 53, and FIG. 55(b) is a cross-sectional view of second operation unit 700 along line LVb-LVb in FIG. be.

As shown in FIG. 55(b), when the pair of left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 are energized, the load applied to the load member 761 via the plate-like displacement member 730 is divided into two. The plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be raised and displaced in a state in which the bending deformation of 761 is small (a state in which the bending deformation is about half).

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 55(a), when one side of the pair of left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 is energized, the load applied to the load member 761 via the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is applied to the load member 761 on one side. concentrate on This load increases the bending deformation that occurs in the load member 761, so even if the rotation angle of the load member 761 is the same, the rising displacement amount of the plate-like displacement member 730 is suppressed by the bending deformation.

In this embodiment, the plate-like displacement member 730 is configured to rotate about the reference O1. In a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is supported by the restricting projection 702c (initial posture, shown in phantom lines in FIG. 55(a)), the contact surface (lower surface) of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 The extending normal contacts the load member 761 of the drive unit 760 while extending downward in the rear direction.

That is, since the load applied from the plate-like displacement member 730 to the load member 761 via the load-bearing portion 733 is generated along the direction in which the vertical rod-like extension portion 761c extends, the bending deformation of the load member 761 is suppressed to a small level. . Therefore, in this state, the driving force transmitted through the load member 761 is mainly used for raising the plate-like displacement member 730 .

On the other hand, in the halfway posture (see FIG. 55(a)), the normal extending from the contact surface (lower surface) of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is below the reference O1 in the front direction. abuts on the load member 761 of the drive unit 760 while extending downward.

That is, in the vicinity of the halfway posture (see FIG. 55(a)) where the amount of flexural deformation of the load member 761 tends to increase due to the large displacement of the load member 761, the The load applied by the y has a frontal component and a downward component. In the present embodiment, since the load member 761 is formed in a rod shape extending in a direction that inclines upward toward the front, the load having the front component and the downward component acts as a load that flexurally deforms the load member 761 . do. Therefore, in this state, the driving force transmitted through the load member 761 is used not only for the upward displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 but also for the bending deformation of the load member 761 (the driving force used for the bending deformation of the load member 761). gradually increase in the proportion of

Thus, according to the present embodiment, the easiness of bending deformation of the load member 761 due to the load applied to the load member 761 changes as the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 changes. That is, in the posture (lower end posture (initial posture)) in which the load member 761 starts to apply a load to the loaded portion 733, a rear load is generated in the direction in which the load member 761 is less likely to be flexurally deformed. A load (downward load or forward load) is generated in a direction in which bending deformation is more likely to occur in the load member 761 than in the direction of the rear load.

As a result, even when the arrangement of the drive unit 760, the displacement width of the load member 761, and the force generated by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 are the same, the shape of the load member 761 (in particular, the shape of the vertical bar-shaped extension portion 761c) and the load Depending on the design of the portion 733, it is possible to adjust the timing at which the load member 761 is likely to flex (posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730) and the amount of flexural deformation. The manner of operation of unit 700 can be designed differently.

In this embodiment, the vertical rod-shaped extension 761c is shaped to extend upward while projecting toward the front side, so that the vertical rod-shaped extension 761c can be flexurally deformed from an early stage. That is, even when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in a horizontal position and a vertically downward load is applied to the load member 761, the vertical rod-shaped extension 761c is flexurally deformed (deformed in the forward tilting direction) by the load. be able to. In other words, before the plate-shaped displacement member 730 reaches the horizontal posture, the load of its own weight transmitted via the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be used for bending deformation of the load member 761 .

In this manner, the use of the driving force transmitted to the plate-shaped displacement member 730 via the load member 761 is balanced between the displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the deformation of the load member 761, thereby reducing the load. Even if the member 761 is over-displaced or under-displaced, the change in the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be reduced.

For example, when the load member 761 hardly bends and deforms, the difference in the amount of displacement of the load member 761 and the difference in the height of the upper end of the load member 761 directly affect the change in the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. Therefore, the change in the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 cannot be stabilized unless the displacement amount of the load member 761 and the height of the upper end portion of the load member 761 are not precisely designed. In this case, high precision is required both in the manufacturing stage of the member and in the assembling stage, so the manufacturing cost increases.

On the other hand, when the load member 761 is flexurally deformed, even if there is some difference in the amount of displacement of the load member 761 and the difference in the height of the upper end of the load member 761, it is designed to be offset by the flexural deformation of the load member 761. By doing so, the change in posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be stabilized. Therefore, the precision required in the manufacturing and assembly stages for stabilizing the change in the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be kept low, so the manufacturing cost can be kept low.

This applies not only to the load member 761 alone, but also to the combined displacement of the left and right load members 761 . That is, when the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 are configured to have a symmetrical shape as in the present embodiment, the displacement amount of the load members 761 and the upper end portions of the load members 761 of the left and right drive units 760 Even if there is some difference in height, the difference can be used for bending deformation of the load member 761 .

As a result, regardless of which of the left and right drive units 760 is driven to cause the one-sided excitation state, the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 in the one-sided excitation state can be stabilized halfway.

Further, the direction of deflection of the load member 761 caused by the load applied to the load member 761 via the load receiving portion 733 can be limited to the front side. This direction coincides with the direction of positional deviation in the longitudinal direction set for the vertical rod-shaped extension portion 761c with respect to the rod-shaped extension portion 761b. As a result, the load that causes bending deformation of the load member 761 can be directed away from the rod-like extension portion 761b.

Therefore, most of the load applied from the loaded portion 733 toward the load member 761 can be absorbed by the flexural deformation of the load member 761, and the rod-shaped extended portion 761b is affected by the load applied from the loaded portion 733. can be made smaller. In other words, the influence exerted on the load member 761 can be suppressed in the vicinity of the vertical bar-shaped extension portion 761c.

That is, the friction and deformation occurring at other contact portions of the load member 761 (for example, the base end portion 761a and the shaft portion 762, the metal plate member MB2 and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, the curved projecting portion 774 and the opposing curved portion 761e, etc.) can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to easily predict the mode of bending deformation of the load member 761. Therefore, it is possible to design the structure of the load member 761 and the mode of displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 on the premise that the load member 761 is bent and deformed. can be made easier.

In addition, the direction in which the load member 761 is flexed can be limited to the front side (the same location can be prevented from flexing to the front side or flexing to the back side depending on the situation). ), the position of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the deflection amount of the load member 761 can be correlated one-to-one, and the durability of the load member 761 can be increased compared to the case where the load member 761 can be deflected in both the front and rear directions. can improve sexuality.

55(a) and 55(b), the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 changes depending on the degree of deformation of the vertical rod-shaped extension 761c, and the load members 761 are both raised. (See FIG. 51(b)).

Therefore, as described above, the longitudinal displacement of the load member 761 due to the load applied to the load member 761 due to the bending deformation of the vertical bar-shaped extension portion 761c is caused between the projecting portion 761d and the upper restricting portion 765. It can be suppressed by friction.

Therefore, even when the vertical rod-shaped extension portion 761c is controlled to repeatedly bend and release (for example, one electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is maintained in an excited state and the other electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is kept in an excited state). The control mode of repeatedly switching between the non-excited state and the non-excited state) can suppress the load member 761 from being displaced in the front-rear direction as a whole.

This can be satisfactorily realized by a structure in which the load member 761 is supported not only by the shaft rod portion 762 but also by the shaft rod portion 762 and the upper restricting portion 765 as in the present embodiment. More specifically, instead of receiving the load from the plate-like displacement member 730 while the load member 761 is arranged between the lowered position and the raised position, the plate-like displacement is performed while the load member 761 is fixed at the raised position. It is precisely because the load is received from the member 730 that it can be realized satisfactorily.

That is, when the load member 761 is supported only by the axial rod portion 762, the base end portion 761a and the rod-shaped extended portion 761b, which are located on the axial rod portion 762 side, are prevented from the front-rear component of the load from the plate-shaped displacement member 730. If the rod-shaped extension 761b is twisted or displaced in the front-rear direction due to the load from the plate-shaped displacement member 730, a gap is generated between the metal plate member MB2 and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. there is a possibility.

When the gap between the metal plate member MB2 and the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 exceeds the distance at which the electromagnetic force is effectively generated, the electromagnetic force rapidly weakens, making it difficult to maintain the load member 761 at the raised position. As a countermeasure, it is possible to increase the rigidity of the rod-shaped extension portion 761b or increase the resistance between the axial rod portion 762 and the load member 761. However, in the former case, the load member 761 becomes heavy. In the latter case, an excessive driving force is required to rotate the load member 761, resulting in an increase in the size of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, which is not preferable.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the vertical rod-shaped extension portion 761c is bent, the load member 761 is stably attached not only to the shaft rod portion 762 but also to the left and right end positions of the shaft rod portion 762 and the upper restricting portion 765. Support. This makes it possible to suppress the torsional deformation of the rod-shaped extension portion 761b compared to the case where it is supported on one of the left and right sides. can be suppressed.

Therefore, when performing control so that bending and releasing of the vertical rod-shaped extension portion 761c occur repeatedly, the entire load member 761 is suppressed from being displaced in the front-rear direction without increasing the size of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2. be able to.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the metal plate member MB2 functions as a reinforcing material for the bar-shaped extended portion 761b because of the support mode of the metal plate member MB2 (see FIG. 51). That is, the rigidity of the metal plate member MB2 can prevent torsional deformation of the bar-shaped extension portion 761b.

Returning to FIG. 54, description will be made. The state shown in FIG. 54 corresponds to the state (excited state) in which the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 (see FIG. 50) of the left and right drive units 760 is energized. In this state, the loaded portions 733 on the left and right sides of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 are pushed up by the load members 761 on both the left and right sides, so that the plate-shaped displacement member 730 changes its posture in the rising direction and assumes the upper end posture. . In this embodiment, in the upper terminal position, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced by about 2.7 degrees from the middle position (about 6.1 degrees from the lower terminal position, and about 4 degrees from the horizontal position).

In the state shown in FIG. 54, compared to the state shown in FIG. 53, the load due to the weight of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the hollow member 740 and variable decorative member 750 placed thereon is divided between the left and right load members 761. As a result, the bending of the load member 761 is alleviated.

In FIG. 54, for the sake of convenience, the bending of the left and right load members 761 is illustrated as being so small that it cannot be determined. That is, it is illustrated in the same shape as the load member 761 illustrated in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 52 to 54, in this embodiment, by switching the state of conduction to the left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 (see FIG. 50), the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be set in a plurality of (at least three) orientations. can be switched with

53 to 54, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 (see FIG. 50) of the right drive unit 760 is kept energized, and the electromagnetic solenoid of the left drive unit 760 is turned on. Since it suffices to excite SOL2, the posture can be easily switched smoothly.

FIGS. 56(a), 56(b), 57(a) and 57(b) are schematic diagrams showing an example of changes over time in conduction of the left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 and changes in the attitude of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. It is a diagram. In FIGS. 56(a), 56(b), 57(a) and 57(b), the upper timing chart shows the conductive state of the left electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, and the middle timing chart shows the right electromagnetic solenoid. The lower timing chart shows the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. FIG.

Due to the configuration, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is not displaced at the same time as the timing of energizing the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 (there is a slight time difference). For the sake of convenience, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is illustrated as being displaced simultaneously with the conduction of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2.

The conduction mode of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 shown in FIG. 56(a) is the same as the mode in which the state shown in FIG. 52 and the state shown in FIG. 53 are alternately switched. The conduction mode of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 shown in FIG. 56(b) is the same as the mode in which the state shown in FIG. 53 and the state shown in FIG. 54 are alternately switched. The conduction mode of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 shown in FIG. 57(a) is the same as the mode in which the state shown in FIG. 52 and the state shown in FIG. 54 are alternately switched.

The conductive state of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 shown in FIG. 57(b) is alternately switched between the state shown in FIG. 52 and the state shown in FIG. 53, and alternately between the state shown in FIG. The switched mode is the same as the repeated mode.

In this way, the pattern of switching the states described above with reference to FIGS. 52 to 54 is not just one, but is generated in a plurality of ways by different combinations of the conduction modes of the left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2.

Therefore, since there are a plurality of patterns for switching the orientation of the plate-like displacement member 730, the displacement patterns of the hollow member 740 on top of the plate-like displacement member 730 and the variable decorative member 750 (see FIG. 43) can be configured in a plurality of ways, the details of which will be described later.

Incidentally, in FIGS. 56(a), 56(b), 57(a) and 57(b), for the sake of convenience, the short-time conduction length and conduction interval of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 are shown constant. , this is just an example. For example, short-time conduction intervals may be set randomly, or may be configured to gradually lengthen or gradually shorten, and can be set arbitrarily.

Further, by shortening the short-time conduction length of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, it is possible to instantaneously (pulse-like) change the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. On the other hand, by increasing the conduction length, , can maintain posture changes for a sufficient length of time. Further, by shortening the conduction interval of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2, the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be changed as if the plate-shaped displacement member 730 were vibrating.

58 is a top view of the second operating unit 700. FIG. As shown in FIG. 58, the second motion unit 700 is formed in a substantially symmetrical shape when viewed from above. In the following, the portion on the right side of the axis of symmetry will be described in detail, and the description of the portion on the left side will be omitted.

59, 60, 61 and 62 are partial cross-sectional views of the second operating unit 700 taken along line LIX-LIX in FIG. 59, 60, 61 and 62 show the displacement of the second motion unit 700 in chronological order. In FIG. 59, the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the lower end posture (initial posture). 60 shows a state in which the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in a horizontal posture, FIG. 61 shows a state in which the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in an intermediate position, and FIG. A state in which the displacement member 730 is in the upper end posture is illustrated.

In FIGS. 59 to 62, a straight line connecting the centers of a pair of supported portions 731 (see FIG. 43) is illustrated as a reference O1 as a rotation axis for rotational displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. FIG. The reference O1 is illustrated with the same meaning in subsequent drawings. FIGS. 59 to 62 show cross sections at the center in the left-right direction of the center variable decorative member 750 in the left-right direction.

The variable decorative member 750 at the center of the left-right direction is allowed to be displaced in the vertical direction by the front through-hole 723 (see FIG. 43). It is supported by the large receiving portion 736 of the plate-like displacement member 730, and is displaced as the large receiving portion 736 is displaced due to the change in posture of the plate-like displacement member 730.

In the following, the displacement of the variable decoration member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction) accompanying the change in posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 will be described. For ease of understanding, the change in attitude of the variable decorative member 750 in the gravitational direction is omitted from the illustration.

59, 60 and 61, the front side surface of the large receiving portion 736 has not been displaced (not retracted) to the position where it contacts the side surface of the columnar projecting portion 752 of the variable decorative member 750. . That is, displacement of the variable decorative member 750 is limited to vertical displacement.

61 and 62, the front side surface of the large receiving portion 736 is displaced (retracted) to a position where it abuts against the front side surface of the columnar projecting portion 752 of the variable decorative member 750, and the load in the longitudinal direction is changed. Transmission occurs. That is, the variable decorative member 750 is displaced not only in the vertical direction but also in the front-rear direction.

Therefore, the displacement of the variable decorative member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction) accompanying the change in the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is mainly in the vertical direction in the first stage (posture change from the initial posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is small). 59, 60, and 61), and the second stage (the stage in which the plate-shaped displacement member 730 has a large change in posture from the initial posture, FIG. 61, FIG. 62). As a result, it is possible to increase variations in the displacement mode of the variable decorative member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction).

Here, the state shown in FIG. 61 corresponds to the one-sided excitation state, and the state shown in FIG. 62 corresponds to the excitation state. can be switched in a plurality of variations.

As shown in FIG. 62 , a gap is maintained between the upper surface of the plate-like main body of the bifurcated support member 751 and the lower end of the cylindrical portion forming the front through-hole 723 . Therefore, since the cover member 720 and the plate-shaped displacement member 730 do not sandwich the variable decorative member 750 from above and below, the generation of load is suppressed, and the posture of the variable decorative member 750 is maintained in an unstable state. can be done.

63, 64, 65 and 66 are partial cross-sectional views of the second operating unit 700 along line LXIII-LXIII of FIG. 63, 64, 65, and 66 show the displacement of the second motion unit 700 in chronological order, and in FIG. 63, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in the lower terminal posture (initial posture). 64 shows a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is in a horizontal posture, FIG. 65 shows a state in which the plate-like displacement member 730 is in an intermediate position, and FIG. A state in which the displacement member 730 is in the upper end posture is illustrated. 63 to 66 show cross sections of the right variable decorative member 750 at the center in the horizontal direction.

The variable decorative members 750 on both the left and right sides are allowed to be displaced in the vertical direction by the front through hole 723 (see FIG. 43). It is supported by the large receiving portion 736 of the plate-like displacement member 730, and is displaced as the large receiving portion 736 is displaced due to the change in posture of the plate-like displacement member 730.

The large receiving portions 736 on both left and right sides are arranged at positions closer to the reference O1 in the vertical direction and farther from the reference O1 in the front-rear direction than the large receiving portion 736a in the center of the left and right.

In the following, the displacement of the variable decorative members 750 (on both the left and right sides) accompanying the change in posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 will be described. For ease of understanding, the change in attitude of the variable decorative member 750 in the direction of gravity is omitted from illustration.

63, 64, and 65, the front side surface of the large receiving portion 736 has not been displaced (not retracted) to the position where it contacts the side surface of the columnar projecting portion 752 of the variable decorative member 750. . That is, displacement of the variable decorative member 750 is limited to vertical displacement.

65 and 66, the front side surface of the large receiving portion 736 is displaced to the extent that it contacts the front side surface of the columnar projecting portion 752 of the variable decorative member 750 (although it is retracted). ).

That is, the load applied to the variable decorative member 750 from the large receiving portion 736 is mainly composed only of the load in the vertical direction. The amount of displacement of the variable decorative members 750 on both sides in the left-right direction is larger than the amount of displacement of .

In this way, the direction of the displacement of the variable decoration member 750 (at the center in the left-right direction) accompanying the change in the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is different for each stage. Displacement of the decorative member 750 occurs mainly in the vertical direction. As a result, depending on the degree of change in the posture of the plate-like displacement member 730, the displacement modes of the variable decorative member 750 in the center in the horizontal direction and the variable decorative members 750 on both sides in the horizontal direction can be made different.

As described above, a large vertical displacement of the variable decorative members 750 on both sides in the horizontal direction is ensured, so that, as shown in FIG. The gap between the upper surface of the plate-like main body of the member 751 and the lower end of the cylindrical portion forming the front through-hole 723 disappears, and the plate-like main body of the bifurcated support member 751 forms the front through-hole 723 in the front-rear position. It has a dimensional relationship that it bites into the cylindrical portion that

In FIG. 66, on the premise that the plate-shaped body portion of the bifurcated support member 751 is not deformed, the state after the bifurcated support member 751 abuts against the lower end of the cylindrical portion forming the front through-hole 723 and moves parallel to the back side is shown. Illustrated.

Accordingly, since the cover member 720 and the plate-shaped displacement member 730 sandwich the variable decorative member 750 from above and below, the variable decoration member 750 is subjected to a load in the vertical compression direction from the cover member 720 and the plate-shaped displacement member 730. Given. As a result, the posture holding force of the variable decorative member 750 is increased, and the posture of the variable decorative member 750 can be stabilized.

Therefore, in the state where the drive units 760 on both the left and right sides are energized and the plate-like displacement member 730 assumes the upper end position, the variable decorative member 750 at the center of the left and right is supported in an unstable state (see FIG. 62). , the left and right variable decorative members 750 are stably supported. Therefore, it is possible to make the states of the plurality of variable decorative members 750 different after the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in the upper end posture.

That is, the variable decorative member 750 in the center of the left and right is configured (loosely supported) to allow slight displacement as a remnant of the posture change of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, while the variable decorative members 750 on both the left and right sides , the player's attention can be attracted to the variable decoration member 750 in the center of the left and right by being configured (hardly supported) to suppress displacement.

As described above, the displacement in the vertical direction due to the change in the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is greater for the variable decorative members 750 on both the left and right sides than for the variable decorative member 750 at the center of the left and right. While the player's attention is likely to be focused on the variable decoration members 750 on both the left and right sides, when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is maintained in the upper terminal posture, the player's attention is drawn to the variable decoration member 750 at the center of the left and right. It can be made easier to collect.

Therefore, when the driving state of the drive unit 760 is set such that the plate-shaped displacement member 730 does not reach the upper terminal posture or the posture is repeatedly changed so as not to be held (stopped) in the upper terminal posture. The variable decorative members 750 on both the left and right sides can easily attract the player's line of sight, and when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is set in a mode in which the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is slightly held in the upper end posture, the variable decorative member 750 in the center of the left and right can be used by the player. It is possible to make it easier to collect the line of sight of

As a result, when there is a specific light guide member 714 that the player wants to focus on among the plurality of light guide members 714, the player's line of sight is easily drawn to the variable decorative member 750 near the light guide member 714. By controlling the drive unit 760 to drive in (by controlling the light emission mode of the light guide member 714 and the drive mode of the drive unit 760 in association with each other), the player's line of sight is directed to the specific light guide member 714 can be collected in

FIG. 67 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the rotational displacement of the large receiving portion 736. As shown in FIG. FIG. 67 shows a direction view of the reference O1, and shows the arrangement of the central large receiving portion 736a and the left and right outer large receiving portions 736b in the horizontal posture and the upper end posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. FIG.

Since the central large receiving portion 736a is arranged above the reference O1 on the front side, at a slight angle (approximately 4 degrees) at which the plate-like displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced, the longitudinal displacement is greater than the vertical displacement. growing.

Since the left and right large receiving portions 736b are farther from the reference O1 than the central large receiving portion 736a, the displacement itself due to the rotational displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is larger than that of the central large receiving portion 736a. On the other hand, since the left and right large receiving portions 736b are arranged directly in front of the reference O1 (because they are arranged on a horizontal line), the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is rotated at a slight angle (about 4 degrees). , the vertical displacement is greater than the longitudinal displacement.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, by rotationally displacing the plate-like displacement member 730 about the reference O1, the displacement mode of the central large receiving portion 736a and the displacement mode of the left and right large receiving portions 736b can be made different. can be done. Therefore, the displacement mode of the variable decorative member 750 displaceably supported by the large receiving portion 736 can be made different between the member arranged in the left-right center and the member arranged on the left-right outer side.

68, 69, 70 and 71 are partial cross-sectional views of the second operating unit 700 along line LXVIII-LXVIII of FIG. 68, 69, 70 and 71 show the displacement of the second motion unit 700 in chronological order. In FIG. 68, the plate-like displacement member 730 is in the lower end posture (initial posture). 69 shows a state in which the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in a horizontal posture, FIG. 70 shows a state in which the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in an intermediate position, and FIG. A state in which the displacement member 730 is in the upper end posture is illustrated.

68 to 71 show cross sections at the center of the light guide member 714 in the left-right direction. As described above, the inner surface front portion of the front small receiving portion 735a does not come into contact with the front side portion of the protruding columnar portion 743 until the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in the halfway position (see FIG. 70). The displacement of is mainly vertical displacement.

On the other hand, the inner side surface front portion of the front small receiving portion 735a and the front side portion of the protruding columnar portion 743 abut between the midway position and the upper end position of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, and after the abutment, the hollow member 740 is pushed to the rear side as the plate-like displacement member 730 is displaced. In this way, it is possible to provide a time difference between the start timings of the vertical displacement and the horizontal displacement of the hollow member 740 caused by being pushed along with the displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 .

As shown in FIGS. 68 and 71, the effect of changing the width of the light refracted through the upper end portion of the light guide member 714 as the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is displaced will be described.

When the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in the lower terminal posture (initial posture), the width of the light emitted from the light guide member 714 toward the player side is LH1a, whereas the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in the upper position. The width of the light emitted from the light guide member 714 toward the player changes to the width LH1b (LH1a>LH1b) in the case of the terminal position.

On the other hand, even if the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is displaced, the width of the light emitted from the light guide member 714 to the third pattern display device 81 side (back side) is maintained at the width LH2. Therefore, it is possible to change the balance between the amount of light emitted from the light guide member 714 toward the player side and the amount of light emitted toward the back side as the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 changes.

That is, by driving the drive unit 760 and changing the plate-shaped displacement member 730 to the upper end posture, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is directed toward the player compared to the case where the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is in the lower end posture (initial posture). Since the light becomes weaker, the light guide member 714 can be seen directly (easier to see). can be easily transferred to the third pattern display device 81 . As a result, when the player pays attention to the third pattern display device 81 , the line of sight can be drawn to the light guide member 714 .

72 is a cross-sectional view of the second operating unit 700 taken along line LXXII-LXXII of FIG. 58. FIG. A gap is formed between the partition member 708 and the electrical board 705 as described above. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. It is configured to suppress

That is, in the present embodiment, there is a slight gap between the partition member 708 and the electrical board 705, and the dimension of the gap is the size of the emission surface (upper end surface) of the LED constituting the light emitting means 706 of the electrical board 705. Since it is shorter than the height dimension, the light emitted from the individual light emitting means 706a can be directed toward the light guide member 714 without any leakage (see enlarged view in FIG. 72).

In addition, the light emitted from each individual light emitting means 706a is emitted toward a separate light guide member 714, but when focusing on another light guide member 714 (one individual light emitting means 706a) It is configured to prevent it from going toward the light guide members 714 other than the light guide members 714 arranged above. That is, since the base ends of the light guide members 714 are separated from each other by the displacement regulating member 716, it is possible to prevent the light from passing through the inside of the light guide member 714 and going to another light guide member 714 (FIG. 72). (See enlarged view).

The light guide members 714 are indirectly connected to each other through the thin film cover member 712, but the thin film cover member 712 is thin along the optical axis direction (vertical direction) of the individual light emitting means 706a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the light emitted from the individual light emitting means 706 a from reaching the other light guide member 714 .

Therefore, when an effect is performed in which the color and intensity of the light emitted from each individual light emitting means 706a are made different, the light reaches the other light guide member 714, and the appearance of the other light guide member 714 changes. influence can be avoided. In other words, it is possible to prevent the light guide member 714 from unintentionally emitting light, and the light emitted from the separate individual light emitting means 706a to be mixed and viewed through the light guide member 714. .

In addition, when the light emitted from the individual light emitting means 706a leaks out from the gap between the decorative board 705 and the partition member 708, the light is mixed with the light of the overall light emitting means 706b to be visually recognized by the player. can be done.

As described above, the second operation unit 700 can be displaced in different manners by varying the driving manners (see FIGS. 56 and 57) of the drive units 760 arranged below the plate-like displacement member 730, respectively. do.

For example, when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is repeatedly displaced, as a first displacement mode, by repeatedly operating one drive unit 760, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is reciprocally displaced between the lower end posture and the intermediate posture. can be made Further, as a second displacement mode, one drive unit 760 is maintained in an excited state, and the other drive unit 760 is repeatedly operated to move the plate-shaped displacement member 730 between the middle position and the upper end position. can be reciprocated by

Further, for example, when the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is stopped in a posture different from the lower end posture (initial posture), as a first stop mode, one drive unit 760 is maintained in an excited state, thereby causing the plate-shaped displacement. The member 730 can be stopped halfway. As a second stopping mode, one drive unit 760 is maintained in an excited state, and the other drive unit 760 is maintained in an excited state, thereby stopping the plate-like displacement member 730 in the upper end posture. can be done.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the load applied to the load member 761 from the plate-shaped displacement member 730 when only one of the drive units 760 is in an excited state is applied without providing a structural difference between the left and right drive units 760 . The posture of the plate-like displacement member 730 is adjusted by the influence of the deflection of the load member 761 caused by the above (see FIG. 55(a)).

Therefore, one drive unit 760 and the other drive unit 760 in the first displacement mode (stop mode) or the second displacement mode (stop mode) are fixed as either the left or right drive unit 760. No, it can be replaced depending on the situation.

Therefore, unlike the case where one drive unit 760 and the other drive unit 760 are fixed as either the left or right drive unit 760, the drive unit 760 on the side that is maintained in the excited state and the drive unit 760 on the side that repeatedly operates are fixed. By alternately switching according to the number of times of operation or by switching for each period, the degree of fatigue of the constituent materials of the pair of left and right drive units 760 can be matched (adjusted). As a result, the right and left drive units 760 can be replaced at the same time, and as a result, the useful life of the second operation unit 700 can be maintained long.

It should be noted that the degree of bending of the load member 761 is merely an example, and can be set arbitrarily. In other words, it is sufficient to have a configuration that can make even a slight difference between driving and controlling one of the driving units 760 and driving and controlling both of them.

The second operation unit 700 is arranged so as to be visually recognizable between the third symbol display device 81 and the first prize winning opening 64 from the player's line of sight through the window portion partitioned by the center frame 86 (see FIG. 2). ). Although the control mode of the second operation unit 700 is set arbitrarily, for example, the entry of game balls into the first winning port 64, the second winning port 140 and the specific winning port 65a, and the driving unit 760 The control mode and the control mode of the lighting state of the light emitting means 706 of the electrical decoration board 705 may be controlled so as to correspond to each other.

For example, as a correspondence with the control mode of the lighting state, a plurality of game balls enter the first winning hole 64, and the individual light emitting means 706a arranged on the left side is lit according to the number of pending changes. A plurality of game balls enter the second winning hole 140, and control may be performed to light the individual light emitting means 706a arranged on the right side according to the number of reserved balls that are reserved for variation. .

In this case, by confirming the light emission mode of the light guide member 714, it is possible for the player to grasp the number of reserved balls. In addition, by associating the entry of the game ball with the control mode of the drive unit 760, the player's line of sight can be focused on the light guide member second operation unit 700. FIG.

For example, when a game ball enters the first winning hole 64, the drive unit 760 is driven and controlled in the above-described first displacement mode, and is more advantageous to the player than entering the first winning hole 64. When a game ball enters the second winning hole 140, which is often the case, the drive unit 760 is driven and controlled in the above-described second displacement mode. The player can easily grasp whether the ball has entered the first winning hole 64 or the second winning hole 140.例文帳に追加

As another example of associating the game ball entry with the control mode of the drive unit 760, the drive unit 760 may be driven and controlled in relation to the upper limit value of the number of held balls. That is, for example, when game balls enter the first winning port 64 when the number of reserved balls in the first winning port 64 is the upper limit value, the player can obtain prize balls, but cannot obtain the opportunity for variation. Therefore, when the number of balls held in the first winning hole 64 is close to the upper limit, it is desirable to inform the player of it.

According to the configuration of this embodiment, by driving and controlling the drive unit 760, the hollow member 740 and the variable decorative member 750 of the second motion unit 700 can be displaced, and the appearance of the second motion unit 700 can be changed. can attract the player's attention. Therefore, by driving and controlling the drive unit 760 when the number of reserved balls in the first winning hole 64 is close to the upper limit (or is the upper limit), the player can tell that the number of reserved balls is close to the upper limit (or is the upper limit). ) can be easily noticed.

Further, as another example of associating the entry of a game ball with the control mode of the drive unit 760 and the control mode of the lighting state of the light emitting means 706 of the illumination board 705, the entry of the game ball into the specific winning hole 65a and the It may be associated.

In this case, for example, it may be associated with the entry of game balls into the specific winning opening 65a, or the number of balls expected to enter when the specific winning opening 65a is opened (maximum count number per jackpot round). It may be associated with the fact that game balls exceeding the number of balls enter the specific winning hole 65a (so-called over winning).

As a result, by visually recognizing the state of the second operation unit 700, it is possible to detect that a game ball has entered the specific winning hole 65a or that an unexpected number of game balls have entered the specific winning hole 65a. Players can be made to understand.

A second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the attraction force of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 acts in the vertical direction has been described, but the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 of the window movable unit 2150 of the second embodiment is configured so that the attraction force acts in the horizontal direction. be done. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

73(a) and 73(b) are rear views of the window movable unit 2150 in the second embodiment. FIG. 73(a) shows a state in which the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is energized and an electromagnetic force is generated, and FIG. 73(b) shows a state in which the energization is canceled and the electromagnetic force disappears.

The window movable unit 2150 includes a contact member 2190 supported coaxially with the auxiliary device 160 and disposed so as to be able to contact the driven member 163 in the rotational direction, and a biasing spring SP21 that biases the contact member 2190. and

A weight portion W21 for adjusting the position of the center of gravity is formed at the upper end portion of the arm portion 163c of the driven member 163 so that the driven member 163 is rotationally displaced by its own weight when the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is in a non-excited state. (See FIG. 73(b)).

The abutment member 2190 includes a cushion portion 175a disposed so as to be abuttable with the driven member 163, and a rotating member 2191 that supports the cushion portion 175a.

The rotating member 2191 is arranged to face the biasing spring SP21, and the biasing force of the biasing spring SP21 is generated in the direction of pushing back the rotating member 2191 toward the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1.

A displacement mode of the driven member 163 and the rotating member 2191 will be described. In the energized state of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1, the driven member 163 is maintained in a state of being attracted by the electromagnetic force to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1.

On the other hand, when the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is in the non-excited state, the driven member 163 is rotationally displaced by its own weight, passes through the state shown in FIG. is rotationally displaced. That is, until the state shown in FIG. 73(b), the driven member 163 is displaced alone, and from the state shown in FIG. 73(b), the driven member 163 and the rotating member 2191 are displaced together. That is, the displacement speed of the driven member 163 can be changed with the state of FIG. 73(b) as a boundary.

Further, in this embodiment, after the state of FIG. 73(b), the driven member 163 can be vibrated and displaced by the varying biasing force. As a result, variations in the displacement of the driven member 163 can be increased.

A third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 74 to 78. FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the lift plate 430 is vertically displaced in conjunction with the rotational displacement of the arm member 414 has been described. A transmission means 3410 (for example, a rack-and-pinion transmission mechanism (not shown)) for transmitting driving force is provided. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

74 to 77 are front views of the first operating unit 3400 in the third embodiment. 74 to 77 show how the lift plate 430 is displaced downward in chronological order.

FIGS. 78(a) to 78(c) are schematic diagrams schematically illustrating the displacement relationship of the first motion unit 3400. FIG. 78(a) to 78(c), the rotation angle of the terminal gear 413 is shown on the horizontal axis, and in FIG. In b), the amount of rotation (change in angle) of the auxiliary arm member 444 is shown on the vertical axis, and in FIG. 78(c), the amount of displacement of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 is shown on the vertical axis. .

In the first operation unit 3400 , an L-shaped (a shape obtained by integrating a rectangle whose long sides are perpendicular to each other) elongated hole 3406 is formed through the main body plate 401 . The long hole portion 3406 is formed to have a size that allows the cylindrical portion 444d of the auxiliary arm member 444 to be displaced in the vertical and horizontal directions.

In FIG. 74, the cylindrical portion 444d is arranged at the upper end position of the vertically elongated opening of the long hole portion 3406, and the vertically elongated opening is displaced downward by the displacement up to FIG. do. 74 to 75, the lateral position of the cylindrical portion 444d does not change, so the auxiliary arm member 444 does not rotate.

On the other hand, in FIGS. 75 to 77, the auxiliary arm member 444 rotates in conjunction with the downward displacement of the lift plate 430 . That is, according to the present embodiment, there is a section in which the auxiliary arm member 444 is rotationally displaced as the elevating plate 430 is displaced in the vertical direction, and a section in which the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444 is maintained even if the elevating plate 430 is displaced in the vertical direction. and can be configured.

By forming a section in which the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444 is maintained even if the lift plate 430 is displaced in the vertical direction, transmission of the driving force to the downstream side of the driving force transmission is cut off with the auxiliary arm member 444 as a reference. This role is the same as that of the vertical portion 491a of the fixed transmission plate 490 described in the first embodiment (see FIG. 35). According to this embodiment, since the vertical portion 491a can be omitted from the fixed transmission plate 490, the vertical dimension of the fixed transmission plate 490 can be reduced (improving the degree of freedom in designing the fixed transmission plate 490). be able to).

Therefore, the degree of freedom in designing the fixed transmission plate 490 can be improved while maintaining the effect of being able to shift the operation start timings of the lift plate 430 and the vane-shaped member 460 .

In this embodiment, the transmission means 3410 makes it easy to vertically displace the lifting plate 430 by uniform linear motion (see FIG. 78(a)). If the configuration of the operation unit 440 is used as it is, the rotational displacement speed of the auxiliary arm member 444 changes greatly during the displacement.

Specifically, the angular velocity of rotational displacement near the second intermediate state of first operation unit 4300 is lower than the angular velocity of rotational displacement near the retracted state or the extended state of first operation unit 3400 . (The amount of change in angle relative to the amount of displacement of the base end portion 444a becomes smaller).

Therefore, it becomes impossible to displace the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 at a substantially constant speed. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a gear having the same gear ratio as the arc-shaped gear portion 444 d is provided as a substitute for the lower left rotary gear 441 , meshes with the upper right rotary gear 441 , and is connected to the relative displacement member 442 . An armed rotating gear 3441 having an extending portion is provided. Thereby, the change in the angular velocity of the auxiliary arm member 444 can be partially offset, and the difference in the displacement modes between the lift plate 430 and the relative displacement member 442 can be eliminated.

That is, the vertical displacement amount of the proximal side portion 444a is different from the configuration of the first embodiment in which the relative displacement member 442 is vertically displaced in correspondence with (proportional to) the angle change amount with respect to the vertical displacement amount of the proximal side portion 444a. By converting the amount of change in angle with respect to , the difference in displacement mode between the lift plate 430 and the relative displacement member 442 can be partially eliminated (cancelled).

Therefore, the displacement mode of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 can be brought closer to the displacement mode of the lift plate 430 .

In this embodiment, the electrical wiring DH1 may pass through the rotating shaft of the rotary gear 3441 with arm and be guided by the relative displacement member 442 . That is, by continuously forming the path of the electric wiring DH1 in the order of the auxiliary arm member 444, the lifting plate 430, the rotary gear with arm 3441, and the relative displacement member 442, the electric wiring associated with the displacement of the first operation unit 3400 is formed. Large variations in the path length of DH1 can be avoided.

In this case, since the electric wiring DH1 can be easily connected to the decorative portion 493, it is possible to arrange the electric decoration board in the decorative portion 493 and facilitate the execution of the light emission effect by the light emitting means such as the LED. can be done.

A fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the first embodiment, a case was described in which the detection sensor for detecting the state of the second operation unit 700 was not arranged, but the second operation unit 4700 of the fourth embodiment detects the state of the drive unit 4760 A detection device 4780 is provided for detecting. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

79(a) and 79(b) are front views of the drive unit 4760 of the second operation unit 4700 in the fourth embodiment. 79(a) and 79(b), illustration of the front cover member 770 and the electrical board 777 is omitted except for the curved projecting portion 774, and the outline of the curved projecting portion 774 is represented by an imaginary line. illustrated.

FIG. 79(a) shows a state in which no current is applied to the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the load member 4761 is placed in the lowered position by its own weight, and FIG. A state is illustrated in which the metal plate member MB2 is attracted by the electromagnetic force generated by the flow, and the load member 4761 is arranged at the raised position.

As shown in FIGS. 79(a) and 79(b), the load member 4761 abuts against the lower restricting portion 764 at the lowered position and is restricted from downward displacement, and contacts the upper restricting portion 765 at the raised position. Upward displacement is regulated.

The load member 4761 is different from the load member 761 described in the first embodiment except that the projecting portion 761d is changed to a thick projecting portion 4761f and a thin projecting portion 4761g. The configurations are identical.

The thick overhanging portion 4761f is a portion that overhangs along the extending direction of the rod-like extending portion 761b from the extending tip of the rod-like extending portion 761b with the same thickness (front-rear width) as that of the rod-like extending portion 761b. , correspond to a stopping portion that abuts against the upper restricting portion 765 and receives the load in the process of the load member 4761 being arranged at the raised position.

The thin overhanging portion 4761g has a plate shape thinner than the thick overhanging portion 4761f (shorter front-rear width) than the thick overhanging portion 4761f and overhangs along the extending direction of the rod-like extending portion 761b. part. The upper and lower surfaces of the thin projecting portion 4761g (upper and lower surfaces parallel to the projecting direction) and the upper and lower surfaces of the thick projecting portion 4761f (upper and lower surfaces parallel to the projecting direction) are formed flush with each other.

The thin overhanging portion 4761g is configured to abut against the upper restricting portion 765 in the same manner as the thick overhanging portion 4761f when the load member 4761 is positioned at the raised position. Since it is thin, it is damaged more preferentially than the thick projecting portion 4761f due to accumulated fatigue due to repeated excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2.

From this point of view, the upper and lower surfaces of the thin overhanging portion 4761g (upper and lower surfaces parallel to the overhanging direction) and the upper and lower surfaces of the thick overhanging portion 4761f (upper and lower surfaces parallel to the overhanging direction) It does not have to be flush, and at least the top surface is flush, and the position of the bottom surface can be set arbitrarily. For example, by making the vertical width of the thin overhanging portion 4761g shorter than the vertical width of the thick overhanging portion 4761f, the number of times of repeated excitation of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 until the thin overhanging portion 4761g is damaged can be reduced. It is possible to adjust the period until the thin overhanging portion 4761g is damaged.

Drive unit 4760 comprises detection device 4780 . The detection device 4780 includes a printed circuit board 4781 fixed to the lower portion of the support case 763, and a detection sensor 4782 which is arranged on the printed circuit board 4781 and arranged so that the thin protrusion 4761g can be inserted into and removed from the detection groove.

The detection sensor 4782 is a photocoupler-type detection device, in which a thin protrusion 4761g blocks detection light when the load member 4761 is lowered (see FIG. 79(a)), and is thin when the load member 4761 is raised. The exit portion 4761g is arranged above so as not to block the detection light (see FIG. 79(b)).

The function of detection sensor 4782 will be described. Since the detection result of the detection sensor 4782 and the position of the load member 4761 usually correspond to each other, it is possible to confirm whether the load member 4761 is operating appropriately based on the detection result of the detection sensor 4782 . This confirmation is performed by the MPU 221 (see FIG. 4), and if it is determined to be a malfunction, an alarm is generated, or an error is displayed on the display device, so that the malfunction of the second operation unit 4700 can be detected by the player or the player. It is possible to make it easier for the hall clerk to notice.

In addition, if the thin overhanging portion 4761g is damaged (broken) and falls, the thin overhanging portion 4761g and the load member 4761 do not operate synchronously. results do not correspond. When the change in the position of the load member 4761 and the detection result of the detection sensor 4782 do not correspond to each other, the MPU 221 (see FIG. 4) issues an alarm or displays an error on the display device. It is possible to make it easier for the player or the hall clerk to notice that the portion 4761g has been damaged (broken).

Thus, according to the present embodiment, the detection sensor 4782 can be used both as position detection means for detecting the position of the load member 4761 and as damage detection means for detecting damage (fracture) of the load member 4761. .

According to this embodiment, even if the thin overhanging portion 4761g is damaged, the thick overhanging portion 4761f abuts against the upper restricting portion 765 so that the load member 4761 can be stopped at the raised position. Therefore, the load member 4761 can be displaced in the same manner as before the thin overhanging portion 4761g is damaged. Therefore, even if the thin overhanging portion 4761g is damaged, it is not necessary to stop the game immediately and put it in the maintenance state, and the game can be continued for a while, so that the player can avoid unexpected disadvantages. can be avoided.

In this way, a portion that is preferentially damaged (broken) among the portions that contact the upper restricting portion 765 is provided, and the detection sensor 4782 detects the breakage (breakage), so that the thick projecting portion 4761f is broken. The load member can be replaced before fatigue accumulates to the point of (fracture).

A fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the vertical rod-shaped extension 761c is flexurally deformed due to the rigidity of the vertical rod-shaped extension 761c itself is described. A deflection adjustment device 5780 is provided to adjust deflection deformation. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

80(a) and 80(b) are cross-sectional views of the second operation unit 5700 of the fifth embodiment along the line corresponding to line LVa-LVa in FIG. The deflection adjustment device 5780 is a box-shaped base member 5781 in which a metal coil is built, and an iron bar supported by the base member 5781 so as to be able to advance and retreat in the vertical direction, and is arranged to protrude above the base member 5781. and an adjustment member 5782 that is

As shown in FIG. 80(b), even when the pair of left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 are in a one-side excited state, the deflection adjustment device 5780 is driven to reduce the bending deformation of the load member 761 (the bending deformation is about half). state). In other words, the deflection adjustment device 5780 is employed instead of the configuration in which the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is changed to the upper end posture by energizing the pair of left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 (both of them) in the first embodiment. ing.

That is, while the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 is kept in a one-side excited state (see FIG. 80(a)), a metal coil (not shown) incorporated in the base member 5781 of the deflection adjustment device 5780 is rotated around the adjustment member 5782. By energizing the metal coil in the winding arrangement to form an electromagnet and driving the adjustment member 5782 upward, the load in the direction of restoring (restoring) the bending of the vertical bar-shaped extension 761c is released. It can be applied to the vertical rod-shaped extension 761c (see FIG. 80(b)).

As described above, according to the present embodiment, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 on either the left or right side of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the adjustment device 5780 arranged on the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 side are cooperatively driven to achieve the plate-shaped displacement member. It is possible to maintain the displacement member 730 in the lower end posture (initial posture), the middle posture, and the upper end posture.

As a result, the arrangement of the drive means can be made more compact than when a pair of left and right electromagnetic solenoids SOL2 need to be arranged. For example, since the arrangement of the electrical wiring connected to each device of the driving means can be fixed, it is possible to avoid distributing the areas required for the paths through which the wiring passes to various places (for example, left and right).

Next, the game board 13 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 81 to 121. FIG. In the sixth embodiment, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140 and the specific winning opening 65a are formed in a winning opening unit 930 configured as one unit. The same reference numerals are assigned to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In the following description, as in the first embodiment, the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 10 will be described as the front side (or front), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 will be described as the rear side (or rear).

First, referring to FIGS. 81 and 82, the prize winning unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 arranged on the base plate of the game board 13 in the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 81 is a front view of the game board 13 in the sixth embodiment. 82 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. Note that in FIG. 82, illustration of units (for example, the center frame 86 (see FIG. 81), etc.) other than the winning hole unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 disposed on the base plate 60 is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 82, the base plate 60 has a through hole 60a penetrating in the thickness direction of the base plate 60 below the central opening in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 82) to which the center frame 86 (see FIG. 81) is attached. is formed by router processing.

The through-hole 60a is formed slightly smaller than the outer shape of the front unit 940 described later when viewed from the front, and the drive unit 960 and the specific winning opening unit 950 provided in the front unit 940 are inserted inside the through-hole 60a.

On the base plate 60, a prize winning unit 930 is arranged from the game area (front) side, and a ball throwing unit 970 is arranged from the opposite side (rear side) to the game area, which are fastened and fixed by tapping screws or the like. The detailed configurations of the winning hole unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 will be described later.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 83 to 86, the overall configuration of the prize winning port unit 930 will be described. 83(a) is a front view of the prize winning unit 930, and FIG. 83(b) is a rear view of the prize winning unit 930. FIG. 84(a) is a perspective front view of the prize winning unit 930, and FIG. 84(b) is a perspective rear view of the prize winning unit 930. FIG. 85 is an exploded perspective front view of the winning opening unit 930, and FIG. 86 is an exploded perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 930. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 83 to 86, the prize winning unit 930 includes a front unit 940, a specific winning unit 950 disposed on the back side of the front unit 940 (FIG. Mainly a drive unit 960 arranged on the back side of the specific winning opening unit 950 (Fig. formed in preparation for

As described above, the front unit 940 has an outer shape larger than the through hole 60a of the base plate 60 when viewed from the front. Therefore, by arranging the winning opening unit 930 (front unit 940) on the base plate 60, the opening of the through hole 60a can be closed. As a result, the game ball flowing down the game area of the game board 13 can pass through paths other than the game ball passing path (first winning port 64, second winning port 140 and specific winning port 65a) formed in the front unit 940 described later. It is possible to suppress the space from passing through the through hole 60a.

Part of the specific winning opening unit 950 is inserted inside the specific winning opening 65a formed in the front unit 940, and the game ball can be thrown to the inside of the specific winning opening unit 950 through the specific winning opening 65a. be done. A detailed description of the specific winning hole unit 950 will be given later.

The drive unit 960 is arranged on the back side of the specific winning hole unit 950, and a part thereof (insertion part 965e of the transmission member 965) is attached to the feather member 945 arranged in the front unit via the displacement member 966. concatenated. As a result, the transmission member 965 of the drive unit 960 can be operated to rotationally displace the feather member 945 . A detailed description of the operation of the feather member 945 will be given later.

Next, a detailed description of the front unit 940 will be given with reference to FIGS. 87 to 89. FIG. 87(a) is a front view of the front unit 940, and FIG. 87(b) is a back view of the front unit 940. FIG. 88 is an exploded perspective front view of the front unit 940, and FIG. 89 is an exploded perspective rear view of the front unit 940. FIG. In addition, in FIG.87(a) and FIG.87(b), the outer shape of the feather member 945 is illustrated with the chain line.

As shown in FIGS. 87 to 89, the front unit 940 includes a rear base 941 fastened to the base plate 60, and a front base 943 disposed on the rear base 941 at a distance larger than the diameter of the game ball. and two (a pair of) feather members 945 rotatably disposed between the rear base 941 and the front base 943 facing each other.

The back base 941 is formed of a plate-like body having a predetermined plate thickness and having an upside-down substantially T-shaped outer shape when viewed from the front. The rear base 941 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material. The inside of the hole 60a can be visually recognized.

The rear base 941 includes a first out port 71 cut out on the downstream side of the game ball (lower side in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 87(b))) and an upper side of the first out port 71 (see FIG. 87 ( b) a specific prize winning port 65a positioned above) and penetrating in a horizontally elongated rectangular shape; It is mainly provided with a first prize winning port 64 formed by notching in the side edge.

Further, the rear base 941 has a plurality of through holes 941a penetrating in the plate thickness direction in the outer edge portion. The through-hole 941a includes a first through-hole 941a1 whose diameter is reduced from the front side (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 87(a)) to the rear side (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 87(b)), and a second through hole 941a2 whose diameter is reduced as the diameter increases.

The first through-hole 941a1 is a hole through which a tapping screw is inserted to fasten and fix the back base 941 (winning unit 930) to the base plate 60. The inner diameter of the first through-hole 941a1 is set larger than the outer diameter of the threaded portion of the tapping screw. be done. Also, as described above, the first through hole 941a1 is formed so as to decrease in diameter from the front side to the back side, so that the head of the tapping screw can be accommodated in the enlarged diameter portion on the front side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the head of the tapping screw from protruding into the game area. Furthermore, a positioning protrusion 942a that protrudes in a columnar shape from the rear surface of the rear base 941 is formed in the vicinity of the first through hole 941a1.

The positioning protrusion 942a is formed at a position corresponding to the positioning hole 60b (see FIG. 82) formed around the through hole 60a of the base plate 60, and has an outer diameter substantially equal to the inner diameter of the positioning hole 60b. be. As a result, the rear base 941 (the prize winning unit 930) can be positioned and arranged with respect to the base plate 60. FIG.

The second through-hole 941a2 is a hole through which a screw for fastening the rear base 941 and the front base 943 is inserted from the rear base 941 side, and the inner diameter is set larger than the outer diameter of the threaded portion of the screw. That is, the front base 943 is fastened with screws from the rear side of the rear base 941 . In this case, the operation of removing the front base 943 from the rear base 941 requires that the prize winning unit 930 is removed from the base plate 60 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from illegally removing only the front base 943 from the front side (game area side) of the game board 13 .

Further, as described above, the second through hole 941a2 is formed so as to decrease in diameter from the back side to the front side, so that the head of the screw can be accommodated in the enlarged diameter portion on the back side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the head of the screw from protruding to the rear side of the rear base 941 . As a result, when the specific winning hole unit 950 described later is arranged on the back side of the back base 941, the head of the screw can be prevented from coming into contact with the specific winning hole unit 950. FIG.

The rear base 941 has a lower (lower in FIG. 87(b)) end in the gravitational force direction formed along the inner edge of the inner rail 61 (see FIG. 81) of the game board 13 . The first out port 71 is formed so that the edge of the notch bottom (the edge on the upper side in the direction of gravity) is separated from the inner edge of the inner rail 61 by at least the diameter of the game ball. As a result, of the game balls flowing down the game area formed on the front surface of the game board 13 (base plate 60), the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 140, the specific winning opening 65a, and the general winning opening 63 () A game ball that has not flowed into any of them can be thrown to the back side of the game board 13 (opposite side of the game area (FIG. 87(b) front side of the paper surface)) through the first out port 71 .

The first winning hole 64 is formed by cutting out a semicircular end portion of the upper side in the gravity direction (upper side in FIG. 87(b)) opposite to the first out hole 71 . In addition, the first winning hole 64 is formed so that the size of its inner edge is larger than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, a game ball flowing into the first receiving portion 941g, which will be described later, can be thrown to the back side (opposite side of the game area (Fig. 87(b) front side of the paper surface)) through the first winning port 64.

At the edge of the first winning port 64, a first receiving portion 941g protruding toward the game area (the front side of the paper in FIG. 87(a)) and formed in a cup shape, and the side opposite to the game area (FIG. 87 ( b) A first ball feeding portion 942g that protrudes in a U-shaped cross section is formed on the front side of the paper surface).

The first receiving portion 941g is formed to have a size capable of receiving one game ball inside. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the game area from the gravity direction upper side of the first receiving portion 941g (first winning port 64) can be caused to flow into the inside of the first receiving portion 941g.

In addition, the bottom surface of the first receiving portion 941g is inclined downward toward the back side (opposite side of the game area (the front side of the paper in FIG. 87(b))). As a result, the game ball that has flowed into the first receiving portion 941g can be thrown to the rear side (first ball-throwing portion 942g side) through the first winning port 64 below.

Further, the first receiving portion 941g extends from the upper ends of both ends of the base plate 60 in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 87) toward the second prize winning opening side (lower side in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 87(a))). A guide portion 941g1 is provided so as to be inclined outwardly in the lateral direction of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. The guide part 941 g 1 is formed in a plate-like body having a predetermined thickness, and the side surface opposite to the game area (back side) is connected to the front side of the back base 941 . As a result, the rigidity of the first receiving portion 941g can be increased, and it is possible to suppress damage to the first receiving portion 941g due to collision of the game ball flowing down the flow region with the first receiving portion 941g.

Further, if the first winning port 64, the second winning port 140, and the specific winning port 65 are integrally formed on the rear base 941, the arrangement of the game nails that change the game balls flowing down the game area becomes insufficient. It becomes difficult to change the flow direction of Therefore, even though there is a risk that the interest of the player will be spoiled, by causing the game ball to collide with the guide portion 941g1, the flow direction of the game ball can be changed, and the loss of interest of the player can be suppressed. .

Furthermore, since the guide portion 941g1 is inclined outward in the lateral direction of the base plate 60 (both sides in the left-right direction in FIG. 87(a)) toward the second winning hole 140, the game that collides with the guide portion 941g1. The sphere can be guided horizontally outward of the rear base 941 . As a result, the game ball can collide again with the game nail (not shown) arranged on the base plate 60, and the game ball can be easily changed in the flowing direction. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player's interest from being spoiled.

The first ball feeding portion 942g is formed in a U shape that is open on the upper side in the direction of gravity, and the distance dimension between opposing inner edges thereof is formed larger than the diameter of the game ball. The first ball-throwing portion 942g has a bottom surface that slopes downward toward the back side (the side opposite to the game area (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 87(b))), and the protruding tip side is formed by a ball-throwing unit, which will be described later. The edge of the inlet 982d of 970 is abutted. As a result, the game ball thrown to the first ball throwing portion 942g from the inside of the first receiving portion 941g through the first winning port 64 can be rolled to the back side and thrown to the ball throwing unit 970.

The first ball feeding portion 942g has a first recessed cutout portion 942g1 cut out in a rectangular shape in a side view at the upper end portion of the projecting tip. The first recessed portion 942g1 is a recessed portion on which a second protrusion 982d1 of the ball feeding unit 970, which will be described later, is placed, and is recessed to have approximately the same size as the side view shape of the second protrusion 982d1. A detailed description of the arrangement of the first ball-throwing portion 942g and the ball-throwing unit 970 will be given later.

The second prize winning opening 140 is penetratingly formed in a substantially D shape with an upwardly curved shape when viewed from the front, and has an inner edge larger than the outer diameter of the game ball. As a result, a game ball thrown between opposing feather members 945, which will be described later, can be thrown to the back side (opposite side of the game area (FIG. 87(b) front side of the paper surface)) through the second winning hole 140.

The second winning port 140 has a front side wall portion 941b protruding to the front side (game area side (Fig. 87(a) front side of the paper surface)) and a back side (opposite side to the game area (Fig. 87 (b) A second ball feeding portion 942c protruding toward the front side of the paper)) is formed.

The front side wall portion 941b is formed along both side edges of the second winning opening in the short direction of the base plate 60 . The front side wall portion 941b is sized so that its projecting tip end surface abuts a ball-feeding guide portion 943d of the front base 943, which will be described later.

The second ball feeding portion 942c is formed at each of both ends of the lower edge portion of the second prize winning opening 140 so as to be bent in a substantially L shape when viewed from the rear. The dimension of the second ball feeding portion 942c in the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 87(b)) is set larger than the radius of the game ball. As a result, it is possible to prevent game balls rolling on the rolling portion 943a of the front base 943, which will be described later, from falling from the upper surface of the rolling portion 943a.

The pair of second ball feeding portions 942c are arranged so that the distance between them in the lateral direction of the base plate 60 (horizontal direction in FIG. 87(b)) is equal to the lateral direction of the base plate 60 of the rolling portion 943a of the front base 943, which will be described later. (Fig. 87(b) left-right direction) is set to be substantially the same length dimension, and the rolling part 943a is provided inside. In addition, the second ball feeding portion 942c is formed with a second recessed portion 942c1 cut out on the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in FIG. 87(b))) of the projecting tip portion. The second recessed portion 942c1 is a portion in which a projection 981b1 of a passage unit, which will be described later, is placed, and detailed description thereof will be given later.

The back base 941 moves from the game area side of the back base 941 toward the opposite side of the game area to the other side of the gravity direction (first winning opening 64 side (upper side in FIG. 87(b)) in the vicinity of the second winning opening 140. A first shaft hole 941d is recessed at two places in a circular shape, and two first openings 941e are formed through the rear base 941 by bending about the axis of the first shaft hole 941d. A projecting portion 941c projecting between the first guide wall 942b located outside the two first openings 941e in the facing direction and projecting on the back side, and the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140. and

The first shaft hole 941d can support a shaft member 945a that pivotally supports a blade member 945, which will be described later, and has an inner diameter substantially equal to the outer diameter of the shaft member 945a. Thereby, one end of the shaft member 945a can be inserted into the first shaft hole 941d and supported.

The first opening 941e has an arcuate shape centered on the center of the first shaft hole 941d. Further, the first opening 941e allows the projection 945b of the feather member 945 to pass through, and is set larger than the maximum width dimension of the projection 945b in the radial direction of the rotating shaft (insertion hole 945c) of the feather member 945. Thereby, when the feather member 945 rotates, it is possible to prevent the projection 945b from contacting the inner surface of the first opening 941e.

The projecting portion 941c has an isosceles triangular outer shape when viewed from the front, and the corners of the isosceles connecting portion are positioned on substantially the same plane as the central position between the opposing feather members 945 described later. In addition, the uneven sides of the projecting portion 941c are formed to extend parallel to the facing direction of the feather members 945, and the length dimension thereof is set slightly larger than the dimension between the facing feather members 945 in the closed state. be. Furthermore, the projecting portion 941c is formed at a position where the shortest separation distance from the feather member 945 in the closed state is smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, when the feather members 945 are closed, it is possible to suppress the game ball from being thrown to the second winning opening 140 (between the pair of feather members 945 facing each other). A detailed description of the closed state of the feather member 945 will be given later.

The pair of first guide walls 942b are walls that guide the displacement of the displacement member 966 when the displacement member 966 is displaced. It is set slightly larger than the distance dimension in the short side direction of 966.

In addition, the pair of first guide walls 942b are formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed from the rear, and are extended in a direction in which bent portions approach each other. As a result, the displacement distance of the displacement member 966 can be regulated by bringing the projecting portion 966a of the displacement member 966 into contact with the bent portion of the first guide wall 942b.

The specific winning opening 65a has a long rectangular opening in the facing direction of the pair of feather members 945 (horizontal direction in FIG. 87(b)). can be inserted. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the game area can be thrown into the specific winning opening unit 950 through the specific winning opening 65a.

In addition, the rear base 941 includes an upright portion 942f that surrounds the specific winning opening 65a and is erected on the back side (opposite side to the game area), and recessed portions at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the specific winning opening 65a from the back side. and a recess 941h provided.

The standing portion 942f has an inner edge shape that is substantially the same as a front view shape of a specific winning opening unit 950, which will be described later. This makes it easier to position and dispose the specific winning hole unit 950 inside the standing portion 942f.

The concave portion 941h is located at a position corresponding to the wall portion 953d into which the rod member 952 serving as the rotating shaft of the plate member 951 of the specific winning opening unit 950 is inserted when the specific winning opening unit 950 is arranged on the rear base 941. It is formed. As a result, when the rod member 952 is displaced in the direction in which it escapes from the plate member 951, the end surface of the rod member 952 is brought into contact with the inner edge of the recess 941h, thereby preventing the rod member 952 from slipping out of the plate member 951.

Further, the front base 942 includes a bulging portion 942h that bulges out between the opposing standing portion 942f and the second ball feeding portion 942c, and a first guide wall 942b side from the outer peripheral surface of the standing portion 942f (Fig. 87(b)). ) and a second guide wall 942d projecting upward).

The bulging portion 942h bulges toward the rear side of the rear base 941 and is connected to the standing portion 942f and the second ball feeding portion 942c. As a result, when a displacement member 966 (see FIG. 90), which will be described later, is arranged on the rear side of the rear base 941 (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. A predetermined gap can be formed. As a result, when the displacement member 966 is displaced, the friction (sliding) resistance of the displacement member 966 can be suppressed.

The second guide wall 942d is a wall surface that guides the displacement of the lower end portion of the displacement member 966, and the distance dimension between the pair of opposing second guide walls 942d is slightly larger than the distance dimension in the lateral direction of the displacement member 966. set. Therefore, when the displacement member 966 is disposed between the pair of second guide walls 942d facing each other, the displacement distance of the lower end portion of the displacement member 966 in the lateral direction can be regulated.

The rear base 941 is provided at the edges of the specific winning port 65a in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 87(b)) on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). A second out port 941f is formed by cutting out a circular shape. The second out port 941f is a notch for throwing the game ball that has flowed into the third receiving portion 944a formed in the front base 943 to the back side of the base plate 60 (opposite side to the game area). formed to a shape larger than the diameter of the

A third ball-feeding portion 942e, which is formed in a substantially U-shape when viewed from the rear and protrudes toward the rear, is formed at the edge of the second outlet 941f. As a result, the game ball thrown to the rear side through the inside of the second out port 941f can be thrown to the inside of the third ball throwing portion 942e.

The third ball-throwing portion 942e is formed so as to be inclined downward in the direction of gravity as the curved portion (lower portion) of the U-shape when viewed from the rear protrudes toward the rear side, and the game ball thrown from the second out port 941f is formed. can be rolled to the rear side. A detailed description of the game ball that rolls on the inner surface of the third ball feeding portion 942e will be given later.

The front base 943 is formed in an upside down substantially T-shape that is smaller than the rear base when viewed from the front. Also, the front base 943 is formed of a colorless and transparent plate-like body. As a result, the game ball flowing down between the front base 943 and the rear base 941 facing each other can be visually recognized by the player.

The front base 943 mainly includes a second receiving portion 943c and a third receiving portion 944a protruding from positions corresponding to the second winning opening 140 and the second out opening 941f of the rear base 941 described above. It is formed.

The second receiving portion 943c is formed in a substantially U shape when viewed from the rear, and the second prize winning opening 140 of the rear base 941 is arranged inside when viewed from the front. A pair of feather members 945, which will be described later, are arranged on the open side (the open side of the U-shape) of the second receiving portion 943c. Furthermore, the projecting distance of the second receiving portion 943c toward the rear base 941 is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, it is possible to throw a game ball between the rear base 941 and the front base 943, and suppress the game ball from flowing into the second winning port 140 from the outside between the pair of feather members 945, which will be described later. can.

The second receiving portion 943c includes a ball-feeding guide portion 943d that protrudes inward from the inner edge thereof, and a first concave portion that is circularly recessed from the rear base 941 side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 87(b)). 943ca, and a rolling part 943a projecting from the inside of the curved portion toward the rear base.

A pair of ball-feeding guide portions 943d are formed on the lower side of the pair of feather members 945 in the gravity direction (lower side in FIG. 87(b)). Also, the pair of ball-feeding guide portions 943d are formed at positions corresponding to the front side wall portions 941b of the rear base 941, respectively, and when the rear base 941 and the front base 943 are combined, the end surfaces thereof come into contact with each other. . As a result, the game ball that has flowed into the space between the pair of feather members 945 facing each other can be thrown between the facing ball guide portions 943d.

The rolling portion 943a is formed on one side in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction) between the pair of ball-feeding guide portions 943d, and the upper end surface 943a1 in the gravitational direction slopes downward toward the rear base 941 side. It is formed. In addition, as described above, the rolling part 943a is arranged inside the recess 941j in a state in which the rear base 941 and the front base 943 are fastened (combined), and the tip thereof extends from the rear surface of the rear base 941. side (FIG. 87(b) on the front side of the paper surface).

As a result, the game ball thrown between the pair of ball-throwing guide portions 943d opposed to each other can be thrown to the end surface 943a1 of the rolling portion, and the game ball is rolled on the upper portion of the end surface 943a1 to move the game ball to the rear side of the rear base 941. can throw to

Further, the front base 943 has an annular projection 943b projecting annularly at a position facing the first shaft hole 941d of the rear base 941 on the opening side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the second receiving portion 943c. The annular protrusion 943b has a second shaft hole 943b1 on its inner edge, and the other end of a shaft member 945a that pivotally supports a feather member 945 described later can be inserted inside the second shaft hole 943b1. As described above, one end of the shaft member 945 a is inserted into the first shaft hole 941 d of the rear base 941 . Therefore, the shaft member 945a can be sandwiched and supported between the rear base 941 and the front base 943 facing each other.

The third receiving portion 944a is substantially U-shaped when viewed from the rear, and the second outlet 941f of the rear base 941 is arranged inside the third receiving portion 944a. As a result, the game balls flowing down the game area of the game board 13 can be made to flow into the inside of the third receiving portion 944a, and the game balls flowing into the third receiving portion 944a can be transferred to the rear surface through the second out port 941f. You can throw the ball to the side (the side opposite to the play area).

A first concave portion 943ca and a second concave portion 944a1 are formed in a circular shape from the rear base 941 side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 87(b)) in the second receiving portion 943c and the third receiving portion 944a. The first recessed portion 943ca and the second recessed portion 944a1 are portions to be fastened to which the screw inserted into the second through hole 941a2 described above is screwed, and are formed coaxially with the axis of the second through hole 941a2 of the rear base 941. be done. Thereby, the rear base 941 and the front base 943 can be fastened.

A pair of feather members 945 are arranged with the second prize winning opening 140 formed in the rear base 941 interposed therebetween when viewed from the front. The feather member 945 is made of a colored translucent material, and is visible to the player through the front base 943 .

The feather member 945 is formed in a substantially triangular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed to have a thickness smaller than the space between the rear base 941 and the front base 943 facing each other. The feather member 945 mainly includes an insertion hole 945c penetrating in the thickness direction (from the rear base 941 side to the front base 943 side) and a projection 945b protruding from the rear base 941 side surface (back surface).

The insertion hole 945c is formed with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 945a supported between the rear base 941 and the front base 943 facing each other. Therefore, when the rear base 941 and the front base 943 are fastened (assembled), the shaft member 945a is inserted into the insertion hole 945c so that the rear base 941 and the front base 943 can be connected to each other while the feather member 945 is rotatable. It can be arranged between opposing sides. As a result, the feather member 945 can be displaced between a closed state in which the opposing side surfaces are parallel to the direction of gravity, and an open state in which one side of the side surface is displaced outward in the opposing direction.

The protrusion 945b is connected to a displacement member 966, which will be described later, and is a transmission portion that transmits the drive of the drive unit 960 to the blade member 945. It is set to a dimension that protrudes to the back side of the back base 941 (the side opposite to the game area). A detailed description of the connection state between the projection 945b and the displacement member 966 will be given later.

A detailed description of displacement member 966 will now be provided with reference to FIG. 90(a) is a front view of the displacement member 966, FIG. 90(b) is a side view of the displacement member 966, and FIG. 90(c) is a perspective front view of the displacement member 966. FIG.

The displacement member 966 is formed of a vertically long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and has a second opening 966c penetrating therethrough in the plate thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 90(b)) substantially at the center position when viewed from the front. The second opening 966c has an inner edge shape larger than the inner edge shape of the second winning opening 140 of the rear base 941 described above when viewed from the front, and the second winning opening 140 is arranged inside. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball thrown to the side opposite to the game area through the second winning hole 140 from colliding with the inner edge of the displacement member 966 .

The displacement member 966 has a protrusion 966a that protrudes in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction in FIG. 90(a)) from one end (upper side in FIG. 90(a)) in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 90(a)). A bulging portion 966b that bulges from the end side (lower side in FIG. 90(b)) toward the back side (back base 941 side (see FIG. 85)) is provided.

The protruding portion 966a includes a sliding groove 966a2 formed through the displacement member 966 in the plate thickness direction, and contact portions 966a1 positioned on both lateral sides of the displacement member 966 and extending in the longitudinal direction. Prepare.

The sliding groove 966a2 is an elongated hole into which the protrusion 945b of the blade member 945 described above is inserted, and is formed in an elongated hole elongated in the lateral direction of the displacement member 966. As shown in FIG. Further, the width dimension of the sliding groove 966a2 is set larger than the width dimension of the projection 945b in the radial direction of the rotating shaft (insertion hole 945c) of the blade member 945. As shown in FIG. As a result, when the feather member 945 rotates, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 945b from coming into contact with both inner surfaces of the slide groove 966a2 facing each other in the width direction, and restricting the movement of the feather member 945.

The contact portion 966a1 is formed to bulge on the front side (the side of the front base 943 (see FIG. 85)) and the side of the rear side (the side of the rear base 941). As a result, the contact area between the displacement member 966, the front base 943, and the later-described drive unit 960 can be reduced. As a result, resistance when the displacement member 966 is driven can be reduced.

The bulging portion 966b is formed to bulge toward the back side (back base 941 side), and a laterally long rectangular connecting hole 966b1 is formed in the inner portion in the rear view. The connecting hole 966b1 is an opening into which the tip (insertion portion 965e) of the transmission member 965 of the drive unit 960, which will be described later, is inserted. A detailed description of the connection state between the connection hole 966b1 and the transmission member 965 will be given later.

The connecting hole 966b1 is formed in a rectangular shape elongated in the lateral direction of the displacement member 966, and is connected to a one-side abutted portion 966b2 on the inner peripheral surface on the other side in the gravitational direction (upper side in the gravitational direction (upper side in FIG. 90(a))). , and the other side abutted portion 966b3 on the inner peripheral surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 90(a))).

The one-side abutted portion 966b2 is a surface with which a bulging portion 965e1 of an insertion portion 965e of the transmission member 965, which will be described later, abuts. The displacing member 966 can displace the feather member 945 to the open state (see FIG. 92) by being slidably displaced when the bulging portion 965e1 is brought into contact with the one-side abutted portion 966b2.

The other-side contacted portion 966b3 is a surface with which a side surface opposite to a bulging portion 965e1 of an insertion portion 965e of a transmission member 965, which will be described later, contacts. The displacement member 966 is slid when the side surface opposite to the bulging portion 965e1 is brought into contact with the other abutted portion 966b3, thereby displacing the feather member 945 to the closed state (see FIG. 91). can be done.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 91 and 92, the connection state between the displacement member 966 and the feather member 945 will be described in detail. 91 and 92 are rear views of the winning opening unit 930 and the displacement member 966 in the range XCI of FIG. 87(b). 91 and 92, the outer shape of the feather member 945 is illustrated with a dashed line. 91 illustrates the closed state of the wing members 945, and FIG. 92 illustrates the open state of the wing members 945. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 91 and 92, the protrusion 945b of the blade member 945 is formed in a substantially triangular shape when viewed from the rear, and is formed parallel to the facing surfaces of the pair of blade members 945 in the closed state. A surface 945b1, a third surface 945b3 connected to the first surface 945b1 and located on one side in the direction of gravity (the side of the specific winning opening 65a), and a second surface 945b2 connected to the first surface 945b1 and the third surface 945b3. Prepare for.

The sliding groove 966a2 has a lower inner surface 966a4 located on one side in the direction of gravity (connection hole 966b1 side) and in contact with the protrusion 945b to displace the blade member 945 to the open state. An upper inner surface 966a3 that contacts the blade member 945b and displaces the feather member 945 to the closed state, and an inner side of the displacement member 966 in the transverse direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 91) from the outer side of the displacement member 966 toward the lower inner surface 966a4. and an inclined surface 966a5 that inclines to .

Note that the displacement member 966 is disposed so as to be displaceable in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction in FIG. 91) with respect to the rear base 941 by a transmission member 965 which will be described later. The feather member 945 is closed when the displacement member 966 is displaced toward the specific winning opening 65a (lower side in FIG. 91), and when the displacement member 966 is displaced toward the second winning opening 140 (upper side in FIG. 91). It is in an open state.

Next, the connection between the sliding groove 966a2 of the displacement member 966 and the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945 will be described. As described above, the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945 is arranged inside the sliding groove 966a2 of the displacement member.

As shown in FIG. 91, when the feather member 945 is closed, the protrusion 945b is arranged on the inclined surface 966a5 side of the sliding groove 966a2 (outside the displacement member 966 in the transverse direction). From this state, when the displacement member 966 is displaced to the second prize winning opening 140 side (the other side in the gravity direction (upper side in FIG. 91)), the lower inner surface 966a4 of the displacement member 966 comes into contact with the third surface 945b3 of the projection 945b. The protrusion 945b is displaced in contact with it. Thereby, the feather member 945 can be rotationally displaced.

Here, a ball entrance into which a game ball can enter, a pair of feather members rotatably supported at positions across the ball entrance for opening or closing the ball entrance, and a pair of feather members for opening or closing the ball entrance 2. Description of the Related Art A game machine is known that includes driving means for generating a driving force for rotating wing members and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to a pair of wing members. The transmission mechanism includes a rotating member that is rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and one end of the rotating member is connected to a projecting portion projecting from the rear surface of the pair of feather members. Specifically, on one end side of the rotating member, opposed portions are formed which face each other at a predetermined interval in the vertical direction, and the projecting portion of the feather member is inserted between the opposed portions. Therefore, when the rotary member is rotated, the facing portion of the rotary member pushes up or pushes down the projecting portion of the wing member, thereby opening or closing the wing member.

However, in the conventional game machine, since it is necessary to set a large gap between the opposing portion and the projecting portion, there is a problem that the opening and closing operation of the wing member is unstable. That is, when the rotary member is rotated for the opening and closing operation of the wing member, the posture of the facing portion is inclined with respect to the protruding portion, but the facing distance between the facing portions is equivalent to the outer shape of the protruding portion. Then, the projecting portion interferes between the opposed portions, and the rotary member cannot be rotated. Therefore, it is necessary to set the facing distance between the facing parts to a size that does not interfere with the projecting part, and the gap between the facing part and the projecting part is increased accordingly. As a result, the wing members are likely to rattle, and the opening and closing operations of the wing members are not stable.

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the transmission mechanism includes a transmission member 965 rotated by the driving force of the drive means (driving unit 960) and a displacement member 966 slidably displaced as the transmission member 965 rotates. A projection 945b is projected from a pair of feather members 945, and a sliding groove 966a2 into which the projection 945b is slidably inserted is recessed in the displacement member 966, so that the sliding groove 966a2 The groove width can be suppressed. That is, the displacement of the displacement member 966 is sliding displacement, and the attitude of the sliding groove 966a2 is not inclined with respect to the projection 945b, so there is no need to avoid interference with the projecting portion during rotation unlike the conventional product. Therefore, the groove width of the sliding groove 966a2 can be approximated to the size of the protrusion 945b, and the groove width can be suppressed, so that the gap between the sliding groove 966a2 and the protrusion 945b can be reduced. As a result, rattling of the feather member 945 can be suppressed, and the opening and closing operation of the feather member 945 can be stabilized. Further, since the direction of displacement of the displacement member 966 is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation shafts of the pair of feather members 945 , the displacement member 966 can be arranged substantially parallel to the feather members 945 . As a result, the space required for arranging the feather member 945 and the displacement member 966 can be reduced, and the space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly. That is, when the displacement member 966 is displaced, the displacement member 966 is not displaced in the rotation axis direction of the pair of feather members 945, so the space required for disposing the displacement member in the rotation axis direction of the pair of feather members 945 is suppressed. can. As a result, a space for arranging other members can be secured.

Here, in contrast to the conventional product in which the rotating member is directly connected to the pair of blade members, in the present invention, the displacement member 966 is interposed between the blade member 945 and the transmission member 965. At the time of operation in the direction of sliding displacement upward (the other side in the gravity direction), the weight of the displacement member 966 is added, and the inertial force increases, and the driving force required for the driving means (solenoid 610 described later) increases. . Therefore, it is difficult to smoothly perform the initial operation when starting to drive the blade member 945 in the stopped state and displacing it to the open state or the closed state.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the pair of feather members 945 are closed, the projection 945b is positioned downward in the direction of gravity (one side in the direction of gravity) of the rotating shaft (insertion hole 945c) of the blade member 945. be located. That is, the position of the protrusion 945b when the displacement member 966 starts to slide upward in the direction of gravity (the other side in the direction of gravity) is set below the rotational axis of the feather member 945 along the direction of gravity. As a result, the displacement component of the projection 945b pushed up by the inner wall of the slide groove 966a2 can be increased in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 91) and decreased in the gravitational direction (downward direction in FIG. 91). Therefore, even in the present invention in which the weight of the displacement member 966 is added, the initial operation when starting to drive the blade member 945 in the stopped state (closed state) to open or close can be performed smoothly.

Further, the center of gravity of the feather member 945 is set on the opposite side of the projection 945b across the rotation shaft (insertion hole 945c). As a result, when the feather member 945 is displaced from the closed state to the open state, the feather member 945 can be displaced to the open state using its own weight. That is, when the displacement member 966 starts to slide upward in the direction of gravity (one side in the direction of gravity), the blade member 945 is rotated in the direction in which it is opened, so the blade member 945 is rotated by its weight (self weight). can be made Therefore, even in the present invention in which the weight of the displacement member 966 is added, it is possible to smoothly perform the initial operation when starting to drive the blade member 945 in the stopped state (closed state) and opening it.

Furthermore, the inclined surface 966a5 described above is formed on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 91)) of the rotating shaft (insertion hole 945c) of the feather member 945 . As a result, even when the position of the projection 945b is set downward along the direction of gravity of the rotating shaft of the feather member 945, the projection 945b can be guided along the direction of inclination of the inclined surface 966a5, thereby displacing the displacement member. 966 can be smoothly started to slide toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity).

In addition, by forming the inclined surface 966a5 on the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2, not only can the gap between the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2 and the projection 945b be reduced accordingly, but also the projection 945b to the inclined surface 966a5 , the horizontal displacement of the protrusion 945b can be restricted in addition to the displacement thereof in the direction of gravity. Therefore, rattling of the feather member 945 in the closed state can be easily suppressed. That is, even when affected by vibration accompanying the falling game ball, the feather member 945 can be easily maintained in the open posture or the closed posture.

As shown in FIG. 92, when the feather member 945 is displaced from the open state to the closed state, the displacement member 966 moves from the second winning opening 140 side to the specific winning opening 65a side (one side in the gravity direction (lower side in FIG. 92). side)). As a result, the upper inner surface 966a3 of the displacement member 966 comes into contact with the first surface 945b1 of the protrusion 945b, thereby displacing the protrusion 945b. Thereby, the feather member 945 can be rotationally displaced.

Further, the displacement direction of the displacement member 966 from the side of the second winning opening 140 to the side of the specific winning opening 65a is set in the direction of gravity (downward in FIG. 92). Thereby, when the feather member 945 is closed, the feather member 945 can be displaced using the weight of the displacement member 966 . As a result, the feather member 945 can be easily displaced from the open state to the closed state.

A detailed description of the drive unit 960 will now be provided with reference to FIGS. 93 to 95 . 93(a) is a side view of the drive unit 960, FIG. 93(b) is a top view of the drive unit 960, and FIG. 93(c) is a perspective front view of the drive unit 960. FIG. 94 is an exploded perspective front view of drive unit 960, and FIG. 95 is an exploded perspective rear view of drive unit 960. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 93 to 95, the drive unit 960 includes a first housing portion 962 and a second housing portion 963 which are formed in a box shape and arranged to face each other, and a first housing portion 962 and a second housing portion. A solenoid 610 disposed in a space between 963, a connecting member 964 connected to the solenoid 610, and pivotally supported by the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 and connected to the connecting member 964. A transmission member 965 is mainly provided.

The first accommodating portion 962 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and includes a covering portion 962a that covers one side of the solenoid 610 (the upper side in FIG. ), and a guide portion 962b protruding toward the center.

The covering portion 962a is formed in a substantially box shape with the solenoid 610 side (lower side in FIG. 93(a)) and the guide portion 962b side being open. In addition, the covering portion 962a includes an engaged portion 962c formed by cutting out a part of the opposing wall surface, and a fastening portion 962d projecting outward from the opposing wall surface in the facing direction.

The engaged portion 962c is a notch that engages with an engaging portion 963c of a second housing portion 963, which will be described later. As a result, the engaging portion 963c can be engaged with the engaged portion 962c before the first accommodating portion 962 and the second accommodating portion 963 are fastened. It is possible to improve the workability of fastening with.

The fastening portion 962d is formed at a position facing the fastening hole 963b1 of the second housing portion 963 in the assembled state of the drive unit 960, and extends toward the second housing portion 963 side (lower side in FIG. 93(a)). It has a through hole 962da penetrating therethrough.

The through hole 962da is a hole through which a screw (not shown) to be screwed into the fastening hole 963b1 of the second housing portion 963 is inserted. formed in Thereby, the first accommodating portion 962 and the second accommodating portion 963 can be fastened and fixed.

The guide portion 962b is connected to a pair of arm portions 962e formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed from the side and connected to the opposing wall surfaces of the covering portion 962a. A wall portion 962f is formed, and a protruding portion 962g protrudes from the wall portion 962f on the side opposite to the covering portion 962a (back base 941 side (see FIG. 85)).

The arm portions 962e protrude toward the rear base 941 (see FIG. 85) from the opposing wall surfaces of the covering portion 962a, and the protruding tip sides thereof are bent toward the other side in the direction of gravity (the side opposite to the solenoid 610 side) in a side view. It is formed in a substantially L shape. In addition, the pair of arm portions 962e are set so that the distance between the opposing sides is substantially the same as the distance between the horizontal ends of the side wall portions 981b (see FIG. 109(a)) of the sorting unit 980, which will be described later. Part 981b is inserted.

The wall portion 962f is formed by connecting the side surfaces of the arm portions 962e on the distal end side (bent side), and has a shape larger than that of the displacement member 966 when viewed from the front. In addition, the wall portion 962f has an outer distance dimension L3 (see FIG. 93(b)) in the facing direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93(b)) in the facing direction of the pair of first guide walls 942b of the rear base 941 described above. is set to be substantially the same as the outer distance dimension L4 (see FIG. 91) in (L3=L4). Further, the wall portion 962f is such that the distance dimension L5 (see FIG. 93(a)) in the gravitational direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93(a)) extends from the upper end surface of the first guide wall 942b of the rear base 941 to the standing portion 942f. It is set to be substantially the same as the distance dimension L6 (see FIG. 91) to the outer surface (L5=L6). Thereby, the displacement member 966 can be disposed between the wall portion 962f and the rear base 941, and the displacement member 966 can be accommodated between the first guide walls 942b. Furthermore, the sliding groove 966a2 of the displacement member 966 disposed between the wall portion 962f and the rear base 941 can be arranged between the opposing sides.

The protruding portion 962g is formed to protrude from the outside of the wall portion 962f in the opposing direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93(b)) to the side opposite to the arm portion 962e. It is set substantially the same as the projection dimension of the first guide wall 942b. In addition, the inner dimension L7 of the protruding portion 962g in the facing direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93(b)) is slightly larger than the outer dimension L8 (see FIG. 91) of the pair of second guide walls 942d of the rear base 941 in the facing direction. set large. Furthermore, the projecting portion 962g has a dimension in the direction of gravity set substantially equal to the dimension between the first guide wall 942b and the standing portion 942f.

Accordingly, when the drive unit 960 in the assembled state is arranged on the rear base 941 (the front unit 940), the second guide wall 942d is inserted between the opposed projecting portions 962g, and the first guide wall 942b and the first guide wall 942b The drive unit 960 can be positioned and disposed with respect to the rear base 941 by inserting the protruding portion 962g between the opposing standing portions 942f.

The second housing portion 963 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is formed into a box-like body that covers the other side of the solenoid 610 (lower side in FIG. 93(a)). The second housing portion 963 is formed in a rectangular shape elongated in the driving direction of the solenoid 610 (horizontal direction in FIG. 93(b)) when viewed from above. In addition, the second housing portion 963 includes recessed portions 963e that are recessed at a plurality of locations on both wall portions that extend in the longitudinal direction, and the recessed portions 963e that extend from between the plurality of recessed portions 963e to the first housing portion 962 side. an engaging portion 963c protruding in the longitudinal direction, a protruding portion 963b protruding in the lateral direction from both wall portions extending in the longitudinal direction, and one side extending in the lateral direction (the rear base 941 side (see FIG. 85). ) and a bearing portion 963d recessed in the wall portion of .

The projecting portion 963b is formed to protrude outward in the lateral direction of the second accommodating portion 963 in a semicircular shape, and includes a fastening hole 963b1 coaxial with the through hole 962da of the first accommodating portion 962 . As a result, the first accommodation portion 962 and the second accommodation portion 963 can be fastened and fixed by screwing a screw inserted from the through hole 962da side of the first accommodation portion 962 into the fastening hole 963b1.

The recessed portion 963e is an opening for circulating air in the space formed between the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 facing each other. By circulating air through the recessed portion 963e, the solenoid 610 disposed between the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 can be cooled.

The engaging portion 963c protrudes toward the first housing portion 962 from between a plurality of recessed portions 963e arranged side by side, and has a hook-shaped tip that is bent inward in the width direction of the second housing portion 963. be. Further, as described above, the engaging portion 963c is formed at a position corresponding to the engaged portion 962c of the first accommodating portion 962, and when the first accommodating portion 962 and the second accommodating portion 963 are combined, The engaging portion 963c is arranged inside the engaged portion 962c, and the bent portion of the engaging portion 963c is engaged with one side end surface of the first accommodating portion 962. As shown in FIG.

Moreover, since the engaging portion 963c is formed between the recessed portions 963e, the distance from the proximal end to the distal end of the engaging portion 963c can be increased. Therefore, when the engaging portion 963c is arranged in the first accommodating portion 962, the engaging portion 963c can be easily bent, and the engaging portion 963c can be easily engaged with the first accommodating portion 962. FIG.

The bearing portion 963d is a recess that accommodates a rotating shaft 965c of a transmission member 965, which will be described later, and is recessed in a shape larger than the outer shape of the rotating shaft 965c. The end surface of the bearing portion 963d on the side of the first accommodation portion 962 is covered with the side surface of the first accommodation portion 962 on one side in the direction of gravity, and the first accommodation portion 962 and the second accommodation portion 963 are combined. In this state, it is possible to prevent the rotating shaft 965c accommodated in the bearing portion 963d from coming off to the outside of the bearing portion 963d.

The solenoid 610 includes a main body portion 961a formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, a shaft portion 961b inserted into the main body portion 961a and displaceable with respect to the main body portion 961a, and a side of the shaft portion 961b opposite to the main body portion 961a. and a coil spring SP1 disposed between the annular portion 961c and the body portion 961a.

The body portion 961a is a coil portion that generates magnetism when electric power is applied (supplied), and the magnetism allows the shaft portion 961b to be inserted into the body portion 961a to be pulled inward and inserted.

The shaft portion 961b is made of a magnetic metal material and has a cylindrical shape. The shaft portion 961b is arranged in a direction in which the axial direction faces the rear base 941 side, and is arranged in a state where a portion on the rear base 941 side protrudes from the main body portion 961a.

The annular portion 961c is arranged at the end of the shaft portion 961b protruding from the body portion 961a. A connecting member 964, which will be described later, is connected to the annular portion 961c. Accordingly, when the shaft portion 961b is displaced with respect to the main body portion 961a, the displacement is transmitted from the annular portion 961c to the connecting member 964, and the connecting member 964 can be displaced.

The coil spring SP1 is a spring member that is spirally wound multiple times. The coil spring SP1 is arranged around the shaft portion 961b and is arranged in a slightly compressed state between the annular ring portion 961c and the main body portion 961a. As a result, the annular portion 961c can be biased in a direction away from the body portion 961a. Therefore, when power is not applied (supplied) to the main body portion 961a, the annular portion 961c can be kept separated from the main body portion 961a. In addition, when the application (supply) of electric power is interrupted after the application (supply) of power to the body portion 961a, the ring portion 961c can be quickly separated from the body portion 961a.

The connecting member 964 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material. The connection member 964 includes a base portion 964a formed in a plate-like body parallel to a plane perpendicular to the axis of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610, and a rear base 941 side (FIG. 85) from the other side of the base portion 964a in the gravitational direction. (see reference), and an upright portion 964b that bends to the side.

The base portion 964a is a portion connected to the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610, and is recessed from the end face on one side in the direction of gravity (back side of the paper surface of FIG. 93(b)) with a dimension larger than the diameter of the annular portion 961c. and a second recessed portion 964d located on the solenoid 610 side of the first recessed portion 964c and recessed with a dimension larger than the diameter of the shaft portion 961b.

The first recessed portion 964c is a groove into which the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is inserted, and is formed in a substantially U shape with one open side in the direction of gravity when viewed in cross section. Further, the groove width of the first concave portion 964c is set larger than the plate thickness of the annular portion 961c. Thereby, the annular portion 961c can be inserted into the first concave portion 964c.

The second recessed portion 964d is a notch that suppresses interference between the shaft portion 961b and the base portion 964a when the annular portion 961c is disposed inside the first recessed portion 964c as described above. It is formed in a substantially U shape with its lower side opened when viewed from the rear, and is formed so as to open from the side of the first concave portion 964c to the side of the solenoid 610 .

The upright portion 964b has an insertion hole 964e penetrating in the gravitational direction, and a projecting portion 965d of the transmission member 965, which will be described later, is inserted into the insertion hole 964e. Accordingly, when the connecting member 964 is operated by the displacement of the solenoid 610, the protrusion 965d comes into contact with the inner edge of the insertion hole 964e and the transmission member 965 is displaced. A detailed description of the displacement of the transmission member 965 will be given later.

The transmission member 965 is formed to be bent when viewed from the side, and includes a distal end portion 965a extending in the displacement direction of the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610, and a rotating shaft portion 965a connected to the distal end portion 965a and extending toward the connecting member 964 side. 965b.

The rotating portion 965b is formed such that the width dimension in the lateral direction of the second accommodating portion 963 (vertical direction in FIG. 93(b)) is smaller than the dimension between the opposing bearing portions 963d formed in the second accommodating portion 963. be done. In addition, the rotating portion 965b has a rotating shaft 965c that protrudes in a columnar shape on both sides of the second housing portion 963 in the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 93(b)) at the end on the 964 side, and and a protrusion 965d that protrudes toward one end in the direction of gravity.

The rotating shaft 965c is formed with an outer diameter smaller than the groove width of the bearing portion 963d, as described above. In addition, the pair of rotating shafts 965 c is set such that the distance between the protruding tips thereof is larger than the distance dimension between the pair of facing bearing portions 963 d formed in the second housing portion 963 . Thereby, the pair of rotating shafts 965c can be inserted and disposed inside the bearing portion 963d. Therefore, by inserting the rotating shaft 965c into the bearing portion 963d and fastening the second accommodating portion 963 and the first accommodating portion 962, the transmission member 965 can be supported in a rotatable state about the rotating shaft 965c.

As described above, the projecting portion 965d is a projection inserted into the insertion hole 964e of the connecting member 964, and its outer shape is set smaller than the inner edge shape of the insertion hole 964e when viewed from above. In addition, in the state before the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610 is displaced (power is applied (supplied) to the main body portion 961a), the width dimension of the protrusion portion 965d in the displacement direction of the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610 is It is set sufficiently larger than the width dimension of the insertion hole 964e (in this embodiment, the width dimension of the insertion hole 964e is set to be twice the width dimension of the protrusion 965d). As a result, when the transmission member 965 is rotationally displaced about the rotation shaft 965c, the projections 965d on both end surfaces of the shaft portion 961b in the displacement direction abut against the insertion holes 964e, thereby restricting the rotation of the transmission member 965. can be suppressed.

The tip portion 965a is formed so that the width dimension in the axial direction of the rotating shaft 965c decreases as the distance from the solenoid 610 increases. The distal end portion 965a has an insertion portion 965e that is inserted into the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966, and an upright portion 965f that protrudes from the connection side of the rotating portion 965b in the direction of gravity. formed with

The insertion portion 965e has an outer shape smaller than the inner edge shape of the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 when viewed from the front, and is inserted through the inner side of the connecting hole 966b1. As a result, when the transmission member 965 is rotationally displaced, the insertion portion 965e and the connecting hole 966b1 come into contact with each other and the displacement member 966 is displaced. A detailed description of the displacement of the transmission member 965 and the displacement member 966 will be given later.

Next, referring to FIG. 96, the displacement operation of drive unit 960 will be described. 96(a) and 96(b) are cross-sectional views of the drive unit 960 along line XCVI--XCVI in FIG. 93(b). 96(a) shows the state before the solenoid 610 operates, and FIG. 96(b) shows the state after the solenoid 610 operates. 96(a) and 96(b), the outer shape of the rotating shaft 965c of the transmission member 965 is illustrated with a chain line.

As shown in FIG. 96(a), when power is not applied (supplied) to the body portion 961a of the solenoid 610, the coil spring SP1 disposed between the body portion 961a and the annular portion 961c is attached. The annular portion 961c is separated from the body portion 961a by force. As a result, the connecting member 964 connected to the annular portion 961c is pushed out in the direction (left side in FIG. 96(a)) away from the body portion 961a.

When the connecting member 964 is pushed away from the body portion 961a, the projection 965d of the transmission member 965 faces the solenoid 610 (right side in FIG. 96(a)) and the insertion hole 964e of the connecting member 964 faces the solenoid 610. is in contact with the inner surface of the As a result, the distal end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is pushed down to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 96(a)) about the rotating shaft 965c. Displacement of the distal end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 to one side in the direction of gravity is restricted by the contact portion 965g coming into contact with the second accommodating portion 963 .

As shown in FIG. 96(b), when power is applied (supplied) to the body portion 961a of the solenoid 610, the shaft portion 961b is drawn into the body portion 961a by the magnetic force generated in the body portion 961a. The ring portion 961c and the main body portion 961a are brought closer (compared to a state in which power is not applied (supplied) to the main body portion 961a). As a result, the connecting member 964 connected to the annular portion 961c is displaced in the direction (right side in FIG. 96(a)) approaching the body portion 961a.

When the connecting member 964 is displaced toward the body portion 961a, the surface of the projecting portion 965d of the transmission member 965 opposite to the solenoid 610 (the left side in FIG. 96(b)) and the insertion hole 964e of the connecting member 964 are aligned. The solenoid 610 side and the inner surface on the opposite side (the left side in FIG. 96(b)) are in contact with each other. As a result, the distal end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is pushed up to the other side in the gravity direction (the upper side in FIG. 96B) about the rotating shaft 965c. Displacement of the distal end portion 965 a of the transmission member 965 to the other side in the direction of gravity is restricted by the connecting portion between the distal end portion 965 a of the transmission member 965 and the rotating portion 965 b coming into contact with the first accommodating portion 962 .

Therefore, by displacing the tip portion 965a of the transmission member 965 to either the other side in the direction of gravity or the one side in the direction of gravity, the transmission member 965 is moved to either the first accommodation portion 962 or the second accommodation portion 963. can be abutted. As a result, it is possible to suppress cheating by the player.

For example, when a player inserts a piano wire or the like from the player side (game area side) into the gap between the transmission member 965 and the first housing portion 962 or the second housing portion 963 to the solenoid 610, the thickness of the piano wire is increased. Accordingly, the displacement distance of the transmission member 965 can be reduced. Therefore, since an abnormality occurs in the displacement operation of the feather member 945 displaced by the transmission member 965, it is possible for the store operator to easily discover the fraud.

Further, as described above, the transmission member 965 includes a distal end portion 965a and a rotating portion 965b extending from the rotating shaft 965c and connected to the displacement member 966, and a rotating portion 965a extending from the rotating shaft 965c and connected to the solenoid 610. The distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b are bent in a substantially dogleg shape when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft 965c. , the distance between the solenoid 610 and the displacement member 966 can be suppressed.

That is, the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b are formed linearly when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft 965c, and the length dimension distance between the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b is the same as that of the distal end portion 965a of the present embodiment. If it is set to be approximately equal to the distance including the rotating portion 965b, the sliding displacement amount of the displacement member 966 can be made equivalent to that of the present embodiment, but the distance between the solenoid 610 and the displacement member 966 increases, The whole becomes large.

On the other hand, the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b are formed linearly when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft 965c, and the length dimension distance between the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b is rotated from the insertion portion 965e of the present embodiment. When the distance dimension to the shaft 965c is set to be substantially the same (the distance between the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b is shortened), the distance between the solenoid 610 and the displacement member 966 can be made equivalent to that of the present embodiment. However, the displacement amount of the displacement member 966 becomes small.

In contrast, according to the present embodiment, the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b are bent in a substantially V-shape when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft 965c, so that the displacement member 966 slides. The distance between the solenoid 610 and the displacement member 966 can be suppressed while securing the amount. Also, the projecting portion 965d is formed on the rear side (the right side in FIG. 96(a)) of the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b opposite to the displacement member 966. As shown in FIG. As a result, the transmission member 965 can be miniaturized by effectively utilizing the space created by bending the distal end portion 965a and the rotating portion 965b. That is, the transmission member 965 is efficiently disposed in the space between the rolling portion 943a (ball throwing unit 970 described later) of the front unit 940 and the passage member 955 of the specific prize winning port unit 950, thereby reducing the overall size. can be achieved.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 97 and 98, the connection between drive unit 960 and displacement member 966 will be described in detail. FIG. 97 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 taken along line XCVII--XCVII in FIG. 98(a) and 98(b) are cross-sectional views of the winning opening unit 930 taken along line XCVIII-XCVIII in FIG. 98(a) shows the state before the solenoid 610 operates, and FIG. 98(b) shows the state after the solenoid 610 operates.

As shown in FIGS. 97 and 98, when the drive unit 960 and the front unit 940 are assembled, the tip 965a of the transmission member 965 is inserted into the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966. As shown in FIGS.

Therefore, as described above, when the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960 is driven and the distal end portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is displaced to the other side in the gravitational direction (upward in FIG. 98(a)), FIGS. As shown in FIG. 98(b), the bulging portion 965e1 of the insertion portion 965e and the contacted portion 966b2 on one side of the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 come into contact with each other, and the displacement member 966 is slid to the other side in the gravity direction. be done.

As described above, when the displacement member 966 is slid to the other side in the gravitational direction (the side of the second winning opening 140), the projection 945b of the feather member 945 is displaced and the feather member 945 is opened. That is, by applying electric power to the body portion 961a of the solenoid 610, the feather member 945 is brought into an open state.

On the other hand, when the application (supply) of electric power to the body portion 961a of the solenoid 610 is cut off, the tip portion 965a of the transmission member 965 is aligned in the direction of gravity due to the biasing force of the coil spring SP1 disposed in the solenoid 610 as described above. side (lower side in FIG. 98(a)). As a result, as shown in FIG. 98(a), the opposite surface of the bulging portion 965e1 contacts the contact portion 966b3 on the other side of the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966, causing the displacement member 966 to move to one side in the direction of gravity. Slide is displaced.

As described above, when the displacement member 966 is slid to one side in the gravitational direction (the side of the specific winning opening 65a), the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945 is displaced, and the feather member 945 is closed. That is, by cutting off the application (supply) of electric power to the main body portion 961a of the solenoid 610, the feather member 945 is brought into the closed state.

In this case, since the blade member 945 can be in the closed state while the application (supply) of power to the body portion 961a is cut off, the body portion 961a can be closed due to disconnection of the wiring of the body portion 961a or due to fraud by the player. When the wiring is cut, it is possible to prevent the feather member 945 from being in the open state and the game ball from easily flowing into the second winning hole 140 .

Further, the rotational displacement of the transmission member 965 is transmitted to the displacement member 966 through a connecting hole 966b1 formed at a substantially intermediate position of the displacement member 966 in the lateral direction. Thereby, it is possible to easily allow the posture change of the displacement member between the pair of feather members 945 and the transmission member 965 . Therefore, the displacement member 966 can be smoothly slid with the rotation of the transmission member. As a result, the feather member 945 can be reliably opened or closed.

That is, when the transmission member 965 rotates, the displacement member 966 is slid and displaced to open or close the pair of feather members 945. Only one of the pair of feather members 945 receives the load from the game ball. When acted on, the posture of the displacement member 966 is changed, and the displacement member 966 is connected to the pair of feather members 945 at two points, and is also connected to the transmission member 965 at two points. In this case, it is difficult to allow a change in the posture of the displacement member 966 between the pair of feather members 945 and the transmission member 965, and the resistance when the displacement member 966 is slidably displaced (that is, the transmission member 965 is rotated) is occurs and obstructs the opening or closing of the wing members. In contrast, according to the present invention, the displacement member 966 is connected to the pair of blade members 945 at two points and is connected to the transmission member 965 at one point. Even if the load from the game ball acts on only one of the 945, it is possible to easily allow the posture change of the displacement member 966 between the pair of feather members 945 and the transmission member 965.

Furthermore, the width dimension D1 (see FIG. 98(a)) of the abutment surface between the one side abutted portion 966b2 and the other side abutted portion 966b3 of the insertion portion 965e is equal to the maximum external dimension D2 (FIG. 98A) of the projection 945b. (a)) is set smaller than three times. This makes it easier to allow the change in posture of the displacement member 966 between the pair of feather members 945 and the transmission member 965 . That is, when the width dimension D1 of the insertion portion 965e is set large, when the posture of the displacement member 966 is changed between the pair of feather members 945 and the transmission member 965, the insertion portion 965e and the connecting hole 966b1 are displaced. The position of the displacement member 966 is restricted by setting the width dimension D1 of the insertion portion 965e to be smaller than three times the maximum outer dimension D2 of the protrusion 945b. Controlling change can be suppressed. As a result, the posture change of the displacement member 966 between the pair of feather members 945 and the transmission member 965 can be easily allowed.

Note that the width dimension D1 of the insertion portion 965e is preferably set smaller than twice the maximum outer dimension D2 of the projection 945b. According to this, when the posture of the displacement member 966 changes, it is possible to easily suppress the contact between the insertion portion 965e and the connecting hole 966b1. As a result, the posture change of the displacement member 966 between the pair of feather members 945 and the transmission member 965 can be easily allowed.

Next, the specific winning slot unit 950 will be described with reference to FIGS. 99 to 101. FIG. 99(a) is a front view of the specific winning slot unit 950, FIG. 99(b) is a rear view of the specific winning slot unit 950, and FIG. 99(c) is a top view of the specific winning slot unit 950. It is a diagram. 100 is an exploded perspective front view of the specific winning hole unit 950, and FIG. 101 is an exploded perspective rear view of the specific winning hole unit 950. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 99 to 101, the specific winning hole unit 950 includes a ball entry member 953 formed in a box-like body that opens toward the player side (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 99), and the opening of the ball entry member 953. A plate member 951 arranged to cover a portion, a passage member 955 arranged on the opposite side of the plate member 951 with the ball-entering member 953 interposed therebetween, and a drive unit 957 for operating the plate member 951. It is formed.

The plate member 951 is made of a colored translucent resin material, and allows the player to visually recognize the game ball flowing down the side of the entering ball member 953 via the plate member 951 . The plate member 951 includes a main body portion 951a formed in a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front; and an engaging portion 951d protruding toward the ball-entering member 953 from the other end in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 951a.

The main body portion 951a is formed in a size that covers the open side of the ball entry member 953, which will be described later, when viewed from the front, and has a shape that is slightly smaller than the inner edge shape of the specific winning opening 65a of the front unit 940 described above. .

The shaft hole 951b is formed on one side of the main body 951a in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), and both ends in the longitudinal direction are coaxially set. Further, the shaft hole 951b is formed with an inner diameter slightly larger than the outer diameter of the rod member 952, which will be described later, so that the rod member 952 can be inserted inside. Therefore, the plate member 951 can be pivotally supported with respect to the ball-entering member 953 by supporting the ball-entering member 953 while the rod member 952 is inserted into the shaft hole 951b.

The protrusion 951c is formed to protrude from one side in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 951a. As a result, when the plate member 951 is rotationally displaced about the shaft hole 951b by the driving of the drive unit 957, which will be described later, and the other side of the plate member 951 in the direction of gravity is inclined toward the game area, the main body portion 951a It is possible to prevent the falling game ball from falling from one side in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 951a.

The engaging portion 951d has a recessed portion 951d1 that is partially recessed at the projecting tip. A distal end portion 958c of a transmission member 958, which will be described later, is connected to the inside of the concave portion 951d1, and the operation of the drive unit 957 is transmitted. In addition, when the plate member 951 is rotationally displaced about the shaft hole 951b, the engaging portion 951d partially protrudes toward the flow-down area side, so that the game ball that has flowed down to the main body portion 951a can be suppressed from falling from the other side in the longitudinal direction.

The ball entry member 953 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material. The ball-entering member 953 includes a main body portion 953a formed in a box shape that is oblong in the front view, a standing wall 953b erected on the surface opposite to the open side of the main body portion 953a, and an opening of the main body portion 953a. an engaging portion 953f projecting from the surface opposite to the main body portion 953a; A wall portion 953d projecting from both longitudinal direction outer sides of the edge portion toward the plate member 951 side, an insertion hole 953e penetrating from the passage member 955 side to the plate member 951 side on the other side of the main body portion 953a in the longitudinal direction, and the main body Projecting portions 953g projecting from both ends in the longitudinal direction of the portion 953a, projections 953h projecting from the open-side edge portion of the main body portion 953a toward the plate member 951, and two portions penetrating the bottom surface of the main body portion 953a. , and an inflow port 953j.

The body portion 953a is formed in a box-shaped inner portion with a size that allows game balls to pass through, and has an opening 953a1 that opens toward the plate member 951 and a rolling surface that rolls the game balls flowing in from the opening 953a1. 953a2. Further, the outer shape of the main body portion 953a in a front view is formed slightly smaller than the inner edge shape of the standing portion 942f of the front unit 940 described above. As a result, the main body portion 953a (ball entry member 953) can be inserted inside the standing portion 942f and fastened and fixed to the front unit 940. As shown in FIG. A detailed description of the inner shape of the main body portion 953a will be given later.

In addition, the longitudinal dimension of the main body portion 953a is set larger than the spaced distance of the pair of feather members 945 on the outside in the opposing direction. Thereby, even when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the outer peripheral surface of the pair of feather members 945, the game ball can be made to flow into the main body portion 953a through the specific winning hole 65a.

The shape of the inner edge of the opening 953a1 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the game ball, and when the plate member 951 is in the open state, the game ball can flow into the main body portion 953a through the opening 953a1. can.

The rolling surface 953a2 is the inner edge of the main body 953a on the lower side in the direction of gravity, and is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from above. In addition, the dimension in the direction (transverse direction) from the back side (passage member 955 side) to the front side (plate member 951 side) is formed larger than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the game ball thrown from the opening 953a1 to the inner side of the main body portion 953a can be rolled on the rolling surface 953a2.

The standing wall 953b is a wall that holds the detection device SE1 arranged on the side opposite to the open side of the main body portion 953a, and surrounds the three-direction outer peripheral surfaces of the detection device SE1 that is formed in a substantially horizontally long rectangular shape when viewed from the rear. formed to size.

The engaging portion 953f is formed along the outer peripheral surface of the detection device SE1 except for the three directions surrounded by the standing wall 953b. As a result, the detection device SE1 can be arranged inside the portion surrounded by the standing wall 953b and the engaging portion 953f. In addition, the engaging portion 953f is bent toward the erected wall 953b at a tip portion separated from the base end by a distance corresponding to the thickness of the detection device SE1. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the detecting device SE1 and the engaging portion 953f from coming off due to the engagement of the detecting device SE1 and the engaging portion 953f.

The detection device SE1 is a device for detecting passage of a game ball, and a detection hole SE1a having an inner diameter slightly larger than that of the game ball is formed through the detection device SE1 in its thickness direction. The detection hole SE1a is formed in either one or the other of the longitudinal directions of the detection device SE1, which is arranged in a horizontally long rectangular state when viewed from the rear. Alternatively, a detection substrate SE1b for controlling the detection device SE1 is disposed on one side. Further, the detection hole SE1a is arranged at a position corresponding to an inflow port 953j, which will be described later, and allows game balls flowing into the inflow port 953j to pass therethrough.

The annular protrusion 953c is formed to protrude from a plurality of annular portions on the side opposite to the open side of the main body portion 953a, and a screw for fastening and fixing the passage member 955 and the entrance member 953 is screwed to the inner edge portion of the annular protrusion 953c.

A pair of wall portions 953d are formed on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 953a, and the distance dimension between the opposing walls is formed shorter than the longitudinal dimension of the plate member 951 . Thereby, the plate member 951 can be disposed between the pair of wall portions 953d facing each other.

The wall portion 953d is formed with a circular shaft hole 953d1 penetrating in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 953a (horizontal direction in FIG. 99(a)). The shaft hole 953 d 1 is formed to have substantially the same size as the inner diameter of the shaft hole 951 b of the plate member 951 . Therefore, after disposing the plate member 951 between the pair of wall portions 953d facing each other, the plate member 951 can be moved by inserting the rod members 952 into the shaft holes 953d1 and 951b from both sides in the longitudinal direction of the plate member 951. It can be pivotally supported on the ball entry member 953 .

Furthermore, the wall portion 953d is formed to have a projection dimension smaller than the recess distance of the recess 941h formed in the rear base 941 of the front unit 940 described above. Therefore, by combining the front unit 940 and the specific winning hole unit 950, the wall portion 953d can be accommodated inside the concave portion 941h. This can prevent the rod member 952 inserted into the shaft hole 953d1 and the shaft hole 951b from coming out.

The insertion hole 953e is a hole through which a part of the transmission member 965 arranged in the passage member 955 described later is inserted toward the plate member 951, and is formed at a position corresponding to the transmission member 965 arranged in the passage member 955. be done.

The projecting portion 953g is formed to project on the axis of the connecting projection 942j of the front unit 940. As shown in FIG. In addition, in a state in which the front unit 940 and the specific winning slot unit 950 are combined, the inner circle 942j1 of the connecting projection 942j and the insertion hole 953g1 penetrating the projecting portion 953g are arranged coaxially, The provided portion 953g and the connecting projection 942j are brought into contact with each other. As a result, the specific winning opening unit 950 and the front unit 940 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screw inserted through the insertion hole 953g1 from the specific winning opening unit 950 side into the inner circle 942j1.

The protrusion 953h is formed to protrude toward the plate member 951 side. As a result, when the plate member 951 is displaced by a drive unit 957, which will be described later, a game ball is less likely to be caught between the plate member 951 and the edge of the body portion 953a.

Also, the projection 953h is formed at substantially the same position in the longitudinal direction of the projection 951c of the plate member 951 and the engagement portion 951d of the plate member 951 (horizontal direction in FIG. 99(a)). This makes it difficult for the game ball to roll on the projecting side of the projection 953h. As a result, when the plate member 951 is displaced, the game ball is less likely to be caught between the plate member 951 and the protrusion 951c.

The inflow port 953j is formed by opening from the plate member 951 side to the passage member 955 side in an inner edge shape larger than the diameter of the game ball. The inflow port 953j is a hole through which a game ball that has flowed into the inside of the main body portion 953a is fed to the passage member 955, and a pair of the inflow ports 953j are formed in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 953a.

Here, a game comprising a ball entrance into which a game ball can enter, an opening/closing member for opening and closing the ball entrance, and a passage member forming a passage for the game ball entered into the ball entrance machine is known. The ball entrance is formed in a size that allows a plurality of game balls to enter at the same time, and the game balls entered into the ball entrance are collected in the passage member by rolling on the rolling surface, and are collected in the passage member. one ball at a time. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, if the ball entrance is enlarged, the rolling distance (length of the rolling surface) of the game ball from the end of the ball entrance to the passage member is correspondingly increased. Therefore, it takes time to reach the passage member, and another game ball is entered from the ball entrance before the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, which tends to cause over-winning. rice field.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the inlets 953j are formed in a pair (at two locations) at a predetermined interval. The rolling distance (length of rolling surface) of the game ball can be shortened. Therefore, the time required to reach the inlet 953j can be shortened, and the liquid can flow into the inlet 953j in a short period of time. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed by the plate member 951, thereby suppressing over-winning.

Further, the detection device SE1 for detecting the inflow of game balls into the entering ball member 953 is arranged at a connecting portion between the inflow port 953j and the concave portion 955a of the passage member 955, which will be described later. As a result, the game ball entering the opening 953a1 of the body portion 953a can be detected in a shorter time. Therefore, it is possible to suppress another game ball from being entered before the opening 953a1 is closed by the plate member 951, thereby suppressing over-winning.

In addition, the inlet 953j is formed at a position that does not overlap the pair of feather members 945 in the closed state in the direction of gravity when the front unit 940 and the specific prize winning unit 950 are fastened. That is, a pair of feather members 945 in a closed state are arranged between a pair of inlets 953j.

Here, as described above, the specific winning opening unit 950 is disposed below the second winning opening 140 (the pair of feather members 945) in the gravity direction. In addition, since the pair of feather members 945 are disposed in the game area, the game ball flowing down the game area is less likely to flow downward in the gravity direction of the pair of feather members 945 . Therefore, the inflow position of the game ball flowing into the ball entry member 953 of the specific winning port unit 950 is biased. In this embodiment, as described above, the inflow port 953j is formed at a position that does not overlap with the pair of feather members 945 in the closed state in the direction of gravity, so that the inflow port 953j is located at a position where a large amount of game balls flow into the ball entry member 953. The inflow port 953j can be brought closer. Thereby, the game ball flowing into the ball entering member 953 can be made to flow into the inflow port 953j in a short time. As a result, over-winning of game balls to the entering ball member 953 can be suppressed.

The passage member 955 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, and has an outer shape when viewed from the front that is substantially the same as the outer shape of the above-described ball-entering member 953 when viewed from the front. Further, the passage member 955 includes a pair of recessed portions 955a recessed at positions facing the detection holes SE1a of the respective detection devices SE1, and a pair of recessed portions 955a located on the other side in the longitudinal direction and extending from the drive unit 957 side to the ball entry member 953 side. a pair of third openings 955c penetrating from the driving unit 957 side to the ball entering member 953 side at both ends in the longitudinal direction; and a second recessed portion 955f located between a pair of recessed portions 955a and recessed from the drive unit 957 side.

The recessed portion 955a is a passage for guiding the game ball inserted through the detection hole SE1a, and the recessed dimension in the longitudinal direction of the passage member 955 and the recessed dimension on the drive unit 957 side are set larger than the diameter of the game ball. be done.

The second opening 955b is a space in which a connecting member 957c and a transmission member 958 of the drive unit 957, which will be described later, are arranged. A shaft portion 955b1 (see FIG. 102(a)) projecting in the longitudinal direction of the passage member 955 in a cylindrical shape is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the second opening 955b. The shaft portion 955b1 has an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 958b of the transmission member 958, and the transmission member 958 can be supported by inserting the shaft portion 955b1 through the shaft hole 958b.

The third opening 955c is a space for arranging the detection device SE2 in which the direction of insertion of the detection hole SE1a is parallel to the direction of gravity, and is set to have substantially the same external shape as the detection device SE2 when viewed from the front. . Accordingly, the detection device SE2 can be arranged inside the third opening 955c. In addition, the detection hole SE1 of the detection device SE2 protrudes toward the ball entry member 953 when the detection device SE2 is arranged inside the third opening 955c.

An engaging portion 955e protrudes toward the drive unit 957 from the edge of the third opening 955c. The engaging portion 955e has its projecting tip bent inside the third opening 955c. When the detection device SE2 is arranged in the third opening 955c, the bent portion of the engaging portion 955e is engaged with the detection substrate SE1b side of the detection device SE2. As a result, it is possible to prevent the detection device SE2 inserted inside the third opening 955c from slipping out to the drive unit 957 side.

The rolling part 955d is curved in an arc shape. Further, the rolling portion 955d is connected to the third ball feeding portion 942e of the front unit 940 at its end on the side of the plate member 951 when the front unit 940 and the specific winning hole unit 950 are combined. Thereby, the game ball flowing into the second out port 941f of the front unit 940 can be thrown to the rolling portion 955d of the specific winning port unit 950 .

The other end side of the rolling portion 955d is positioned on the other side in the gravitational direction of the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE2 arranged in the third opening 955c. As a result, the game ball rolling on the rolling portion 955d can be dropped from the other end side and inserted into the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE2. As a result, the number of game balls that have flowed into the second out port 941f can be measured by the detection device SE2.

The second recessed portion 955f is formed between a pair of recessed portions 955a that serve as passages for game balls as described above. The second recessed portion 955f is a recess in which the drive unit 960 described above is arranged, and the distance dimension in the longitudinal direction of the passage member 955 (horizontal direction in FIG. It is set to be larger than the distance dimension in the lateral direction of the accommodation portion 963 (vertical direction in FIG. 93(b)).

The second recessed portion 955f is formed with an insertion hole 955h penetrating through the passage member 955 at a longitudinally intermediate position and a projection 955g projecting toward the drive unit 957 side. The insertion hole 955h is a hole for inserting a screw that fastens the ball insertion member 953 and the passage member 955, and is formed with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the tip of the screw.

The protrusion 955g is formed in a columnar shape, and has a circular fastening hole 955g1 recessed in the center thereof. The fastening hole 955g1 is a hole into which a screw for fastening the drive unit 960 and the passage member 955 (the specific prize winning port unit 950) is screwed, and faces the long hole 963f formed in the second housing portion 963 of the drive unit 960. It is formed at the position where Thereby, the driving unit 960 and the passage member 955 (the specific winning opening unit 950) can be fastened and fixed.

The drive unit 957 is formed including a solenoid 957a, a case member 957b covering the solenoid 957a, and a connecting member 957c arranged at a displacement portion of the solenoid 957a.

The solenoid 957a includes a body portion 957a1 formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, a shaft portion 957a2 inserted into the body portion 957a1 and displaceable with respect to the body portion 957a1, and a side of the shaft portion 957a2 opposite to the body portion 957a1. and a coil spring SP2 disposed between the annular portion 957a3 and the body portion 957a1.

The body portion 957a1 is a coil portion that generates magnetism when electric power is applied (supplied), and the magnetism allows the shaft portion 957a2 to be inserted into the body portion 957a1 to be drawn toward the inside of the body portion 957a1 and inserted. be done.

The shaft portion 957a2 is made of a magnetic metal material and has a cylindrical shape. The shaft portion 957a2 is arranged with its axial direction directed toward the passage member 955, and is arranged such that a portion on the rear base 941 side protrudes from the main body portion 957a1.

The annular portion 957a3 is arranged at the end of the shaft portion 957a2 protruding from the body portion 957a1. A connecting member 957c, which will be described later, is connected to the annular portion 957a3. Accordingly, when the shaft portion 957a2 is displaced with respect to the main body portion 957a1, the displacement is transmitted from the annular portion 957a3 to the connecting member 957c, thereby displacing the connecting member 957c.

The coil spring SP2 is a spring member that is spirally wound multiple times. The coil spring SP2 is arranged around the shaft portion 957a2 and is arranged in a slightly compressed state between the opposing annular portion 957a3 and the body portion 957a1. As a result, the annular portion 957a3 can be biased in a direction away from the body portion 957a1. Therefore, when power is not applied (supplied) to the main body portion 957a1, the annular portion 957a3 can be kept separated from the main body portion 957a1. In addition, when the application (supply) of electric power is interrupted after the application (supply) of power to the main body portion 957a1, the annular portion 957a3 can be quickly separated from the main body portion 957a1.

The case member 957b is formed in a box-like body that covers the body portion 957a1 of the solenoid 957a, and one surface on the side into which the shaft portion 957a2 is inserted is open. Further, the case member 957b is formed with an insertion hole 957b1 passing through the shaft portion 957a2 in the axial direction, and an opening 957b2 penetratingly formed on the side opposite to the open side.

The insertion hole 957b1 is a screw hole for inserting a screw that fastens the passage member 955 and the case member 957b (drive unit 957), and is formed larger than the external shape of the tip of the screw. A screw inserted through the insertion hole 957 b 1 is screwed into the passage member 955 .

The opening 957b2 is formed on the opposite side of the shaft portion 957a2. Thereby, the wiring HS1 (see FIG. 105) can be connected to the body portion 957a1 through the opening 957b2.

The connecting member 957c is made of a colorless and transparent resin material. The connecting member 957c is formed in a plate-like body parallel to a plane orthogonal to the axis of the annular portion 957a3 of the solenoid 957a. The connecting member 957c has a first recessed portion 957c1 recessed from the end face on one side in the gravity direction (lower side in FIG. 99(b)) with a dimension larger than the diameter of the annular portion 957a3, and the first recessed portion. A second recessed portion 957c2 located on the solenoid 957a side of the 957c1 and recessed to a dimension larger than the diameter of the shaft portion 957a2, and an engaging portion 957c3 protruding toward the entering ball member 953 side.

The first recessed portion 957c1 is a groove into which the annular portion 957a3 of the solenoid 957a is inserted, and is formed in a substantially U shape with one open side in the direction of gravity when viewed in cross section. Further, the groove width of the first recessed portion 957c1 is set to be larger than the plate thickness of the annular portion 957a3. As a result, the annular portion 957a3 can be inserted into the first recessed portion 957c1.

The second recessed portion 957c2 is a notch that suppresses interference between the shaft portion 957a2 and the connecting member 957c when the annular portion 957a3 is disposed inside the first recessed portion 957c1 as described above. It is formed in a substantially U shape that is open on one side in the direction of gravity when viewed from the rear, and is formed so as to open from the side of the first concave portion 957c1 to the side of the solenoid 957a.

The engaging portion 957c3 is bent in a substantially L shape when viewed from the side. A connecting portion 958a of a transmission member 958, which will be described later, is provided inside the bent portion of the engaging portion 957c3. Accordingly, when the connecting member 957c is operated by the displacement of the solenoid 957a, the connecting portion 958a contacts the inner edge of the engaging portion 957c3 and the transmission member 958 is displaced. A detailed description of the displacement of the transmission member 958 will be given later.

The transmission member 958 is formed in a substantially triangular plate-like body when viewed from the side. The transmission member 958 has a circular shaft hole 958b penetrating in the plate thickness direction, a connecting portion 958a cylindrically protruding in the plate thickness direction from the end on the connecting member 957c side, and a tip portion protruding toward the plate member 951 side. 958c.

The shaft hole 958b is a through hole into which the shaft portion 955b1 (see FIG. 102(a)) is inserted, as described above. Further, the shaft hole 958b is formed such that its inner diameter is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 955b1. As a result, the transmission member 958 is rotatably supported by the passage member 955 .

The connecting portion 958a is arranged inside the bent portion of the engaging portion 957c3, as described above. Accordingly, when the connecting member 957c is operated by displacement of the solenoid 957a, the connecting portion 958a contacts the inner edge of the engaging portion 957c3, and the transmission member 958 is rotationally displaced about the shaft hole 958b.

The distal end portion 958c is inserted into the concave portion 951d1 of the plate member 951 and arranged. Therefore, when the solenoid 957a is operated and the transmission member 958 is rotated about the axis of the shaft hole 958b, the distal end portion 958c is displaced to push up the engaging portion 951d. Thereby, the plate member 951 can be rotated.

Next, displacement of the plate member 951 will be described with reference to FIGS. 102 and 103. FIG. Figures 102(a) and 102(b) are sectional views of the specific winning port unit 950 along line CII-CII in Figure 99(c). FIGS. 103(a) and 103(b) are perspective front views of the specific winning slot unit 950. FIG.

102(a) and 103(a) show the closed state of the plate member 951, and FIGS. 103(a) and 103(b) show the open state of the plate member 951. As shown in FIG. The closed state of the plate member 951 means that the body portion 951a covers the opening of the body portion 953a of the ball-entering member 953. The open state of the plate member 951 means that the body portion 951a covers the body of the ball-entering member 953. It is in a state separated from the opening of the portion 953a.

As shown in FIGS. 102(a) and 103(a), when power is not applied (supplied) to the body portion 957a1 of the solenoid 957a, the biasing force of the coil spring SP2 causes the shaft portion 957a2 to become a plate member. It protrudes toward 951 (left side in FIG. 102(a)). Accordingly, the connecting member 957c arranged on the shaft portion 957a2 (annular portion 957a3) is similarly arranged on the plate member 951 side away from the body portion 957a1 side.

In this case, as described above, the connecting portion 958a (see FIG. 101) of the transmission member 958 is arranged inside the engaging portion 957c3 of the connecting member 957c, so the connecting portion 958a is pushed out toward the plate member 951 side. As a result, force is transmitted to the distal end portion 958c of the transmission member 958 in the direction of rotation in the gravity direction one side (lower side in FIG. 102(a)) about the shaft hole 958b.

When the tip portion 958c is pushed down to one side in the direction of gravity, the tip portion 958c and the concave portion 951d1 come into contact with each other, and the body portion 951a of the plate member 951 approaches the opening 953a1 side of the body portion 953a of the entering ball member 953. is rotated to Thereby, the plate member 951 can be maintained in the closed state.

When the plate member 951 is closed, the surface of the connecting member 957c on the side of the plate member 951 and the surface of the transmission member 958 on the side of the solenoid 957a are brought into contact with each other. As a result, when the player makes an illegal operation and forcibly opens the plate member 951 side, the surface of the connecting member 957c on the side of the plate member 951 is pushed out by the surface of the transmission member 958 on the side of the solenoid 957a. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the application of force to the connecting portion 958a or the engaging portion 957c3 due to improper operation. As a result, damage to the connecting portion 958a or the engaging portion 957c3 can be suppressed.

As shown in FIGS. 102(b) and 103(b), when power is applied (supplied) to the body portion 957a1 of the solenoid 957a, the shaft portion 957a2 is drawn (adsorbed) inside the body portion 957a1. state. Accordingly, the connecting member 957c arranged on the shaft portion 957a2 (annular portion 957a3) is similarly arranged on the main body portion 957a1 side.

In this case, as described above, the connecting portion 958a (see FIG. 101) of the transmission member 958 is arranged inside the engaging portion 957c3 of the connecting member 957c. (right side of FIG. 102(b)). As a result, a force is transmitted to the transmission member 965 in a direction to rotate the distal end portion 958c about the shaft hole 958b toward the other side in the gravitational direction (the upper side in FIG. 102(b)).

When the tip portion 958c is pushed up to the other side in the direction of gravity, the tip portion 958c and the concave portion 951d1 come into contact with each other, and the main body portion 951a of the plate member 951 is separated from the opening side of the main body portion 953a of the ball-entering member 953. is rotated in the direction Thereby, the plate member 951 can be opened.

Further, when the plate member 951 is displaced from the closed state to the open state, the weight of the plate member 951 can be used to displace the plate member 951 in the opening direction. It is possible to suppress the force applied to the As a result, damage to the connecting portion 958a or the engaging portion 957c3 can be suppressed.

Next, referring to FIG. 104, the inner portion of the main body portion 953a of the ball entry member 953 will be described. FIG. 104(a) is a front view of the specific winning opening unit 950, and FIG. 104(b) is a sectional view of the specific winning opening unit 950 along line CIVb-CIVb of FIG. 104(a). Note that FIG. 104(a) shows a state in which the plate member 951 is removed, and FIG. 104(b) shows a state in which the plate member 951 is attached. 104(a) and 104(b) illustrate the closed state of the plate member 951. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 104, inside the main body portion 953a, there is an inclined surface 954a that inclines to one side in the gravitational direction outward from an intermediate position in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 953a (horizontal direction in FIG. 104(a)). A recessed portion 954b recessed at the end of the inclined surface 954a, a projecting portion 954c projecting from the connecting portion of the inclined surface 954a and the recessed portion 954b, both surfaces in the longitudinal direction and a surface on the side of the passage member 955. 954d of standing installation walls set up in a row are formed.

The inclined surface 954a is a rolling surface of a game ball that rolls a game ball flowing between a pair of inflow ports 953j to the inflow port 953j side, and is formed to be inclined downward toward the inflow port 953j side. . As a result, the game ball that flows into the space facing the inflow port 953j can roll to the inflow port 953j.

The recess 954b is located in front of the inlet 953j (lower in FIG. 104(b)) and is recessed toward one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity). In addition, the concave portion 954b is formed such that the concave tip surface is inclined downward toward the inlet 953j, and receives the game ball rolling on the rolling surface 953a2 of the main body portion 953a. can be guided to the recessed portion 955a). Therefore, the game ball entered from the opening 953a1 of the main body portion 953a can be made to flow into the recessed portion 955a of the passage member 955 in a short period of time. of game balls can be suppressed to suppress over-winning.

Further, the recessed portion 954b extends linearly in a direction substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 (vertical direction in FIG. 104(b)). As a result, the game ball rolling on the rolling surface 953a2 in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 (horizontal direction in FIG. It can be guided (flowed) by time. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed by the plate member 951, thereby suppressing over-winning.

Furthermore, the concave portion 954b is set such that the width dimension L9 (see FIG. 104(b)) in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 is substantially the same as the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, when a plurality of game balls are received in the concave portion 954b, the game balls can be quickly flowed into the passage member 955 in an aligned state. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed by the plate member 951, thereby suppressing over-winning.

In addition, the width dimension of the concave portion 954b in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 is reduced from the passage member 955 side toward the opening 953a1 side (the plate member 951 side). Thereby, when a game ball rolling on the rolling surface 953a2 in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 is received in the concave portion 954b, the game ball can easily flow to the passage member 955 side. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed by the plate member 951, thereby suppressing over-winning.

The second inclined surface 954e is formed on the opposite side of the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling contact surface 953a2 with the concave portion 954b therebetween, and is inclined downward toward the inlet 953j (passage member 955). formed by As a result, the game ball entered on the side of the second inclined surface 954e rolls in front of the inlet 953j using the downward inclination of the second inclined surface 954e, and rolls quickly toward the passage member 955. can be made As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed by the plate member 951, thereby suppressing over-winning.

The standing wall 954d is formed at a position spaced apart from the second inclined surface 954e by a predetermined distance, and directs the rolling direction of the game ball flowing into the second inclined surface 954e to the inflow port 953j (passage member 955) side. It has two guide surfaces 954d1.

The second guide surface 954d1 is an end surface on the side of the opening 953a1, and is formed to be inclined from the side of the opening 953a1 toward the side of the inlet 953j toward the side of the recess 954b in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2. That is, the second guide surface 954d1 is inclined from the opening 953a1 toward the passage member 955 and is formed so as to contact the game ball rolling on the rolling surface 953a2. It is disposed between the passage member 955 and the passage member 955 . As a result, the game ball flowing into the body portion 953a from the longitudinal end portion of the opening 953a1 can be quickly rolled toward the passage member 955. As shown in FIG. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

The protruding portions 954c are formed at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the inclined surface 954a and protrude toward the other side in the gravitational direction (upper side in the gravitational direction). As a result, the rolling speed of the game ball rolling on the inclined surface 954a outward in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 104(b)) of the rolling surface 953a2 can be reduced before the recess 954b (passage member 955). . That is, while increasing the rolling speed of the game ball up to the recess 954b, the rolling of the game ball is decelerated in front of the recess 954b (immediately before), and the game ball passes through the recess 954b from the inclined surface 954a. Rolling up to the second inclined surface 954e can be suppressed. Therefore, the game ball can flow into the passage member 955 in a short period of time. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

The projecting portion 954c is formed in a substantially triangular shape when viewed from above, and one surface is connected to the surface opposite to the opening 953a1, and one of the remaining two surfaces is connected to the side edge portion 954c3 on the side of the recess 954b. is connected to the side surface of the recessed portion 954b, and the remaining one guide surface 954c1 is an opening 953a1 toward the rolling direction of the game ball of the inclined surface 954a of the game ball (the longitudinal direction outer direction of the rolling surface 953a2) It is formed sloping to the side. Thereby, the rolling speed in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the game ball rolling on the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 can be reduced before the recess 954b (passage member 955).

That is, up to the recess 954b, the rolling speed of the game ball in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 is increased, and the rolling in the longitudinal direction of the game ball is decelerated before (just before) the recess 954b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from rolling from the inclined surface 954a to the second inclined surface 954e through the concave portion 954b. Therefore, the game ball can flow into the passage member 955 in a short period of time. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

Further, as described above, the rotation axis of the plate member 951 is formed between both ends in the width direction of the opening 953a1 of the main body portion 953a. An end portion of the plate member 951 can be located on the one end (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the rolling surface 953a2. As a result, when the plate member 951 is in the open state, it is possible to prevent the game ball that has flowed into the main body portion 951a from jumping out from the opening 953a1 side of the main body portion 951a.

Furthermore, since the game ball guided to the opening 953a1 side by the guide surface 954c1 can be brought into contact with the plate member 951, the rolling speed of the game ball rolling on the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 is reduced. can be decelerated before the recess 954b (passage member 955). That is, while increasing the rolling speed of the game ball up to the recess 954b, the rolling of the game ball is decelerated in front of the recess 954b (immediately before), and the game ball passes through the recess 954b from the inclined surface 954a. Rolling up to the second inclined surface 954e can be suppressed. Therefore, the game ball can flow into the passage member 955 in a short period of time. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

Further, the guide surface 954c1 is formed in a downwardly inclined shape from the connection portion between the side edge portion 954c3 and the inlet 953j toward the side portion 954c2 of the connection portion with the inclined surface 954a. Thereby, while suppressing the game ball rolling on the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 from jumping out from the opening 953a1, the game ball is allowed to flow into the inlet 953j (passage member 955) in a short time. can be done.

That is, of the game balls that roll along the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 with the inclined surface 954a facing the passage member 955, the game ball with a relatively low (slow) rolling speed has an opening 933a1. Since there is little risk of it jumping out of the hole, it is brought into contact with the guide surface 954c1 and guided to the opening 953a1 side, thereby suppressing rolling from the inclined surface 954a to the second inclined surface 954e through the recessed portion 954b. Therefore, it can be made to flow into the passage member 955 in a short time. On the other hand, a game ball with a relatively high (fast) rolling speed can be guided over the guide surface 954c1 to the standing wall 954d formed on the side of the second inclined surface 954e. Therefore, the kinetic energy of the game ball is consumed by riding over the guide surface 954c1 and colliding with the erected wall 954d, and the speed can be reliably decelerated. Therefore, the game ball rolling on the inclined surface 954a in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 can be quickly made to flow into the inlet 953j (passage member 955) while preventing it from jumping out of the opening 953a1. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

A side edge portion 954c3 of the projecting portion 954c on the end surface opposite to the standing wall 954d extends in a direction substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2. The standing wall 954d has a second side edge portion 954d2 on the end surface opposite to the projecting portion 954c extending in a direction substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2. The side edge portion 954c3 has a length dimension L30 (see FIG. 104(b)) in a direction substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2, which is substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface 953a2 of the second side edge portion 954d2. It is set smaller than the length dimension L31 in the direction to As a result, the game ball that has climbed over the guide surface 954c1 can be brought into contact with the second side edge 954d2 of the erected wall 954d, and can be reliably decelerated and easily positioned in the vicinity of the passage member 955. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

Furthermore, the standing wall 954d is set such that the distance L32 (see FIG. 104(a)) between the intermediate position in the thickness direction and the second inclined surface 954e is substantially the same as the radius of the game ball. As a result, the game ball that has climbed over the guide surface 954c1 can be brought into contact with the second side edge portion 954d2 of the standing wall 954d, and can be reliably decelerated. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

A protruding portion 954c is positioned on the extension of the inclination direction of the second guide surface 954d1 of the standing wall 954d, and the game ball guided toward the concave portion 954b (passage member 955) by the second guide surface 954d1 rolls. Even if the moving speed is relatively high (low), the game ball can be brought into contact with the protruding portion 954c and decelerated. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member 955 in a short period of time. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

The projecting portion 954c is set such that the distance dimension L33 (see FIG. 104(a)) from the recessed surface of the recessed portion 954b to the projecting tip is set larger than the radius of the game ball. In addition, as described above, the protruding portion 954c is formed continuously with the side surface of the recessed portion 954b, so that the game ball guided toward the passage member 955 by the second guide surface 954d1 of the standing wall 954d rolls. Even when the speed is relatively high (fast), the game ball can easily come into contact with the projecting portion 954c. Therefore, such a game ball can be decelerated, and can be made to flow into the passage member 955 in a short period of time. As a result, by the plate member 951, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening 953a1 is closed, thereby suppressing over-winning.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 105 and 106, the assembled state of the specific winning hole unit 950 and the drive unit 960 will be described. 105(a) is a top view of the specific winning opening unit 950 and the driving unit 960, and FIG. 105(b) is a side view of the specific winning opening unit 950 and the driving unit 960. FIG. FIG. 106(a) is a cross-sectional view of the specific winning opening unit 950 and the drive unit 960 along line CVIa-CVIa in FIG. 105(a), and FIG. 106(b) is line CVIb-CVIb in FIG. 106(a). is a cross-sectional view of the specific winning opening unit 950 and the drive unit 960 in FIG.

105(a) and 105(b), the wiring HS1 connected to the solenoid 957a that operates the plate member 951 and the solenoid 610 that operates the pair of blade members (see FIG. 83(a)) are connected. A part of the wiring HS2 is shown. Also, in FIG. 106(b), part of the wiring HS3 connected to the detection device SE1 for detecting the number of game balls that have flowed into the specific winning hole 65a is shown.

As shown in FIGS. 105 and 106, the driving unit 960 for driving the feather members 945 (see FIG. 83(a)) of the winning opening unit 930 is located at a position where it partially overlaps the specific winning opening unit 950 when viewed from the front. formed in Thus, a space can be formed on the opposite side (back side) of the second winning hole 140 (pair of feather members 945) from the game area.

Here, conventionally, the second winning opening 140, the pair of feather members 945 for opening or closing the second winning opening 140, the first driving means for driving the pair of feather members 945, and the specific winning opening 65a , a game machine comprising a plate member 951 for opening or closing the specific prize winning port 65a, and a second driving means for driving the plate member 951 is known. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the first driving means and the second driving means are arranged on the back side of the pair of feather members 945 and the plate member 951, respectively. There was a problem that it was difficult to dispose other members and devices on the back side of the member 951, and it was difficult to effectively utilize the space.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the drive unit 960 for driving the pair of feather members 945 is arranged on the back side of the plate member 951, it is possible to form a space on the back side of the pair of feather members 945. Yes (see Figure 97). That is, the drive unit 960 for driving the pair of feather members and the drive unit 957 for driving the plate member 951 are concentrated on the back side of the plate member 951 (the specific winning opening 65a), thereby arranging other members and devices. A space for this can be secured on the back surface of the pair of feather members 945 (second winning opening 140), and the space can be effectively utilized accordingly.

Further, the operation means (drive unit 960) of the blade member 945 arranged near the central opening (where the center frame 86 is arranged) formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 82) is moved away from the central opening. By arranging it on the back side of the plate member 951 (specific winning port unit 950) arranged on the base plate, the movable body of the operation unit that is visible to the player through the inside of the central opening (center frame 86) It can be made difficult to be visually recognized by the player by retreating to the back side of 60 (opposite side to the game area).

That is, the movable body of the action unit is arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 when it is normally (retracted) so that it is difficult for the player to visually recognize it, and when it is movable (extends) it is located in the central opening (center frame 86) of the base plate 60. ), the operating means (driving unit 960) of the feather member 945 disposed near the central opening is positioned at a specific winning opening located far from the central opening. By arranging it at a position overlapping the unit 950 in the horizontal direction, the movable body can be easily arranged at a position away from the central opening when retracted. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize the movable body of the action unit during normal (retraction). As a result, when the movable body is moved to the protruding state, it is possible to easily give interest to the player.

Further, the plate member 951 is set to have a projected area larger than that of the pair of feather members 945 when viewed from the front. Therefore, the dead space behind the specific winning opening 65a (plate member 951) can be effectively utilized. That is, in the game board 13 provided with two displacement members (the plate member 951 and the pair of feather members 945), respective drive means (the drive unit 957 and the Since the drive unit 960) is arranged, each drive means can be easily arranged on the back surface of one displacement member (plate member 951), and the other displacement member (pair of feather members 945) can be easily arranged on the back surface side. Space can be formed.

Furthermore, the plate member 951 has a projected area larger than that of the driving unit 960 that drives the pair of blade members 945 and the driving unit 957 that drives the plate member 951 . The dead space behind the winning opening 65a (plate member 951) can be effectively utilized.

Further, as shown in FIG. 105(a), the drive unit 960 that drives the pair of feather members 945 and the drive unit 957 that drives the plate member 951 are arranged in the longitudinal direction of the plate member 951 (horizontal direction in FIG. 105(a)). are arranged side by side. Therefore, the dead space behind the specific winning opening 65a (plate member 951) can be effectively utilized.

In this case, as described above, the plate member 951 (specific prize winning unit 950) is disposed at a position spaced apart from the central opening of the base plate 60 (see FIG. 81) than the pair of feather members 945, The longitudinal direction is orthogonal to the separating direction. Thereby, the space on the back side of the pair of feather members 945 can be easily secured. As a result, the space on the back side of the pair of feather members 945 can be effectively utilized.

As described above, the rolling portion 943a is formed on the front base 943 of the front unit 940, the rolling portion 943a is disposed through the second winning opening 140 of the rear base 941, and the drive unit 960 is formed on the rear base. Since it is connected to 941 , the drive unit 960 can be held (arranged) on the front base 943 at the same time as the operation of fastening and fixing the rear base 941 to the front base 943 . Thus, it is possible to prevent forgetting to attach the drive unit 960 when attaching the front unit 940 and the ball throwing unit 970 to the base plate 60 (game board 13).

The solenoid 957a of the drive unit 957 and the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960 are set at substantially the same position on the side opposite to the plate member 951 side (rear side) of the specific winning hole unit 950, and the drive unit Wiring HS1 and wiring HS2 connected to the solenoid 957a of 957 and the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960 are connected from the end of the specific winning port unit 950 opposite to the plate member 951 side (back side). As a result, wiring of the solenoid 957a and the solenoid 610 can be easily organized. As a result, it is possible to prevent the wires from coming apart on the opposite side (rear side) of the game board 13 from the game area, and to prevent the wires HS1 and HS2 from interfering with other devices and accessories.

That is, the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960 that drives the blade member 945 and the solenoid 957a of the drive unit 957 that drives the plate member 951 are arranged in a posture in which the axial directions of the shaft portions 961b and 957a2 are oriented in the same direction. At the same time, the wiring HS1 and the wiring HS2 are connected (pulled out) to the opposite side of the main body portion 961a and the shaft portion 957a2 from the shaft portions 961b and 957a2. Accordingly, the wiring HS1 of the driving unit 960 and the wiring HS2 of the driving unit 957 can be easily put together.

The drive unit 960 that drives the pair of feather members 945 and the drive unit 957 that drives the plate member 951 are arranged at positions where both side surfaces in the direction of gravity are substantially flush. This makes it possible to simplify the shape of a partitioning member (not shown) that partitions the drive unit 957 and the drive unit 960 and restricts the electromagnetic field from flowing in the area where the drive unit 957 and the drive unit 960 are arranged.

That is, the sides of the main body portion 961a of the driving unit 960 and the main body portion 957a1 of the driving unit 957 are formed to have different sizes, or the main body portion 961a of the driving unit 960 and the main body portion 957a1 of the driving unit 957 are formed on both sides in the direction of gravity. If the surfaces are arranged at different positions in the gravitational direction, both side surfaces in the gravitational direction of the main body portion 961a of the drive unit 960 and the main body portion 957a1 of the drive unit 957 form a step. It becomes necessary to form a member, and the shape of such a partition member becomes complicated.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the drive unit 960 and the drive unit 957 are arranged at a position where both side surfaces of the main body portion 961a and the main body portion 957a1 in the gravitational direction are substantially flush with each other, and a step is formed between the outer surfaces. Therefore, the partition member can be made flat. As a result, the shape of the partition member can be simplified.

The partitioning member is a conductive barrier for partitioning the arrangement area of the drive unit 960 and the drive unit 957 from other areas and restricting the flow of electromagnetic waves between these areas. It is formed from a metal plate.

In addition, the transmission member 965 is disposed between the passage member 955 of the specific winning port unit 950 and the rolling portion 943a of the front unit 940 (see FIG. 97), and the transmission member 965 Since the displacement member 966 for opening and closing the pair of blade members 945 by sliding displacement with the rotation of is arranged, compared with the conventional product in which the pair of blade members 945 are opened and closed only by rotating members, the second prize A space can be secured on both sides (sides) of the rolling part 943a on the back side of the port 140. - 特許庁In addition, in order to avoid interference with the rotating member as in the conventional product, there is no need to bend the ball throwing path of the game ball flowing in from the second winning opening 140 toward the specific winning opening unit 950 side. The winning opening 140 can be brought close to the specific winning opening 65a.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 106(a) and 106(b), the drive unit 960 is arranged at a position overlapping with the detection board SE1b of the detection device SE2 arranged in a pair in the specific winning opening unit 950 in a front view. is set. That is, the detection device SE2 is arranged between the plate member 951 and the drive unit 960. As shown in FIG. As a result, for example, when the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with through the specific winning opening 65a, the drive unit 960 can be hidden by the detection board SE1b of the detection device SE1, so that such tampering can be performed. can be made difficult.

Here, as described above, when the driving means (driving unit 960) for driving the feather member 945 is arranged on the back side of the specific winning hole unit 950, a piano wire or the like is inserted from the gap of the pachinko machine 10. If a hole penetrating from the game area side to the drive unit 960 is formed in the ball entry member 953 with a drill or the like for the purpose of illegally operating the gaming machine by doing so, it is difficult for the clerk to discover the illegality. there was a risk of being

That is, since the plate member 951 is arranged on the game area (player) side of the ball entering member 953, the ball entering member 953 is hidden by the plate member 951, and the fraudulent use of the ball entering member 953 is prevented by the clerk. is difficult to find.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in order to secure the path from the specific winning opening 65a to the first driving means, for example, when a tool such as a drill is used to perform drilling or the like, detection is performed. Since the detection board SE1b of the device SE1 can be destroyed, by monitoring the state of the detection device SE1, it is possible to detect fraudulent activity. As described above, in the present embodiment, even if the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with through the specific winning opening 65a, the drive unit 960 can be prevented from opening the plate member 951 by closing the plate member 951. It is particularly effective to detect fraud by monitoring the state of the detection device SE1, because the area where the fraud has been committed is invisible.

In addition, since the detecting device SE1 is the same diversion product (ready-made product) as the detecting devices for detecting other game balls (for example, the detecting device SE2 and the detecting device SE3), the degree of freedom in the size of the outer shape is ensured. Can not. Therefore, a gap is formed between the facing detection devices SE1. Therefore, if the player drills the ball-entering member 953 with a drill or the like aiming at the gap, there is a possibility that the clerk cannot be notified of the player's cheating.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, the wiring HS3 is connected to the opposing sides of the pair of detection devices SE1. Thereby, the wiring HS3 can be arranged in the gap formed between the pair of detection devices SE1 facing each other. Therefore, when the player penetrates the gap between the pair of detection devices SE1 with a drill or the like, the wiring HS3 can be broken by the drill. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can be made to recognize the detection failure, so that the pachinko machine 10 can make it easier for the clerk to discover the fraud by informing the error.

That is, the wiring is relatively susceptible to damage. Therefore, in order to secure a path from the specific prize winning opening 65a to the drive unit, for example, if a tool such as a drill is used to make a hole, the wiring HS3 may be damaged (disconnected) due to the fraudulent act. ). Alternatively, it is possible to recognize that it is difficult to commit fraud without damaging (disconnecting) the wiring HS3, thereby making it easier to deter fraudulent activity.

An annular protrusion 953c into which a screw for fastening the ball entry member 953 and the passage member 955 is screwed is formed between the pair of detecting devices SE1. As a result, when the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with from the open side of the ball entry member 953 (the lower side of E10(a)), the screw screwed into the annular projection 953c allows the drive unit to be tampered with. 960 can be hidden, making such fraud more difficult. That is, as described above, it is difficult to shield the front surface of the drive unit 960 with the pair of detection devices SE1, and a gap is likely to be formed between the pair of detection devices SE1. , the unshielded area in front of the drive unit 960 can be compensated for by the screws, making fraud more difficult.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 106(b), the wiring HS3 is wound around the annular projection 953c of the entering ball member 953. As shown in FIG. Thereby, the wiring HS3 can be routed (positioned) over a wider range of the gap formed between the pair of detection devices SE1 facing each other. That is, a wider area in front of the drive unit 960 can be shielded by the wiring HS3. Therefore, for example, when the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with from the open side of the ball-entering member 953, such tampering can be made more difficult. Alternatively, it is possible to easily recognize that it is difficult to commit fraudulent acts without damaging (disconnecting) the wiring HS3, and it is possible to easily deter fraudulent acts.

Therefore, when the player penetrates the gap between the pair of detection devices SE1 with a drill or the like, the wire HS3 can be easily broken by the drill. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can be made to recognize the detection failure, so that the pachinko machine 10 can make it easier for the clerk to discover the fraud by informing the error.

Further, the wiring HS3 is wound around the annular protrusion 953c. As a result, force in the shearing direction is less likely to act on the connecting portion between the detection device SE1 and the wiring HS. That is, when the wiring HS3 is not wound around the annular protrusion 953c and is discharged outside the specific winning opening unit 950, the wiring HS3 is pulled by the specific winning opening unit 950 in the discharging direction, thereby detecting the wiring HS3. A shearing force acts on the connecting portion between the device SE1 and the wiring HS. Since the connecting portion between the detection device SE1 and the wiring HS3 is formed by an insertion type connector, it is easily cut by force in the shearing direction.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the wire HS3 is wound around the annular protrusion 953c, so that when the wire HS3 is pulled in the discharge direction of the specific winning hole unit 950, the connecting portion with the detection device SE1 can act in the direction in which the wiring HS3 is connected. As a result, it is possible to prevent the wiring HS3 from being cut at the connecting portion with the detection device SE1.

Also, the annular projection 953c formed between the pair of detection devices SE1 facing each other is formed at a position biased toward the end of the wire HS3 of the detection device SE1 on the side opposite to the discharge side. Therefore, since the wiring HS3 of the pair of detection devices SE1 is pulled out to the opposite side of the screw engagement position (annular projection 953c), the wiring HS3 is routed (positioned) over a wider range in front of the drive unit 960. be able to. That is, a wider area of the front surface of the drive unit 960 can be shielded by screws and wiring. Therefore, for example, when the plate member 951 is opened and the drive unit 960 is tampered with through the specific winning opening 65a, such tampering can be made more difficult.

Next, the overall configuration of the ball throwing unit 970 will be described with reference to FIGS. 107 and 108. FIG. 107(a) is a front view of the ball throwing unit 970, and FIG. 107(b) is a side view of the ball throwing unit 970. FIG. 108(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the ball throwing unit 970, and FIG. 108(b) is an exploded perspective rear view of the ball throwing unit 970. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 107 and 108, the ball throwing unit 970 includes a distribution unit 980 provided on the player side (game area side) and having a space in which game balls can be inserted, and a game area of the distribution unit 980. and a passage unit 990 arranged on the opposite side.

The sorting unit 980 includes openings (inflow port 982d and side wall portion 981b) connected to the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 140 of the winning port unit 930 described above. ) through the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 140 to the opposite side of the game area. A detailed description of the sorting unit 980 will be given later.

The passage unit 990 is disposed on the other end side of the sorting unit 980 in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction). The passage unit 990 has a plurality of openings (first insertion hole 991a to second insertion hole 991d) on the surface facing the distribution unit 980, and the game balls thrown inside the distribution unit 980 are received through the openings. A detailed description of the passage unit 990 will be given later.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 109 to 112, the configuration of distribution unit 980 will be described in detail. 109(a) is a front view of the sorting unit 980, and FIG. 109(b) is a side view of the sorting unit 980. FIG. 110 is an exploded perspective front view of the sorting unit 980, and FIG. 111 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit 980. FIG. 112(a) is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit 980 along line CXIIa-CXIIa in FIG. 109(a), and FIG. 112(b) is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit 980 along line CXIIb-CXIIb in FIG. 112(a). is.

As shown in FIGS. 109 to 112, the sorting unit 980 rotates between a rear base 985, a front base 981 arranged on the player side of the rear base 985, and the front base 981 and the rear base. It mainly includes a distribution part 983 arranged in a possible state, and a cover member 987 arranged at a position corresponding to the distribution part 983 on the rear side of the rear base 985 .

The rear base 985 is made of a colored translucent (blue in this embodiment) resin material, and includes a plate-shaped base portion 985a and a plurality of openings (openings) passing through the base portion 985a in the thickness direction. 985b to 985g), a recessed portion 985h recessed on the other side of the plurality of openings in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), and a housing portion 986b and a projecting portion 986e projecting from the opposite surface of the recessed portion 985h. formed with.

The base portion 985a is formed in a vertically elongated rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and has a plurality of fastening holes 986c and 986d circularly penetrating the outer edge thereof, and an inclined surface inclined toward one side in the direction of gravity opposite to the front base 981 side. 986a. The fastening hole 986c is a hole into which a screw inserted through the front base 981, which will be described later, is screwed. Thereby, the front base 981 and the rear base 985 can be fastened and fixed. Further, the fastening hole 986d is a hole into which a screw for inserting a passage unit 990, which will be described later, is screwed. Thereby, the rear base 985 (distribution unit 980) and the passage unit 990 can be fastened and fixed.

The inclined surface 986a is formed at a position overlapping part of the openings 985b to 985f, which will be described later, on the other side in the gravitational direction. Also, the inclined surface 986a is formed at a position facing the inclined portion 982b of the front base 981 when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. As a result, it is possible to guide the downward direction of the game balls flowing down in the direction of gravity to the side of the openings 985b to 985f. As a result, the game balls can be easily made to flow into the openings 985b to 985f.

The recessed portion 985h is recessed toward the side opposite to the front base 981 (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 109(b)) and is formed substantially in the center of the base portion 985a in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 109(b)). be done. Further, the recessed portion 985h is formed to have a size capable of accommodating a part of the distributing portion 983, which will be described later, inside, and has a bearing portion 985j projecting annularly from the bottom surface. The bearing portion 985j is a hole into which one end of the shaft member 988a that supports the distribution portion 983 is inserted, and is formed with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 988a.

The openings 985b and 985c are formed at both ends of the base portion 985a in the short direction, and the inner edge dimension is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. In addition, the openings 985b and 985c are formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) slopes downward toward the side opposite to the front base 981 side. Thereby, the game ball flowing in from the front base 981 side can be rolled to the side opposite to the front base 981 side.

The opening 985d is formed substantially in the center of the base portion 985a in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 109(b)), and is positioned substantially at the same position in the gravitational direction (vertical direction in FIG. 109(b)) as the openings 985b and 985c. position. Similarly to the openings 985b and 985c, the opening 985d is formed so that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) slopes downward toward the side opposite to the front base 981 side. Thereby, the game ball flowing in from the front base 981 side can be rolled to the side opposite to the front base 981 side.

An opening 985e is formed between the openings 985b and 985d, and an opening 985f is formed between the openings 985c and 985d. In addition, the openings 985e and 985f are formed into space inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1 that open on the front base 981 side, and space discharge passages 985e3 and 985f3 that open on the side opposite to the front base 981 side. Intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 communicating with the passages 985e1 and 985f1 and the discharge passages 985e3 and 985f3 are mainly formed.

The inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1 are connected to a first passage TR1 and a second passage TR2 formed between a front base 981 and a rear base 985, which will be described later, and are sized to allow passage of game balls. be. Thereby, the game balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage can be made to flow into the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1.

The intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 are formed to extend in the direction of gravity, and the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) communicates with the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1, and are formed to have a size through which game balls can pass. . Thereby, game balls passing through the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1 can be caused to flow into the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2.

Further, the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 are formed with recessed portions 985f4 that are recessed in a direction substantially orthogonal to the throwing direction of the game ball (gravitational direction). The recessed portion 985f4 is a notch for arranging a detection device SE3, which will be described later, inside the recessed portion 985f4, and is set to have substantially the same external shape as the detection device SE3 when viewed from the rear. As a result, the detection device SE3 can be installed by inserting it from the rear side of the base portion 985a (the side opposite to the front base 981).

Further, in the detection device SE3, the axial direction of the detection hole SE1a is set parallel to the extension direction of the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2, and the internal space of the detection hole SE1a and the space of the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 substantially coincide. placed in position. As a result, when the game ball flows down from the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 to the one side (lower side in the direction of gravity), it can pass through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE3. can. Thereby, game balls passing through the first path TR1 and the second path TR2 can be detected.

In addition, since the detecting device SE3 is formed such that the axial direction of the detection hole SE1a is parallel to the direction of gravity, the dead weight of the game ball can be easily used when throwing the game ball to the detection hole SE1a. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being caught in the connecting portion between the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 and the detection hole SE1a. Since the detailed configuration of the detection device SE3 is the same as that of the detection device SE1 described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

The recessed portions 985e4 and 985f4 are formed so as to be continuous with the spaces of the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1 and the discharge passages 985e3 and 985f3. That is, the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 are formed using the detection device SE3. As a result, it is possible to prevent the length dimension of the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 from increasing in the gravitational direction. As a result, it is possible to suppress the rear base 985 from increasing in size in the direction of gravity.

The discharge passages 985e3 and 985f3 are connected to one side of the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction) and are formed to have a size through which game balls can pass. Further, the discharge passages 985e3 and 985f3 are connected to a third insertion hole 991c and a fourth insertion hole 991d of the passage unit 990, which will be described later, when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. As a result, game balls passing through the intermediate passages 985e2 and 985f2 can flow into the discharge passages 985e3 and 985f3 and can be passed through the space to be thrown to the passage unit 990.

The opening 985g is formed on one side of the opening 985d in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction). Similarly to the opening 985d, the opening 985g is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) slopes downward toward the side opposite to the front base 981 side. As a result, the game ball flowing in from the front base 981 side can roll to the side opposite to the front base 981 .

The inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1 are connected to a first passage TR1 and a second passage TR2 formed between a front base 981 and a rear base 985, which will be described later, and are sized to allow passage of game balls. be. Thereby, the game balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 can be made to flow into the inflow passages 985e1 and 985f1.

The housing portion 986b is formed from a pair of semi-annular rings. Further, the accommodation portion 986b is a portion that accommodates a magnetic body 988b, which will be described later, inside, and its inner diameter is set to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the magnetic body 988b that is formed in the cylindrical body. In addition, the projection dimension of the accommodation portion 986b is set larger than the axial dimension of the magnetic body 988b. Thereby, the magnetic body 988b can be accommodated inside the accommodating portion 986b. In addition, since the accommodating portion 986b is formed of a pair of semi-annular bodies, even if the outer diameter of the magnetic body 988b is slightly increased due to a manufacturing error, the pair of semi-annular bodies can be elastically deformed. A magnetic body 988b can be provided.

The protruding portion 986e protrudes in a cylindrical shape from a position on the opposite side of the bearing portion 985j and the base portion 985a. In addition, the projecting portion 986e has a fastening hole recessed in a circular shape in its axis. The fastening hole is a hole into which the tip of a screw that passes through the cover member 987 described later is screwed. By screwing the screw while the cover member 987 is in contact, the cover member 987 is fastened to the rear base 985. can be fixed.

The magnetic body 988b is formed of a magnet, and can generate a magnetic field toward the front base 981 via the base portion 985a by being disposed in the housing portion 986b. As a result, a magnetic body 988c disposed in the distributing portion 983, which will be described later, is repelled, and the distributing portion 983 can be easily displaced.

The front base 981 is made of a colored translucent (blue in this embodiment) resin material. In addition, the front base 981 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape larger than the rear base 985 when viewed from the front, and includes a base plate 981a and a bulge bulging from the base plate 981a toward the player (opposite side to the rear base 986). It is mainly formed with an exit portion 982 .

The base plate 981a is formed as a plate member having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front. 981f and a second guide wall 981d, a second insertion hole 981e penetrating near the first guide wall 981f and the second guide wall 981d, and a plate It mainly includes a through hole 981c penetrating in the thickness direction.

The insertion hole 981g is a hole for inserting a screw (not shown) that fastens the ball feeding unit 970 in the assembled state to the base plate 60 (see FIG. 82). .

The first guide walls 981f are formed in a semicircular annular shape, and are formed in a pair in the lateral direction with a bulging portion 982 (to be described later) sandwiched therebetween. In addition, the first guide wall 981f is formed with a semicircular open portion facing substantially the center in the width direction of the base plate 981a.

The second guide wall 981d is formed in an annular shape and is formed at two locations in the lateral direction of the base plate 981a. Further, the second guide wall 981d is formed below the bulging portion 982, which will be described later, in the gravitational direction, and a through hole 981c is formed between the two portions.

The first guide wall 981f and the second guide wall 981d are formed so that the inner edge shape thereof is substantially the same as the outer shape around the fastening hole 986c of the rear base 985 described above. As a result, when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined, the walls around the fastening holes 986c can be inserted inside the first guide wall 981f and the second guide wall 981d. A guide wall 981d can be positioned.

The second insertion hole 981e is formed at the center of the semicircle of the first guide wall 981f and the center of the second guide wall 981d. The second insertion hole 981e is formed coaxially with the fastening hole 986c when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are assembled. Thus, the front base 981 and the rear base 985 can be fastened.

The through hole 981c is formed in a square having one side larger than the diameter of the game ball. Also, the through hole 981c is formed with a side wall portion 981b erected along the edge portion on the side opposite to the rear base 985 side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 109(a)). Also, the through hole 981c is a portion that communicates with the second winning opening 140 of the winning opening unit 930 described above. It is formed at a position overlapping the rolling direction of the game ball that has flowed into.

The side wall portion 981b is sized so that the upright front end surface contacts the second ball throwing portion 942c of the winning hole unit 930 when the winning hole unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 are attached to the base plate 60 . In addition, the side wall portion 981b has a rolling surface 981c1 on the other end side (lower side in the gravity direction) of the inner surface in the gravity direction, which is located closer to the other end side in the gravity direction than the end surface 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a. It is formed with a downward slope toward the side.

Further, the side wall portion 981b has a projection 981b1 projecting from the upright tip surface. The protrusion 981b1 is formed at a position radially separated from the game ball in the gravity direction from the rolling surface 981c1. As a result, when a game ball is thrown from the end surface 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the rolling surface 981c1 of the through hole 981c, the game ball is less likely to be caught between the rolling portion 943a and the through hole 981c. A detailed description of the case where the game ball is thrown from the end surface 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the rolling surface 981c1 of the through hole 981c will be given later.

The bulging portion 982 is formed in a dome shape that bulges from the base plate 981a, and is set to a size that allows game balls to pass through the inside thereof, and the game balls flowing in from the inflow port 982d pass through the inside thereof. and a first passage TR1 and a second passage TR2 branching from the ball throwing passage TR0. The bulging portion 982 is formed in a vertically elongated rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is bent and erected toward the back base 985 at a position approximately in the middle of an inlet 982d formed by cutting the upper end in the direction of gravity. and concave portions 982e to 982j provided at a plurality of locations on the other side in the direction of gravity.

The inflow port 982d is cut out in a substantially U-shape when viewed from the front. In addition, the inlet 982d has an inner edge portion aligned with the rolling direction of the game ball that has flowed into the first winning port 64 of the winning port unit 930 when the winning port unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 are attached to the base plate 60. formed at overlapping positions.

In addition, the inlet 982d has a second protrusion 982d1 that protrudes in the opposite direction to the rear base 985 at the edge on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). The second protrusion 982d1 is formed in the shape of the inner edge of the first recessed portion 942g1 of the winning hole unit 930 described above. The second protrusion 982d1 abuts against the inner edge of the recessed portion 942g1.

Also, the distance dimension L34 (see FIG. 109(a)) from the second protrusion 982d1 to the end surface of the inlet 982d on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is It is set larger than the distance L35 (see FIG. 87(b)) to the inner edge of the portion 942g on one side in the direction of gravity. As a result, when the game ball thrown to the first ball-throwing portion 942g through the first winning port 64 flows into the inflow port 982d, the inflow port 982d (bulging portion 982) and the first ball-throwing portion 942g It is difficult to get caught between them.

The standing wall 982a is formed in a rectangular shape separated from the outer edge shape of the bulging portion 982 by a predetermined distance when viewed from the front. The standing wall 982a is formed on the lower side of the inlet 982d in the gravitational direction and includes a contact portion 982a1 formed in a triangular shape when viewed in the standing direction on the upper side in the gravitational direction.

The standing wall 982a is set so that the inner edge of the outer peripheral portion of the bulging portion 982 and the horizontal distance L36 (see FIG. 112(b)) are set larger than the diameter of the game ball. A first passage TR1 and a second passage TR2 are formed which are spaces through which the .

The first path TR1 and the second path TR2 are formed on the downstream side of a sorting section 983, which will be described later, and a game ball passing through the sorting section 983 is thrown to one of them. The sorting unit 983 is set to alternately throw game balls flowing into the inflow port 982d to the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. As a result, it is possible to prevent the throwing of game balls flowing into the first winning hole 64 from becoming monotonous. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing interest.

A bearing portion 982c that annularly protrudes from the inner surface of the bulging portion 982 toward the rear base 985 is formed on the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) of the standing wall 982a. The bearing portion 982c is a portion that supports the other end side of a shaft member 988a that pivotally supports the distributing portion 983, which will be described later, and has an inner diameter set substantially equal to the outer diameter of the shaft member 988a. Therefore, by inserting the shaft member 988a into the bearing portion 982c, the other end side of the shaft member 988a can be supported.

Further, as described above, one end of the shaft member 988a is inserted into the bearing portion 985j of the rear base 985. Therefore, when combining the front base 981 and the rear base 985, one end of the shaft member 988a is inserted into the bearing portion 985j. The shaft member 988a can be supported between the front base 981 and the rear base 985 by inserting the shaft member 988a and inserting the other end side of the shaft member 988a into the bearing portion 982c.

The abutment portion 982a1 is formed on the rotation locus of the distributing portion 983, which will be described later, and the amount of rotational displacement of the distributing portion 983 is regulated by the action portion 983a of the distributing portion 983 coming into contact with the contact portion 982a1. A detailed description of the contact state between the contact portion 982a1 and the distribution portion 983 will be given later.

The recessed portion 982e and the recessed portion 982f are recessed in a direction substantially orthogonal to the extending direction of the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 from the inner surface of the bulging portion 982 on one side in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction). A first branch passage BK1 or a second branch passage BK2, which is a space communicating with the first passage TR1 or the second passage TR2, is formed inside the recess 982e and the recess 982f.

The first branch passage BK1 communicates with the opening 985b of the rear base 985 when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. Therefore, the first branch path BK1 is formed to be able to receive game balls flowing down the first path TR1, and allows the received game balls to flow into the opening 985b of the rear base 985.

The second branch passage BK2 communicates with the opening 985c of the rear base 985 when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. Therefore, the second branch path BK2 is formed to be able to receive game balls flowing down the second path TR2, and allows the received game balls to flow into the opening 985c of the rear base 985.

The recessed portion 982h and the recessed portion 982j are recessed from the inner surface of the bulging portion 982 on one side in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction) in the extending direction of the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. That is, the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 extend to one side in the gravity direction by the amount of the recess 982h and the recess 982j.

The first passage TR1 communicates with the opening 985e of the rear base 985 when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. Therefore, the first passage TR1 allows the game balls that have flowed into the inflow port 982d to flow into the opening 985e of the rear base 985. As shown in FIG.

The second passage TR2 communicates with the opening 985f of the rear base 985 when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. Therefore, the first passage TR1 allows the game balls that have flowed into the inflow port 982d to flow into the opening 985e of the rear base 985. As shown in FIG.

The recessed portion 982g is formed between the recessed portion 982h and the recessed portion 982j, and the recessed direction is set parallel to the extending direction of the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. A third branch passage BK3, which is a space communicating with the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2, is formed inside the recess 982g. Therefore, since the third branch passage BK3 communicating with the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 is formed between the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2, the size reduction of the sorting unit 980 can be achieved. .

The third branch passage BK3 communicates with the opening 985d of the rear base 985 when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. Therefore, the third branch passage is formed so as to be able to receive game balls flowing down the first passage or the second passage, and allows the received game balls to flow into the opening 985 d of the rear base 985 .

The inclined portion 982b is formed on one side of the bulging portion 982 in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and extends toward the one side in the direction of gravity while being inclined toward the rear base 985 side. Also, the inclined portion 982b is formed at a position facing the opening 985f from the opening 985b in a state in which the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are combined. As a result, the game ball flowing down the first path TR1, the second path TR2, the first branch path BK1, the second branch path BK2 and the third branch path BK3 is brought into contact with the inclined portion 982b, thereby causing the game ball to flow down. can be guided to the side of the openings 985b to 985f to facilitate the flow into the openings 985b to 985f.

The guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 and the guide portion 982j1 are connected to the recessed portions 982h and 982j and the inclined portion 982b, and the standing tip surfaces thereof descend toward the rear base 985 side (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 109(b)). tilted. As a result, the game balls flowing down the first path TR1 and the second path TR2 are brought into contact with the guide portions 982h1, 982j1, and the standing tip surfaces of the guide portions 982j1, and are guided toward the openings 985e and 985f, It is possible to make it easier to flow into the openings 985e and 985f.

Further, the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 are formed in connection with the inclined portion 982b. As a result, the game ball flowing down the first path TR1 and the second path TR2 is brought into contact with the inclined portion 982b and guided toward the rear base 985, and collides with the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1, thereby causing the game ball to collide with the opening 985e. and the opening 985f. Furthermore, since the standing distance of the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 can be reduced by the inclination of the inclined portion 982b, the rigidity of the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 can be increased to improve durability.

Here, as described above, the sorting unit 980 (ball throwing unit 970) is made visible to the player through the front unit 940 (winning unit 930) arranged on the player side. Therefore, the game balls flowing down the first path TR1 and the second path TR2 are difficult to be visually recognized from the player's side because they pass through the front unit 940 . Further, when the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 are erected on the front side of the opening 985e and the opening 985f, the thickness of the guide portions 982h1 and 982j1 causes game balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 to play. There is a problem that it becomes difficult for a person to visually recognize.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the guiding portions 982h1 and 982j1 are formed so as to be connected to the inclined portion 982b, so that the standing dimension of the inclined portion 982b can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to make the game balls thrown to the openings 985e and 985f (the game balls flowing down the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2) easier to see even when the front unit 940 is interposed. That is, in the present embodiment, the inclined portion 982b is inclined so as to be positioned closer to the back base 985 as the game ball flows down, thereby ensuring rigidity and guiding the game ball. Since the thickness in the front-rear direction of the portions 982h1 and 982j1 can be reduced, the visibility of the game ball can be ensured.

The distribution part 983 is set to have a thickness slightly smaller than the dimension between the front base 981 and the rear base 985 facing each other, and is formed in a substantially T shape when viewed from the front. In addition, the sorting portion 983 penetrates through an acting portion 983a on one side of the T-shape, an intermediate plate 983b projecting from approximately the center position of the extending direction of the acting portion 983a, and a connection portion between the acting portion 983a and the intermediate plate 983b. a contact portion 983d that bulges out in a circular shape about the axis of the through hole 983c; and are formed mainly.

The through hole 983c is a hole into which a shaft member 988a supported between the front base 981 and the rear base 985 is inserted, and is formed to have a slightly larger outer diameter than the shaft member 988a. As a result, when the front base 981 and the rear base 985 are assembled, by inserting the shaft member 988a into the through hole 983c of the distribution section 983, the front base 981 and the rear base 985 can be assembled while the distribution section 983 is rotatable. 985.

The intermediate plate 983b extends outward in the radial direction of the through-hole 983c, and in a state in which the displacement of the distributing portion 983 is regulated by rotating in one direction or the other, the intermediate plate 983b extends from the distal end of the intermediate plate 983b. The spaced distance L37 (see FIG. 112(b)) to the inside is set to a dimension smaller than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the throwing of the game ball is restricted to one or the other of the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. Further, the intermediate plate 983b rotates the distributing portion 983 about the through hole 983c, thereby restricting the throwing of game balls to one side of the first passage TR1 to the other side of the second passage TR2. can be switched to a regulated state.

The acting portion 983a is formed to extend in a direction substantially orthogonal to the extending direction of the intermediate plate 983b when viewed from the front. In addition, the connecting position of the action portion 983a with the contact portion 983d is set to the other end side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the connecting position of the intermediate plate 983b with the contact portion 983d. As a result, the game ball sent to the distribution section 983 through the inflow port 982d is put in a state where the load is applied to the action section 983a. As a result, the distribution part 983 is rotationally displaced around the through hole 983c.

The wall portion 983e is connected to the action portion 983a and the intermediate plate 983b, and is formed in a substantially semicircular plate shape when viewed in the axial direction of the through hole 983c. The wall portion 983e is formed so as to protrude outward from the action portion 983a and the intermediate plate 983b in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the through hole 983c, and has a thickness larger than that of the concave portion 985h of the rear base 985 described above. set small. Therefore, in a state where the distribution part 983 is arranged between the rear base 985 and the front base 981 facing each other, the wall part 983e can be arranged inside the recess 985h. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball thrown into the sorting unit 980 from the inflow port 982d from being caught in the concave portion 985h, thereby preventing the game ball from flowing down.

In addition, the wall portion 983e includes a housing portion 983e1 recessed toward the intermediate plate 983b on the rear side of the intermediate plate 983b and at the radially outer end portion from the through hole 983c. The accommodation portion 983e1 is a portion that accommodates the magnetic body 988c formed in a columnar body inside, and is recessed in a circular shape with an inner diameter that is approximately the same as the outer diameter of the magnetic body 988c. Further, the accommodating portion 983e1 is recessed from the rear base 985 side toward the front base 981 side, and the magnetic body 988c is accommodated inside from the rear base 985 side.

The magnetic body 988c is made of a magnet and arranged in a state of repulsion with the magnetic body 988b arranged on the rear base 985 . As a result, the distributing portion 983 receives a magnetic force from the magnetic body 988b arranged on the rear base 985, rotates about the through hole 983c, and rotates the extending direction of the acting portion 983a to one side or the other side. can be tilted to

Further, since the magnetic body 988c and the magnetic body 988b are disposed in a repulsive state and the housing portion 983e1 is recessed toward the front side, the magnetic body 988c inserted into the housing portion 983e1 can be prevented from escaping from That is, since a portion for locking the magnetic body 988c inserted into the housing portion 983e1 is not required, the structure of the distributing portion 983 can be simplified, and the arrangement of the magnetic body 988c to the distributing portion 983 can be simplified.

The magnetic forces of the magnetic bodies 988b and 988c are set to magnetic attraction forces smaller than the load of the game ball. As a result, it is possible to prevent game balls thrown inside the distribution unit 980 from being magnetically attached to the magnetic bodies 988b and 988c and stagnating inside the distribution unit 980 .

The cover member 987 is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape when viewed from above, and is arranged on the opposite side of the recess 985h of the rear base 985 from the front base 981 side. In addition, the cover member 987 is formed with two first recessed portions 987a and a second recessed portion 987b that are recessed in the direction of gravity in a circular shape when viewed from the front.

The first recessed portion 987a is a portion that accommodates the accommodation portion 986b of the rear base 985 described above inside, and is set to have an inner diameter that is approximately the same as the outer diameter of the accommodation portion 986b. Therefore, by accommodating the tip of the accommodation portion 986b in the first concave portion 987a while the magnetic body 988b is accommodated inside the accommodation portion 986b as described above, the magnetic substance 988b accommodated inside the accommodation portion 986b can be accommodated. It is possible to prevent it from slipping out of the portion 986b.

The second recess 987b has a through hole 987b1 for fastening and fixing to the rear base 985 on the bottom of the recess. Further, the inner shape of the recessed portion of the second recessed portion 987b is formed to have substantially the same inner diameter as the outer diameter of the projecting portion 986e of the rear base 985 described above. As a result, the cover member 987 can be positioned by accommodating the second recessed portion 987b in the projecting portion 986e of the rear base 985, and in the positioned state, the screw can be inserted into the fastening hole of the projecting portion 986e through the through hole 987b1. can be concluded.

Next, referring to FIG. 113, the operation of the sorting section 983 when game balls flow into the sorting unit 980 from the inflow port 982d will be described. 113(a) and 113(b) are partial enlarged cross-sectional views of the sorting unit 980 in the range CXIII of FIG. 112(b). In the following description, the acting portion 983a of the distribution portion 983 is displaced from the state of restricting the throwing of the game ball to one side of the first path TR1 to the state of restricting the throwing of the game ball to the other side of the second path TR2. Only the case will be described, and the description of the case of restricting the throwing of a game ball to one side of the first path TR1 from the state of restricting the throwing of a game ball to the other side of the second path TR2 will be omitted.

As shown in FIGS. 113(a) and 113(b), before the game ball is thrown to the distribution portion 983 (before the game ball comes into contact with the action portion 983a), as described above, it is distributed to the distribution portion 983. The provided magnetic body 988c repels the magnetic body 988b (see FIG. 110), so that the intermediate plate 983b radially outward from the through hole 983c is inclined toward the second passage TR2. The amount of rotation is regulated by contacting the contact portion 982a1 of the front base 981 with the action portion 983a on the second passage TR2 side (see FIG. 113(a)).

When the game ball is thrown to the sorting section 983 in this state, the game ball is thrown between the intermediate plate 983b and the action section 983a on the side of the first passage TR1. As described above, the connecting position of the action portion 983a with the contact portion 983d is set to the other end side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the connecting position of the intermediate plate 983b with the contact portion 983d. , the load of the game ball can be applied to the acting portion 983a on the side of the first passage TR1.

As a result, as shown in FIG. 113(b), the sorting portion 983 is rotationally displaced about the through hole 983c, and the intermediate plate 983b radially outward from the through hole 983c is inclined toward the first passage TR1. It is said that The amount of rotation is regulated by the action portion 983a on the side of the first passage TR1 coming into contact with the contact portion 982a1 of the front base 981. As shown in FIG. Also, in this case, the repelling direction of the magnetic body 988c is switched from a state in which the intermediate plate 983b on the radially outer side of the through hole 983c acts toward the second passage TR2 to a state in which it acts toward the first passage TR1.

Therefore, the distribution part 983 can be rotationally displaced around the through hole 983c using the load of the game ball and the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988c. Moreover, since the direction of the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988c is switched, the rotating state of the distribution part 983 can be maintained. Therefore, each time a game ball is thrown, the sorting section 983 displaces the inclination direction of the intermediate plate 983b to throw the game ball one by one to the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2.

Next, the configuration of the passage unit 990 will be described with reference to FIGS. 114 to 116. FIG. 114(a) is a front view of the passage unit 990, and FIG. 114(b) is a side view of the passage unit 990. FIG. 115 is an exploded perspective front view of the passageway unit 990, and FIG. 116 is an exploded perspective rear view of the passageway unit 990. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 114 to 116, the passage unit 990 includes a first passage member 991 having a plurality of openings opened on the sorting unit 980 side, and a first passage member 991 arranged in the first passage member 991. A second passage member 992 that throws a game ball that passes through, a third passage member 993 that is disposed in the second passage member 992 and throws a game ball that has passed through the second passage member 992, Detecting device SE4 arranged between three passage members 993 is mainly provided.

The first passage member 991 is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed with a predetermined width on the second passage member 992 side. In addition, the first passage member 991 includes a first insertion hole 991a formed through the sorting unit 980 on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), and one side of the first insertion hole 991a in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). side), a third through hole 991c and a fourth through hole 991d formed on both sides of the second through hole 991b in the horizontal direction, and an outer periphery in a front view. A plurality of circular through-holes 991f are formed through the through-holes 991f.

The first insertion hole 991a is formed in a square having one side larger than the diameter of the game ball when viewed from the front. In addition, the first insertion hole 991a is formed at a position where the opening 985d of the distribution unit 980 and the internal space are connected when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. Thereby, the game ball flowing down inside the distribution unit 980 and passing through the opening 985d can be received in the first insertion hole 991a.

The first insertion hole 991a is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the second passage member 992 side. Thereby, the game ball sent to the first insertion hole 991a can be rolled toward the second passage member 992 side.

Furthermore, an annular protrusion 991g having a fastening hole 991g1 into which a screw for inserting the second passage member 992 is screwed is formed in the first insertion hole 991a so as to be connected to the outer peripheral portion. Thereby, the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 can be fastened and fixed.

The second insertion hole 991b is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and the width dimension in the lateral direction is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. In addition, the second insertion hole 991b is formed at a position where the opening 985g of the distribution unit 980 and the internal space are connected when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the inside of the distribution unit 980 and passing through the opening 985g can be received in the second insertion hole 991b.

In addition, the second insertion hole 991b is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the second passage member 992 side. Thereby, the game ball sent to the second insertion hole 991b can be rolled toward the second passage member 992 side.

The third insertion hole 991c is formed in a vertically long rectangle when viewed from the front, and the width dimension in the lateral direction is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. Further, the third insertion hole 991c is formed at a position where the internal space of the opening 985b of the distribution unit 980 continues when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the inside (first passage TR1) of the distribution unit 980 and passing through the opening 985e can be received in the third insertion hole 991c.

Further, the third insertion hole 991c is provided with recessed portions 991c1 recessed on both sides in the horizontal direction on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). The recessed portion 991c1 is a portion that accommodates the detection substrate SE1b of the detection device SE3 arranged in the sorting unit 980, and is formed to have approximately the same dimensions as the outer shape of the detection device SE3. As a result, the detection substrate SE1b side of the detection device SE3 can be protected by the recessed portion 991c1, and the detection device SE3 can be prevented from being illegally operated from the outside while the sorting unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. can.

Furthermore, when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined, the detection board SE1b of the detection device SE3 arranged in the distribution unit 980 can be received inside the concave portion 991c1 of the passage unit 990. and the passage unit 990 can be positioned. As a result, it is possible to prevent a part of the detection device SE3 from protruding outside, and to reduce the size of the ball throwing unit 970 as a whole.

The third insertion hole 991c has a projecting portion 991c2 projecting from the second insertion hole 991b side on the inner edge on the second passage member 992 side, and the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is horizontally adjacent. It is inclined downward in a direction away from the matching second insertion hole 991b. As a result, the game ball that has flowed into the third insertion hole 991c can collide with the projecting portion 991c2 and roll in the direction away from the second insertion hole 991b (leftward in FIG. 114(a)).

The fourth insertion hole 991d is formed in a vertically long rectangle when viewed from the front, and the width dimension in the lateral direction is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. Further, the fourth insertion hole 991d is formed at a position where the internal space of the opening 985b of the distribution unit 980 continues when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the inside (second passage TR2) of the distribution unit 980 and passing through the opening 985f can be received in the fourth insertion hole 991d.

Further, the fourth insertion hole 991d is provided with recessed portions 991d1 recessed on both sides in the horizontal direction on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). The recessed portion 991d1 is a portion that accommodates the detection board SE1b of the detection device SE3 arranged in the sorting unit 980, and is formed to have approximately the same dimensions as the outer shape of the detection device SE3. As a result, the detection substrate SE1b side of the detection device SE3 can be protected by the recessed portion 991d1, and the detection device SE3 can be prevented from being illegally operated from the outside while the sorting unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. can.

Further, the fourth insertion hole 991d has a projecting portion 991c2 projecting from the second insertion hole 991b side on the inner edge on the second passage member 992 side, and the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is horizontal. is inclined downward in a direction away from the adjacent second insertion hole 991b. As a result, the game ball that has flowed into the fourth insertion hole 991d can collide with the protruding portion 991d2 and roll away from the second insertion hole 991b (rightward in FIG. 114(a)).

The second passage member 992 is formed in a substantially T-shaped plate shape that is upside down when viewed from the front, and has a fifth insertion hole 922 penetrating to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) and the fifth insertion hole. It mainly includes a sixth insertion hole 992c penetrating to one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of 922 in the gravitational direction, and a standing wall 992a erected on the inner peripheral edge of the fifth insertion hole 922 .

The fifth insertion hole 922 is formed in a vertically long rectangle when viewed from the front, and the width dimension in the lateral direction is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. In addition, the fifth insertion hole 991e is formed at a position where the internal space of the first insertion hole 991a of the first passage member 991 continues when the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 are combined. Thereby, the game ball passing through the first insertion hole 991 a of the first passage member 991 can be received in the fifth insertion hole 922 .

The erected wall 992a is erected from the entire edge portion of the fifth insertion hole 922 toward the third passage member 993 side. The standing wall 992a is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the third passage member 993 side. As a result, the game ball sent to the fifth insertion hole 922 can roll toward the third passage member 993 (the right side in FIG. 114(b)).

An engaging portion 992d that protrudes horizontally and a protruding wall 992e that protrudes horizontally from the end on the first passage member 991 side are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the standing wall 992a. The engaging portion 992d is formed in an L shape that protrudes in the horizontal direction and whose tip is bent toward the third passage member 993 side. In the engagement portion 992d, wirings of the detection device SE4 and the detection device SE3 arranged in the sorting unit 980 are inserted between the engagement portion 992d and the standing wall 992a. As a result, the wires of the detection device SE3 and the detection device SE4 can be locked, so that the detection device SE3 and the detection device SE4 can be prevented from slipping out of the sorting unit 980 and the passage unit 990 .

The protruding wall 992e is formed to protrude in a semicircular shape in a front view from both sides of the standing wall 992a in the horizontal direction, and has a through hole 992e1 passing through the axis of the semicircle. Further, the projecting wall 992e is formed at a position facing the annular projection 991g of the first passage member 991 when the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 are combined, and the through hole 992e1 It is positioned coaxially with the fastening hole 991g1. Accordingly, by inserting a screw through the through hole 992e1 from the second passage member 992 side and screwing the screw into the fastening hole 991g1, the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 can be fastened and fixed.

The sixth insertion hole 992c is formed in a square having one side larger than the diameter of the game ball when viewed from the front. Further, the sixth insertion hole 992c is formed at a position where the internal space thereof communicates with the internal space of the second insertion hole 991b of the first passage member 991 when the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 are combined. be. Thereby, the game ball passing through the second insertion hole 991b of the first passage member 991 can be received in the sixth insertion hole 992c.

A guide wall 992c1 standing toward the third passage member 993 is formed around the sixth insertion hole 992c. The guide wall 992c1 is connected to a first wall portion 992c2 erected on one side of the sixth insertion hole 992c in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and an end portion of the first wall portion 992c2 in the extending direction. and a second wall portion 992c3 extending in the direction.

The first wall portion 992c2 and the second wall portion 992c3 are wall surfaces for positioning the detection device SE4. The dimensions are set to be substantially the same as the dimensions on the opposite side of the detection device SE4.

Further, the detection device SE4 is arranged at a position where the internal space of the detection hole SE1a is connected to the internal space of the sixth insertion hole 992c. As a result, the game ball passing through the sixth insertion hole 992c passes through the detection hole SE1a, is detected by the detection device SE4, and is sent to the third passage member 993 side.

The second passage member 992 also has an annular projection 992f projecting toward the third passage member 993 at a position spaced apart from the sixth insertion hole 992c in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 114(a)). The annular protrusion 992f has a circular fastening hole 992f1 on its axis. The fastening hole 992f1 is a hole into which a screw inserted through the third passage member 993 is screwed, whereby the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 can be fastened and fixed.

The first insertion hole 991a is formed in a square having one side larger than the diameter of the game ball when viewed from the front. In addition, the first insertion hole 991a is formed at a position where the opening 985d of the distribution unit 980 and the internal space are connected when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. Thereby, the game ball flowing down inside the distribution unit 980 and passing through the opening 985d can be received in the first insertion hole 991a.

The first insertion hole 991a is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the second passage member 992 side. Thereby, the game ball sent to the first insertion hole 991a can be rolled toward the second passage member 992 side.

Furthermore, an annular protrusion 991g having a fastening hole 991g1 into which a screw for inserting the second passage member 992 is screwed is formed in the first insertion hole 991a so as to be connected to the outer peripheral portion. Thereby, the first passage member 991 and the second passage member 992 can be fastened and fixed.

The second insertion hole 991b is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and the width dimension in the lateral direction is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. In addition, the second insertion hole 991b is formed at a position where the opening 985g of the distribution unit 980 and the internal space are connected when the distribution unit 980 and the passage unit 990 are combined. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the inside of the distribution unit 980 and passing through the opening 985g can be received in the second insertion hole 991b.

In addition, the second insertion hole 991b is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined downward toward the second passage member 992 side. Thereby, the game ball sent to the second insertion hole 991b can be rolled toward the second passage member 992 side.

The third passage member 993 is formed in the shape of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front. The third passage member 993 includes a seventh insertion hole 993a penetrating substantially in the middle position in the longitudinal direction, a guide wall 993b erected from the edge of the seventh insertion hole 993a, and an edge on the other side in the direction of gravity. Mainly comprising an upright wall 993e erected from the second passage member 992 side, an engaging portion 993d projecting in the longitudinal direction, and a recessed portion 993c recessed in the side surface of the second passage member 992 side. It is formed.

The seventh insertion hole 993a is formed in a square having one side larger than the diameter of the game ball when viewed from the front. Also, the seventh insertion hole 993a is formed at a position that communicates with the internal space of the detection device SE4 disposed in the second passage member 992 when the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 are combined. Thereby, the game ball passing through the seventh insertion hole 993a of the second passage member 992 and the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE4 can be received in the seventh insertion hole 993a.

The guide wall 993b is erected from the edges of the seventh insertion hole 993a in three directions except for the gravity direction other side (gravitational direction upper side) toward the side opposite to the second passage member 992 side. In addition, the guide wall 993b is formed such that the inner surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is inclined upward toward the second passage member 992 (inclined downward toward the side opposite to the second passage member 992). be done. As a result, the game ball sent to the seventh insertion hole 992g can roll to the side opposite to the second passage member 992 (the right side in FIG. 114(b)).

Also, as shown in FIG. 114(b), the third passage member 993 is disposed on one side of the standing wall 992a of the second passage member 992 in the gravitational direction (lower side in FIG. 114(b)). As described above, the third passage member 993 is open on the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in FIG. 114(b)), so that the third passage member 993 can be arranged closer to the standing wall 992a. As a result, the opening 985d and the opening 985g of the sorting unit 980 can be brought close to each other, and the sizes of the sorting unit 980 and the passage unit 990 in the direction of gravity can be reduced.

When the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 are combined, the upright wall 993e has a distance dimension between the opposing first wall portion 992c2 of the second passage member 992 and the detection hole of the detection device SE4. It is set to be substantially the same as the short side distance dimension in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the SE1a. Accordingly, the detection device SE4 can be positioned in the gravitational direction.

In addition, a first wall portion 992c2 for positioning the lower side of the detection device SE4 in the direction of gravity is formed on the upstream side (the side of the second passage member 992) where game balls are thrown. As a result, the game ball passing through the sixth insertion hole 992c can be easily inserted into the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE4.

That is, the detection hole SE1a is formed to have a dimension slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball for the purpose of preventing fraud by the player. In this embodiment, the first wall portion 992c2 for positioning the lower side of the detection device SE4 in the direction of gravity is located on the upstream side (second passage member 992 side) where the game ball is thrown. Since it is formed, it is possible to suppress positional deviation of the height of the sixth insertion hole 992c, the detection hole SE1a, and the rolling surface. As a result, it is possible to easily insert the game ball that is inserted through the sixth insertion hole 992c through the detection hole SE1a.

The engaging portion 993d is formed to protrude in the longitudinal direction of the third passage member 993, and has a bent portion 993d1 bent toward the second passage member 992 at the projecting tip. In the state where the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 are combined, the bent portion 993d1 has a distance dimension between the facing second wall portion 992c3 of the second passage member 992 and the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE4. It is set to be substantially the same as the distance dimension on the long side in the direction orthogonal to the axis of . This makes it possible to position the detection device SE4 in the horizontal direction.

The recessed portion 993c is formed at a position facing the annular projection 992f of the second passage member 992 when the second passage member 992 and the third passage member 993 are combined, and has an outer diameter of the annular projection 992f. It is formed with an inner edge shape that is larger than the Further, the recessed portion 993c has a through hole 993c1 which is formed through the bottom surface of the recessed portion coaxially with the fastening hole 992f1 of the annular projection 992f. As a result, the annular protrusion 992f of the second passage member 992 is inserted into the concave portion 993c, and a screw is inserted through the through hole 993c1 from the third passage member 993 side and screwed into the fastening hole 992f1, whereby the second passage is closed. The member 992 and the third passage member 993 can be fastened and fixed.

According to the ball-throwing unit 970 configured as described above, the ball-throwing unit 970 is formed from a unit different from the first prize-winning port 64 and the second prize-winning port 140, and the first prize-winning port 64 and the second prize-winning port 140 Since it is arranged on the back side of the front unit 940 (opposite side of the game area), by replacing the ball throwing unit 970 (distribution unit 980) and arranging another unit, Another game form is possible without affecting the flow of the ball.

Another unit (replacement unit 1980) of the sorting unit 980 will be described with reference to FIGS. 117 and 118. FIG. 117(a) is a front view of the replaceable unit 1980, and FIG. 117(b) is a rear view of the replaceable unit 1980. FIG. 118(a) is a cross-sectional view of the replacement unit 1980 along line CXVIIIa-CXVIIIa in FIG. 117(a), and FIG. 118(b) is a cross-section of replacement unit 1980 along line CXVIIIb-CXVIIIb in FIG. 118(a). It is a diagram. The same parts as those of the distribution unit 980 described above are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

As shown in FIGS. 117 and 118, the replacement unit 1980 mainly includes a front base 1981 arranged on the game area side and a rear base 1985 arranged on the opposite side of the front base 1981 to the game area side. formed in preparation for

The front base 1981 is formed from a colored translucent resin material. Also, the front base 1981 is formed to have substantially the same external shape as the front base 981 of the sorting unit 980 when viewed from the front. The front base 1981 mainly includes a base plate 981a and a bulging portion 1982 that bulges from the base plate 981a toward the player (the side opposite to the rear base 1985).

Also, the front base 1981 is made of a material whose color is different from the color of the front base 981 of the distribution unit 980 (yellow in this embodiment). As a result, the player can easily recognize whether the game board 13 is provided with the sorting unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980 .

In other words, when the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) with specifications on which the sorting unit 980 is arranged and the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) with specifications on which the exchange unit 1980 is arranged are introduced into the same store. As will be described later, both specifications have the same shape of the game area (the front surface of the game board 13). By doing so, the player can easily recognize which specification the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) has.

The base plate 1981a is set to have substantially the same outer shape as the base plate 981a of the sorting unit 980 when viewed from the front. Therefore, when the sorting unit 980 is replaced with the replacement unit 1980 (the specification is changed), the front base 1981 (the replacement unit 1980) is arranged on the base plate 60 without changing the shape of the through hole 60a of the base plate 60. can be set. Therefore, it is not necessary to change the shape of the base plate 60 in accordance with the specification change due to the replacement of the distribution unit 980 and the replacement unit 1980, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

The bulging portion 1982 is formed in a dome shape that bulges from the base plate 1981a, and is set to a size such that a game ball can be inserted therein. The bulging portion 1982 is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed with an inlet 982d formed by notching the upper end portion in the direction of gravity.

The width dimension in the horizontal direction of the bulging portion 1982 is set to a size that allows only one game ball to pass through, and the game ball that has flowed in from the inflow port 982d can pass through the inner side and flow down. . In addition, the inner surface of the bulging portion 1982 on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is set at substantially the same position in the direction of gravity as the inner surface of the opening 985d formed in the rear base 1985 on the one side in the direction of gravity. As a result, game balls that have flowed into the exchange unit 1980 from the inlet 982d can be thrown to the opening 985d in the order in which they flow into the inlet 982d.

The rear base 1985 has an external shape that is substantially the same as the external shape of the rear base 985 of the sorting unit 980 when viewed from the front, and communicates with the internal space of the opening 985d communicating with the internal space of the bulging portion 1982 and the through hole 981c. opening 985g.

According to the replacement unit 1980 configured as described above, the outer shape of the base plate 1981a when viewed from the front is substantially the same as the base plate 981a of the distribution unit 980, as described above. exchange (change of specifications) can be easily performed.

Here, a game comprising a ball-entering unit provided with a ball-entering opening formed so that a game ball can enter and a passage connected to the ball-entering opening, and a game board on which the ball-entering unit is arranged machine is known. According to such a gaming machine, by replacing the ball-entering unit with another ball-entering unit (for example, one having a different number of passages), it is possible to change the specifications of the gaming machine while diverting (combining) the game board. can. However, in the gaming machine described above, since the ball-entering unit is arranged in front of the game board, it is necessary to secure a space corresponding to the maximum number of passages in advance in front of the game board. Therefore, when using a ball-entering unit with a small number of passages, there is a problem that the space on the front side of the game board is wasted.

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the sorting unit 980 (entering ball unit) has an inflow port 982d and a first passage TR1 and a second passage TR2 connected to the inflow port 982d. A prize winning port unit 930 arranged on the front side, and a prize winning port unit 930 disposed on the back side of the prize winning port unit 930 via the through hole 60a of the base plate 60 and connected to the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. Since the passage unit 990 is provided, it is sufficient to secure a space corresponding to the size of the prize-winning unit 930 on the front surface of the game board 13, and a space corresponding to the maximum number of passages is secured on the front surface of the game board. No need. Therefore, by replacing the sorting unit 980 with the replacement unit 1980, the game board 13 (the base plate 60 and the front unit 940) can be diverted (commonly used), and when the specifications of the game board 13 are changed, the front surface of the game board 13 can be changed. space can be used effectively.

Also, as described above, the front unit 940 is made of a colorless and transparent (light-transmitting material) resin material, and the sorting unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980 is formed to have a smaller outer shape than the prize winning unit. In addition, since it is arranged at a position overlapping the front unit 940 when viewed from the front, the sorting unit 980 can be visually recognized by the player through the front unit 940, and the interest in the game can be enhanced. Further, in order to make the sorting unit 980 or the exchange unit 1980 visible to the player, it is not essential to form the base plate 60 from a light transmissive material. , affixing a seal to the base plate 60. Alternatively, since the base plate 60 can be painted, the degree of freedom in design can be increased.

Further, since the sorting unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980 is made of a colored translucent (light-transmitting) resin material, it flows down the inside (path) of the sorting unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980 through the front unit 940 . A game ball can be visually recognized by a player, and the amusement of the game can be enhanced.

In addition, since the front unit 940 is made of a colorless and transparent (light-transmitting) resin material, and the sorting unit 980 or the exchange unit 1980 is made of a colored and semi-transparent (light-transmitting) resin material, Through the unit 940, the player can easily grasp the positional relationship in the front-rear direction (overlapping direction) with the sorting unit 980 or the replacement unit 1980. FIG. In other words, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the manner in which the game ball flows down while changing its position in the front-rear direction, so that the amusement of the game can be enhanced.

The game ball passage of the sorting unit 980 is formed with a ball throwing passage TR0 communicating with the inflow port 982d, and a first passage TR1 and a second passage TR2 branched from the ball throwing passage TR0. Further, the sorting unit 980 is provided with a detection device SE3 for detecting game balls passing through the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2. Therefore, when a game machine with different specifications is manufactured by changing from the sorting unit 980 with many passage paths of game balls to the replacement unit 1980 with few passing paths, it is possible to prevent the worker from making a mistake in the number of detectors SE3 to be provided.

That is, in the structure in which the detection device SE3 is arranged in the passage unit 990 arranged on the downstream side of the distribution unit 980 or the exchange unit 1980, the detection device SE3 can be arranged as much as the passage of the distribution unit 980, but the downflow passage When changing from a distribution unit 980 in which two flow passages are formed to a replacement unit 1980 with one flow passage, it is sufficient to dispose one detection sensor in the passage unit 990, but the number of flow passages in the distribution unit 980 There is a possibility that the number of detection devices SE3 will be increased. On the other hand, if the structure is such that the detection devices SE3 are arranged in a passage branched from the ball-throwing passage TR0, when the sorting unit 980 is changed to the replacement unit 1980, the number of the detection devices SE3 corresponding to the unit is arranged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the operator from making a mistake in the number of the arrangement.

On the other hand, the detection device SE4 for detecting the inflow of game balls into the second winning hole 140 is arranged in the passage unit 990 as described above. Therefore, the detection devices provided in the sorting unit 980 and the replacement unit 1980 can be dispersed, and the degree of freedom in arranging the passages can be increased accordingly.

Further, the exchange unit 1980 is formed with a side wall portion 981b for throwing the game balls that flow in from the second winning port 140 at the same position as the sorting unit 980 . Therefore, similarly to the sorting unit 980, when the replacement unit 1980 is arranged in the front unit 940 (the prize winning unit 930), the replacement unit 1980 can be positioned using the side wall portion 981b. That is, regardless of the form of the replacement unit 1980, the position where the rolling portion 943a and the side wall portion 981b are connected is the same. However, positioning can be performed with respect to the front unit 940 .

Furthermore, the positioning of the replacement unit 1980 with respect to the front unit 940 is, like the distribution unit 980, aimed at suppressing the occurrence of a positional deviation (step) in the connecting portion between the rolling part 943a and the side wall part 981b. , the target portion can be positioned, so the occurrence of positional deviation (step) can be effectively suppressed as compared with the case of positioning other portions. As a result, the game ball can flow down smoothly.

Next, with reference to FIG. 119, the arrangement of the winning hole unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 will be described. 119 is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 taken along line CXIXa--CXIXa in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 119, the passages of the front unit 940 and the ball-throwing unit 970 are connected so that they abut against each other in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 119). It is inserted into a protrusion formed on the front unit 940 .

More specifically, the first ball feeding portion 942g and the inlet 982d have a second projection 982d1 formed in the inlet 982d inside the first recessed portion 942g1 formed in the first ball feeding portion 942g. Further, the second ball feeding portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b have a projection 981b1 formed on the side wall portion 981b inside the second recessed portion 942c1 formed on the second ball feeding portion 942c.

Further, the second ball feeding portion 942c of the front unit 940 and the side wall portion 981b of the distribution unit 980 are arranged in an internal space surrounded by the arm portion 962e and the wall portion 962f formed in the drive unit 960. FIG.

Here, conventionally, a game board, a first member disposed on the front side of the game board and having a first passage through which game balls pass, and a first member communicating with the first passage of the first member A game machine is known which has two passages and a second member arranged on the back side of the game board. After flowing down the front side of the game board and flowing into the first passage of the first member, the game ball flows into the second passage of the second member after passing through the first passage, and flows into the second passage of the second member on the back side of the game board. Go through 2 passages. As a result, the passage path of the game ball is changed in the front-rear direction, and the player can be entertained.

In this case, if there is a positional deviation (step) in the connecting portion between the first passage and the second passage, smooth downflow of the game ball is hindered, so the positional accuracy of the second member with respect to the first member is ensured. are requested to do so. However, the game machine described above has a problem that it is difficult to position the second member with respect to the first member. That is, since not only the first member but also various members such as other members having passages and decorative members are arranged on the front surface of the game board, positioning holes for positioning each of these members are provided on the game board. While the positioning hole for positioning the first member can also be formed in the process of forming the second member, in order to form the positioning hole for positioning the second member on the back of the game board, the game board is turned over A separate step of forming a positioning hole only for the second member is required, which is not realistic.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as described above, when the drive unit 960 is arranged in the front unit 940, the pair of second guides of the front unit 940 are arranged between the opposing protrusions 962g of the drive unit 960. Wall 942d is inserted. When the ball feeding unit 970 is arranged in the front unit 940, the side wall portion 981b of the sorting unit 970 is inserted between the arm portions 962e from which the projecting portions 962g project.

That is, the drive unit 960 has a projecting portion 962g (guide portion 962b) that engages with the second guide wall 942d of the front unit 940, and an arm portion 962e (guide portion 962b) that engages with the side wall portion 981b of the ball feeding unit 970. and As a result, the front unit 940 and the ball throwing unit 970 can be positioned using the guide portion 962b of the drive unit 960. FIG.

The arm portion 962e of the guide portion 962b is positioned outside the pair of second ball feeding portions 942c of the front unit 940 in the facing direction. As a result, the projecting portion 962g of the arm portion 962e of the guide portion 962b is engaged with the second guide wall 942d of the front unit 940, and the arm portion 962e is engaged with the side wall portion 981b of the ball throwing unit 970, respectively. Positioning of the ball throwing unit 970 with respect to 940 can be performed effectively. That is, the positioning of the ball throwing unit 970 with respect to the front unit 940 is intended to suppress the occurrence of a positional deviation (step) in the connecting portion between the second ball throwing portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b. (The connecting portion between the second ball feeding portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b) can be directly positioned by the guide portion 962b (the arm portion 962e). It is possible to effectively suppress the occurrence of positional deviation (step).

Further, the drive unit 960 having the guide portion 962b is arranged in the internal space of the through hole 60a of the base plate 60 while being arranged in the front unit 940. As shown in FIG. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide an opening for arranging the drive unit 960 . That is, since the through hole 60a for disposing the connecting portion between the second ball feeding portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b of the front unit 940 can be used also as an arrangement space, the number of processing steps can be reduced accordingly. , the product cost can be reduced.

As described above, the driving unit 960 having the guide portion 962b is arranged (formed so as to be held) in the front unit 940 having the second ball feeding portion 942c. When attaching the ball throwing units 970, there is no need to separately attach the drive unit 960. By attaching the front unit 940, the drive unit 960 can be attached at the same time. Therefore, the workability of attachment can be improved accordingly.

Further, when the drive unit 960 is arranged in the front unit 940, the projecting portion 962g and the arm portion 962e of the drive unit 960 are engaged with the second guide wall 942d and the second ball feeding portion 942c, respectively. be. Therefore, after the front unit 940 and the drive unit 960 are attached to the base plate 60, the projecting portion 962g and the arm portion 962e of the drive unit 960 are engaged with the second guide wall 942d and the second ball feeding portion 942c, respectively. No need to do it separately. Therefore, the mounting workability can be improved accordingly.

Furthermore, when the drive unit 960 is arranged in the front unit 940, the arm 962e of the drive unit 960 is formed to engage with the ball throwing unit 970 from the opposite side of the front unit 940. By attaching the drive unit 960 to the rear surface of the base plate 60 after attaching the front unit 940 and the drive unit 960 at the same time, the arm 962e of the drive unit 960 can be engaged with the ball throwing unit 970 at the same time as the attachment operation. can. Therefore, the workability of the mounting work can be improved accordingly.

As described above, the wall portion 962f is connected between the pair of arm portions 962e facing each other. Displacement member 966 described above is disposed between rear base 941 and opposite side. Therefore, it is unnecessary to separately provide a member for guiding the displacement of the displacement member 966 . Therefore, the structure of the front unit 940 can be simplified accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

Also, in this case, the wall portion 962f of the guide portion 962b is arranged at a position facing the sliding groove 966a2 of the displacement member 966 into which the protrusions 945b of the pair of feather members 945 are inserted in the opening direction thereof. Therefore, the wall portion 962f of the drive unit 960 blocks the opening of the sliding groove 966a2 of the displacement member 966 from the outside, thereby suppressing dust and foreign matter from entering the sliding groove. As a result, it is possible to suppress the hindrance of the sliding of the projecting portion 966a by dust or foreign matter that has entered the sliding groove 966a2, and to stably open or close the pair of blade members.

Next, referring to FIGS. 120 and 121, the connection state will be described using the connection between the second ball feeding portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b as a typical example. 120(a) and 121(a) are partial enlarged sectional views of the game board 13 in the range CXXa of FIG. 119, and FIGS. 120(b) and 121(b) are CXXb of FIG. - It is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the game board 13 taken along line CXXb. 121(a) and 121(b) show a state in which the winning hole unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 are separated by a predetermined amount from the positions shown in FIGS. 120(a) and 120(b). be.

As shown in FIGS. 120 and 121, the protrusion 981b1 and the second concave cutout 942c1 are set such that the distance L38 between the rolling surface 981c1 and the radius of the game ball is substantially the same.

Here, a game comprising a first passage member through which game balls pass, and a second passage member whose upstream end is connected to the downstream end of the first passage member and through which game balls flowed down from the first passage member pass. machine is known. However, in the structure that connects the first passage member and the second passage member in this way, positional deviation between the two cannot be avoided. There is a problem that a step is formed at the connecting portion of the ball, which may hinder the smooth flow of the game ball.

Also, the winning hole unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 are fastened and fixed to both sides of the base plate 60 as described above. Therefore, if there is an error in the thickness dimension of the base plate 60 (thickness is increased), the prize winning unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 may separate in the thickness direction of the base plate 60 (horizontal direction in FIG. 120(a)). There is In that case, there is a problem that a gap is formed between the second ball feeding portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b, which may hinder the smooth flow of the game ball.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the rolling surface 981c1 of the side wall portion 981b and the upstream end portion of the projection 981b1 are formed with different positions in the passage direction of the game ball, the game ball is placed on the bottom side of the step. It is possible to make the timing of passing through and the timing of passing through the step on the side surface side different. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being affected by the steps on the bottom surface and the steps on the side at the same time. can.

That is, as shown in FIG. 121, the gap K1 of the space formed between the game ball rolling portion 943a of the second ball feeding portion 942c and the game ball rolling surface 981c1 of the side wall portion 981b and the second ball feeding portion It is formed at a different position in the rolling direction of the game ball (horizontal direction in FIG. 121(a)) from the gap K2 of the space formed between the second concave cut portion 942c1 of the 942c and the projection 981b1 of the side wall portion 981b. . Thereby, it is possible to prevent the game ball rolling from the second ball feeding portion 942c to the side wall portion 981b from entering both the gap K1 and the gap K2. Therefore, the gap formed between the connecting portion of the second ball feeding portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b can reduce the maximum value of the resistance that the game ball receives. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball from stopping in the gap between the second ball feeding portion 942c and the side wall portion 981b.

Next, referring to FIG. 122, the displacement member 8966 of the seventh embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the sliding grooves 966a2 are formed linearly has been described. It has a concave portion 8966a6 recessed toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity (upward in FIG. 122)), and is formed in a substantially L shape when viewed from the rear. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 122 is a rear view of the front unit 940 and displacement member 8966 in the seventh embodiment. Note that FIG. 122 corresponds to FIG. As shown in FIG. 122, the displacement member 8966 in the seventh embodiment is formed in a vertically long rectangular plate shape when viewed from the front, and has a second opening 966c penetrating in the plate thickness direction at substantially the center position when viewed from the front. The second opening 966c has an inner edge shape that is larger than the inner edge shape of the second winning opening 140 of the rear base 941 when viewed from the front. 2 winning openings 140 are arranged.

In addition, the displacement member 8966 includes a protruding portion 966a that protrudes in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 122) from one end side (upper side in FIG. 122) in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction in FIG. 122) and the other end side in the longitudinal direction (lower side in FIG. 122). ) toward the rear side (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 122).

The protruding portion 966a includes a sliding groove 8966a2 that penetrates the displacement member 8966 in the plate thickness direction, and contact portions 966a1 that are positioned on both lateral sides of the displacement member 8966 and extend in the longitudinal direction. Prepare.

The slide groove 8966a2 is a hole into which the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945 is inserted, and extends in the lateral direction of the displacement member 966. The recessed portion 8966a6 extends outward in the lateral direction on the other side of the gravity direction (gravity direction). It is recessed toward the direction upper side (upper side in FIG. 122).

The width dimension in the lateral direction of the recessed portion 8966a6 is set to be larger than the maximum dimension between the opposing outer peripheral surfaces of the protrusions 945b. The side surface of the protrusion 945b on the moving side extends in a direction substantially orthogonal to the moving direction of the protrusion 945b (horizontal direction in FIG. 122), and the extending direction coincides with the direction of the protrusion 945b of the blade member 945 in the closed state. It is parallel to the first surface 945b1.

Therefore, when the feather member 945 is closed, at least part of the projection 945b can be accommodated inside the recess 8966a6, and when the feather member 945 is rotated, the first surface 945b1 becomes the inner surface of the recess 8966a6. Displacement of the protrusion 945b can be restricted by contact.

On the other hand, when the drive is transmitted from the transmission member 965 (solenoid 610) side, the displacement member 8966 is slid to the other side in the gravitational direction (upper side in the gravitational direction) so that the projection 945b of the feather member 945 is displaced into the recess 8966a6. can be extracted from the inside of the As a result, the projection 945b can be brought into contact with the inner surface of the sliding groove 8966a2 to displace the projection 945b.

That is, when the driving force is transmitted from the blade member 945, the transmission of the driving force to the transmission member 965 side can be restricted. can be disengaged from the projection 945b to be displaceable. As a result, it is possible to suppress the forced opening of the feather member 945 from the outside.

Furthermore, when the pair of feather members 945 are closed, the displacement member 8966 is slid to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). In addition, since the recessed portion 8966a6 is recessed toward the other side in the gravitational direction (gravitational direction), the projection 945b can be received as the displacement member 8966 slides. Therefore, the weight (self weight) of the displacement member 8966 can be used to easily maintain the state in which the protrusion 945b is received in the recess 8966a6.

Next, referring to FIG. 123, an insertion portion 9965e of a transmission member 9965 of the eighth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the insertion portion 965e of the transmission member 965 has a distal end disposed inside the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966. However, in the eighth embodiment, the insertion portion 9965e of the transmission member 9965 protrudes from the connecting hole 966b1. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

123(a) and 123(b) are sectional views of the drive unit 8960 and the displacement member 966 in the eighth embodiment. 123(a) and 123(b) correspond to FIG. 96(a). Further, FIG. 123(a) shows the closed state of the feather member 945, and FIG. 123(b) shows that the feather member 945 in the closed state is illegally operated (forcibly opened) by the player to change the closed state to the open state. The engaged state in the middle of being displaced to .

As shown in FIG. 123, the transmission member 9965 in the eighth embodiment is formed by bending in a side view, and includes a tip portion 9965a extending in the displacement direction of the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610, and the tip portion 9965a. It is formed from a rotating portion 965b that is continuous and extends toward the connecting member 964 side.

As in the sixth embodiment, the distal end portion 9965a has a smaller width dimension in the axial direction of the rotating shaft 965c as the distance from the solenoid 610 increases. The distal end portion 9965a has an insertion portion 9965e that is inserted into the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 at the distal end thereof, and a standing portion that protrudes toward one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) from the connection side of the rotating shaft 965c. and a setting portion 965f.

The insertion portion 9965e has an outer shape smaller than the inner edge shape of the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 when viewed from the front. Projected from 966b1. In addition, the insertion portion 9966e includes an engaging portion 9965e3 that protrudes from the connecting hole 966b1 to one side in the gravity direction (lower side in the gravity direction) and protrudes toward the inner surface side of the connecting hole 966b1 from the other side in the gravity direction (upper side in the gravity direction). bulged portion 965e1.

The engaging portion 9965e3 is formed so as to protrude in the displacement direction (gravitational direction) of the displacement member 966, and is formed at a position where the contact surface 9965e4 on the side of the rotation shaft 965c separates the front surface of the displacement member 966 by a small gap. be done. As a result, as shown in FIG. 123(b), when the displacement member 966 is displaced in the direction of the arrow Y (the other side in the gravity direction), the front surface of the displacement member 966 and the contact surface 9965e4 are brought into contact with each other to transmit the displacement. Displacement of the member 9965 can be regulated.

More specifically, when the displacement member 966 is displaced in the direction of the arrow Y, the contact portion 966b2 on one side of the connecting hole 966b1 contacts the insertion portion 9965e of the transmission member 9965, and the transmission member 9965 is rotationally displaced. . In this case, the insertion portion 9965e of the transmission member 9965 is displaced in the direction of the arrow Y and displaced toward the rotating shaft 965c due to the rotational displacement. Therefore, the contact surface 9965e4 can be brought into contact with the front surface of the displacement member 966 by displacing the insertion portion 9965e toward the rotating shaft 965c. Since this restricts the displacement of the transmission member 9965, the displacement of the displacement member 966 in the direction of the arrow Y is similarly restricted.

On the other hand, when the drive is transmitted from the solenoid 610 (the connecting member 964 is displaced), the transmission member 965 stops rotating before the displacement member 966, so that the insertion portion 9965e and the displacement member 966 are displaced. Contact can be suppressed. Therefore, the displacement member 966 can be displaced by rotationally displacing the transmission member 965 .

As described above, the displacement member 966 is connected to the projections 945b of the pair of feather members 945. As shown in FIG. Therefore, when the drive is transmitted from the feather member 945 side, the displacement member 966 and the contact surface 9965e4 abut to restrict the rotation of the transmission member 9965. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the feather member 945 from being forcibly opened from the outside.

That is, the transmission member 9965 in the eighth embodiment includes an insertion portion 9965e and an engaging portion 9965e3 projecting from the distal end of the insertion portion 9965e. When one side of the insertion portion 9965e is brought into contact with the other side contacted portion 966b3 of the displacement member 966, the engaging portion 9965e3 is engaged with the displacement member 966. As shown in FIG. Therefore, when the feather member 945 is forcibly released from the outside, the engaging portion 9965e3 and the displacement member 966 can be engaged. As a result, it is possible to suppress the forced opening of the feather member 945 from the outside.

Next, referring to FIG. 124, the transmission member 10965 and displacement member 10966 in the ninth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the insertion portion 965e of the transmission member 965 is arranged only inside the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966. In the ninth embodiment, however, the transmission member 10965 is inserted The tip of the portion 10965e is engaged with the connecting hole 10966b. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

124(a) and 124(b) are sectional views of the drive unit 10960 and the displacement member 10966 in the ninth embodiment. 124(a) corresponds to FIG. 96(a), and FIG. 124(b) corresponds to FIG. 96(b). 124(a) illustrates the closed state of the feather member 945, and FIG. 124(b) illustrates the open state of the feather member 945. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 124, the transmission member 10965 in the ninth embodiment is bent when viewed from the side, and has a distal end portion 10965a extending in the displacement direction of the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610, and the distal end portion 10965a. It is formed from a rotating portion that is continuous and extends toward the connecting member 964 side.

As in the sixth embodiment, the width dimension of the distal end portion 10965a in the axial direction of the rotating shaft 965c is reduced as the distance from the solenoid 610 increases. In addition, the distal end portion 10965a projects from the connecting side of the rotating shaft 965c to an inserting portion 10965e inserted into a connecting hole 10966b of a displacement member 10966, which will be described later, in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). and a standing portion 965f.

The insertion portion 10965e is smaller in outer shape in front view than the inner edge shape of the connecting hole 10966b of the displacement member 10966, and is inserted inside the connecting hole 10966b. The insertion portion 10965e includes an engaging portion 10965e3 that protrudes from one side in the gravity direction (lower side in the gravity direction) and a bulging portion that bulges from the other side in the gravity direction (upper side in the gravity direction) toward the inner surface of the connecting hole 966b1. 964d1.

The engaging portion 10965e3 is formed in a plate-like shape that curves around the axis of the rotating shaft 965c, and is arranged inside a concave portion 10966d of a displacement member 10966, which will be described later, when the feather member 945 is closed. Further, the displacement member 10966 has a contact surface 10965e4 on the side surface (inner surface) on the rotating shaft 965c side. The abutment surface 10966d4 is arranged to face an abutment surface 10966dc of a displacement member 10966, which will be described later, with a predetermined gap therebetween when the feather member 945 is closed.

The displacement member 10966 is formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and has a second opening 966c penetrating therethrough in the plate thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 124(a)) substantially at the center position when viewed from the front. The second opening 966c has an inner edge that is larger than the second winning opening 140 and the second ball throwing portion 942c (see FIG. 88) of the back base 941 when viewed from the front, and the second ball throwing portion 942c is inserted inside. is placed in As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball thrown to the side opposite to the game area through the second winning hole 140 from colliding with the inner edge of the displacement member 966 .

The displacement member 10966 includes a protruding portion 966a protruding in the lateral direction from one end in the longitudinal direction, a bulging portion 966b bulging rearward from the other end in the longitudinal direction, and a surface opposite to the bulging portion 966b. It mainly includes a recess 10966d that is recessed.

The recessed portion 10966d is recessed so as to continue to the contacted portion 966b3 on the other side of the connecting hole 966b1, and has a contacted surface 10966d1 on the side surface on the side of the bulging portion 966b. The abutted surface 10966d1 is curved around the axis of the rotation shaft 965c of the transmission member 10965 described above when the blade member 945 is closed, and has a slight gap with the abutment surface 10965e4 of the transmission member 10965. They are arranged to face each other at a distance. In addition, the abutted surface 10966d1 has an inclined surface 10966d2 at the end connected to the connecting hole 966b1.

The inclined surface 10966d2 is formed so as to incline toward the rear side toward the one-side contacted portion 966b2. In addition, the inclined surface 10966d2 is formed radially inward of the abutted surface 10966d1 centered on the rotation shaft 965c.

Further, in the ninth embodiment, the distance dimension between the opposing contact portion 966b3 of the connecting hole 966b1 and the contact contact portion 966b2 of the one side is the insertion portion in the front view with the feather member 945 closed. It is set larger than the width dimension L39 (see FIG. 124(a)) of 10965e in the direction of gravity. As a result, when the transmission member 10965 is rotated, the abutment surface 10965e4 is displaced toward the rear side, so that the abutment surface 10965e4 and the abutted surface 10966d1 come into contact with each other, thereby restricting the rotation of the transmission member 10965. can be suppressed.

According to the drive unit 10960 and the displacement member 10966 configured as described above, when the blade member 945 is displaced to the open state, when the solenoid 610 is driven, the drive is transmitted from the coupling member 964 to the transmission member 10965. be done. As a result, the transmission member 10965 is rotated about the rotating shaft 965c. As described above, the abutment surface 10965e4 of the transmission member 10965 and the abutted surface 10966d1 of the displacement member 10966 are curved around the rotation shaft 965c. When the contact surface 10965e4 is rotated, the contact surface 10965e4 is displaced while maintaining a slight gap from the contacted surface 10966d1. That is, the abutment surface 10965e4 and the abutted surface 10966d1 are displaced without interfering with each other.

As described above, the distance dimension between the opposing contact portion 966b3 of the connecting hole 966b1 and the contact contact portion 966b2 of the one side is formed to be larger than the width dimension L36 of the transmission member 10965. By rotating 10965, the insertion portion 10965e arranged inside the concave portion 10966d of the displacement member 10966 can be brought out to the outside of the concave portion 10966d. As a result, the bulging portion 965e1 of the transmission member 10965 is brought into contact with the contact portion 10966b3 on the other side, and the displacement member 10966 can be slidably displaced. Therefore, the pair of feather members 945 can be displaced to the open state.

Further, when the pair of feather members 945 is displaced from the open state to the closed state, the tip of the engaging portion 10965e3 of the transmission member 10965 slides along the inclined surface 10966d2 formed on the contacted surface 10966d1. Thus, the engaging portion 10965e3 can be displaced inside the concave portion 10966d while displacing the displacement member 10966 to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity).

On the other hand, when driving is transmitted from the pair of feather members 945 when displacing the pair of feather members 945 to the open state, the driving is transmitted from the displacement member 10966 to the transmission member 10965 . In this case, the displacement member 10966 is slid while the engagement portion 10965e3 of the transmission member 10965 is arranged inside the concave portion 10966d of the displacement member 10966 . Therefore, since the transmission member 965 is rotationally displaced as the displacement member 10966 is slid, the engagement portion 10965e3 is displaced rearward by the rotational displacement. Therefore, the contact surface 10965e4 of the engaging portion 10965e3 contacts the contacted surface 10966d1 of the recess 10966d, and the rotational displacement of the transmission member 10965 is restricted. As a result, it is possible to suppress the forced opening of the feather member 945 from the outside.

That is, the transmission member 10965 in the ninth embodiment includes an insertion portion 10965e and an engaging portion 10965e3 projecting from the tip of the insertion portion 10965e. One side of the insertion portion 10965e in the direction of gravity is brought into contact with 966b2, the engaging portion 10965e3 is engaged with the displacement member 10966, and the other side of the insertion portion 10965e in the direction of gravity (bulging portion 965e1), the transmission member 10965 is rotated to the other side in the gravity direction, the engagement of the engaging portion 10965e3 with the displacement member 10966 is released. The sliding displacement of the member 10966 to the other side in the gravitational direction is restricted. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the feather member 945 from being forcibly protected from the outside.

On the other hand, when the transmission member 10965 is rotated to the position where the engaging portion 10965e3 comes out of the concave portion 10966d of the displacement member 10966, the engagement of the engaging portion 10965e3 with the displacement member 10966 is released. By further rotating the member 10965 toward the other side in the direction of gravity, the displacement member 10966 can be slid toward the other side in the direction of gravity, and the feather member 945 can be released.

Next, the displacement member 11966 in the tenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 125 and 126. FIG. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the displacement member 966 is not arranged in the rolling path of the game ball from the second winning opening 140 has been described. is placed on the rolling path of the game ball. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 125 is an exploded perspective rear view of the rear base 941 and displacement member 11966 in the tenth embodiment. 126(a) and 126(b) are rear views of the front unit 940 and displacement member 11966. FIG. 126(a) illustrates the closed state of the feather member 945, and FIG. 126(b) illustrates the open state of the feather member 945. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 125 and 126, the front unit 940 according to the tenth embodiment has a pair of second guide walls 11942b extending in the direction of gravity on both sides of the second winning hole 140 in the horizontal direction. Further, in the tenth embodiment, the tip position of the rolling part 943a arranged between the opposing second ball-feeding parts 942c is set substantially at the same position as the projecting tip position of the second ball-feeding part 942c.

A pair of second guide walls 11942b are formed with first tooth flanks 11942b1 of gear tooth flanks on opposite sides thereof. In addition, the pair of second guide walls 11942b are set so that the distance between them facing each other is larger than the width dimension of the displacement member 11966 described later in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 126(a)). is arranged.

The first tooth surface 11942b1 is meshed with a first gear GY1 pivotally supported by a displacement member 11966, which will be described later. As a result, the displacement member 11966 slides to rotate the first gear GY1 that meshes with the first tooth surface 11942b1.

The displacement member 11966 includes a first member 11967 formed in a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a second member 11968 disposed on the first member 11967 in a displaceable state, and a shaft on the first member 11967. and a first gear GY1 supported and meshed with the second member 11968.

The first member 11967 has a second opening 966c penetrating in the plate thickness direction at a substantially central position in a front view. The first member 11967 has a pair of sliding grooves 966a2 extending along the longitudinal direction of the displacement member 11966 and the second opening 966c on the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) of the second opening 966c. A supporting portion 11966d and a sliding projection 11966e are formed so as to protrude in an annular shape on both sides in the widthwise direction of the sandwiched portion.

The support portion 11966d protrudes toward the first member 11967, and its tip end is inserted into the shaft hole of the first gear GY1. As a result, the first gear GY1 can be supported by the first member 11967 in a rotatable state.

The sliding projection 11966e protrudes toward the first member 11967 and has its tip inserted inside the sliding groove 11968b of the second member 11968 . Thereby, the second member 11968 can be arranged on the first member 11967 .

The second member 11968 is formed of a metal material in a substantially gate-shaped plate-like body when viewed from the front. A slide groove 11968b is formed in the plate thickness direction along the extending direction of the two tooth surfaces 11968a1 (the vertical direction in FIG. 126(a)), and the horizontal direction of the inner edge formed in the gate shape. It is formed with a blade portion 11968c inclined in the plate thickness direction on the end face extending to the plate.

The pair of second tooth flanks 11968a1 are each meshed with the first gear GY1. As a result, the rotation of the first gear GY1 can be transmitted from both horizontal side surfaces of the second member 11968 on which the second tooth surfaces 11968a1 are formed.

The sliding groove 11968b is formed in an elongated hole shape along the extension direction of the second tooth surface 11968a1 as described above, and the sliding projection 11966e of the first member 11967 is inserted inside. Therefore, the second member 11968 can be slidably displaced with respect to the first member 11967 by the gap between the sliding groove 11968b and the sliding projection 11966e.

Therefore, when the pair of first gears GY1 are rotationally displaced by the displacement of the first member 11967 as described above, the rotation of the first gear GY1 is transmitted from the second tooth surface 11968a1 to the second member 11968, The second member 11968 is displaced in the extending direction of the second tooth surface 11968a1.

The blade portion 11968c is formed to be inclined downward toward the first member 11967 side, and the lower end portion of the blade portion 11968c is lower than the inner surface of the second ball throwing portion 942c on the other end side in the direction of gravity when the feather member 945 is closed. , is arranged on the other end side in the direction of gravity. Thereby, the tip of the blade portion 11968c can be arranged on the other end side in the direction of gravity from the rolling surface of the game ball flowing in from the second winning hole 140 .

Also, the protruding distance of the second ball feeding portion 942c is set to a length that makes contact with the rear side of the second member 11968 . As described above, in the tenth embodiment, the tip position of the rolling part 943a arranged between the opposing second ball-feeding parts 942c is set at substantially the same position as the tip position of the second ball-feeding part 942c. As a result, the foreign object inserted into the second prize winning port 140 can be cut by the end portion of the rolling surface flowing in from the second prize winning port 140 and the blade portion 11968c.

According to the displacement member 11966 configured as described above, as shown in FIG. And since it can be arranged below the tip of the second ball feeding portion 942c in the direction of gravity, the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945 is cut off by an illegal operation while the drive is not transmitted from the solenoid 610 of the drive unit 960. When 945b is forcibly opened, the displacement member 11966 can restrict the flow of the game ball entered from the second winning hole 140. FIG.

On the other hand, when the feather member 945 is in the open state, the transmission member 965 displaces the first member 11967 of the displacement member 11966 upward, thereby displacing the second member 11968 . The amount of displacement of the first member 11967 is set larger than the radius of the game ball. As a result, as described above, the second member 11968 is displaced twice as much as the displacement of the first member 11967 with respect to the rear base 941. A distance greater than the diameter of the game ball can be separated from the rolling portion 943a that serves as the rolling surface. As a result, when the feather member 945 is in the open state, it is possible to allow the game ball entered from the second winning hole 140 to flow down.

That is, the second member 11968 traverses the path of the game ball flowing down from the second winning port 140 when the displacement member 11966 is slid from the position to open the feather member 945 to the position to close it, and the edge of the path. Since it is provided with a blade portion that rubs against the portion (the end of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball feeding portion 942c), it is possible to cut an illegal object that has been illegally inserted into the rolling passage of the game ball from the second winning port 140. can be done.

For example, the tip of a string is attached to a game ball, and the game ball is made to enter from the second winning hole 140 and pass through the rolling part 943a, thereby detecting the passage of the game ball. ), the other end of the string is manipulated (pulled out, drawn) to cause the game ball to reciprocate, causing the detection device SE4 to detect it multiple times. With respect to such cheating, according to the tenth embodiment, even if the above-described game ball is entered in a state where the feather member 945 is opened, the displacement member 11966 (the second member 11968) is slid and displaced, and when the blade portion 11968c crosses the passage of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball feeding portion 942c, the blade portion 11968c cuts the middle portion of the string whose tip is adhered to the game ball. and press against the edge of the rolling portion 943a or the second ball-feeding portion 942c. The thread can be cut between the rolling portion 943a or the edge of the second ball feeding portion 942c. As a result, the fraudulent act described above can be suppressed.

Next, the displacement member 12966 in the eleventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 127 and 128. FIG. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the displacement member 966 is not arranged on the rolling path of the game ball from the second winning opening 140 has been described. is placed on the rolling path of the game ball. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 127 is an exploded perspective rear view of the rear base 941 and displacement member 12966 in the eleventh embodiment. 128(a) and 128(b) are rear views of the front unit 940 and displacement member 12966. FIG. 128(a) illustrates the closed state of the feather member 945, and FIG. 128(b) illustrates the open state of the feather member 945. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 127 and 128, the front unit 940 of the eleventh embodiment has a pair of second guide walls 12942b extending in the direction of gravity on both sides of the second prize winning opening 140 in the horizontal direction. Further, in the eleventh embodiment, the projection distance of the second ball feeding portion 942c and the rolling portion 943a is set to be short, and the projecting tip surface is set to a position where it abuts on the front surface of the first member 12967 of the displacement member 12966, which will be described later. be.

In addition, the front unit 940 is provided with a first support portion 12942k1 and a second support portion 12942k2 protruding toward the displacement member 12966 on both sides in the horizontal direction of the second winning opening 140 . The first support portion 12942k1 and the second support portion 12942k2 are respectively inserted through the shafts of a first gear GY1 and a second gear GY2, which will be described later, and can pivotally support the first gear GY1 and the second gear GY2.

The pair of second guide walls 12942b has a contact portion 12942b2 protruding in the opposite direction on one end side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the opposing side surfaces thereof. The distance dimension between the pair of contact portions 12942b2 facing each other is set slightly larger than the width dimension of the first member 12967 described later in the lateral direction. As a result, the first member 12967 can be disposed between the pair of contact portions 12942b2 facing each other, and the sliding displacement of the first member 12967 can be guided.

The displacement member 12966 includes a first member 12967 formed of a vertically long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a second member 12968 disposed on the first member 12967 in a displaceable state, and a rear base 941 pivotally supported. 12967, and a second gear GY2 pivotally supported by the rear base 941 and meshed with the second member 12968.

The first gear GY1 is a gear having tooth surfaces on its outer peripheral surface, and as described above, is pivotally supported by the first support portion 12942k1 of the rear base 941, and its tooth surfaces are connected to the first member 12967 and the second gear. It is meshed with GY2.

The second gear GY2 is a multi-stage gear composed of two stages of gears of different sizes, and is formed with a small-diameter gear GY2a on the small-diameter side and a large-diameter gear GY2b on the large-diameter side. The second gear GY2 is pivotally supported by the second support portion 12942k2 of the rear base 941 as described above, and the tooth surface of the small-diameter gear GY2a meshes with the first gear GY1. A face is mated with the second member 12968 .

The first member 12967 is made of a metal material, and has a second opening 12966c penetrating in the plate thickness direction at a substantially central position in a front view. In addition, the first member 12967 has a pair of sliding grooves 966a2 extending along the lateral direction of the first member 12967 on the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) of the second opening 12966c, and the second opening. A sliding projection 12966e projecting annularly on both lateral sides of 12966c and third gear tooth flanks 12966f on both sides extending in the longitudinal direction are formed.

The second opening 12966c has an inner edge shape larger than the inner edge shape of the second winning opening 140 of the rear base 941 as viewed from the front. In addition, the second opening 12966c is provided with a second blade portion 12966c2 on the inner surface on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity).

The second blade portion 12966c2 is formed to be inclined downward from the rear base 941 side toward the second member 12968 side described later. In the second opening 12966c, the second blade portion 12966c2 is disposed on the rolling path of the game ball flowing into the second winning port 140 in a state in which the pair of feather members 945 are closed, and the pair of feather members 945 In the open state, the second blade portion 12966c2 is arranged outside the rolling path of the game balls flowing into the second winning port 140. As shown in FIG.

The sliding projection 12966e protrudes toward the second member 12968 and has its tip inserted inside the sliding groove 12968b of the second member 12968 . Thereby, the second member 12968 can be arranged on the first member 12967 .

The pair of third tooth flanks 12966f are meshed with the first gear GY1 respectively. As a result, the first member 12967 of the first gear GY1 is slid along with the rotational displacement of the transmission member 965, thereby rotating the first gear GY1. Further, as described above, the first gear GY1 is meshed with the small diameter gear GY2a of the second gear GY2, thereby rotating the second gear GY2.

The second member 12968 is formed of a metal material into a substantially H-shaped plate-like body when viewed from the front, and is disposed with a pair of extended portions directed in the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 128(a)). In addition, the second member 12968 has a second tooth flank 12968a of the gear tooth flank on the outside of the pair of extending portions in the facing direction, and along the extending direction of the second tooth flank 12968a (vertical direction in FIG. 128(a)). A sliding groove 12968b is formed through the plate thickness direction in a long hole shape, and a blade portion 6683 is formed on the end surface of the connecting portion connecting the pair of extended portions on the other side in the gravity direction (upper side in the gravity direction). be done.

The sliding groove 12968b is formed in an elongated hole shape along the extending direction of the second tooth surface 12968a as described above, and the sliding projection 12966e of the first member 12967 is inserted inside. Therefore, the second member 12968 can be slidably displaced in the gravity direction with respect to the first member 12967 by the gap between the sliding groove 12968b and the sliding projection 12966e.

The pair of second tooth flanks 12968a are meshed with the large-diameter gear GY2b of the second gear GY2. Therefore, the second member 12968 is slidably displaced by rotating the second gear GY2. As described above, the transmission member 965 slides the first member 12967 to rotate the second gear GY2. Therefore, the second member 12968 can be displaced along with the displacement of the first member 12967 .

In addition, the first member 12967 and the second member 12968 are set to slide in opposite directions, and the amount of displacement of the second member 12968 is set to be large due to the small-diameter second gear GY2.

The blade portion 6683 is formed to be inclined upward toward the first member 12967 side, and its upper end portion is located on one side of the second ball throwing portion 942c in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) when the feather member 945 is closed. ) on the other side in the gravitational direction (upper side in the gravitational direction). That is, the second member 12968 is arranged at a position where the blade portion 6683 overlaps the first member 12967 in a front view with the feather member 945 closed.

Therefore, when the pair of feather members 945 is displaced from the open position to the closed position, the rolling passage of the game ball of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball throwing portion 942c is traversed and the edges of each other are rubbed against each other. Since the first member 12967 and the second member 12968 (displacement member 12966) are provided with the second blade portion 12966c2 and the blade portion 6683, it is possible to cut an illegal object illegally inserted into the passage from the second prize winning opening 140. can.

For example, the tip of a string is adhered to a game ball, the game ball is made to enter from the second prize winning port 140, and passed through the rolling passage of the game ball of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball throwing portion 942c, and the detection device SE4 is detected. When the game ball reaches the detection position of , the other end of the string is operated (pulled out, drawn) to reciprocate the game ball, thereby causing the detection device SE4 to detect it multiple times. With respect to such cheating, according to the present invention, even if the above-described game ball is entered with the pair of feather members 945 opened, the pair of feather members 945 are displaced from the open position to the closed position. Then, when the second blade portion 12966c2 and the blade portion 6683 cross the passage of the passage member, the middle portion of the thread whose tip is adhered to the game ball is placed between the pair of the second blade portion 12966c2 and the blade portion 6683. Can be pinched and cut. As a result, the fraudulent act described above can be suppressed.

On the other hand, in the state where the feather member 945 is opened, the blade portion 6683 of the second member 12968 is located on the other side of the gravity direction from the rolling surface (rolling portion 943a) of the game ball entering the second winning hole 140. placed. As described above, when the feather member 945 is opened, the second blade portion 12966c2 of the first member 12967 is arranged outside the rolling path of the game ball flowing into the second winning port 140. Therefore, in a state in which the pair of feather members 945 are opened, the game ball flowing into the second winning opening 140 can pass between the blade portion 6683 and the second blade portion 966c2.

In addition, in the eleventh embodiment, the first member 12967 and the second member 12968 can block the rolling passage of the game ball entering the second winning port 140, so the displacement distance of the second member 12968 is reduced to tenth. It can be less than the second member 11968 in the embodiment. As a result, the rolling passage of the game balls flowing into the second winning port 140 can be closed in a short time, and the game balls flowing in at the timing when the pair of feather members 945 are closed can flow into the rolling passage. can be suppressed.

Next, referring to FIG. 129, a drive unit 13960 in the twelfth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the transmission of the driving force from the solenoid 610 to the blade member 945 is performed through the connecting member 964, the transmission member 965, and the displacement member 966. However, in the twelfth embodiment, the solenoid 610 The transmission of drive from to the blade member 945 is performed by one member. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 129(a) is a rear view of the front unit 940 in the twelfth embodiment, and FIG. 129(b) is a sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 along line CXXIXb-CXXIXb of FIG. 129(a). In addition, in FIG. 129(b), only the outer shape of the specific winning port unit 950 is illustrated with a chain line for easy understanding. Further, in the twelfth embodiment, when the shaft portion 961b is pulled into the main body portion 961a, the pair of feather members 945 are closed, and the shaft portion 961b protrudes from the main body portion 961a. In this case, the pair of feather members 945 are opened.

As shown in FIG. 129, the drive unit 13960 in the twelfth embodiment is arranged on the back side of the specific winning hole unit 950 (on the right side in FIG. 129(b) in the vertical direction). A transmission member 13965 is connected to the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 .

The transmission member 13965 includes a base portion 7658 extending from the solenoid 610 side toward the front unit 940 side, and an end portion of the base portion 7658 on the front unit 940 side toward the projection 945b side of the feather member 945. and an engaging portion 13965j.

The annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is connected to the base portion 7658 at the end opposite to the engaging portion 13965j. Accordingly, by driving the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610 in its axial direction, the transmission member 13965 can be slidably displaced.

The engaging portion 13965j is formed at a position overlapping the projections 945b of the pair of feather members 945 in the gravitational direction (vertical direction in FIG. 129(a)) when viewed from the rear (or viewed from the front). In addition, the engaging portion 13965j is set to have a length that exceeds the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945, and overlaps the protrusion 945b in a front view.

In addition, a support portion 13965j1 having a substantially C shape in a side view projects from the upright end of the engaging portion 13965j. The supporting portion 13965j1 is set so that the facing dimension inside the opening is larger than the maximum dimension of the outer shape of the projection 945b. In addition, the width dimension of the support portion 13965j1 in the facing direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 129(a)) of the pair of engaging portions 13965j is set larger than the displacement distance of the projection 945b. Therefore, the protrusion 945b can be arranged inside the opening of the support portion 13965j1.

Therefore, when the connecting portion 10965h is slid in the direction of gravity as described above, the engaging portion 9965j is slid in the direction of gravity, and the protrusion 945b is displaced along with the displacement. By displacing the protrusion 945b, the feather member 945 can be displaced to the open state.

According to the drive unit 13960 configured as described above, the drive unit 13960 for driving the pair of feather members 945 and the drive unit 957 for driving the plate member 951 are disposed on the back side of the plate member 951, A space can be formed on the back side of the feather member 945 (second winning port 140). That is, by concentrating the space for arranging the drive unit 13960 and the drive unit 957 on the back side of the pair of feather members 945, the space for arranging other members and devices is provided for the pair of feather members 945 (second prize winner). It can be secured on the back side of the port 140), and the space can be effectively utilized accordingly.

Next, the displacement member 14966 in the thirteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 130 and 131. FIG. In the sixth embodiment, the inner edge shape of the connecting hole 966b1 of the displacement member 966 is formed slightly larger than the outer shape of the insertion portion 965e of the transmission member 965 when viewed from the front. A case where the inner edge shape of the connecting hole 966b1 of the member 14966 is formed to be sufficiently larger than the outer shape of the transmission member 965 will be described. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Figures 130(a) and 131(a) are rear views of the winning opening unit 930 in the thirteenth embodiment. 130(b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 along line CXXXb-CXXXb of FIG. 130(a), and FIG. 131(b) is a winning opening unit 930 along line CXXXIb-CXXXIb of FIG. 131(a). is a cross-sectional view of.

In addition, in FIGS. 130(a) and 131(a), the outer shape of the pair of feather members 945 is illustrated with chain lines. 130(a) and 130(b) show the closed state of the pair of feather members 945, and in FIGS. The open state of the pair of feather members 945 in the case of being closed is illustrated. Furthermore, in the thirteenth embodiment, the specific winning opening 65a is formed at a position farther apart from the second winning opening 140 than in the sixth embodiment.

As shown in FIGS. 130(a) and 130(b), the displacement member 14966 in the thirteenth embodiment is formed in a vertically long rectangular plate shape when viewed from the front, and has a second opening 966c at approximately the center position when viewed from the front. It is formed to penetrate in the plate thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 130(b)).

The displacement member 14966 has a projecting portion 966a projecting in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 130(a)) from one end (the upper side in FIG. 130(a)) in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction in FIG. 130(a)), A bulging portion 14966b that bulges from the end side (lower side in FIG. 130(b)) toward the back side (back base 941 side (see FIG. 85)) is provided.

The bulging portion 14966b is formed to bulge toward the back side (back base 941 side), and a laterally long rectangular connecting hole 14966b1 is formed in the inner portion in the rear view. The connecting hole 14966b1 is an opening into which the tip (insertion portion 965e) of the transmission member 965 of the drive unit 960, which will be described later, is inserted.

The connecting hole 14966b1 has an inner edge that is substantially square in shape when viewed from the front, and has a contact portion 966b2 on the inner peripheral surface on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity (upper side in FIG. 130(a))). , and the other side abutted portion 966b3 on the inner peripheral surface on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 90(a))).

The connecting hole 14966b1 is formed such that the distance L40 between the facing parts in the direction of gravity (from the contact part 966b3 on the other side to the contact part 14966b2 on the one side) is sufficiently larger than the width dimension L41 of the insertion part 965e in the direction of gravity. When the pair of feather members 945 are closed, the insertion portion 965e contacts the contact portion 966b3 on the other side.

In the connection hole 14966b1, the dimension obtained by subtracting the width dimension L41 of the insertion portion 965e in the gravity direction from the separation distance L40 between the opposite sides in the gravity direction (from the other side contact portion 966b3 to the one side contact portion 14966b2) is It is set larger than the dimension obtained by subtracting the diameter of the game ball from the separation distance L42 from the end surface 943a1 of the rolling part 943a to the inner edge of the second opening 966c of the displacement member 14966 (L40-L41)>(L42-game ball diameter). As a result, when the displacement member 14966 falls to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), the edge of the displacement member 14966 blocks the rolling path of the game balls flowing in from the second winning opening 140 .

Next, with reference to FIGS. 131(a) and 131(b), the case where the projections 945b of the pair of feather members 945 are cut will be described. As described above, the separation distance L40 between the connecting holes 14966b1 is formed sufficiently larger than the width L41 of the insertion portion 965e in the direction of gravity, and when the pair of feather members 945 are closed, the other side cover is closed. Since the insertion portion 965e abuts against the abutment portion 966b3, as shown in FIGS. The displacement member 14966 freely falls to one side in the direction of gravity by the gap between the portion 966b2 and the insertion portion 965e.

As described above, the connecting hole 14966b1 is set so that the dimension obtained by subtracting the width dimension L41 from the separation distance L40 is larger than the dimension obtained by subtracting the diameter of the game ball from the separation distance L42 (L40-L41)>(L42 (Diameter of game ball), the displacement member 14966 is allowed to fall freely, so that the edge of the displacement member 14966 blocks the rolling path of the game ball flowing in from the second winning port 140 .

That is, in the thirteenth embodiment, when the pair of feather members 945 are not in communication with the sliding grooves 966a2 of the displacement member 14966 (states shown in FIGS. 131(a) and 131(b)), the displacement member 14966 is arranged in the passage of the game ball flowing in from the second winning port 140, for example, even if the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945 is cut and the feather member 945 is forcibly opened from the outside, the second The displacement member 14966 can restrict the flow of the game ball entered from the winning hole 140 .

Next, a drive unit 15960 in the fourteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 132 and 133. FIG. In the sixth embodiment, the arm portion 962e of the drive unit 960 is positioned outside the side wall portion 981b of the sorting unit 980. However, in the fourteenth embodiment, the second arm portion 15962j It is arranged and positioned inside the portion 981b. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

132(a) is a side view of the drive unit 15960 in the fourteenth embodiment, FIG. 132(b) is a top view of the drive unit 15960, and FIG. 132(c) is a perspective front view of the drive unit 15960. It is a diagram. 133(a) is a sectional view of the game board 13, and FIG. 133(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 taken along line CXXXIIIb-CXXXIIIb of FIG. 133(a). Note that FIG. 133(a) corresponds to FIG. 120(a).

First, referring to FIG. 132, the drive unit 15960 in the fourteenth embodiment will be described. As shown in FIG. 132, the drive unit 15960 in the fourteenth embodiment is formed in a box shape, and includes a first accommodation portion 15962 and a second accommodation portion 963 which are arranged facing each other, and a first accommodation portion 15962 and a second accommodation portion 963. A solenoid 610 disposed in a space between the second housing portions 963, a connecting member 964 connected to the solenoid 610, and a connecting member 964 pivotally supported by the first housing portion 15962 and the second housing portion 963. and a transmission member 965 connected to the .

The first accommodating portion 15962 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and includes a covering portion 962a that covers one side of the solenoid 610 (the upper side in FIG. ) and a guide portion 15962b protruding toward the center.

The drive unit 15960 is disposed in a space between the first housing portion 962 and the second housing portion 963 which are formed in a box shape and are arranged to face each other. It mainly includes a solenoid 610, a connecting member 964 connected to the solenoid 610, and a transmission member 965 pivotally supported by the first receiving portion 962 and the second receiving portion 963 and connected to the connecting member 964. be done.

The first accommodating portion 962 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and includes a covering portion 962a that covers one side of the solenoid 610 (the upper side in FIG. ) and a guide portion 15962b protruding toward the center.

The guide portion 15962b includes a pair of arm portions 15962e formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed from the side, a wall portion 962f connected to the pair of arm portions 15962e and formed in a gate shape when viewed from the front, and a wall portion 962f connected to the pair of arm portions 15962e. A protruding portion 962g protruding from 962f on the opposite side of covering portion 962a (back base 941 side (see FIG. 125)), and a pair of arm portions 15962e located on the other side in the gravity direction and protruding from wall portion 962f. and a third arm 15962h protruding on the opposite side of the second arm 15962j across the wall 962f.

The arm portions 15962e protrude toward the rear base 941 (see FIG. 85) from the opposing wall surfaces of the covering portion 962a, and the protruding tip sides thereof are bent to the other side in the direction of gravity (the side opposite to the solenoid 610 side) in a side view. It is formed in a substantially L shape. In addition, the arm 15962e protrudes in the gravitational direction below the side wall 981b of the distribution unit 980 when the drive unit 15960 and the distribution unit 970 are combined.

The second arm portion 15962j is formed to be connected to the inner edge portion of the wall portion 962f, and the distance L43 between the pair of opposing arms is set smaller than the width dimension between the pair of opposing arms 962e. Also, it is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. Further, the second arm portion 15962j has a distance dimension in the gravitational direction set to be smaller than the dimension between the opposing side wall portions 981b of the sorting unit 980 in the gravitational direction, and when the drive unit 15960 and the sorting unit 980 are combined, It is inserted inside the side wall portion 981b.

In addition, the pair of second arm portions 15962j are set such that the outer distance in the facing direction is substantially the same as the distance between the side walls 981b facing each other in the horizontal direction. As a result, when disposing the sorting unit 980 (ball throwing unit 970) in the winning hole unit 930, positioning can be performed by arranging the second arm portion 15962j inside the side wall portion 981b.

The third arm portion 15962h is set so that the distance dimension between the opposing arms 15962h is substantially the same as the distance dimension between the opposing arms 15962e. Further, the third arm portion 15962h is formed with a protruding portion 15962h1 connected to the rear base 941 side end portion of the second arm portion 15962j.

The protruding portion 15962h1 is set such that the protruding distance from the end of the second arm portion 15962j to the rear base 941 (see FIG. 85) is substantially the same as the recess dimension of the second recessed portion 942c1. In addition, when the front unit 940 and the drive unit 15960 are combined, the protruding portion 15962h1 is formed at a position corresponding to the second cutout portion 942c1 and arranged inside the second cutout portion 942c1.

Therefore, the upstream ends of the rolling surface 981c1 of the projecting portion 15962h1 and the side wall portion 981b are formed at different positions in the passing direction of the game ball. The timing of passing through the step on the side can be made different. Therefore, the game ball is prevented from being affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side at the same time, and the influence of these is dispersed, so that the game ball can smoothly flow down (pass) accordingly. can.

Therefore, in the fourteenth embodiment, the drive unit 15960 can be used for both positioning of the front unit 940 and positioning of the sorting unit 980. becomes. Therefore, the distribution unit 980 side can also easily allow size effects or installation tolerances.

Next, with reference to FIG. 134(a), the side wall portion 16981b of the sorting unit 980 and the second ball feeding portion 16942c of the winning opening unit 930 in the fifteenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment described above, the projection 981b1 of the side wall portion 981b is arranged inside the second concave cutout portion 942c1 of the second ball feeding portion 942c. 16942c2 is disposed inside the recessed portion 16981b2 of the side wall portion 16981b. The same reference numerals are assigned to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 134(a) is a sectional view of the game board 13 in the fifteenth embodiment. Note that FIG. 134(a) corresponds to FIG. 120(a). As shown in FIG. 134(a), the side wall portion 16981b of the sorting unit 980 according to the fifteenth embodiment has a standing front end surface that faces the winning opening unit when the winning opening unit 930 and the ball throwing unit 970 are attached to the base plate. It is formed to a dimension that abuts on the tip of the second ball feeding portion 16942c of 930 .

In addition, the side wall portion 16981b has a recessed cutout portion 16981b2 recessed on the erected distal end surface toward the erected proximal end side. The recess 16981b2 is formed at a position radially separated from the game ball in the direction of gravity from the rolling surface 981c1, and its recessed shape when viewed from the side is the shape of the protrusion 16942c2 of the second ball feeding portion 16942c which will be described later. is set to be substantially the same as

As a result, when a game ball is thrown from the end surface 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the rolling surface of the through hole 981c, the game ball is less likely to be caught between the rolling portion 943a and the through hole 981c. A detailed description of the case where the game ball is thrown from the end surface 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a to the rolling surface 981c1 of the through hole 981c will be given later.

In addition, the recessed portion 16981b2 is recessed in a substantially trapezoidal shape in a side view, and the inner surface of the side wall portion 16981b on the side of the erected base end is inclined downward along the rolling direction of the game ball. As a result, the game ball rolling on the rolling surface of the through hole 981c can be prevented from bouncing upward at the switching portion of the rolling path of the game ball.

That is, in the fifteenth embodiment, since the recessed end face of the recessed cutout 16981b2 is formed to be inclined downward along the passage direction of the game ball, the game ball that collides with the recessed end face of the recessed cutout 16981b2 can be pressed against the rolling surface 981c1 (bottom surface). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from jumping up and bouncing on the recessed end face of the recessed cutout 16981b2. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to smoothly pass (flow down).

The protrusion 16942c2 is formed so as to protrude from the protruding distal end surface of the second ball feeding portion 16942c, and its outer shape in a side view is set to be substantially the same as that of the recessed portion 16981b2 of the side wall portion 16981b. As a result, when a game ball rolling on the end surface 943a1 of the rolling portion 943a of the winning opening unit 930 is thrown to the rolling surface 981c1 of the distribution unit 980, the game ball is placed on the recessed portion 16981b2 of the distribution unit 980. It is possible to suppress being caught inside. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to smoothly pass (flow down) from the rolling portion 943a of the winning opening unit 930 to the rolling surface 981c1 of the distribution unit 980.

In addition, in the fifteenth embodiment, the recessed cutout portion 16981b2 of the side wall portion 16981b and the upstream end portion of the rolling surface 981c1 are formed at different positions in the passage direction of the game ball, so that the game ball is placed on the bottom side. It is possible to make the timing of passing through the steps on the side surface different from the timing of passing through the steps on the side surface side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being affected by the steps on the bottom surface and the steps on the side at the same time. can.

Furthermore, according to the fifteenth embodiment, the recessed portion 16981b2 is formed on the downstream side in the rolling direction of the game ball, and the projection 16942c2 is formed on the upstream side, so that the side downstream end of the second ball throwing portion 942c and the rolling direction are formed. The bottom downstream end of moving portion 943a can be adjacent to the side upstream end and the bottom upstream end of sidewall portion 16981b. That is, when the upstream end of the side surface of the second ball feeding portion 942c is formed in a position different from the upstream end of the bottom surface of the rolling portion 943a on the downstream side in the passage direction of the game ball, the upstream end of the side wall portion 16981b Until the game ball reaches the end, the game ball can be guided by the projection 16942c2 of the second ball feeding portion 942c. Therefore, the game ball can flow down (pass) smoothly.

On the other hand, the projection 16942c2 has relatively low rigidity and may be broken. Even so, the upstream end of the bottom surface of the side wall portion 16981b and the upstream end of the side surface can be maintained in different positions in the passing direction of the game ball. The timing of passing through a step can be made different. Therefore, the game ball is prevented from being affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side surface side at the same time, and the influence of these is dispersed, so that the game ball smoothly flows down (passes) accordingly. be able to.

In addition, since the protrusion 16942c2 is formed on the prize-winning unit 930 side and the concave cutout 16981b2 is formed on the sorting unit 980 side, the side surface of the concave cutout 16981b2 is brought into contact with the protrusion 16942c2, and the rolling part 943a positional deviation of the sorting unit 980 to the upper side in the direction of gravity can be regulated. That is, at the step where the bottom surface upstream end of the side wall portion 16981b is higher than the bottom surface downstream end of the rolling portion 943a, the game ball is easily bounced up when riding on it. Compared to the reverse step, it is easy to hinder the smooth downflow (passage) of the game ball. Therefore, the upstream end of the bottom surface of the side wall portion 16981b can be prevented from being displaced upward in the gravity direction with respect to the downstream end of the bottom surface of the rolling portion 943a, which is particularly effective for the smooth flow of game balls.

Next, with reference to FIG. 134(b), the side wall portion 17981b of the sorting unit 980 and the second ball feeding portion 17942c of the winning opening unit 930 in the sixteenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the projection 981b1 of the side wall portion 981b and the end of the second recessed cutout portion 942c1 of the second ball feeding portion 942c are formed in a direction substantially perpendicular to the rolling direction of the game ball when viewed from the side. , but in the sixteenth embodiment, the end portions of the second ball feeding portion 17942c and the side wall portion 17981b are formed to be inclined when viewed from the side. The same reference numerals are assigned to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 134(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 in the sixteenth embodiment. Note that FIG. 134(b) corresponds to FIG. 120(a). As shown in FIG. 134(b), the side wall portion 17981b of the sorting unit 980 in the sixteenth embodiment is formed so that the tip surface 17981b3 at the tip of the upright portion is inclined downward from the base end side to the tip end side. . In other words, the tip surface 17981b3 is formed to be inclined upward along the rolling direction of the game ball of the rolling surface 981c1 of the side wall portion 17981b.

On the other hand, the second ball feeding portion 17942c of the winning opening unit 930 is formed such that the tip surface 17942c3 of the protruding tip surface is inclined upward along the rolling direction of the game ball of the rolling portion 943a. In addition, the tip surface 17942c3 of the second ball-throwing portion 17942c is substantially parallel to the tip surface 17981b3 of the protruding tip of the side wall portion 17981b in the state where the prize-winning unit 930 and the ball-throwing unit 970 are attached to the base plate. are placed.

Therefore, since the side upstream end (tip surface 17981b3) of the side wall portion 17981b can be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the game ball, the side upstream end of the side wall portion 17981b is formed perpendicular to the passing direction of the game ball. Compared with the case of (6th Embodiment), the game ball which collided with the side surface upper end surface of the side wall part 17981b is slid along the inclination, and it can be made hard to be bounced back. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to smoothly pass (flow down).

In addition, since the entire side surface upstream end (tip surface 17981b3) of the side wall portion 17981b is inclined, compared to the case where the side wall portion 17981b is formed in a shape having the recessed portion 16981b2 as in the fifteenth embodiment, for example. , the occurrence of stress concentration can be suppressed, and the durability of the side wall portion 17981b can be ensured. In addition, when the side wall portion 17981b is formed from a resin material, the shape change of the cavity (hollow portion) of the injection molding mold can be moderated, so air bubbles (air entrapment) and insufficient filling can be suppressed to improve moldability. can be improved.

Next, the displacement member 18966 in the seventeenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 135 to 137. FIG. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the displacement member 966 is not arranged on the rolling path of the game ball entered from the second winning hole 140 has been described. It is arranged on the rolling path of the game ball entered from the winning hole 140. - 特許庁In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Figures 135(a), 136(a), and 137(a) are schematic views of the winning opening unit 930 in the seventeenth embodiment when viewed from the back, and Figure 135(b) is a schematic view of Figure 135(a). It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the winning opening unit 930 along the line CXXXVb-CXXXVb. FIG. 136(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 along line CXXXVIb-CXXXVIb of FIG. 136(a). FIG. 137(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 930 along line CXXXVIIb-CXXXVIIb of FIG. 137(a).

135 shows the closed state of the pair of feather members 945, FIG. 136 shows the open state of the pair of feather members 945, and FIG. 137 shows the pair of feather members 945 forcibly opened. The states are illustrated. 135(a), 136(a) and 137(a), only the pair of feather members 945, the displacement member 18966 and the second winning opening 140 are illustrated. In FIGS. 135(b), 136(b) and 137(b), only a pair of feather members 945, rear base 941, front base 943, displacement member 18966, transmission member 19958 and solenoid 961 are schematically illustrated. be.

As shown in FIG. 135, the displacement member 18966 in the seventeenth embodiment is formed to have a larger outer shape in the gravitational direction (vertical direction in FIG. 135(a)) than the displacement member 966 in the sixth embodiment. The sliding groove 18966a of the displacement member 18966 is formed in a substantially L-shaped bending shape when viewed from the rear, and includes a non-transmission portion 18966a6 extending in the gravitational direction and a lower end portion of the non-transmission portion 18966a6 in the gravitational direction. and a transmission portion 18966a7 bent and extending toward the center in the left-right direction.

Further, the displacement member 18966 has the through hole 966c1 arranged below the second winning opening 140 in the direction of gravity when the pair of feather members 945 are closed. As a result, when the pair of feather members 945 are closed, the game ball passing through the second winning port 140 can be restricted from flowing into the through hole 981c of the ball feeding unit 970 from the rolling portion 943a.

Further, the displacement member 18966 is provided with a blade portion 1896g that slopes toward the front side as it goes downward on the inner peripheral edge of the through hole 966c1 on the upper side in the gravitational direction. The front side of the blade portion 1896g abuts against the protruding tip of the rolling portion 943a and the protruding tip of the second ball feeding portion 942c. That is, when the pair of feather members 945 are closed in a rear view, the blade portion 1896g, the rolling portion 943a, and the second ball feeding portion 942c are arranged at overlapping positions.

Further, in the transmission member 18958 in the seventeenth embodiment, the rotational range of the distal end portion 965a side is set larger than that in the first embodiment when the solenoid 961 is driven. That is, the displacement dimension in the gravitational direction on the side of the tip portion 965a is set large, and the displacement dimension is set larger than the opening dimension of the second winning opening 140 in the gravitational direction.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 136, when the solenoid 961 is driven, the blade portion 1896g can be arranged above the second winning opening 140, and the second winning opening can be positioned inside the through hole 966c1 of the displacement member 18966 when viewed from the rear. A mouth 140 opening can be positioned.

Further, when the displacement member 18966 is displaced in the direction of gravity due to the displacement of the transmission member 18958, the projection 945b slides inside the slide groove 18966a. When the projection 945b slides inside the sliding groove 18966a, the projection 945b first slides inside the non-transmitting portion 18966a6 and then slides inside the transmitting portion 18966a7. In this case, the extending direction of the non-transmitting portion 18966 and the displacement direction of the displacement member 18966 are set to be substantially the same. It slides inside the non-transmitting portion 18966a6 without being transmitted. On the other hand, when the projection 945b slides on the transmission portion 18966a7, it is pushed out and displaced (rotated) by the inner peripheral edge of the transmission portion 18966a7. As a result, the pair of feather members 945 are displaced to the open state.

Therefore, when the pair of feather members are in the open state, the game ball passing through the second winning hole 140 can be allowed to flow into the through hole 981c of the ball throwing unit 970 from the rolling portion 943a.

On the other hand, when the pair of feather members 945 is changed from the open state to the closed state, the protrusions 945b of the feather members 945 slide on the transmission portion 18966a7, and the feather members 945 are rotated. In this case, as described above, the displacement member 18966 has the blade portion 18966g arranged below the inner peripheral edge of the second prize winning port 140 in the gravitational direction, and the side surface on the front side is the protruding tip portion of the rolling portion 943a. Since it abuts against the protruding tip of the second ball throwing portion 942c, the second winning portion 942c is formed between the blade portion 18966g, the rolling portion 943a, and the second ball throwing portion 942c as it displaces downward in the direction of gravity. A biasing object inserted on the rolling path of the game ball from the mouth 140 can be cut off.

That is, when the displacement member 18966 is slidably displaced from the position to open the pair of feather members 945 to the position to close it, the displacement member 18966 traverses the path of the game ball flowing down from the second winning port 140, Since it has a blade portion 18966g that rubs against the edge of the passage (the end of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball feeding portion 942c), it is possible to prevent an illegal insertion from the second winning port 140 into the passage where the game ball is placed. Can cut forces.

For example, the tip of a string is attached to a game ball, and the game ball is made to enter from the second winning hole 140, and passed through the rolling part 943a to detect the passage of the game ball. ), the other end of the string is manipulated (pulled out, drawn) to cause the game ball to reciprocate, causing the detection device SE4 to detect it multiple times. With respect to such cheating, according to the seventeenth embodiment, even if the above-described game ball is entered in a state where the feather member 945 is opened, the displacement member 18966 is slid and when the blade portion 18966g traverses the path of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball feeding portion 942c, the intermediate portion of the thread whose tip is adhered to the game ball is displaced together with the blade portion 18966g and rolls. 18966g and the rolling portion 943a or the second ball-throwing portion 942c when pressed against the edge of the portion 943a or the second ball-throwing portion 942c and in frictional contact with the edges of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball-throwing portion 942c. The thread can be cut between the edges of the As a result, the fraudulent act described above can be suppressed.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 137, when the projections 945b of the pair of feather members 945 are cut (folded) by the player's fraudulent act, the through hole of the displacement member 18966 with respect to the second winning opening 140 966c1 is arranged on the lower side in the direction of gravity. As a result, when the player forcibly opens the pair of feather members 945 , the displacement member 18966 can restrict the flow of the game ball entered from the second winning hole 140 .

In this case, the transmission member 18965 is urged by the solenoid 961 by the coil spring SP1 (see FIG. 94) so that the distal end portion 18965a is displaced downward in the direction of gravity. That is, the displacement member 18966 is urged in the direction to block the second winning opening 140 . Therefore, when the pair of feather members 945 are forcibly opened by the player's fraudulent act, it is possible to prevent the displacement member 18966 from being forcibly opened as well. As a result, cheating by the player can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 138 to 162, a winning opening unit 19930 in the eighteenth embodiment will be described. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

The front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

First, with reference to FIG. 138, the prize winning unit 19930 arranged on the base plate 19060 of the game board 13 in the eighteenth embodiment will be described. FIG. 138 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13 in the eighteenth embodiment. Illustration of units other than the prize winning unit 19930 arranged on the base plate 19060 (for example, the center frame 86 (see FIG. 81), etc.) is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 138, the base plate 19060 has a through-hole 19060a penetrating in the thickness direction of the base plate 19060 below the central opening in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 138) to which the center frame 86 (see FIG. 81) is attached. is formed by router processing.

The through-hole 19060a is formed to be slightly smaller than the outer shape of the front unit 19940 described later when viewed from the front.

On the base plate 19060, a front unit 19940, which will be described later, is arranged from the front (front) side, and a distribution unit 19980 and a passage unit 19990, which will be described later, are arranged from the rear (rear) side. The passage unit 19990 is fastened and fixed with a tapping screw or the like.

Next, referring to FIGS. 139 to 142, the overall configuration of the prize winning port unit 19930 will be described. 139(a) is a front view of the winning opening unit 19930, and FIG. 139(b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit 19930. FIG. 140(a) is a perspective front view of the winning opening unit 19930, and FIG. 140(b) is a perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 19930. FIG. 141 is an exploded perspective front view of the winning opening unit 19930, and FIG. 142 is an exploded perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 19930. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 139 to 142, the prize-winning unit 19930 includes a front unit 19940, a sorting unit 19980 disposed on the rear side of the front unit 19940 (FIG. 139(b) on the front side of the page), and a front unit. 19940 on the back side and on one side of the sorting unit 19980 in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction).

The front unit 19940 is formed to have an external shape larger than the through hole 19060a (see FIG. 138) of the base plate 19060 when viewed from the front. Therefore, by arranging the front unit 19940 on the base plate 19060, the opening of the through hole 19060a can be blocked. As a result, the game ball flowing down the front side of the game board 13 passes through the through hole 19060a from a space other than the game ball passage path (first winning port 64, second winning port 140) formed in the front unit 19940. can be suppressed.

The sorting unit 19980 has an opening U8 connected to the first winning opening 64 of the front unit 19940, which will be described later. A game ball thrown to the side) can be received inside (see FIG. 138). A detailed description of the sorting unit 19980 will be given later.

The passage unit 19990 can receive inside a game ball thrown to the back side of the game board 13 (Fig. 139(b) front side of the paper surface) through the second prize winning port 140 from an opening U9, which will be described later (Fig. 138). reference). A detailed description of the passage unit 19990 will be given later.

A detailed description of the front unit 19940 will now be provided with reference to FIGS. 143-146. FIG. 143(a) is a front view of the front unit 19940, FIG. 143(b) is a rear view of the front unit 19940, and FIG. 143(c) is the line CXLIIIc-CXLIIIc of FIG. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of the front unit 19940; 144(a) is a perspective front view of the front unit 19940, and FIG. 144(b) is a perspective rear view of the front unit 19940. FIG. 145 is an exploded perspective front view of the front unit 19940, and FIG. 146 is an exploded perspective rear view of the front unit 19940. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 143 to 146, the front unit 19940 includes a rear base 19941 fastened to a base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138), and a distance larger than the diameter of the game ball between the rear base 19941 and the rear base 19941. and two (a pair of) feather members 945 rotatably disposed between the rear base 19941 and the front base 19943 facing each other.

The rear base 19941 is formed of a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front and having a predetermined plate thickness. Further, the rear base 19941 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material. The interior of 19060a (see FIG. 138) is visible.

The rear base 19941 has a notch formed at the edge on the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the rear base 19941, and a first prize winning opening 64 penetratingly formed at a position connected to an opening U8 of the sorting unit 19980 to be described later, and the first prize winning opening. Below the port 64 (lower side in FIG. 143(b)), an intermediate port 19941h is formed so as to be continuous with the opening U7 of the sorting unit 19980 described later, and below the intermediate port 19941h is continuous with the opening U9 described later. It is mainly provided with a second winning hole 140 penetratingly formed at a position.

In addition, the rear base 19941 has a plurality of through holes 941a penetrating in the plate thickness direction on the outer edge. Further, a positioning protrusion 942a that protrudes in a columnar shape from the rear surface of the rear base 19941 is formed near the first through hole 941a1 of the through hole 941a.

Also, the rear base 19941 is formed with a plurality of fastening holes 19941i and 19941j on the distribution unit 19980 and passage unit 19990 sides (see FIG. 142) around the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 140 . The fastening hole 19941i is a hole into which a screw for inserting the sorting unit 19980 described later is screwed. The fastening hole 19941j is a hole into which a screw that passes through the passage unit 19990 described later is screwed.

The first prize winning opening 64 is formed in a substantially U shape in which the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) is open when viewed from the rear. In addition, the first winning hole 64 is formed so that the size of its inner edge is larger than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, a game ball flowing into the first receiving portion 19941g of the front base 19943, which will be described later, can be thrown to the back side of the game board 13 (the right side in FIG. 143(c)) through the first winning hole 64 (FIG. 138). reference).

The intermediate opening 19941h is penetratingly formed in a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the rear, and has an inner edge dimension larger than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, a game ball thrown through an opening U8 and an intermediate hole 19941h, which will be described later, can be thrown to the front side (left side in FIG. 143(c)) of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138).

The second prize winning opening 140 is formed in a substantially vertically elongated rectangular shape as viewed from the front, and has an inner edge dimension larger than the diameter of the game ball. Also, the second prize winning port 140 is arranged between the blade members 945 facing each other. As a result, a game ball thrown between opposing feather members 945, which will be described later, can be thrown to the back side (right side of FIG. 143(c)) of the game board 13 via the second winning hole 140 (see FIG. 138).

The second prize winning opening 140 has a first opening 19941e on one side (lower side in the gravity direction) of each edge in the lateral direction (both sides in the left and right direction in FIG. 143(b)). It is formed in an arc shape around the axis of the hole 19941d. Further, the first opening 19941e allows the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945 to be disposed, and is set larger than the maximum width dimension of the protrusion 945b in the radial direction of the rotation shaft (insertion hole 945c) of the feather member 945. This can prevent the projection 945b from coming into contact with the inner surface of the first opening 19941e when the feather member 945 rotates.

The rear base 19941 is formed with two circular first shaft holes 19941d formed in the vicinity of the second prize winning opening 140 on the outside in the lateral direction (outside in the horizontal direction in FIG. 143(b)).

The front base 19943 has a vertically elongated substantially rectangular shape in front view. Also, the front base 19943 is formed of a colorless and transparent plate-like body. As a result, the game ball flowing down between the front base 19943 and the rear base 19941 facing each other can be visually recognized by the player.

The front base 19943 has a first receiving portion 19941g protruding toward the rear base 19941 at positions corresponding to the first prize winning opening 64, the intermediate opening 19941h and the second prize winning opening 140 of the rear base 19941 described above. It is formed mainly including an intermediate receiving portion 19943e and a second receiving portion 19943c.

The first receiving portion 19941g is formed in a substantially U shape when viewed from the rear, and the first prize winning opening 64 of the rear base 19941 is arranged inside when viewed from the front. Further, the first receiving portion 19941g is formed to have a size capable of receiving one game ball inside. As a result, the game ball flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (left side in FIG. 143(c)) from the gravity direction other side (gravitational direction upper side) of the first receiving portion 19941g (first winning hole 64) is moved to the first receiving portion. It can be flowed inside 19941g (see Figure 138).

In addition, the first receiving portion 19941g is formed with a projecting portion 19941g1 that protrudes on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and is inclined downward toward the rear base 19941. The connecting portion with the base 19943 side (the left side in FIG. 143(c)) is curved. When the game ball flowing into the first receiving portion 19941g with a velocity component on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) comes into contact with the projecting portion 19941g1, the game ball moves to the back side (Fig. 143 (c ) to the right). As a result, the game ball is thrown through the first winning hole 64 to the opening U8 arranged on the back side of the first winning hole 64 (right side in FIG. 143(c)) (see FIG. 161).

An opening surrounded by the ends of the front base 19943 and the pair of first receiving portions 19941g on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) is a ball entrance for entering a game ball into the prize winning unit 19930 .

The intermediate receiving portion 19943e is formed of a plate-like body projecting to one side in the gravity direction (lower side in the gravity direction) of the first receiving portion 19941g. It is curved toward the receiving portion 19941g side (upper side in FIG. 143(b)). As a result, the game ball passing through the intermediate opening 19941h can be thrown to one side in the direction of gravity via the passage TR3.

The second receiving portion 19943c is formed in a substantially U shape when viewed from the rear, and when the rear base 19941 and the front base 19943 are fastened (combined), the upper surfaces 19943c2 of the pair of vertical walls 19943c1 of the second receiving portion 19943c is arranged inside the second winning opening 140 of the rear base 19941 (the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) from the lower edge of the second winning opening 140). Further, a pair of feather members 945, which will be described later, are disposed on the outside of the pair of standing walls 19943c1 in the opposing direction (outside in the left-right direction in FIG. 143(b)). Also, the distance between the outer surfaces of the pair of vertical walls 19943c1 is formed smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Also, the upper surfaces 19943c2 of the pair of vertical walls 19943c1 are inclined downward toward the rear base 19941 (the right side in FIG. 143(c)).

The distance from the edge of the second winning port 140 of the rear base 19941 on the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) to the upper surface 19943c2 of the pair of vertical walls 19943c1 of the front base 19943 is formed larger than the outer diameter of the game ball. As a result, a game ball flowing down between a pair of feather members 945, which will be described later, can be thrown to the upper surface 19943c2 of the pair of standing walls 19943c1. 143(c) right).

In addition, the front base 19943 is an annular ring protruding outside the pair of vertical walls 19943c1 in the opposing direction (outside in the horizontal direction in FIG. 143(b)) at a position facing the first shaft hole 19941d of the rear base 19941. A protrusion 943b is provided. As described above, one end of the shaft member 945a is inserted into the first shaft hole 19941d of the rear base 19941, and the other end of the shaft member 945a is inserted into the second shaft hole 943b1 of the annular projection 943b of the front base 19943. . Therefore, the shaft member 945a can be sandwiched and supported between the rear base 19941 and the front base 19943 facing each other.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 147 to 153, the sorting unit 19980 will be described in detail.

First, the configuration of the sorting unit 19980 will be described with reference to FIGS. 147 to 150. FIG.

147(a) is a front view of the sorting unit 19980, and FIG. 147(b) is a side view of the sorting unit 19980. FIG. 148(a) is a perspective front view of the sorting unit 19980, and FIG. 148(b) is a perspective rear view of the sorting unit 19980. FIG. 149 is an exploded perspective front view of the sorting unit 19980, and FIG. 150 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit 19980. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 147 to 150 , the distribution unit 19980 includes a distribution member 19983 , a first side base 19981 , and a first side base 19981 in the axial direction of a shaft member 988 a of the distribution member 19983 . a second side base 19985 arranged on the opposite side of the 1 cover member 19987; a distribution member 19983 arranged rotatably between the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985; A first cover member 19987 arranged on the side opposite to the second side base 19985 of the first side base 19981, and a second cover arranged on the side opposite to the first side base 19981 of the second side base 19985. It mainly includes a member 19988, a detection device SE5, and a plurality (two in this embodiment) of magnetic bodies 988b.

The arrangement member on which the distribution member 19983 is arranged includes the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 (first member) themselves. Not limited to 19985 (first member), a second member on which the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 (first member) are arranged, or directly or indirectly connected to the second member A third member is also included. For example, as the second member, the prize winning unit 19930 is exemplified, and as the third member, in addition to the game board 13 on which the prize winning unit 19930 is arranged, it is directly or indirectly connected to the game board 13. Various members (for example, the outer frame 11, the inner frame 12, the glass unit 16, etc.) are exemplified.

The distribution member 19983 includes a pair of action portions 19983a, an intermediate plate 19983b formed between the pair of action portions 19983a, a through hole 983c, a contact portion 19983d, a wall portion 19983e, a magnetic body 988c, is formed mainly with

In addition, in the distribution member 19983 in this embodiment, the pair of action portions 19983a and the intermediate plate 19983b are arranged at an approximately right angle, and pass through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b in the left-right direction (Fig. 147(a) ) in the left-right direction).

Here, referring to FIG. 151, the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 will be described. 151(a) is a side view of the first side base 19981 viewed in the direction of arrow CLIa in FIG. 149, and FIG. 151(b) is a side view of the first side base 19981 viewed in the direction of arrow CLIb in FIG. 151(c) is a side view of the second side base 19985 viewed in the direction of arrow CLIc in FIG. 149, and FIG. 151(d) is a side view of the second side base 19985 viewed in the direction of arrow CLId in FIG. It is a diagram.

The first side base 19981 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, and includes an upper plate 19981a formed of a plate-like body that is vertically elongated and substantially rectangular when viewed from the top, and one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) from the upper plate 19981a. A lower plate 19981b formed of plate-like bodies that are vertically elongated and substantially rectangular in top view, and the player side of the upper plate 19981a and the lower plate 19981b (the left side in FIG. 151(a)) are arranged facing each other at a distance larger than the diameter of the ball. A front plate 19981c formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body in a front view, and an upper plate 19981a and a lower plate 19981b opposite to the player (Fig. 151(a) right side) and a rear plate 19981d formed of a plate-like body that is horizontally elongated and generally rectangular in rear view, and an upper plate 19981a and a lower plate 19981a in the approximate center of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 in the axial direction. A center plate 19981e formed by a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape in a side view, which is connected to the face plate 19981b, and a bulge provided on the player side (the left side in FIG. 151(a)) of the front plate 19981c. A portion 19982 is mainly provided.

The player side means the front side of the pachinko machine 10 , and the side opposite to the player means the back side of the pachinko machine 10 . The same applies to the following.

The upper surface plate 19981a is formed with circular fastening holes 19981f and 19981g on the upper surface side (the upper side in FIG. 151(a)) and a protruding portion 19981h that protrudes from the lower surface of the upper surface plate 19981a toward the upper surface side. be done. The fastening hole 19981f is a hole into which a screw inserted through a second side base 19985, which will be described later, is screwed. Thereby, the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 can be fastened and fixed. The fastening hole 19981g is a hole into which a screw for inserting a first cover member 19987, which will be described later, is screwed. Thereby, the first side base 19981 and the first cover member 19987 can be fastened and fixed.

The projecting portion 19981h is formed substantially in the center between the front plate 19981c and the rear plate 19981d so as to be inclined toward the rear plate 19981d (the right side in FIG. 151(a)) toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). , a recess 19981h1 for disposing a part of the detection device SE5. A notch portion is formed on the upper surface of the projecting portion 19981h so that wiring (not shown) connected to the detection device SE5 can pass therethrough.

The bottom plate 19981b is formed with a recess 19981i recessed from the upper surface of the bottom plate 19981b toward the bottom surface. The concave portion 19981i is formed substantially in the center between the front plate 19981c and the rear plate 19981d so as to be inclined toward the front plate 19981c side (the left side in FIG. 151(a)) toward one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). , a part of the detection device SE5 can be arranged. Further, an opening U1 is formed on the rear plate 19981d side (FIG. 151(b) left side) on the first cover member 19987 side (FIG. 151(b) paper surface front side) relative to the later-described center plate 19981e. The opening U1 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the game ball, and is formed at a position connected to a passage TR7 of the passage unit 19990, which will be described later.

The front plate 19981c is formed closer to the first cover member 19987 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 151(b)) than the central plate 19981e.

The central plate 19981e has a rear end connected to the front surface of the rear plate 19981d, and a part of the detection device SE5 is arranged from the projection 19981h of the upper plate 19981a to the recess 19981i of the lower plate 19981b. A recess 19981j is formed for this purpose. Further, an opening U2 is formed on the front plate 19981c side (left side in FIG. 151(a)) from the recess 19981j. The opening U2 is formed larger than the diameter of the game ball.

Between the upper plate 19981a and the lower plate 19981b, an overhanging portion 19981e1 that connects the central plate 19981e and the rear plate 19981d and projects toward the second side base 19985 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 151(a)). is formed. The projecting portion 19981e1 is curved in an arc shape toward the central plate 19981e and the rear plate 19981d when viewed from above (see FIG. 153).

The bulging portion 19982 is connected to a side plate 19982a formed of a plate-like body having a vertically elongated substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the side, and one side of the side plate 19982a in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), and is a plate-like body having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the top. a bottom plate 19982b formed from a game ball guide wall 19982c connected to the back plate 19981d side of the side plate 19982a (the right side of FIG. 151(a)); 151(a) front side of the paper surface), and a front view projecting from the side surface of the side plate 19982a toward the first cover member 19987 side (FIG. 151(b) front side of the paper surface). It is mainly formed with an overhanging portion 19982e and a housing portion 986b which are formed from a vertically elongated substantially rectangular plate-like body.

The side plate 19982a has a fastening hole 19981f on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), a fastening hole 19981g on the one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), and a first cover. A concave portion 19982f is formed by concavely forming the member 19987 side.

The recessed portion 19982f is a portion in which the wall portion 19983e of the distribution member 19983 is arranged, and protrudes annularly toward the second side base 19985 side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 151(a)). A bearing portion 982c is provided.

The lower plate 19982b includes a front side contact portion 19982b1 and a back side contact portion 19982b2 for restricting the rotation of the distribution member 19983. As shown in FIG. The front contact portion 19982b1 is inclined toward the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the rear plate 19981d (the right side in FIG. 151(a)), and the rear contact portion 19982b2 is inclined toward the rear plate 19981d. It is formed to incline to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) as it goes.

The game ball guide wall 19982c includes a first curved wall 19982c1 disposed on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), and a first curved wall 19982c1 on one side of the first curved wall 19982c1 in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). The first curved wall 19982c1 is curved toward the side opposite to the player (the right side in FIG. 151(a)), and the second curved wall 19982c2 The curved wall 19982c2 is formed in an arcuate shape around the axis of the bearing portion 982c.

The projecting portion 19982d has an arcuate lower surface centered on the axis of the bearing portion 982c.

The projecting portion 19982e is formed with a guide wall 19982e1 and a fastening hole 19982e2 (see FIG. 147(a)). The guide wall 19982e1 is formed in an annular shape, and its inner edge shape is formed substantially the same as the outer shape around the fastening hole 19941i of the rear base 19941 described above (see FIG. 143(b)).

The second side base 19985 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and includes an upper plate 19985a formed of a plate-like body that is vertically elongated and substantially rectangular when viewed from the top, and one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the upper plate 19985a. The lower plate 19985b formed of plate-like bodies that are vertically elongated and approximately rectangular in top view, and the player side of the upper plate 19985a and the lower plate 19985b (the left side of FIG. 151(d)) are arranged facing each other at a distance larger than the diameter of the ball. ), and the top plate 19985a and the bottom plate 19985b on the opposite side of the player (Fig. 151(c) left side). ), and the end on the first side base 19981 side (Fig. 151(c) front side of the paper surface). A side plate 19985e formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body in a side view and arranged by connecting the upper plate 19985a and the lower plate 19985b, and a front plate 19985c arranged on the player side (the right side in FIG. 151(c)). It is mainly formed with a bulging portion 19986 provided.

The upper surface plate 19985a has a circular through hole 19985f and a fastening hole 19985g on its upper surface side (upper side in FIG. 151(a)), and a protruding portion 19985h formed so as to protrude from the lower surface of the upper surface plate 19985a toward the upper surface side. formed with. As described above, the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screws inserted through the through holes 19985f into the first side base 19981 . The fastening hole 19985g is a hole into which a screw for inserting a second cover member 19988, which will be described later, is screwed. Thereby, the second side base 19985 and the second cover member 19988 can be fastened and fixed.

The protruding portion 19985h is formed at a position corresponding to the protruding portion 19981h of the first side base 19981, and is inclined toward the rear plate 19985d (left side in FIG. 151(c)) toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). It is formed. In addition, the projecting portion 19985h includes a recessed portion 19985h1 in which a portion of the detection device SE5, which will be described later, is arranged.

The bottom plate 19985b is formed with a recess 19985i recessed from the upper surface of the bottom plate 19985b toward the bottom surface.

The recessed portion 19985i is formed at a position corresponding to the recessed portion 19981i of the first side base 19981, and is inclined toward the front plate 19985c side (the right side in FIG. 151(c)) toward one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). be done. Further, the concave portion 19985i is formed in a shape that allows a portion of the detection device SE5, which will be described later, to be arranged. Further, an opening U3 is formed on the back plate 19981d side (the right side in FIG. 151(d)). The opening U3 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the game ball, and is formed at a position connected to the passage TR8 of the passage unit 19990, which will be described later.

The front plate 19985c is formed with a circular fastening hole 19985g on its front side (left side in FIG. 151(d)).

The side plate 19985e is formed with a recess 19985k at a position corresponding to the recess 19981j formed in the center plate 19981e of the first side base 19981, in which part of the detection device SE5 is arranged.

Further, an opening U4 is formed on the front plate 19985c side (the right side in FIG. 151(c)) from the recess 19985k, and an opening U5 is formed on the rear plate 19985d side (the left side in FIG. 151(c)) from the recess 19985k. The opening U4 and the opening U5 are each formed larger than the diameter of the game ball.

The bulging portion 19986 includes a side plate 19986a formed of a plate-like body that is vertically elongated in a side view, and a front surface projecting from the side surface of the side plate 19986a toward the second cover member 19988 (the right side in FIG. 147(a)). It is mainly formed with an overhanging portion 19986e formed of a plate-like body that is vertically elongated and substantially rectangular in appearance.

The side plate 19986a has a through hole 19985f on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), a fastening hole 19985g on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), and a first side surface. A bearing portion 985j projecting in an annular shape toward the base 19981 side (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 151(c)) is mainly provided.

The projecting portion 19986e is formed with a guide wall 19982e1 and a fastening hole 19982e2 (see FIG. 147(a)).

Returning to FIG. 147 to FIG. 150, description will be made. The first cover member 19987 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is formed of a plate-like body that is horizontally elongated and substantially rectangular when viewed from the side. 147(a) (right side)) and is provided in contact with the back surface of the front plate 19981c of the first side base 19981. The protrusion 19987b is substantially rectangular in front view. As described above, the first side base 19981 and the first cover member 19987 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screws inserted through the through holes 19987a into the first side base 19981 .

A protruding portion 19987b on the rear plate 19981d side (the right side in FIG. 147(b)) of the first side base 19981 is curved in an arc toward the side opposite to the first side base 19981 (the left side in FIG. 147(a)). It is formed.

The second cover member 19988 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is formed of a plate-like body that is horizontally long and generally rectangular when viewed from the side. 147(a) (left side)) and is provided in contact with the rear surface of the front plate 19985c of the second side base 19985. The protrusion 19988b is substantially rectangular in front view. As described above, the second side base 19985 and the second cover member 19988 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screws inserted through the through holes 19988a into the second side base 19985 .

The protruding portion 19988b on the rear plate 19985d side (the right side in FIG. 147(b)) of the second side base 19985 is curved in an arc toward the side opposite to the second side base 19985 (the right side in FIG. 147(a)). It is formed.

Next, the internal configuration of the distribution unit 19980 will be described with reference to FIGS. 152 and 153. FIG.

152(a) and 152(b) are cross-sectional views of the sorting unit 19980 taken along line CLIIIa-CLIIa of FIG. 147(a), and FIG. 153 is a sorting unit taken along line CLIII-CLIII of FIG. 152(a). 19980 is a cross-sectional view. In FIG. 152(a), the lower surface of the action portion 19983a of the distribution member 19983 and the rear side contact portion 19982b2 of the lower surface plate 19982b formed on the bulging portion 19982 of the first side base 19981, which will be described later, come into contact. A state in which the distribution member 19983 is arranged at a position (hereinafter referred to as “first position”) is illustrated, and in FIG. The distribution member 19983 is arranged at a position (hereinafter referred to as “second position”) where the front side contact portion 19982b1 of the lower plate 19982b formed on the bulging portion 19982 of the lower plate 19982b contacts.

As shown in FIGS. 152 and 153, when the sorting unit 19980 is assembled, the upper surface plate 19981a and the lower surface plate 19981b of the first side base 19981, the side plate 19982a of the expanded portion 19982, and the expansion of the second side base 19985 are shown. An opening U6 is formed from the side plate 19986a of the protrusion 19986, and the side plate 19982a of the protrusion 19982 of the first side base 19981, the lower plate 19982b, the projection 19982d, and the protrusion 19986 of the second side base 19985. An opening U7 is formed from the face plate 19986a, and the side plate 19982a of the bulging portion 19982 of the first side base 19981, the projecting portion 19982d, the game ball guide wall 19982c and the second An opening U8 is formed from the side plate 19986a of the bulging portion 19986 of the two-side base 19985. As shown in FIG. As described above, the opening U7 is arranged at a position connected with the intermediate opening 19941h of the rear base 19941, and the opening U8 is arranged at a position connected with the first winning opening 64 of the rear base 19941.

Further, on the rear plate 19981d side of the first side base 19981 (right side in FIG. 152(a)) from the opening U6, the upper plate 19981a, the lower plate 19981b, the center plate 19981e and the second side base 19985 of the first side base 19981 are arranged. Passage TR4 surrounded by side plate 19985e, top plate 19981a of first side base 19981, bottom plate 19981b, passage T5 surrounded by center plate 19981e and first cover member 19987, top plate 19985a of second side base 19985, bottom plate Passages T6 surrounded by 19985b, side plate 19985e and second cover member 19988 are respectively formed. The passage TR4, the passage TR5 and the passage TR6 are formed slightly larger than the outer shape of the game ball. In the passage TR4, the passage TR5, and the passage TR6, the back plate 19981d side of the first side base 19981 (opposite side to the player) is inclined downward in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), and It is formed by extending from (the left side of FIG. 152(a)) to the side opposite to the player.

In addition, a recess 19981h1 formed in the protrusion 19981h of the first side base 19981, a recess 19981i formed in the bottom plate 19981b, a recess 19981j formed in the central plate 19981e, and a protrusion 19985h of the second side base 19985. The detection device SE5 is arranged in a region surrounded by the recessed portion 19985h1, the recessed portion 19985i formed in the bottom plate 19985b, and the recessed portion 19985k formed in the side plate 19985e, with the detection hole SE1a arranged in the passage TR4. As described above, the installation area of the detection device SE5 is formed such that the side opposite to the player (the right side in FIG. 152(a)) is inclined downward in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). The axis of the detection hole SE1a of the device SE5 is tilted upward on the player side (left side in FIG. 152(a)) toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) so that the path TR4 extends and the detection device SE5 detects. They are arranged in the same direction as the axial direction of the hole SE1a.

The distribution member 19983 is arranged inside the distribution unit 19980 in a state in which the axis of the shaft member 988a is arranged in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 152(a)).

In the distribution member 19983, one end of the shaft member 988a is inserted into the bearing portion 985j with the shaft member 988a inserted into the through hole 983c, and the other end of the shaft member 988a is inserted into the bearing portion 982c. Thus, it is rotatably pivotally supported between the side plate 19982a (first side base 19981) of the bulging portion 19982 and the side plate 19986a (second side base 19985) of the bulging portion 19986. Therefore, the distribution member 19983 can distribute the game balls to be thrown in the front-rear direction (left-right direction in FIG. 152(a)).

As described above, the wall portion 19983e of the distribution member 19983 is arranged inside the recessed portion 19982f of the side plate 19982a. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 19980 from coming into contact with the side surface of the wall portion 19983e, and it is possible to suppress the hindrance of the downflow of the game balls.

In the housing portion 986b, the magnetic body 988b is repelled from the magnetic body 988c of the distribution member 19983, and the magnetic body 988c on the other side (upper side in the gravity direction) with respect to the bearing portion 982c of the recess 19982f. Placed on the movement trajectory.

As shown in FIG. 152(a), when the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position, the distance from the tip of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 19983 to the second curved wall 19982c2 of the game ball guide wall 19982c A distance dimension L44 is formed smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Also, the distance dimension L45 from the contact portion 19983d of the distribution member 19983 to the lower surface of the projecting portion 19982d is formed larger than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, in a state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position, it is possible to suppress the game balls that have flowed into the distribution unit 19980 from passing through the opening U6. It can pass through the opening U7.

Further, in a state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position, the magnetic body 988c arranged in the distribution member 19983 is more likely than the magnetic body 988b arranged in the accommodation portion 986b (first side base 19981). are arranged on the side of the opening U6 (right side in FIG. 152(a)). As described above, since the magnetic bodies 988c and 988b are disposed in a repulsive state, the distribution member 19983 rotates from the magnetic body 988b side to the opening U6 side about the axis of the through hole 983c as the rotation axis. force acts. Accordingly, a force acts on the distribution member 19983 to maintain the state arranged at the first position. Accordingly, even when an external force is applied to rotate the distribution member 19983 toward the second position, the distribution member 19983 can be prevented from rotating toward the second position.

As shown in FIG. 152(b), when the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position, the distance dimension L46 from the tip of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 19983 to the lower surface of the projecting portion 19982d is the game Formed smaller than the diameter of the sphere. Also, the distance dimension L47 from the contact portion 19983d of the distribution member 19983 to the second curved wall 19982c2 of the game ball guide wall 19982c is formed larger than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, in a state in which the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position, it is possible to suppress the game balls that have flowed into the distribution unit 19980 from passing through the opening U7. It can pass through the opening U6.

Further, in the state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position, the magnetic body 988c arranged in the distribution member 19983 is more likely than the magnetic body 988b arranged in the housing portion 986b (first side base 19981). are arranged on the side of the opening U7 (left side in FIG. 152(b)). As described above, since the magnetic bodies 988c and 988b are disposed in a state of repelling each other, the distribution member 19983 rotates from the magnetic body 988b side to the opening U7 side about the axis of the through hole 983c as the rotation axis. force acts. Accordingly, a force acts on the distribution member 19983 to maintain the state of being arranged at the second position. Accordingly, even when an external force that rotates the distribution member 19983 toward the first position is applied, the distribution member 19983 can be prevented from rotating toward the first position.

Next, with reference to Figures 154 to 157, the configuration of the passage unit 19990 will be described in detail.

154(a) is a front view of the passage unit 19990, FIG. 154(b) is a top view of the passage unit 19990, FIG. 154(c) is a side view of the passage unit 19990, and FIG. 154(d) is a cross-sectional view of the passageway unit 19990 along line CLIVd--CLIVd of FIG. 154(a). 155(a) is a perspective front view of the passageway unit 19990, and FIG. 155(b) is a perspective rear view of the passageway unit 19990. FIG. 156 is an exploded perspective front view of the passageway unit 19990, and FIG. 157 is an exploded perspective rear view of the passageway unit 19990. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 154 to 157, the passage unit 19990 includes a first passage member 19991 and a solenoid holding member disposed on the opposite side of the first passage member 19991 from the player (the right side in FIG. 154(d)). 19992, a second passage member 19993 arranged on the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the solenoid holding member 19992, a solenoid 610 arranged inside the solenoid holding member 19992, and an annular portion of the solenoid 610. It mainly includes a transmission member 19965 connected to 961c, a displacement member 19966 connected to a first engaging portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965, which will be described later, and a detection device SE6. The number of prize balls paid out when game balls are detected by the detection device SE5 is set smaller than the number of prize balls paid out when game balls are detected by the detection device SE6.

The first passage member 19991 includes a bottom plate 19991a made of a colorless and transparent resin material and formed of a plate-like body that is horizontally elongated and substantially rectangular when viewed from above, and a substantially rectangular bottom plate 19991a connected to both ends in the longitudinal direction of the bottom plate 19991a. A pair of side plates 19991b formed of plate-like bodies and a back plate formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front are connected to the opposite side of the bottom plate 19991a from the player (the right side of FIG. 154(d)). A face plate 19991c, a detection device accommodating portion 19991d disposed at a certain distance on the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the bottom plate 19991a, and a side plate 19991c are connected to the opposite side of the back plate 19991c from the player. It is mainly formed by a pair of guide plates 19991e formed of a substantially rectangular plate-like body.

A first coupling portion 19991b1 and a second coupling portion 19991b4 are formed on the outer surface of the pair of side plates 19991b. In addition, projecting portions 19991b7 projecting toward the solenoid holding member 19992 (the right side in FIG. 154(d)) are formed on the rear surfaces of the pair of side plates 19991b.

The first fastening portion 19991b1 is formed with a first guide wall 19991b2 and a circular first through hole 19991b3. The first guide wall 19991b2 is formed such that its inner edge shape is substantially the same as the outer shape around the fastening hole 19941j of the rear base 19941 described above. As described above, the front unit 19940 and the passage unit 19990 can be fastened and fixed by screwing the screw inserted through the first through hole 19991b3 into the fastening hole 19941j.

The second fastening portion 19991b4 is formed with a second guide wall 19991b5 and a circular second through hole 19991b6. The second guide wall 19991b5 is formed such that its inner edge shape is substantially the same as the outer shape around the fastening hole 19992c1 of the solenoid holding member 19992, which will be described later. The second through hole 19991b6 is a hole for inserting a screw to be screwed into a fastening hole 19992c1 of a solenoid holding member 19992, which will be described later. Thereby, the first passage member 19991 and the solenoid holding member 19992 can be fastened and fixed.

The detection device accommodating portion 19991d is formed in a substantially vertically elongated rectangular shape when viewed from the top, and is recessed from the side of the solenoid holding member 19992 (the right side in FIG. 154(d)) toward the player side (the left side in FIG. 154(d)). A part 19991d1 is provided. A detection device SE6, which will be described later, is arranged in the recessed portion 19991d1.

An opening is formed on the player side (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 154(a)) of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d so that a wiring (not shown) connected to the detection device SE6 can be inserted. In addition, the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d is inclined toward one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) toward the solenoid holding member 19992 (right side in FIG. 154(d)). A game ball guide portion 19991d3 is formed protruding from the edge portion in a substantially U shape that is open to the player side when viewed from above. The dimension of the inner edge of the game ball guide portion 19991d3 is formed to be larger than the diameter of the game ball.

In addition, an opening having a dimension larger than the diameter of the game ball is formed in the upper surface 19991d2 and the lower surface of the detecting device accommodating portion 19991d on the side of the solenoid holding member 19992 (the right side in FIG. 154(d)) of the rear plate 19991c. be. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the upper surface 19991d2 can be sent to a pair of guide plates 19991e described later.

The pair of guide plates 19991e are formed so that the distance between the facing surfaces is larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the game ball passing through the opening formed in the lower surface of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d is guided to one side in the direction of gravity (the direction of gravity). downward), and the game ball can be ejected from the passage unit 19990 (winning opening unit 19300).

The solenoid holding member 19992 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin material, and includes a housing portion 19992a having a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the top, and a restricting portion 19992b formed of a plate-like body having a horizontally elongated substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front on the player side of the housing portion 19992a. , and a pair of side plates 19992c formed of plate-like bodies that are horizontally elongated and generally rectangular when viewed from the side.

The accommodating portion 19992a is a portion for disposing a solenoid 610, which will be described later, inside thereof, and the accommodating portion 19992a and the solenoid 610 are fastened and fixed with screws. Also, the player side (FIG. 154(d) left side) of the accommodating portion 19992a is formed with an opening, so that the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 can be arranged closer to the player than the accommodating portion 19992a.

The regulating portion 19992b is a portion for regulating the displacement of the transmission member 19965, which will be described later. right) is regulated.

The side plate 19992c has a fastening hole 19992c1 on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), a fastening portion 19992c2 on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity), and a notch on the player side (left side in FIG. 154(c)). 19992c5.

The fastening hole 19992c1 is a hole into which the screw inserted through the first passage member 19991 described above is screwed. Thereby, the first passage member 19991 and the solenoid holding member 19992 can be fastened and fixed.

The fastening portion 19992c2 is formed with a guide wall 19992c3 and a circular through hole 19992c4. The guide wall 19992c3 is formed such that its inner edge shape is substantially the same as the outer shape around the fastening hole 19993a of the second passage member 19993, which will be described later. The through hole 19992c4 is a hole through which a screw to be screwed into a second passage member 19993, which will be described later, is inserted. Thereby, the solenoid holding member 19992 and the second passage member 19993 can be fastened and fixed.

The second passage member 19993 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, and is formed of a plate-like body that is horizontally elongated and generally rectangular when viewed from above. The second passage member 19993 is formed with a passage TR7 and a passage TR8 at both ends in the longitudinal direction, and a fastening hole 19993a on the player side (lower side in FIG. 154(b)) of the passage TR7 and the passage TR8.

The passage TR7 and the passage TR8 are formed slightly larger than the outline of the game ball. Further, the passages TR7 and TR8 extend in the gravitational direction (vertical direction in FIG. 154(d)) and are formed at positions connected to the opening U1 and the opening U3 formed in the sorting unit 19980 described above.

The fastening hole 19993a is a hole into which the screw inserted through the solenoid holding member 19992 described above is screwed. Thereby, the solenoid holding member 19992 and the second passage member 19993 can be fastened and fixed.

The transmission member 19965 includes a pair of first engaging portions 19965a formed of plate-like bodies that are horizontally long and generally rectangular when viewed from the side, and a generally rectangular plate-shaped body that is formed between the pair of first engaging portions 19965a when viewed from the rear. It mainly includes a second engaging portion 19965b formed from the body and a pair of connecting portions 19965c connecting the pair of first engaging portions 19965a and the second engaging portion 19965b.

The distance between the inner facing surfaces of the pair of first engaging portions 19965a is formed larger than the distance between the outer sides of the pair of main body portions 19966g of the displacement member 19966, which will be described later. In addition, the pair of first engaging portions 19965a is provided with through-holes 19965a1 that are substantially rectangular in side view and are laterally elongated on the side of the player (lower side in FIG. 154(b)). Inside the through-hole 19965a1, a transmission part 19966e of a displacement member 19966, which will be described later, is formed so as to be disposed. A notch 19965a2 is formed.

The second engaging portion 19965b is a portion for connecting the transmission member 19965 and the solenoid 610, and has a dimension larger than the diameter of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 from the end face on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). A first recessed portion 19965b1 that is recessed and a second recessed portion that is recessed with a dimension larger than the diameter of the shaft portion 961b on the solenoid 610 side (right side in FIG. 154(d)) of the first recessed portion 19965b1. and a portion 19965b2.

The first recessed portion 19965b1 is a groove into which the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is inserted, and is formed in a substantially U shape with the other side in the direction of gravity (the upper side in the direction of gravity) opened in a cross-sectional view. Further, the groove width of the first recessed portion 19965b1 is set to be larger than the plate thickness of the annular portion 961c. As a result, the annular portion 961c can be inserted into the first concave portion 19965b1.

The second recessed portion 19965b2 suppresses interference between the shaft portion 961b and the second engaging portion 19965b when the annular portion 961c is arranged inside the first recessed portion 19965b1 as described above. The notch is formed in a substantially U shape that opens on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) when viewed from the back, and is formed with an opening on the solenoid 610 side (the right side in FIG. 154(d)).

The connecting portion 19965c is a portion that connects the first engaging portion 19965a and the second engaging portion 19965b, thereby transmitting the displacement of the second engaging portion 19965b to the first engaging portion 19965a. .

The displacement member 19966 includes a pair of main body portions 19966g formed from a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body in a side view, and a protruding portion protruding from the pair of main body portions 19966g toward the player side (lower side in FIG. 154(b)). 19966a, a rotating shaft 19966d, a transmission portion 19966e, and a connecting portion 19966f connecting a pair of main body portions 19966g.

The distance between the pair of inner facing surfaces of the main body portion 19966g and the protruding portion 19966a is formed to be larger than the dimension in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 154(b)) of the detecting device accommodating portion 19991d of the first passage member 19991 described above. be done.

The projecting portion 19966a is formed with a recessed portion 19966a1 that is recessed on the side of the solenoid 610 (upper side in FIG. 154(b)), and the projection 945b of the feather member 945 is disposed in the recessed portion 19966a1 (FIG. 159(b)). see) can be formed.

The rotating shaft 19966d is formed in an annular shape protruding outward in the opposing direction from the side surfaces of the pair of main body portions 19966g. A base portion 19966d1 having a dimension larger than the diameter of the rotating shaft 19966d is formed on the rotating shaft 19966d at the connecting portion with the main body portion 19966g.

The transmission portion 19966e is a portion for transmitting the displacement of the transmission member 19965 described above to the displacement member 19966. The transmission portion 19966e has a pair of main body portions 19966g which are substantially rectangular in side view and located on the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the rotating shaft 19966d. It is molded so as to protrude from the side surface of the to the outside in the opposite direction.

The connecting portion 19966f is a portion for connecting the pair of main body portions 19966g. and a lower surface portion 19966f2 formed of a plate-like body having a laterally elongated substantially rectangular shape when viewed from above and connected to one end portion in the direction of gravity.

By connecting the pair of main body portions 19966g with the connecting portion 19966f, it is possible to suppress relative displacement of one main body portion 19966g with respect to the other main body portion 19966g.

In the situation of assembling the passage unit 19990, as described above, the inner edge shape of the second guide wall 19991b5 of the first passage member 19991 is formed substantially the same as the external shape around the fastening hole 19992c1 of the solenoid holding member 19992. Since the inner edge shape of the guide wall 19992c3 of the holding member 19992 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape around the fastening hole 19993a of the second passage member 19993, positioning of the first passage member 19991 and the solenoid holding member 19992, and , the solenoid holding member 19992 and the second passage member 19993 can be easily positioned. Thereby, the manufacturing cost of the passage unit 19990 can be suppressed.

When the passage unit 19990 is assembled, the detection device SE6 is disposed inside the recessed portion 19991d1 of the first passage member 19991, and the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE6 is formed on the upper surface 19991d2 and the lower surface of the detection device housing portion 19991d. It is disposed at a position contiguous with the opening formed in the . Thereby, the game ball flowing down the upper surface 19991d2 of the first passage member 19991 can pass through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE6.

Further, a passage TR9 surrounded by the back plate 19991c of the first passage member 19991, the pair of guide plates 19991e, and the regulation portion 19992b of the solenoid holding member 19992 is formed. The passage TR9 is formed slightly larger than the outer shape of the game ball.

As described above, the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 is formed so as to protrude from the side surface of the body portion 19966g toward the outside in the opposing direction, and the through hole 19965a1 formed in the first engagement portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965. , the game ball thrown to the passage TR9 can flow down inside the passage TR9.

In addition, the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is arranged inside the first concave portion 19965b1 of the transmission member 19965, and the coil spring is arranged between the solenoid 610 and the second engagement portion 19965b of the transmission member 19965. An urging force (not shown) displaces the transmission member 19965 toward the player (left side in FIG. 154(d)). Here, the displacement of the transmission member 19965 to the player side (the left side in FIG. 154(d)) is restricted by contact between the second engaging portion 19965b of the transmission member 19965 and the restricting portion 19992b of the solenoid holding member 19992. .

Further, the rotation shaft 19966d of the displacement member 19966 is rotatably arranged in a region surrounded by the side plate 19991b of the first passage member 19991, the projecting portion 19991b7, and the notch portion 19992c5 of the side plate 19992c of the solenoid holding member 19992. In addition, the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 is arranged in the through hole 19965a1 of the first engagement portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965. As shown in FIG.

In addition, the solenoid holding member 19992 is disposed on the side opposite to the player with respect to the first passage member 19991 (the right side in FIG. 154(d)). Therefore, the solenoid 610 is disposed on the side opposite to the player with respect to the detection device accommodating portion 19991d formed in the first passage member 19991 .

When electric power is applied (supplied) to the body portion 610a of the solenoid 610, the ring portion 961c of the solenoid 610 and the transmission member 19965 connected to the ring portion 961c of the solenoid 610 are moved to the side opposite to the player (see FIG. 154(d) right), and as described above, the displacement of the transmission member 19965 is restricted by the contact between the restriction portion 19992b of the solenoid holding member 19992 and the transmission member 199965. FIG. When the transmission member 19965 is displaced to the side opposite to the player, the inner surface of the through hole 19965a1 of the transmission member 19965 and the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 come into contact with each other, and the rotation force is applied to the displacement member 19966.

Returning to FIG. 139 to FIG. 142, description will be made. In the situation of assembling the prize winning port unit 19930, as described above, the inner edge shape of the guide wall 19982e1 of the distribution unit 19980 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the periphery of the fastening hole 19941i of the front unit 19940. Since the inner edge shape of the 1 guide wall 19991b2 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape around the fastening hole 19941j of the front unit 19940, positioning between the front unit 19940 and the distribution unit 19980 and the front unit 19940 and the passage unit 19990 are performed. can be easily positioned. Thereby, the manufacturing cost of the prize winning port unit 19930 can be suppressed.

When the prize winning port unit 19930 is assembled, the bottom plate 19982b of the bulging portion 19982 formed on the first side base 19981 of the sorting unit 19800, the detection device accommodating portion formed on the first passage member 19991 of the passage unit 19990 An opening U9 is formed from the upper surface 19991d2 of 19991d and the projecting portion 19966a formed on the displacement member 19966, and as described above, the first prize winning opening 64 of the front unit 19940 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980 are formed in a continuous position. , The intermediate opening 19941h of the front unit 19940 and the opening U7 of the sorting unit 19980 are arranged in a continuous position, and the second winning opening 140 of the front unit 19940 and the opening U9 are formed in a continuous position.

In addition, the upper surface 19943c2 of the second receiving portion 19943c of the front unit 19940 is formed on the other side (upper side in the direction of gravity) of the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d formed in the first passage member 19991 of the passage unit 19990. be done.

In addition, it is surrounded by a lower surface plate 19981b formed on the first side base 19981 of the distribution unit 19800, an upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device housing portion 19991d formed on the first passage member 19991 of the passage unit 19990, and a pair of game ball guide portions 19991d3. A passage TR10 is formed. The passage TR10 is formed to be slightly larger than the outer shape of the game ball, and as described above, the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d faces the side opposite to the player (Fig. 139(b) front side of the paper surface). It is formed so as to incline to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). In addition, the detection device accommodating portion 19991d is formed in a substantially vertically elongated rectangular shape when viewed from above, so that the passage TR10 extends from the player side (the back side of the paper surface in FIG. 139(b)) to the side opposite to the player (FIG. 139(b) ) is formed by extending to the front side of the paper). As a result, the game ball thrown to the passage TR10 flows down to the side opposite to the player.

As described above, the solenoid 610 is arranged on the side opposite to the player (Fig. The passage TR10 formed inside the facing surfaces of the pair of main body portions 19966g of the engaging portion 19965a and the displacement member 19966 can be shortened.

In addition, the openings U1 and U3 of the sorting unit 19980 and the passages TR7 and TR8 of the passage unit 19990 are formed in a continuous position. As a result, a part of the passage TR5 arranged on the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) across the opening U1 (a part of the side opposite to the player (the front side of the paper in FIG. 139(b))) and the gravity A passage TR11 extending in the direction of gravity is formed by the passage TR7 arranged on the one side (the lower side in the direction of gravity). In addition, a part of the passage TR6 arranged on the other side in the gravity direction across the opening U3 (a part on the side opposite to the player) and a passage TR8 arranged on the one side in the gravity direction extend in the gravity direction. A passage TR12 is formed. Therefore, the path TR11 is formed closer to the first cover member 19987 of the sorting unit 19980 than the path TR4 (right side in FIG. 139B), and the path TR12 is closer to the second cover member 19988 of the sorting unit 19980 than the path TR4 (see 139(b) left side).

As a result, the game ball thrown to the first winning hole 64 of the front unit 19940 passes through the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980, and is thrown into the distribution unit 19980. In addition, inside the distribution unit 19980, the game ball thrown toward the player side (the front side of the paper in FIG. The ball is thrown to the middle opening 19941h. Also, the game ball thrown to the second winning opening 140 of the front unit 19940 is thrown into the passage unit 19990 by passing through the opening U9.

In addition, the game balls thrown to the openings U1 and U3 of the distribution unit 19980 are discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 by flowing down the paths TR11 and TR12 formed in the winning opening unit 19930.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 158 to 160, the rotational movement of feather member 945 caused by the rotational movement of displacement member 19966 will be described.

Figure 158 is a sectional view of the winning opening unit 19930 taken along line CLVIII-CLVIII in Figure 139(a), Figure 158(a) shows the closed state of the feather member 945, Figure 158(b) shows the feather member 945 indicates an open state. FIG. 159(a) is a partially enlarged view of the prize winning opening unit 19300 in the range CLIXa of FIG. 139(a) with the feather member 945 closed, and FIG. 19300 is a side view of unit 19300. FIG. FIG. 160(a) is a partially enlarged view of the winning opening unit 19300 in the range CLIXa of FIG. 139(a) in the open state of the feather member 945, and FIG. 19300 is a side view of unit 19300. FIG. In addition, in FIGS. 159(a) and 160(a), the front base 19943 of the front unit 19940 is omitted, and in FIGS. Only displacement member 19966 is shown.

As shown in FIGS. 158 to 160, when the winning hole unit 19300 is assembled, the protrusion 945b of the feather member 945 provided in the front unit 19940 is aligned with the protrusion of the displacement member 19966 provided in the passage unit 19990. It is arranged inside a concave portion 19966a1 formed in the portion 19966a.

The closed state of the blade member 945 is a state in which the application (supply) of electric power to the main body portion 961a of the solenoid 610 is cut off, and the ring portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is separated from the main body portion 961a. Therefore, the transmission member 19965 connected to the solenoid 610 is displaced to the player side (left side in FIG. 159(b)), and the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 is formed in the first engagement portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965. inside the through-hole 19965a1, which is located on the side opposite to the player (the right side in FIG. 159(b)).

Next, the open state of the feather member 945 will be described. This is a state in which electric power is applied (supplied) to the body portion 610a of the solenoid 610, and the ring portion 961c and the body portion 961a of the solenoid 610 are brought close to each other. Therefore, the transmission member 19965 connected to the solenoid 610 is displaced to the side opposite to the player (the right side in FIG. 19965a1 formed on the player's side (left side in FIG. 160(b)).

Here, a cutout portion 19965a2 cut out on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) is formed on the player side of the through hole 19965a1 formed in the first engaging portion 19965a of the transmission member 19965. , the transmission portion 19966e of the displacement member 19966 can rotate about the axis of the rotation shaft 19966d of the displacement member 19966 as the rotation axis. As a result, the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is displaced in the axial direction of the shaft portion 961b, and the displacement member 19966 can be rotated. That is, the displacement member 19966 can be rotated by a simple configuration of the solenoid 610 and the transmission member 19965, and the manufacturing cost of the prize winning port unit 19930 can be suppressed.

In addition, since the displacement member 19966 rotates about the axis of the rotation shaft 19966d of the displacement member 19966, the displacement (rotation) area of the displacement member 19966 in the passage unit 19990 can be reduced. Thereby, the size of the prize winning port unit 19930 can be reduced.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 161 and 162, the flow of the game ball thrown to the winning hole unit 19930 will be described.

FIG. 161 is a cross-sectional view of the prize winning unit 19930 taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a), and FIG. FIG. 161(b) illustrates a state in which the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position. 162(a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 19930 taken along line CLXIIa-CLXIIa of FIG. 161, and FIG. 162(b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 19930 taken along line CLXIIb-CLXIIb of FIG. 162(a). is.

As shown in FIG. 161(a), in a state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. When the game ball flows into the inside of the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning port 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980, and is thrown to the distribution member 19983, the game ball passes through the intermediate plate 19983b and the opening U7 of the distribution unit 19980. The ball is thrown between the action portion 19983a on the side (left side in FIG. 161(a)). As described above, the connecting position of the action portion 19983a with the contact portion 19983d is set to one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the connecting position of the intermediate plate 19983b with the contact portion 19983d. The load of the game ball can be applied to the action portion 19983a on the side of the opening U7.

As a result, as shown in FIG. 161(b), the distribution member 19983 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the through hole 983c as the rotation axis, and the intermediate plate 19983b radially outward from the through hole 983c is moved vertically (as shown in FIG. 161). (a) in the vertical direction), the game ball sent to the distribution member 19983 is sent to the opening U7. In addition, the distribution member 19983 continues to be rotationally displaced, and the intermediate plate 19983b is inclined toward the opening U7 of the distribution unit 19980 (left side in FIG. 161(b)), in which the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position. It is said that The rotation of the distribution member 19983 is restricted by the contact between the acting portion 19983a on the opening U7 side and the front side contact portion 19982b1 of the first side base. Further, in this case, the magnetic force of the magnetic body 988b disposed on the first side base 19981 acts on the magnetic body 988c disposed on the distribution member 19983 so that the repelling direction acts on the magnetic body 988c on the radially outer side of the through hole 983c. The state in which the plate 19983b acts on the side of the opening U6 (the right side in FIG. 161(b)) is switched to the state in which it acts on the side of the opening U7.

Therefore, the distribution member 19983 can be rotated about the axis of the through hole 983c by using the load of the game ball and the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988c. Further, since the direction of the repulsive force acting on the magnetic body 988c is switched, the action portion 19983a on the side of the opening U7 of the distribution member 19983 (left side in FIG. 161(b)) and the front side contact portion 19982b1 of the first side base The contact state can be maintained.

As shown in FIG. 161(b), in the state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) When the game ball flows into the inside of the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning port 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 19980, and is thrown to the distribution member 19893, the game ball passes through the intermediate plate 19983b and the opening U6 of the distribution unit 19980. The ball is thrown between the action portion 19983a on the side (the right side in FIG. 161(b)). As described above, the connecting position of the action portion 19983a with the contact portion 19983d is set to one side (lower side in the direction of gravity) of the connecting position of the intermediate plate 19983b with the contact portion 19983d. The load of the game ball can be applied to the acting portion 19983a on the side of the opening U6.

161(a), the distribution member 19983 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the through hole 983c as the rotation axis, and the intermediate plate 19983b radially outward from the through hole 983c moves vertically (see FIG. 161). (a) up-and-down direction), the game ball thrown to the distribution member 19983 is thrown to the opening U6. In addition, the distribution member 19983 continues to be rotationally displaced, and the intermediate plate 19983b is tilted toward the opening U6 of the distribution unit 19980 (the right side in FIG. 161(a)), in which the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position. It is said that The rotation of the distribution member 19983 is restricted by the contact between the acting portion 19983a on the opening U6 side and the back side contact portion 19982b2 of the first side base 19981. Further, in this case, the magnetic force of the magnetic body 988b disposed on the first side base 19981 acts on the magnetic body 988c disposed on the distribution member 19983 so that the repelling direction acts on the magnetic body 988c on the radially outer side of the through hole 983c. The state in which the plate 19983b acts on the side of the opening U7 (the left side in FIG. 161(a)) is switched to the state in which it acts on the side of the opening U6.

Therefore, the distribution member 19983 can be rotated about the axis of the through hole 983c by using the load of the game ball and the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988c. In addition, since the direction of the repulsive force acting on the magnetic body 988c is switched, the acting portion 19983a on the side of the opening U6 of the distribution member 19983 (the right side in FIG. can be kept in contact with each other. Therefore, the distribution member 19983 displaces the inclination direction of the intermediate plate 19983b each time a game ball is thrown, and can throw the game ball to the opening U7 and the opening U6 one by one.

In addition, when the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position, the angle θ3 formed between the intermediate line TL connecting the axial position of the shaft member 988a and the thickness direction center of the intermediate plate 19983b and the horizontal line HL, In the state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position, the angle θ3 formed by the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the thickness direction center of the intermediate plate 19983b is the same. Formed at an angle. Therefore, the first position and the second position of the distribution member 19983 are disposed at symmetrical positions in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 161(a)) in a side view.

A game ball passing through the opening U7 passes through the intermediate opening 19941h of the front unit 19940 and is thrown to the passage TR3. The game ball thrown to the passage TR3 comes into contact with the intermediate receiving portion 19943e, thereby changing the throwing direction of the game ball from the player side (left side in FIG. 161(b)) to one side in the gravity direction (lower side in the gravity direction). , flows down the passage TR3. The game ball flowing down the passage TR3 comes into contact with the upper surface 19943c2 of the second receiving portion 19943c, so that the throwing direction of the game ball changes from one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) to the opposite side of the player (see FIG. 161 ( b) is changed to the right side) and thrown to the second winning hole 140;

A game ball passing through the second winning hole 140 passes through an opening U9 formed by a sorting unit 19980 and a passage unit 19990, and is thrown to the passage TR10. A game ball flowing down the path TR10 to the side opposite to the player (the right side in FIG. 161(b)) hits the game ball guide portion 19991d3 of the detection device housing portion 19991d formed in the first path member 19991 of the path unit 19990. By making contact, the throwing direction of the game ball is changed from the side opposite to the player to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), and the opening formed in the upper surface 19991d2 of the detection device housing portion 19991d and the detection hole of the detection device SE6. The ball is thrown to an opening formed on the lower surface of the SE1a and the detection device accommodating portion 19991d.

A game ball sent to the opening formed on the lower surface of the detection device accommodating portion 19991d passes through the passage TR9 and is discharged from the winning opening unit 19930. FIG. Here, by passing the game balls through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE6, the number of game balls that have passed through the second winning hole 140 can be measured by the detection device SE6.

The path TR3, the path TR10 and the path TR9 through which the game balls distributed by the distribution member 19983 described above pass are collectively referred to as a "fifth path" hereinafter.

Here, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) and various members (accessories) such as a large number of nails (not shown) or windmills arranged on the front side of the game board 13 or by the distribution operation of the distribution member 19983, the speed component in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 (vertical direction to the paper surface in FIG. 161 (b)) It may flow down in preparation. When the game ball flowing down does not have or slightly has a velocity component in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983, the game ball flowing down the passage TR3 does not contact the feather member 945. On the other hand, the speed component of the game ball in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is large, and the game ball flowing down the passage TR3 comes into contact with the feather member 945, displaces out of the passage TR3, and is displaced out of the passage TR3. Since the game balls do not pass through the winning opening 140, the number of game balls is not measured by the detection device SE6.

Next, referring to FIG. 162, the flow down of the game ball that has passed through the opening U6 will be described. The game balls distributed by the distribution operation of the distribution member 19983 flow down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 (vertical direction in FIG. 162(a)). , the flowing game ball does not contact the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4 and flows down the passage TR4.

The speed component of the game ball in the axial direction (vertical direction in FIG. 162(a)) of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is greater than the speed component at which the game ball does not contact the opening end of the opening U2 or opening U4. When the game ball flows down with a speed component, the game ball comes into contact with the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4. When the game ball comes into contact with the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4 and rebounds toward the passage TR4 with respect to the opening U2 or the opening U4, the game ball flows down the passage TR4. On the other hand, due to the contact between the game ball and the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4, the flowing game ball moves to the opposite side of the passage TR4 with respect to the opening U2 or the opening U4, in other words, to the passage TR5 side or the passage TR6 side. When rebounding, the falling game ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and is thrown to the passage TR5 or TR6.

When the game ball does not pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and flows down the passage TR4, the flowing game ball comes into contact with the projecting portion 19981e1 formed on the central plate 19981e of the first side base 19981, and the game ball is changed from the side opposite to the player (the right side in FIG. 162(a)) to the side of the second cover member 19988 (the lower side in FIG. 162(a)), and the ball is thrown to the opening U5. The game ball that has passed through the opening U5 is discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 by flowing down the path TR12 formed in the winning opening unit 19930. Here, by inserting the falling game ball through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 arranged in the passage TR4, the game ball passing through the opening U6 does not pass through the opening U2 or the opening U3, The number of game balls flowing down the passage TR4 can be measured by the detection device SE5.

The path TR4 and the path TR12 through which the game balls distributed by the distribution member 19983 described above pass are collectively referred to as "fourth path" hereinafter.

As shown in FIG. 161, the passage TR4 (a part of the fourth passage) and the passage TR10 (a part of the fifth passage) are substantially the same in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10 (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 161(a)). formed at the same position. In other words, the passage TR4 (part of the fourth passage) and the passage TR10 (part of the fifth passage) are formed at overlapping positions when viewed from above.

Therefore, the winning hole unit 19300 can be made smaller in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10 (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 161(a)), and a space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly.

As described above, since the first side base 19981 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, the player can recognize the detection device SE5 arranged in the sorting unit 19980. FIG. In addition, since the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 is arranged along the extending direction of the passage TR4, the player can visually recognize that the game ball is inserted through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5, thereby enhancing the interest of the game. can increase Further, as shown in FIG. 161(a), the axis of the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 is tilted upward from the player side (left side in FIG. 161(a)) toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity). Therefore, in a state where the prize winning opening unit 19930 (see FIG. 138) is arranged on one side of the base plate 19060 in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), the detection device SE5 arranged in the sorting unit 19980 The player can easily visually recognize that the game ball passes through the detection hole SE1a.

Further, since the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 is arranged in the passage TR4 that forms the upstream side of the fourth passage, it can be brought close to the distribution member 19983 . That is, it is possible to make it easy for the player to visually recognize that the game ball distributed to the distribution member 19983 is inserted through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5. This makes it possible to enhance the interest of the game.

A game ball that passes through the opening U2 and is thrown to the passage TR5 comes into contact with the curved portion formed on the projecting portion 19987b of the first cover member 19987, so that the game ball is moved in the direction of the first cover member 19987. 162(a) upper side) to the side opposite to the player (FIG. 162(a) right side), and flows down the passage TR5. The game ball flowing down the path TR5 is thrown to the path TR11 and abuts against the back plate 19981d of the first side base 19981, so that the throwing direction of the game ball changes from the opposite side of the player to the gravity direction one side (the gravity direction). bottom). The game ball is ejected from the winning opening unit 19930 by flowing down the path TR11 formed in the winning opening unit 19930. - 特許庁

A game ball that passes through the opening U4 and is thrown to the passage TR6 comes into contact with the curved portion formed on the protruding portion 19988b of the second cover member 19988, so that the game ball is thrown in the second cover member 19988 side. (Fig. 162(a) lower side) is changed to the side opposite to the player (Fig. 162(a) right side), and flows down the passage TR6. The game ball flowing down the passage TR6 is thrown to the passage TR12 and contacts the back plate 19985d of the second side base 19985, so that the throwing direction of the game ball changes from the opposite side of the player to the gravity direction one side (the gravity direction). bottom). The game ball is ejected from the winning opening unit 19930 by flowing down the path TR12 formed in the winning opening unit 19930. - 特許庁

As described above, among game balls flowing down the fourth passage, game balls flowing down the passage TR4 on the opposite side of the player from the detection device SE5 (the right side in FIG. 162(a)) are thrown to the passage TR12. At the same time, the game ball flowing down the path TR6 is thrown to the path TR12, which is a part of the fourth path, and discharged from the prize winning port unit 19930. In other words, the passage TR6 branched from the fourth passage upstream of the detection device SE5 joins the fourth passage downstream of the detection device SE5. Therefore, the path TR12 can serve both as a path for throwing game balls that have flowed down the path TR4 and as a path for throwing game balls that have flowed down the path TR6.

As a result, in the sorting unit 19980 (winning opening unit 19930) in which a plurality of flowing-down paths are formed, the arrangement of the flowing-down paths for game balls can be suppressed, and the size of the dividing unit 19980 (winning opening unit 19930) can be reduced.

Further, as described above, the passage TR12 is formed on the side of the second cover member 19988 (lower side in FIG. 162(a)) from the passage TR4. On the right side of the passage TR4 in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), a space for arranging other members, in this embodiment, a space for arranging the solenoid 610 can be secured, and the passage unit 19990 (winning mouth unit 19930) can be miniaturized.

Here, the fourth and fifth passages formed on both sides of the distribution member 19983 in the distribution direction (left and right direction in FIG. a) A passage in the vertical direction is not formed, and therefore the fourth and fifth passages are formed at the same position with respect to the axial direction of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 . In the present embodiment, part of the fifth passage is formed on one side of the fourth passage in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). formed by overlapping. Further, as described above, the passage TR4 (part of the fourth passage) and the passage TR10 (part of the fifth passage) are arranged from the player side (the left side in FIG. 162(a)) to the side opposite to the player (Fig. 162(a) right side). Further, the passage TR5 and the passage TR6 formed on both sides of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 of the passage TR4 in the axial direction are formed to extend to the side opposite to the player side, similarly to the passage TR4.

As described above, since the first side base 19981 and the second side base 19985 are made of a colorless and transparent resin material, the player can easily determine whether the game ball is thrown to the path TR4, TR5 or TR6. It is possible to visually recognize whether or not the player is playing, thereby enhancing the interest of the game.

Also, the top plate 19981a of the first side base 19981 and the top plate 19985a (see FIG. 148) of the second side base 19985 are formed of plate-like bodies that are vertically elongated and generally rectangular when viewed from above. Therefore, the passage TR5 is formed in the horizontal direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 162(a)) of the passage TR4, and the passage TR5 communicates with the passage TR4 through the opening U2, and the passage TR6 communicates with the passage TR4 through the opening U4. On the top plate 19981a of the first side base 19981 and the top plate 19985a of the second side base 19985 in the upper direction), information about the game, for example, "Out" can be displayed.

Here, conventionally, there is a distribution member that operates by the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and a distribution member to the other side. A gaming machine is known which has a sorting unit having a second path through which the sorted game balls pass. However, in the conventional game machine described above, since the path is arranged along the game board, the size of the sorting unit is increased in the width direction of the base plate, and the space for arranging other members is correspondingly increased. I had a problem with the reduction.

On the other hand, in the distribution unit 19800 of this embodiment, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is arranged in the width direction of the base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138), and as shown in FIG. The game ball distributed by 19983 is thrown to the fifth path formed on the player side (left side in FIG. 161(a)) or the fourth path formed on the side opposite to the player (right side in FIG. 161(a)). be done. As described above, the path TR4 (a part of the fourth path) and the path TR10 (a part of the fifth path) are arranged from the player side (the left side in FIG. 161(a)) to the side opposite to the player (the a) right side), distribution in the width direction of the base plate 19060 is greater than that of the first and second passages TR1 and TR2 (see FIG. 112) formed in the distribution unit 980 described above. Unit 19980 can be miniaturized.

In particular, the distribution unit 19800 according to the present embodiment is formed such that the fourth passage overlaps a part of the fifth passage when viewed from above, so that the distribution unit 19980 in the width direction of the base plate 19060 can be further miniaturized.

In addition, as described above, the game ball flowing into the first receiving portion 19941g by the projecting portion 19941g1 is thrown to the opposite side of the player (the right side in FIG. The ball is thrown to the sorting unit 19980 by passing through. Therefore, the game ball thrown to the sorting unit 19980 has a velocity component to the side opposite to the player.

As shown in FIG. 161 (a), in the state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position, the game flows down with a speed component toward the opening U6 side of the distribution unit 19980 (right side in FIG. 161 (a)) The ball bounces off the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 19983, or flows down on the intermediate plate 19983b, so that the speed component of the game ball moves from the opening U6 side of the distribution unit 19980 to the opening U7 side (left side of FIG. 161(a) ) and comes into contact with the action portion 19983a arranged on the opening U7 side of the distribution unit 19980. As shown in FIG. As a result, the distribution member 19983 rotates, and the game ball is sent to the fifth passage.

As shown in FIG. 161(b), when the sorting member 19983 is placed at the second position, it flows down with a velocity component toward the opening U6 of the sorting unit 19980 (right side in FIG. 161(a)). The game ball abuts on the action part 19983a arranged on the opening U6 side of the distribution unit 19980 while maintaining the velocity component to the side opposite to the player. As a result, the distribution member 19983 rotates, and the game ball is sent to the fourth passage.

Therefore, in the state in which the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position and the state in which it is arranged at the second position, the angle θ3 formed by the intermediate line TL and the horizontal line HL is formed to be the same angle. The sorting member 19983 can throw a game ball flowing into the sorting unit 19980 to the fourth path faster than the ball to the fifth path. In other words, the game balls distributed by the distribution member 19983 can vary the ball throwing time to the downstream passage depending on the distribution direction. As a result, the player can be given a sense of playability, and as a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Further, conventionally, a game ball flowing down a passage formed to be larger than the outer shape of the game ball flows down the passage with a velocity component different from the axial direction of the detection hole of the detection device arranged in the passage. As a result, the direction of movement of the game ball that collides with the side wall of the passage and flows down the passage may not be uniform (hereinafter referred to as "game ball rampage"). There is a problem that if a game ball is passed through the detection hole of the detection device in a violent state, the detection device erroneously recognizes that a plurality of game balls have passed through the detection hole (hereinafter referred to as "chattering").

On the other hand, in the sorting unit 19800 of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 162, an opening U2 and an opening U4 are formed in the passage TR4 on the sorting member 19983 side (left side in FIG. 162(a)) from the detection device SE5. be done. When the game ball is thrown into the path TR4 in a violent state, the game ball is passed through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 in a state in which the game ball comes into contact with the opening end of the opening U2 or the opening U4. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of chattering.

In addition, part of the game ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4, so that the game ball can be passed through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5 in a state in which the game ball's rampage has subsided, thereby suppressing the occurrence of chattering. can. In other words, since the opening U2 and the opening U4 are formed in the passage TR4, the cross-sectional area of the passage TR4 in a front view can be increased. That is, since the opening U2 and the opening U4 are formed in the winning hole unit 19930, the displacement area of the game ball in the width direction (vertical direction in FIG. 162(a)) of the pachinko machine 10 can be expanded.

Therefore, by enlarging the area where the friction (resistance) generated by sliding or rolling on the path TR4 acts, the rampage of the game ball can be brought to an end. Therefore, the occurrence of chattering is suppressed, and the detection device SE5 is arranged at a position close to the distribution member 19983 so that the player can easily see that the game ball is inserted through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5. This makes it possible to enhance the interest of the game.

Further, conventionally, there has been a problem that when an external force is applied to the arrangement member such as by hitting by the player, the distribution member may rotate due to the influence of the inertial force. In other words, when a game ball distributed to one side is guided to a prize-winning opening to which a higher game value is given than a game ball distributed to the other side, for example, by hitting the game machine, the game ball is guided to the arrangement member. By applying an external force, the sorting member is rotated by inertial force to change the orientation of the sorting member (rotate the game ball to a position that allows it to be sorted to one side). .

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the game ball is sorted by passing through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and passing through the passage TR5 or TR6, in other words, without passing through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE5. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of chattering in the detecting device SE5 due to ejection from the unit 19980 (winning unit 19930).

Also, path TR4 is equipped with a detector, whereas path TR5 and path TR6 are not equipped with a detector. Therefore, after passing through the opening U6 by the distribution member 19983, it flows down the passage TR4, and the game ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and flows down the passage TR5 or TR6. By doing so, it is possible to form a mode in which the game ball is discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 without being detected by the detection device.

As a result, after the game ball is distributed to the opening U6 by the distribution member 19983, the winning hole unit 19930 does not pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4, and the game ball is detected by the detection device SE5. It has a playability that makes you expect. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

It should be noted that the throwing destination of the game ball that flows down the path TR5 or the path TR6 and is discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 includes, for example, an out opening, a winning opening, a game area, and the like.

Here, the game area in this embodiment will be described. The game area means an area through which a game ball can pass (flow down, roll) and possibly be detected by a detection device.

For example, on the downstream side of the distribution member 19983 of the winning opening unit 19930, the area of the path TR4 on the upstream side of the detection device SE5, the path TR3 and the path TR10, are formed as game areas. That is, downstream of the distribution member 19983 of the prize winning opening unit 19930, the detection device SE5, the detection device SE6, the opening U2 and the opening U4 are formed as boundaries of the game area.

Also, as described above, the first side base 19981 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material. Instead, the player can visually confirm that the game ball is detected by the detection device SE5. Therefore, the prize winning port unit 19930 has a playability that makes the player expect that the game ball will be detected by the detection device SE5. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Further, as shown in FIG. 161, the distribution unit 19980 includes a magnetic body 988b disposed in a housing portion 986b formed in a bulging portion 19982 of the first side base 19981 and a magnetic body 988b disposed in a distribution member 19983. Since the distribution member 19983 is disposed in a repulsive state with the body 988c, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as hitting the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10, the distribution member 19983 is disposed at the first position or the second position. can be maintained as it is set.

As described above, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 in this embodiment is arranged in the width direction of the base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138), so that the distribution member 19983 can position to a second position or vice versa to a first position.

Therefore, when an external force such as the player hitting the glass unit 16 is applied to the pachinko machine 10, the inertial force generated in the distribution member 19983 acts on the player side (the left side in FIG. 161(a)). With the dividing member 19983 positioned at the first position, the dividing member 19983 is improperly displaced from the first position to the second position.

As described above, the number of prize balls to be paid out when game balls are detected by the detection device SE5 is set smaller than the number of prize balls to be paid out when game balls are detected by the detection device SE6. Therefore, when the player hits the glass unit 16 and illegally displaces the distribution member 19983 from the first entry position to the second position, the distribution member 19983 placed at the second position will flow into the distribution unit 19980. A ball is sent to the passage TR4, and the game ball is detected by the detection device SE5. That is, the state in which game balls are detected by the detection device SE6 is changed to the state in which game balls are detected by the detection device SE5, and the number of prize balls to be paid out is reduced.

As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from hitting the glass unit 16 and illegally displacing the distribution member 19983 from the first position to the second position.

The number of prize balls paid out when game balls are detected by detection device SE6 and the number of prize balls paid out when game balls are detected by detection device SE5 may be set to be the same number. In this case, the number of prize balls paid out by illegally displacing the distribution member 19983 does not change. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from hitting the glass unit 16 and illegally displacing the distribution member 19983 .

In addition, the prize winning port unit 19930 in the present embodiment is distributed by the distribution member 19983, and the case where the detection devices are arranged in both passages through which the game balls flow down has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. , the detection device may be disposed only in one of the downflow passages.

Thus, even after the game ball is thrown to the winning hole unit 19930, it is possible to give the player a sense of fun. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Moreover, it is not necessary to arrange the detection device in both of the downflow passages. In this case, the game ball discharged from the winning hole unit 19930 may be thrown to the out hole, and may not be thrown to the out hole.

As a result, the detection device is not arranged in the winning opening unit 19930, the game ball discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 is not thrown to the out opening, and the path TR9, the path TR11 or the path TR12 formed in the winning opening unit 19930 is formed toward the front side (the left side in FIG. 161(a)), and the game ball discharged from the winning opening unit 19930 is thrown to the front side of the base plate 19060, so that the winning opening unit 19930 becomes a game area. be able to. That is, the game area formed in the pachinko machine 10 can be enlarged by the amount that the prize-winning unit 19930 has passages in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 161(a)), so that the player can enjoy the game. can. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

In addition, although the distribution member 19983 in the present embodiment has been described as being disposed in the distribution unit 19980, it is not necessarily limited to this, and may be disposed at any position within the above-described game area. good.

Thereby, it is possible to give the player a playfulness. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Further, the sorting member 19983 in this embodiment is disposed inside the sorting unit 19980 in a state in which the axis of the shaft member 988a is arranged in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 161(a)), and the ball is thrown. Although the case of distributing the game balls in the forward and backward direction (the left and right direction in FIG. 161(a)) has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. The axis of the shaft member 988a is arranged inside the sorting unit 19980 in a state in which the axis is arranged in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. vertically).

As a result, the game balls sent to the distribution unit 19980 can be distributed in various directions, and the player can have fun. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

In the present embodiment, the passage TR4 and the passage TR12 through which the game balls distributed by the distribution member 19983 pass are collectively referred to as the fourth passage. The passages TR12 may be combined into a sixth passage. In this case, the passage TR4 joins the sixth passage laterally.

As a result, the game ball flowing down the path TR4 is offset from the path TR4 to the path TR6 side (lower side in FIG. 162(a)) and thrown to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). Thereby, a space for arranging the solenoid 610 of the passage unit 19990 can be secured on one side of the passage TR4 in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction).

Next, with reference to FIG. 163, the winning opening unit 20930 in the nineteenth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, the case where the first passage TR1 and the second passage TR2 are formed toward one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) (see FIG. 112) has been described. A part of the first passage TR201 and the second passage TR202 is formed with a depth passage extending from the front base 20981 side (left side in FIG. 163) toward the rear base 20985 side (right side in FIG. 163). In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 163 is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit 20980 in the nineteenth embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CXIIa-CXIIa in FIG. 109(a). In addition, in FIG. 163, the second passage TR2 in the sixth embodiment is illustrated with a chain line. Further, since the first passage TR201 and the second passage TR202 are formed symmetrically with respect to the shaft member 988a of the distribution portion 983, only the second passage TR202 will be explained, and the explanation of the first passage TR201 will be omitted. .

As shown in FIG. 163, the second passage TR202 of the sorting unit 20980 in the nineteenth embodiment extends from the front base 20981 side (left side in FIG. 163) to the rear base 20985 side (right side in FIG. 163) on the downstream side of the sorting section 983. It is formed with a depth passage TR202a extending toward it. Therefore, in the sixth embodiment, the second passage TR2 is connected to the front base 981 side of the inflow passage 985f1 (see FIGS. 110 to 112), whereas the second passage TR202 of the sorting unit 20980 in the nineteenth embodiment is connected. is connected to the gravity direction other side (gravitational direction upper side) of the inflow passage 985f1.

In addition, the second passage TR202 is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the game ball, and the extension dimension of the depth passage TR202a toward the side opposite to the player is twice or more the diameter of the game ball. It is formed.

Here, conventionally, there is a distribution member that operates by the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and a distribution member to the other side. 2. Description of the Related Art A game machine is known which has a sorting unit having a second path through which the sorted game balls pass.

However, in the above-described conventional game machine, since the passages are arranged along the direction parallel to the game board, the size of the sorting unit is increased in the width direction, and the space for arranging other members is correspondingly increased. There was a problem that the

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the game ball that has passed through the depth passage TR202a is thrown toward the rear base 20985 (right side in FIG. 163) from the base plate 19060 (see FIG. 138), and then into the inflow passage 985f1. be done. Therefore, the depth passage TR202a can be arranged using the space in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 163), which is relatively free. Therefore, the distribution unit 20980 can be downsized in the width direction, and a space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly.

Next, with reference to FIG. 164, the winning opening unit 21930 in the twentieth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the case where the lower surface of the passage TR4 (the lower surface plate 19981b formed on the first side base of the distribution unit 19980) is formed in a flat surface has been described (see FIG. 161). , a protrusion 21981b1 is formed on the lower surface (lower surface plate 21981b) of the passage TR214 (a part of the fourth passage), and the downflow speed of the game ball is reduced. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 164 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 21930 in the twentieth embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a).

As shown in FIG. 164, in the sorting unit 21980 of the prize winning slot unit 21930 in the twentieth embodiment, the first side base 21981 has a A passage TR214 surrounded by the upper plate 19981a, the lower plate 21981b, the center plate 19981e and the side plate 19985e (see FIG. 153) of the second side base 19985 is formed. On the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 in the formation range of the passage TR214, a plurality of protrusions 21981b1 (two in the present embodiment) protrude toward the upper surface plate 19981a between the opening U6 and the detection device SE5. individual) is formed.

The projecting portion 21981b1 has a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape, and is formed uniformly and continuously on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 in the horizontal direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 164).

As a result, the game ball flowing down the fourth path (path TR214) can be reliably brought into contact with the projecting portion 21981b1, and the game ball comes into contact with the projecting portion 21981b1, thereby increasing the flow rate of the game ball. becomes smaller.

Further, the protrusion 21981b1 arranged on the downstream side is arranged inside the opening U2 in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 164). Therefore, when the game ball and the projecting portion 21981b1 come into contact with the game ball in a violent state, the projecting portion 21981b1 displaces the game ball in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 164) or in the horizontal direction (perpendicular to the paper surface in FIG. 164). can be given.

As a result, the game ball can pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153). can have As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Particularly in this embodiment, the projection 21981b1 disposed on the downstream side is disposed inside the opening U2 in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 164). 164 (perpendicular to the paper surface)) can be prevented from coming into contact with the center plate 19981e of the first side base 21981 or the side plate 19985e of the second side base 19985. Damage to the central plate 19981e or the side plate 19985e of the second side base 19985 can be suppressed (see FIG. 153).

In addition, since the game ball can pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4 without coming into contact with the central plate 19981e of the first side base 21981 or the side plate 19985e of the second side base 19985, and can pass through the passage TR5 or TR6. (Refer to FIG. 153), the passage speed of the game ball can be increased to enhance the interest of the game.

Here, the projecting dimension of the protrusion 21981b1 formed on the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 toward the upper surface plate 19981a side (upper side in FIG. 164) is formed to be approximately 1/10 of the diameter of the game ball. . Thereby, the game ball flowing down the path TR214 can get over the protrusion 21981b1 and flow down the path TR214. That is, it is possible to prevent the gaming ball from coming into contact with the protrusion 21981b1 and restricting the downflow of the gaming ball in the passage TR214.

Also, the distance between the plurality of projecting portions 21981b1 arranged on the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 is formed to be approximately equal to the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the game ball that has crossed over the projecting portion 21981b1 on the upstream side, which has a projecting dimension of approximately 1/10 of the diameter of the game ball, on the bottom plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 hits the top surface of the bottom plate 21981b again. It is possible to suppress the protrusion 21981b1 on the downstream side from getting over without coming into contact with the upper surface of the lower surface plate 21981b. Therefore, it is possible to reliably reduce the flow speed of the game ball by the projecting portion 21981b1.

Further, as described above, the distribution member 19983 throws game balls flowing into the distribution unit 21980 to the opening U6 (fourth passage) earlier than to the opening U7 (fifth passage).

Therefore, the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 21980 are distributed to the opening U6, and the time detected by the detection device SE5 arranged in the fourth passage is distributed to the opening U7 and detected in the fifth passage. It is formed shorter than the time detected by device SE6. That is, the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 are formed so that the time until they are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 are different.

Further, the passing distance of the game ball from the opening U6 to the detection device SE5 arranged in the fourth passage (passage TR214) is the detection distance arranged in the fifth passage (between the passage TR9 and the passage TR10) from the opening U7. It is formed smaller than the passing distance of the game ball to the device SE6.

Therefore, the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 21980 are distributed to the opening U6, and the time detected by the detection device SE5 arranged in the fourth passage is distributed to the opening U7 and detected in the fifth passage. The time detected by device SE6 is formed to be shorter. That is, the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 are formed so that the time until they are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 are different.

Here, conventionally, a distribution member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first detection means that detects the game ball distributed to one side, and the other side and a second detection means for detecting the game balls distributed to the second game machine is known. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, there are restrictions on the layout of the path that guides the sorted game balls to the first detection means or the second detection means and the arrangement positions of the first detection means and the second detection means. There was a problem that the degree of freedom in design was low.

That is, when the game balls are detected by the first detection means and the second detection means are respectively displayed by the display means to notify the player (for example, the number of detected game balls is displayed as the number of reserved balls). case), the time required for the game balls that reach the distribution member and are distributed to one side to be detected by the first detection means and the time required for the game balls distributed to the other side to be detected by the second detection means If the required time is different, the time from reaching the sorting member to being displayed will differ depending on the sorting direction, and the interest in the game will be spoiled.

Therefore, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the passages for guiding the distributed game balls to the first detection means or the second detection means are arranged symmetrically with respect to the distribution member, and the first detection means and the second detection means There is a problem that the two detection means must be arranged at the same distance from the distribution member, and the degree of freedom in design is low.

On the other hand, the lower surface of the passage TR214 in this embodiment (the lower surface plate 21981b formed on the first side base 21981 of the distribution unit 21980) is formed with a protrusion 21981b1. Therefore, the speed of game balls flowing down the fourth path (path TR214) is reduced, and the time from when the game balls flow into the sorting unit 21980 to when they are detected by the detection device SE5 can be lengthened. Therefore, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

Further, since the passage TR3 (part of the fifth passage) extends in the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 164), the game ball freely falls down the passage TR3. Therefore, compared with the form in which the game ball rolls down the passage, the falling speed of the game ball can be increased. This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6.

Therefore, when the distributing member 19983 is arranged at a position where the game ball distributing time differs depending on the distributing direction, or the length of the ball throwing passage from the distributing member 19983 to the detection device SE5 and the length of the ball throwing passage to the detection device SE6 Even when the lengths are different, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the game balls are detected by the detection device SE6 is reduced to increase the interest of the game. While being able to suppress being damaged, the freedom degree of a design can be ensured.

Although the case where two protrusions 21981b1 are formed in the present embodiment has been described, the number of protrusions 21981b1 is not necessarily limited to this, and one protrusion 21981b1 or three or more protrusions 21981b1 may be formed.

When one projecting portion 21981b1 is formed, the distribution member 19983 allows the player to enjoy the game even after passing through the opening U6, and the game ball excessively passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4. , passage TR5 or passage TR6 can be suppressed (see FIG. 153), and loss of interest in the game can be suppressed.

When three or more protrusions 21981b1 are formed, the speed of game balls flowing down the fourth passage (path TR214) can be further reduced, and game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5. By reducing the difference between the time until detection and the time until detection by detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and secure the degree of freedom in design.

In addition, the difference between the time until the game ball flowing into the sorting unit 21980 is detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the game ball is detected by the detection device SE6 can be adjusted by the number of protrusions 21981b1 formed. can increase the interest of In addition, the adjusting means can be achieved by the protrusion 21981b1 which can be easily formed, and the product cost can be reduced.

In addition, although the case where two projections 21981b1 having the same shape are formed on the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 in the present embodiment has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and each projection 21981b1 is formed separately. may be formed in the shape of

For example, when the projection dimension of the downstream projection 21981b1 is larger than the projection dimension of the upstream projection 21981b1, compared with the contact between the upstream projection 21981b1 and the game ball, the downstream projection The contact between the projecting portion 21981b1 and the game ball increases the probability that the game ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4 and passes through the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153). That is, as the game ball approaches the detection device SE5, the probability that the game ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4, that is, does not pass through the detection device SE5, increases, thereby making the game more interesting.

Further, for example, when the projection dimension of the downstream projection 21981b1 is smaller than the projection dimension of the upstream projection 21981b1, it is possible to suppress the rampage of the game ball at a position close to the detection device SE5, The occurrence of chattering can be suppressed, and the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 can be reduced, thereby improving the performance of the game. While being able to suppress that interest is spoiled, the freedom degree of a design can be ensured.

Also, the case where the protrusion 21981b1 in this embodiment is formed uniformly and continuously on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 in the horizontal direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 164) has been described. However, the projections 21981b1 may be intermittently formed in the left-right direction, or may be inclined in the front-rear direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 164).

When the protrusion 21981b1 is intermittently formed in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 164), the game ball comes into contact with the end of the protrusion 21981b1 in the left-right direction, and the game ball is displaced in the left-right direction. be. Therefore, the game ball can pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4, and can pass through the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153), thereby enhancing the amusement of the game.

A projecting portion 21981b1 is formed on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981 uniformly and continuously in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 164). When formed inclined to the side (the right side in FIG. 164), the game ball flowing down the fourth passage (passage TR214) contacts the projection 21981b1, is given a displacement in the left direction, and passes through the opening U2. It becomes easier to pass through the passage TR5.

When the projecting portion 21981b1 is inclined rearward (rightward in FIG. 164) as it progresses to the right (front side of the paper in FIG. 164), the game ball flowing down the fourth passage (path TR214) contacts the projecting portion 21981b1. Then, a rightward displacement is imparted, making it easier to pass through the opening U4 and the passage TR6 (see FIG. 153).

When the protrusion 21981b1 is inclined rearward (to the right in FIG. 164) from the center to both ends in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 164) of the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981, the fourth passage is formed. A game ball flowing down (passage TR214) is imparted with displacement in the left-right direction by abutting the projection 21981b1, passing through the opening U2 or the opening U4, and easily passing through the passage TR5 or the passage TR6 (Fig. 153 reference).

Therefore, even after passing through the opening U6 by the distribution member 19983, the player can have fun. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

When the protrusion 21981b1 is inclined forward (left side in FIG. 164) as it progresses from the center to both ends in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 164) of the lower surface plate 21981b of the first side base 21981, the fourth passage is formed. The game ball flowing down (passage TR214) contacts the protrusion 21981b1 and is displaced to the center in the left-right direction. , chattering can be suppressed.

In addition, although the projection 21981b1 in the present embodiment has been described as having a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape, the projection 21981b1 may have a semicircular cross-sectional shape. . In this case, it is possible to suppress damage to the protrusion 21981b1 due to contact with the game ball.

Further, in the present embodiment, the case where the projection 21981b1 is formed on the lower surface (lower surface plate 21981b) of the passage TR214 (part of the fourth passage) has been described, but this is not necessarily the case, and the recess is not necessarily limited to this. may be formed. As a result, even when the vertical dimension of the passage TR214 (vertical direction in FIG. 164) is formed small, the game ball is clogged in the passage TR214, that is, the game ball is caught above the protrusion 21981b1 and the first side base 19981. It is possible to prevent the game ball from coming into contact with the face plate 19981a and being prevented from flowing down.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, the distribution member 19983 distributes the game balls in two directions, and the fifth passage formed on the side that distributes the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side that distributes the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Further, in the present embodiment, a case has been described in which the protrusion 21981b1 is formed on the lower surface (lower surface plate 21981b) of the passage TR214 (a part of the fourth passage), but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. A protrusion 21981b1 may be formed on the lower surface (second receiving portion 19943c) of (part of the fifth passage). In this case, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 21980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 can be further differentiated (see FIG. 161). As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Next, with reference to FIG. 165, the winning opening unit 22930 in the twenty-first embodiment will be described. In the twentieth embodiment, the protrusion 21981b1 is formed between the opening U6 of the passage TR214 and the detection device SE5 (see FIG. 164). A protrusion 21981b1 is formed between the opening U2 and the opening U4 of the part) and the detection device SE5. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 165 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 22930 in the twenty-first embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). As shown in FIG. 165, in the sorting unit 22980 of the winning opening unit 22930 in the twenty-first embodiment, the first side base 22981 has a A passage TR224 is formed surrounded by the upper plate 22981a, the lower plate 22981b, the center plate 22981e and the side plates of the second side base. A lower plate 23981b of the first side base 23981 between the openings U2 and U4 (see FIG. 153) of the passage TR224 and the detection device SE5 has a plurality of protrusions 21981b1 projecting toward the upper plate 19981a. In the embodiment, two) are formed. Note that the distance between the plurality of projections 21981b1 is the same as the distance between the arrangements in the twentieth embodiment, so the description thereof will be omitted.

The projecting portion 21981b1 is formed between the openings U2 and U4 (see FIG. 153) and the detection device SE5, that is, is formed on the rear side (the right side in FIG. 165) of the sorting unit 22980. The protrusion 21981b1 without the edge can be formed at a position far from the player. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize the protrusion 21981b1, and the appearance of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

The protrusion 21981b1 is formed to have a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape, and is formed uniformly and continuously on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 22981b of the first side base 22981 in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 165). 21981b1 and the central plate 22981e are molded integrally.

Thereby, it is possible to suppress the bending of the central plate 22981e due to the contact between the game ball flowing down the fourth passage (passage TR224) and the central plate 22981e, thereby suppressing the damage of the central plate 22981e.

A game ball that does not pass through the opening U2 or the opening U4 (see FIG. 153) and flows down the passage TR224 contacts the projecting portion 21981b1. , the difference between the time to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time to be detected by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

As a result, when the distribution member 19983 is arranged at a position where the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, or the length of the ball throwing path from the distribution member 19983 to the detection device SE5 and the ball throwing passage to the detection device SE6 Even when the lengths are different, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 22980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 is reduced to make the game interesting. can be suppressed from being impaired, and the degree of freedom in design can be ensured.

In addition, since the protrusion 21981b1 is formed between the opening U2 and the opening U4 (see FIG. 153) and the detection device SE5, the game ball contacts the protrusion 21981b1 and the game ball passes through the opening U2 or the opening U4. It is possible to prevent the ball from passing through and being thrown to the path TR5 or the path TR6 (see FIG. 153).

Here, the path TR224 in this embodiment is provided with the detection device SE5, whereas the path TR5 and the path TR6 (see FIG. 153) are not provided with the detection device. Therefore, the game result differs between when the game ball flows down the path TR224 and when it flows down the path TR5 or TR6. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball distributed to the opening U6 side by the distribution member 19983 from coming into contact with the projecting portion 21981b1 and thereby resulting in a different game result.

Also, the case where the protrusion 21981b1 in this embodiment is formed uniformly and continuously on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 22981b of the first side base 22981 in the horizontal direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 165) has been described. However, the protrusion 21981b1 may be formed to be inclined in the front-rear direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 165) in the left-right direction.

When the projecting portion 21981b1 is inclined to the rear side (right side of FIG. 165) as it progresses to the left side (back side of the paper surface of FIG. 165) or right side (front side of the paper surface of FIG. 165), the game that flows down the fourth passage (passage TR224) By contacting the protrusion 21981b1, the ball is displaced leftward or rightward, and the game ball contacts the central plate 22981e of the first side base 22981 or the side plate of the second side base.

Therefore, due to the frictional force generated between the game ball and the central plate 22981e of the first side base 22981 or the side plate of the second side base 22981, the falling speed of the game ball is reduced, and the game ball flowing into the sorting unit 22980 is reduced. , the difference between the time to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time to be detected by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

In addition, the game ball is displaced leftward (backward on the page in FIG. 165) or rightward (frontward on the page in FIG. 165) and hits the central plate 22981e of the first side base 22981 or the side plate of the second side base. By making contact, it is possible to suppress the game ball from rampaging. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of chattering.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, the distribution member 19983 distributes the game balls in two directions, and the fifth passage formed on the side that distributes the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side that distributes the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 22980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Further, in the present embodiment, a case has been described in which the protrusion 21981b1 is formed on the lower surface (lower surface plate 21981b) of the passage TR214 (a part of the fourth passage), but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. A protrusion 21981b1 may be formed on the lower surface (second receiving portion 19943c) of (part of the fifth passage). In this case, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 22980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 can be further differentiated (see FIG. 161). As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Next, with reference to FIG. 166, a winning opening unit 23930 in the twenty-second embodiment will be described. In the twenty-first embodiment, a case was described in which the projections 21981b1 were formed between the openings U2 and U4 of the passage TR224 (part of the fourth passage) and the detection device SE5 (see FIG. 165). In the embodiment, a protrusion 21981b1 is formed between the opening U6 of the passage TR234 (part of the fourth passage) and the openings U2 and U4. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the rear side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 166 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 23930 in the twenty-second embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). As shown in FIG. 166, in the sorting unit 23980 of the winning opening unit 23930 in the twenty-second embodiment, the first side base 23981 has a A passage TR234 surrounded by the upper plate 23981a, the lower plate 23981b, the center plate 23981e and the side plates of the second side base is formed. A plurality of projections 21981b1 (two in this embodiment) projecting toward the top plate 23981a are provided on the bottom plate 23981b of the first side base 23981 between the opening U6 of the passage TR234 and the openings U2 and U4. It is formed. Note that the distance between the plurality of projections 21981b1 is the same as the distance between the arrangements in the twentieth embodiment, so the description thereof will be omitted.

The protrusion 21981b1 is formed to have a substantially rectangular cross-sectional shape, and is formed uniformly and continuously on the upper surface of the lower surface plate 23981b of the first side base 23981 in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 166). 21981b1 and central plate 23981e are integrally molded.

This suppresses the bending of the central plate 23981e due to the contact between the game ball flowing down the fourth passage (passage TR234) and the central plate 23981e, thereby suppressing the damage of the central plate 23981e.

When the game ball flowing down the fourth passage (path TR234) comes into contact with the projecting portion 21981b1, the falling speed of the game ball decreases, and the game ball flowing into the sorting unit 23980 is detected by the detection device SE5. and the time until detection by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

As a result, when the distribution member 19983 is arranged at a position where the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, or the length of the ball throwing path from the distribution member 19983 to the detection device SE5 and the ball throwing passage to the detection device SE6 Even when the lengths are different, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 23980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the game balls are detected by the detection device SE6 is reduced to make the game interesting. can be suppressed from being impaired, and the degree of freedom in design can be ensured.

In addition, in a state in which the flow speed of the game ball is reduced by the projecting portion 21981b1, the game ball flows down toward the area where the opening U2 and the opening U4 (see FIG. 153) of the passage TR234 are formed. It is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize that the ball flows down TR234 or that the ball is thrown to the passage TR5 or TR6 (see FIG. 153).

In addition, a projection 21981b1 is formed between the opening U6 of the passage TR234 and the openings U2 and U4, that is, the projection 21981b1 is formed between the detection device SE5, the openings U2 and U4, and the distribution member 19983. Since the arrangement space is formed for the distribution member 19983, it is possible to prevent the player from visually recognizing the game ball, and the player can prevent the game ball from passing through the path TR234, the path TR5 or the path TR6. You can see which passage you are going through.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 23980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

In addition, in the present embodiment, a case has been described in which the protrusion 2981b1 is formed on the lower surface (lower surface plate 21981b) of the passage TR214 (a part of the fourth passage), but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. A protrusion 21981b1 may be formed on the lower surface (second receiving portion 19943c) of (part of the fifth passage). In this case, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 23980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 can be further differentiated (see FIG. 161). As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Next, with reference to FIG. 167, the winning opening unit 24930 in the twenty-third embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the center of gravity is arranged on the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 19983 (see FIG. 161). 24983a side, and the rotation speed of the distribution member 24983 is formed differently. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 167 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 24930 in the twenty-third embodiment, which corresponds to the cross section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a), and in FIG. 167(b) shows a state in which the distributing member 24983 is disposed in the second position.

As shown in FIG. 167(a), the action portion 24983a provided on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 167(a)) of the distribution member 24983 is arranged from the lower surface (lower surface in FIG. 167(a)). It is formed with a protrusion 24983a1 formed to protrude on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). In other words, the distribution member 24983 is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b, and the distribution member 24983 in the direction connecting the action portions 19983a and 24983a (the direction orthogonal to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b). The center of gravity of is positioned closer to the acting portion 24983a (left side in FIG. 167(a)) than the intermediate plate 19983b by the protrusion of the protrusion 24983a.

Further, the front side contact portion 24982b1 of the lower surface plate 24982b formed in the bulging portion 24982 of the first side base 24981 is slightly larger than the shape of the projecting portion 24983a1 formed in the acting portion 24983a of the distribution member 24983. It has a recess 24982b3 formed in the shape. As a result, the projecting portion 24983a1 protruding from the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 24983 can be arranged inside the recess 24982b3, and the distribution member 24983 can be arranged at the second position.

That is, the distribution member 24983 can form an inclined state similar to the second position of the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. A game ball placed between the action portion 24983a and the intermediate plate 19983b is distributed from the distribution member 24983 to the front unit 19940 side (left side in FIG. 167(a)), and passes through the opening U7 and the intermediate port 19941h. A ball can be thrown to the path TR3.

The protrusion 24983a1 is formed sufficiently smaller than the intermediate plate 19983b. Therefore, in the state where the distribution member 24983 is arranged at the first position, the center of gravity of the distribution member 24983 in the front-rear direction is located on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 167(a)) from the axial center position of the shaft member 988a. do. Thereby, the distribution member 24983 can be maintained in the first position.

Also, as shown in FIG. 167(b), when the distribution member 24983 is arranged at the second position, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) When the game ball flows into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning port 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 24980, and is thrown to the distribution member 24983, the game ball moves toward the intermediate plate 19983b and the opening U6 side ( 167(a) right side), the load of the game ball can be applied to the action portion 19983a on the side of the opening U6.

As a result, as shown in FIG. 167(a), the distribution member 24983 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, and the distribution member 24983 is arranged at the first position. .

As described above, the center of gravity of the distributing member 24983 in the direction connecting the action portions 19983a and 24983a (the direction perpendicular to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b) is closer to the action portion 24983a than the intermediate plate 19983b (see FIG. 167 ( a) left side), the rotational speed of the distribution member 24983 displaced from the second position to the first position is smaller than that of the distribution member 19983 (see FIG. 161) in the eighteenth embodiment, and the first The rotation speed of the distribution member 24983 displaced from the position to the second position is higher than that of the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. Therefore, the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 24980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage can be reduced.

As a result, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 24980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) can be reduced.

Further, as a result, even when the distribution member 24983 is arranged at a position where the game ball distribution time varies depending on the distribution direction, the time required for the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 24980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161), it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and secure the degree of freedom in design.

Further, since the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 24980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the game balls are detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) can be adjusted by the distribution member 24983, The structure of the sorting unit 24980 can be simplified, the product cost can be reduced, and the degree of freedom in design can be increased with respect to the layout of the fourth or fifth passage and the arrangement position of the detection device SE5 or detection device SE6. can.

Further, as shown in FIG. 167(b), when the distribution member 24983 is arranged at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction ( 1), when an inertia force acts on the distribution member 24983 toward the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F2 direction in FIG. 167(b)), the axial position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distribution member 24983 (direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the distribution member 24983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 24983 (arrow F2 direction in FIG. 167(b)) It is formed smaller than the distribution member 19983 in the form (see FIG. 161). Thereby, the rotation direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 24983 can be reduced.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 24983 toward the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (in the direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 167(b)), Displacement of the dividing member 24983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

In this embodiment, the distributing member 24983 includes an action portion 24983a having a protrusion 24983a1, and is formed asymmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. do not have. For example, a weight member may be provided on the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 24983.

That is, in the distribution member 24983 in this embodiment, the projecting portion 24983a1 is formed integrally with the acting portion 24983a disposed on the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 167(a)), while the weight member is removable. It may be arranged. The weight member to be provided may protrude from the lower surface of the action portion 24983a, or may be embedded inside the action portion 24983a, like the distribution member 24983 in this embodiment.

By replacing the weight member, it is possible to easily adjust the difference between the time until detection by detection device SE5 and the time until detection by detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

When the weight member is embedded, it is possible to prevent the concave portion 24982b3 from being provided in the front contact portion 24982b1, thereby reducing the product cost. Moreover, since the weight member can be prevented from protruding from the lower surface of the action portion 24983a, damage to the distribution member 24983 during assembly can be prevented.

Further, the case where the concave portion 24982b3 of the front contact portion 24982b1 in the present embodiment is formed in a slightly larger shape than the shape of the projecting portion 24983a1 that is formed in the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 24983 has been described. The shape is not necessarily limited to this, and may be formed to be sufficiently larger than the shape of the protrusion 24983a1. Further, the concave portion 24982b3 of the front side contact portion 24982b1 may be formed with a through hole having a width larger than the shape of the projecting portion 24983a1.

As a result, even when dust or the like accumulates in the concave portion 24982b3 of the front side contact portion 24982b1, the lower surface of the action portion 24983a (lower side in FIG. 167(a)) and the upper surface of the front side contact portion 24982b1 (FIG. 167 ( a) the upper side) can abut and the distribution member 24983 can be placed in the second position.

Next, with reference to FIG. 168, a winning opening unit 25930 in the twenty-fourth embodiment will be described. In the twenty-third embodiment, the center of gravity of the distribution member 24983 is arranged to be biased toward one of the action portions 24983a, and the rotation speed of the distribution member 24983 is different (see FIG. 167). In the twenty-fourth embodiment, the center of gravity of the distribution member 25983 is biased toward one action portion 24983a, and when an external force acts on the distribution member 25983, the rotation of the distribution member 25983 is suppressed. . In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 168 is a cross-sectional view of the prize winning unit 25930 in the twenty-fourth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a), and in Figure 168(a), the distribution member 25983 is in the first position. 168(b) shows a state where the distribution member 25983 is arranged at the second position.

As shown in FIG. 168(a), the action portion 24983a arranged on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 168(a)) of the distribution member 25983 has a gravity direction from its lower surface (the lower side in FIG. 168(a)). The protrusion 24983a1 is formed to protrude from one side (lower side in the direction of gravity). In other words, the distribution member 25983 is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b, and the distribution member 25983 in the direction connecting the acting portion 19983a and the acting portion 24983a (the direction orthogonal to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b). The center of gravity of is positioned closer to the action portion 24983a (right side in FIG. 168(a)) than the intermediate plate 19983b by the protrusion of the protrusion 24983a.

In addition, the rear side contact portion 25982b2 of the lower surface plate 25982b formed on the bulging portion 25982 of the first side base 25981 is slightly larger than the shape of the projection 24983a1 formed on the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 25983. It has a recess 24982b3 formed in the shape. As a result, the projecting portion 24983a1 protruding from the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 25983 can be arranged inside the recess 24982b3, and the distribution member 25983 can be arranged at the first position.

That is, the distributing member 25983 can form an inclined state similar to the first position of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. A game ball arranged between the action portion 24983a and the intermediate plate 19983b is distributed from the distribution member 25983 to the detection device SE5 side (the right side in FIG. 168(a)), passes through the opening U6, and is sent to the passage TR4. can be

Since the projecting portion 24983a1 is formed sufficiently smaller than the intermediate plate 19983b, as shown in FIG. The center of gravity of 25983 is positioned closer to the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 168(b)) than the axial center position of the shaft member 988a. Thereby, the distribution member 25983 can maintain the state of being arranged at the second position.

In addition, the center of gravity of the distribution member 25983 is positioned closer to the opening U6 (right side in FIG. 168(a)) than the center of gravity of the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 168(a), the distribution member 25983 is arranged at the first position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), causing vibration. When an inertial force acts on the dividing member 25983 toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 168(a)), the direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the dividing member 25983. The angle formed by (the direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the distribution member 25983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 25983 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 168(a)) is formed to be small compared to Thereby, the rotation direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 25983 can be reduced.

In addition, since the protrusion 24983a1 is formed to protrude from the lower surface of the action portion 24983a (lower side in FIG. 168(a)) toward one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), the center of gravity of the distribution member 25983 is located at the 18th position. It is positioned on one side in the direction of gravity from the center of gravity of the distribution member 19983 in the embodiment.

Therefore, the direction connecting the axial position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distribution member 25983 (the direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the distribution member 25983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 25983 (Fig. 168 (a ) direction of arrow F1) is formed smaller than the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. Also, the distance between the axis of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distribution member 25983 can be reduced.

As a result, the rotational direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 25983 can be reduced, and the moment acting on the distribution member 25983 due to the inertia force can be reduced.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertia force acts on the distribution member 25983 in the direction toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 168(a)), Displacement of the dividing member 25983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

Forming the projecting portion 24983a1 on the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 25983 is relatively easy, and compared to a method of reducing the inertial force acting on the distribution member 25983, such as using anti-vibration rubber. Product cost can be reduced.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, the distribution member 25983 distributes the game balls in two directions, and the fifth passage formed on the side that distributes the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side that distributes the game balls quickly. . In this case, the rotational speed of the distributing member 25983 displaced from the second position to the first position is smaller than that of the distributing member 19983 (see FIG. 161) in the eighteenth embodiment. The rotation speed of the displaced distribution member 25983 is higher than that of the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. Therefore, the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 25980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage can be reduced.

This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 25980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game ball to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

Further, as a result, even when the distribution member 25983 is arranged at a position where the game ball distribution time varies depending on the distribution direction, the time required for the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 25980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and secure the degree of freedom in design (see FIG. 161).

In addition, since the distribution member 25983 can adjust the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 25980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the detection device SE6, the structure of the distribution unit 25980 can be simplified, the product cost can be reduced, and the degree of freedom in design can be increased with respect to the layout of the fourth or fifth passage and the arrangement position of the detection device SE5 or the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). ).

Next, with reference to FIG. 169, a winning opening unit 26930 in the twenty-fifth embodiment will be described. In the twenty-third embodiment, the center of gravity of the distribution member 24983 is arranged so as to be biased toward one acting portion 24983a (see FIG. 167). By disposing the body 26983a2, the rotation speed of the distribution member 24983 is formed differently. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 169 is a cross-sectional view of the prize winning unit 26930 in the twenty-fifth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a), and in FIG. 169(b) shows a state where the distribution member 26983 is arranged at the second position.

As shown in FIG. 169(a), the acting portion 26983a disposed on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 169(a)) of the distribution member 26983 in the twenty-fifth embodiment has a magnetic material extending inward from the lower surface thereof. 26983a2 is buried.

In addition, a magnetic material 26982b4 is embedded inwardly from the upper surface of the rear side contact portion 26982b2 of the lower plate 26982b formed in the bulging portion 26982 of the first side base 26981 . The magnetic body 26982b4 is disposed at a position facing the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed on the action portion 26983a when the distribution member 26983 is positioned at the first position. Also, the magnetic body 26982b4 is disposed in a state of repelling the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed in the action portion 26983a.

Here, the repulsive force between the magnetic body 26982b4 disposed on the back side contact portion 26982b2 and the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed on the action portion 26983a is the gravity acting on the distribution member 26983 positioned at the first position. It is formed to be smaller than the resultant force of the magnetic body 988c arranged in the distribution member 26983 and the repulsive force of the magnetic body 988b arranged in the housing portion 986b (see FIG. 150). Therefore, in the state where the distribution member 26983 is arranged at the first position, the state where it is arranged at the first position is maintained.

In this embodiment, the action portion 26983a of the distribution member 26983 and the third contact portion 26983a of the distribution member 26983 are repelled by the magnetic substance 26982b4 arranged on the back contact portion 26982b2 and the magnetic substance 26983a2 arranged on the action portion 26983a. 1 Although it does not contact the rear side contact portion 26982b2 of the lower plate 26982b formed on the bulging portion 26982 of the side base 26981, A state in which the rear side contact portion 26982b2 of the bottom plate 26982b to be formed approaches and the forces acting on the distribution member 26983 are balanced is referred to as a first position.

With the distribution member 26983 arranged at the first position, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) flow into the first receiving portion 19941g of the front unit 19940, When the ball passes through the first winning hole 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 26980 and is thrown to the distribution member 26983, it is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft member 988a, and the distribution member 26983 is arranged at the second position. set.

As described above, since the repulsive force between the magnetic body 26982b4 disposed on the back side contact portion 26982b2 and the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed on the action portion 26983a acts on the distribution member 26983, The rotation speed of the distributing member 26983 displaced to two positions is higher than that of the distributing member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 169(b), in the state where the distribution member 26983 is arranged at the second position, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) When the ball flows into the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning port 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 26980, and is thrown to the distribution member 26983, it is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, The distribution member 26983 is placed at the first position.

As described above, since the repulsive force between the magnetic body 26982b4 disposed on the back side contact portion 26982b2 and the magnetic body 26983a2 disposed on the action portion 26983a acts on the distribution member 26983, The rotation speed of the distribution member 26983 displaced to the 1st position is smaller than that of the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment.

Therefore, the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 26980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage can be reduced.

This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 26980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6.

Further, as a result, even when the distribution member 26983 is arranged in a state in which the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, the time required for the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 26980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and to secure the degree of freedom in design.

In this embodiment, the magnetic body 26983a2 is embedded inward from the lower surface of the action portion 26983a, and the magnetic body 26982b4 is embedded inward from the upper surface of the back-side contact portion 26982b2. Although the case where the exposed surface of 26983a2 and the lower surface of the action portion 26983a form the same surface and the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26982b4 and the upper surface of the rear contact portion 26982b2 form the same surface have been described, this is not necessarily the case. It is not something that can be done.

For example, the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26983a2 may be formed inside the lower surface of the action portion 26983a (upper side in FIG. 169(a)), and the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26982b4 may be positioned closer to the upper surface of the rear side contact portion 26982b2. may be formed on the inner side (lower side in FIG. 169(a)).

As a result, contact between the magnetic bodies 26983a2 and 26982b4 can be suppressed, and damage to the magnetic bodies 26983a2 or 26982b4 can be suppressed.

In addition, due to variations in dimensional tolerance, the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26983a2 is formed outside the lower surface of the action portion 26983a (lower side in FIG. 169(a)), or the exposed surface of the magnetic body 26982b4 is formed on the rear side Formation outside the upper surface of the contact portion 26982b2 (upper side in FIG. 169(a)) can be suppressed, and contact between the magnetic body 26983a2 and the magnetic body 26982b4 can be suppressed.

As a result, it is possible to suppress damage to the magnetic body 26983a2 or the magnetic body 26982b4. In addition, it is possible to prevent the distribution member 26983 from being sufficiently rotated and not arranged at the first position.

Also, by inserting a spacer or the like between the magnetic body 26983a2 and the acting portion 26983a or between the magnetic body 26982b4 and the rear-side contact portion 26982b2, the distribution member 26983 is arranged at the first position. , the distance between the magnetic body 26983a2 and the magnetic body 26982b4 can be adjusted.

As a result, the magnitude of the force acting on the distribution member 26983 can be adjusted, and the difference between the time until detection by the detection device SE5 and the time until detection by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) can be easily adjusted. can be adjusted.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 26983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 26980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the magnetic bodies 26983a2 and 26982b4 are arranged in a state of repulsion has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and they may be arranged in a state of attracting each other. .

As a result, in a state where the distribution member 26983 is arranged at the first position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as hitting the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 26983 Even when the inertial force acts in the front side direction, the displacement of the distribution member 26983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

In addition, in this embodiment, the magnetic body 26983a2 is arranged in the action portion 26983a arranged on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 169(a)) of the distribution member 26983, Although the case where the magnetic body 26982b4 is arranged in the rear side contact portion 26982b2 of the lower surface plate 26982b formed in the projecting portion 26982 has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this, and the opening U7 side of the distribution member 26983 ( A magnetic body 26983a2 is disposed on the action portion 19983a disposed on the left side of FIG. may be disposed in a state in which the magnetic body 26982b4 is attracted to.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 169(b), an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction while the distribution member 26983 is arranged at the second position. (See FIG. 1), when an inertial force acts on the distribution member 26983 toward the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F2 direction in FIG. 169(b)), the axial position of the shaft member 988a and the distribution member The angle between the direction connecting the center of gravity of 26983 (the direction perpendicular to the direction of rotation of distribution member 26983) and the direction of inertial force acting on distribution member 26983 (the direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 169(b)) is 18th. It is formed smaller than the distribution member 19983 in the embodiment (see FIG. 161). As a result, the rotational direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 26983 can be reduced.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 26983 in the direction of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (in the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 169(b)), the vibration Displacement of the dividing member 26983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 170, a winning opening unit 27930 in the twenty-sixth embodiment will be described. In the 18th embodiment, the game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 arranged at the first position, and the angle at which the distribution member 19983 is rotated to send the game ball to the fifth passage and the second position A game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 arranged in the fourth passage, and the distribution member 19983 is rotated at the same angle to send the game ball to the fourth passage. (See FIG. 161) In the twenty-sixth embodiment, the game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 arranged at the first position, and the distribution member 19983 is rotated to send the game ball to the fifth passage. The angle and the angle at which the game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 arranged at the second position and the distribution member 19983 is rotated to send the game ball to the fourth path are arranged at different angles. . In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 170 is a cross-sectional view of the prize winning unit 27930 in the twenty-sixth embodiment, which corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a). 170(b) shows a state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position.

In the prize winning port unit 27930 of the twenty-sixth embodiment, the front side contact portion 19982b1 and the rear side contact portion 27982b2 of the bottom plate 27982b formed in the bulging portion 27982 of the first side base 27981 are aligned vertically (Fig. 170 ( a) in the up-down direction), and the upper surface of the back-side contact portion 27982b2 is formed to protrude upward (upward in FIG. 170(a)) than the upper surface of the front-side contact portion 19982b1.

As a result, the angle θ4 between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL when the distribution member 19983 is located at the first position is the angle θ4 between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL when the distribution member 19983 is located at the second position. It is formed larger than the angle θ3.

Therefore, in the state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position, the position where the game ball thrown to the distribution member 19983 is thrown to the fifth passage (opening U7), that is, the opening U7 side (Fig. 170 (a) left side) the tip of the action portion 19983a is rotated to a position facing one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), the distribution member 19983 is arranged in the second position state, the tip of the action portion 19983a disposed on the position where the game ball sent to the distribution member 19983 is sent to the fourth passage (opening U6), that is, on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 170(a)) can be made smaller than the rotation angle at which the is rotated to a position facing one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity).

Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 27980 to the fourth path and the distribution time to the fifth path.

This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 27980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6.

Further, as a result, even when the distribution member 19983 is arranged in a state in which the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, the time required for the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 27980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and to secure the degree of freedom in design.

Note that the sorting unit 27980 in this embodiment adjusts the position of the upper surface of the front-side contact portion 19982b1 that protrudes upward (upward in FIG. 170(a)), thereby adjusting the time until detection by the detection device SE5. and the time until detection by the detection device SE6 can be easily adjusted.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 27980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Next, with reference to FIG. 171, the winning opening unit 28930 in the twenty-seventh embodiment will be described. In the twenty-sixth embodiment, the game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 arranged at the first position, and the angle at which the distribution member 19983 is rotated to send the game ball to the fifth passage is the second position. A game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 disposed in the fourth passage, and the distribution member 19983 is disposed at an angle smaller than the rotation angle to send the game ball to the fourth passage (Fig. 170), in the twenty-seventh embodiment, the game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 arranged at the first position, and the angle at which the distribution member 19983 is rotated to send the game ball to the fifth passage is , A game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983 arranged at the second position, and the distribution member 19983 is arranged at an angle larger than the rotation angle for sending the game ball to the fourth passage. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 171 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 28930 in the twenty-seventh embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). 171(b) shows a state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position.

In the prize winning port unit 28930 of the twenty-seventh embodiment, the front side contact portion 19982b1 and the rear side contact portion 28982b2 of the bottom plate 28982b formed in the bulging portion 28982 of the first side base 28981 are aligned vertically (Fig. 171 ( a) in the vertical direction), and the upper surface of the rear contact portion 27982b2 is recessed downward (downward in FIG. 170(a)) from the upper surface of the front contact portion 19982b1. be.

As a result, the angle θ5 between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL when the distribution member 19983 is located at the first position is the angle θ5 between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL when the distribution member 19983 is located at the second position. It is formed smaller than the angle θ3.

Further, the position of the center of gravity of the distribution member 19983 is displaced to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) with the axis of the shaft member 988a as the center of rotation. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 171(a), in a state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as hitting the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). ), when an inertial force acts on the distribution member 19983 toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. (the direction perpendicular to the direction of rotation of the distribution member 19983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 19983 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 171(a)) It is formed smaller than the dividing member 19983 . Thereby, the rotation direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 19983 can be reduced.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertia force acts on the distribution member 19983 in the direction toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 171(a)), Displacement of the dividing member 19983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 28980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Next, with reference to FIG. 172, the winning opening unit 29930 in the twenty-eighth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the case where the distributing member 19983 is formed in a symmetrical shape with respect to the plane of symmetry extending in the horizontal direction through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b has been described (FIG. 147). See), in the twenty-eighth embodiment, the distributing member 29983 is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to a plane of symmetry that passes through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b and extends in the left-right direction. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 172 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 29930 in the twenty-eighth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a), and in FIG. 172(b) shows a state where the distribution member 29983 is arranged at the second position.

In the prize-winning unit 29930 of the twenty-eighth embodiment, the angle θ6 between the line of action SL connecting the pair of acting portions 19983a of the distribution member 29983 on the side of the opening U6 (the right side in FIG. 172(a)) and the intermediate line TL forms the opening. It is formed to be smaller than the angle θ7 formed between the line of action SL on the U7 side (left side in FIG. 172(a)) and the intermediate line TL. In other words, the distribution member 29983 is arranged such that the intermediate plate 19983b is inclined with respect to the pair of action portions 19983a, and passes through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b in the left-right direction (perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 172(a)). is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to a plane of symmetry extending from the

Therefore, in the state where the distribution member 29983 is arranged at the first position, the position where the game ball thrown to the distribution member 29983 is thrown to the fifth passage (opening U7), that is, the opening U7 side (Fig. 172 (a) left side), the tip of the action portion 19983a is rotated to the position where it faces one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity). state, the tip of the action portion 19983a disposed on the position where the game ball sent to the distribution member 29983 is sent to the fourth passage (opening U6), that is, on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 172(a)) can be made smaller than the rotation angle at which the is rotated to a position facing one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity).

Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 29980 to the fourth path and the distribution time to the fifth path.

This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 29980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6.

Further, as a result, even when the distribution member 29983 is arranged in a state in which the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, the time required for the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 29980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and to secure the degree of freedom in design.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 29983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 29980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Next, with reference to FIG. 173, a winning opening unit 30930 in the twenty-ninth embodiment will be described. In the twenty-ninth embodiment, the aspect of the contact surface of the distribution member 30983 with the game ball differs between the state in which the distribution member 30983 is arranged at the first position and the state in which it is arranged at the second position. It is formed. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 173 is a cross-sectional view of the prize winning unit 30930 in the twenty-ninth embodiment, corresponding to the cross section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a), and in Figure 173(a), the distribution member 30983 is in the first position. 173(b) shows a state where the distribution member 30983 is arranged at the second position.

As shown in FIG. 173(b), in the state where the distribution member 30983 is arranged at the second position, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) When the game ball flows into the inside of the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning port 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 30980, and is thrown to the distribution member 30983, the game ball passes through the intermediate plate 19983b and the opening U6 side (Fig. 173 The ball is thrown between the action portion 19983a on the (b) right side). As a result, as shown in FIG. 173(a), the distribution member 30983 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, and the distribution member 30983 is arranged at the first position. .

Here, the intermediate plate 19983b and the contact portion 19983d of the distribution member 30983 are formed of a rubber-like elastic material on the side surface of the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 173(a)) and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side. A rubber sheet 30983f is provided. Therefore, the game ball in contact with the rubber sheet 30983f rebounds and is displaced to the gravity direction other side (gravitational direction upper side).

When the game ball displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) comes into contact with the distribution member 30983 again due to its own weight, the member 30983 is rotationally displaced from the second position to the first position by the load of the game ball. A game ball is thrown to the passage (passage TR4). That is, it is possible to delay the throwing of the game ball to the fourth passage (path TR4) by displacing the game ball to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity).

Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 30980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage.

As a result, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 30980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

Further, even if the distributing member 30983 is arranged in a state in which the distributing time of the game balls differs depending on the distributing direction, the time until the game balls flowing into the distributing unit 30980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the detection device SE5 are detected. By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and secure the degree of freedom in design.

By changing the thickness or shape of the rubber sheet 30983f, or by arranging a rubber sheet having a different elastic modulus, the time until detection by the detection device SE5 and the detection by the detection device SE6 You can easily adjust the time difference.

In addition, the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b and the contact portion 19983d of the distribution member 30983 on the side of the opening U6 (the right side in FIG. 173(a)) and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a on the side of the opening U6 are formed of a rubber-like elastic material. Since the sheet 30983f is provided, the center of gravity of the distribution member 30983 is positioned closer to the opening U6 (right side in FIG. 173(a)) than the center of gravity of the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 173(a), the distribution member 30983 is arranged at the first position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as by striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), causing vibration. When an inertial force acts on the division member 30983 toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 173(a)), the direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distribution member 30983. The angle formed by (the direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the distribution member 30983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 30983 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 173(a)) is formed to be small compared to Thereby, the rotation direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 30983 can be reduced.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertia force acts on the distribution member 30983 in the direction toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 173(a)), the vibration Displacement of the dividing member 30983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

It should be noted that although the case where the game ball is displaced (bounced back) to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) by disposing the rubber sheet 30983f on the distribution member 30983 in this embodiment has been described, this does not necessarily apply to the game ball. The speed component of the game ball may be reduced by the contact between the game ball and the rubber sheet 30983f.

For example, when the rubber sheet 30983f has viscosity, the game ball slides or rolls on the rubber sheet 30983f, thereby reducing the speed component toward the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 173(a)).

Also, for example, when the rubber sheet 30983f is greatly deformed (the game ball sinks) due to the contact of the game ball, the frictional force acting between the game ball and the rubber sheet 30983f causes the opening U6 side (Fig. 173(a) right) is reduced.

This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 30980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 30983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 30980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Also, in the present embodiment, the rubber sheet 30983f is formed of a rubber-like elastic body, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, members having different materials (modulus of elasticity) such as resin films, gel sheets, and metal plates are exemplified.

In addition, in the present embodiment, a rubber-like elastic material is applied to the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b and the contact portion 19983d of the distribution member 30983 on the side of the opening U6 (the right side in FIG. 173(a)) and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a on the side of the opening U6. Although the case where the rubber sheet 30983f formed from the body is disposed has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this. A protrusion may be formed that is formed to a size smaller than the . As a result, the frictional force acting between the game ball and the projection reduces the speed component toward the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 173(a)).

Next, with reference to FIG. 174, a winning opening unit 31930 in the thirtieth embodiment will be described. The distribution member 31983 in the thirtieth embodiment is formed with different rotation resistance depending on the rotation direction. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

In addition, the distribution member 31983 in this embodiment has a shaft member 31988a extending in the axial direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 174(a)) with respect to the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment. has the same configuration, a pair of acting portions 19983a and an intermediate plate 19983b are arranged at substantially right angles, and passes through the center in the thickness direction of the intermediate plate 19983b and extends in the left-right direction on a symmetrical plane. 161).

174(a) is a top view of the winning opening unit 31930, and FIG. 174(b) is a side view of the winning opening unit 31930. FIG. In the winning opening unit 31930 of the thirtieth embodiment, the side plate 31986a formed in the bulging portion 31986 of the second side base 31985 is circularly shaped toward the first side base 19981 (left side in FIG. 174(a)). A protruding bearing portion 31985j is provided, and the inner side of the bearing portion 31985j is penetratingly formed in the axial direction.

One end of the shaft member 31988a of the distribution member 31983 penetrates the bearing portion 31985j and is disposed outside the second cover member 31988 (right side in FIG. 174(a)), and the other end of the shaft member 31988a is It is inserted into the bearing portion 982c (see FIG. 151) of the side plate 19982a formed in the bulging portion 19982 of the first side base 19981. As shown in FIG. Therefore, the shaft member 31988a is rotatably arranged by the bearing portion 31985j and the bearing portion 982c. One end of the shaft member 31988a is formed in a substantially D shape when viewed in the axial direction, and is provided with a one-way gear WG, which will be described later.

The one-way gear WG is formed as a cam-type one-way clutch in which rollers and springs are interposed between inner and outer rings. A gear meshing with the third gear GY3 is engraved on the outer circumference of the outer ring of the one-way gear WG. Also, the shaft hole of the one-way gear WG is formed in the same shape as the substantially D-shape of one end of the axial direction sight shaft member 31988a.

Also, the distribution member 31983 and the shaft member 31988a are fastened and fixed by set screws (not shown). As a result, the rotation of the distribution member 31983 is transmitted to the inner ring of the one-way gear WG.

When the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is not transmitted to the outer ring, and the third gear GY3 is not rotated. On the other hand, when the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the outer ring, and the third gear GY3 is rotated.

The second cover member 31988 has a third gear GY3 at a position where it meshes with the one-way gear WG, a fourth gear GY4 at a position where it meshes with the third gear GY3, and a position where it meshes with the fourth gear GY4. Equipped with 5 gears GY5.

Therefore, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is not transmitted to the outer ring, and the third gear GY3 and the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 does not rotate. On the other hand, when the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the outer ring, and the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is rotated. As a result, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 rotate.

Here, when the rotation of the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the third gear GY3, and the outer ring of the one-way gear WG and the third gear GY3 rotate, the gear teeth of the outer ring of the one-way gear WG and the third gear GY3 mesh. Friction occurs on the flat surface.

Similarly, when the rotation of the third gear GY3 is transmitted to the fourth gear GY4 and the third gear GY3 and the fourth gear GY4 rotate, the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of the third gear GY3 and the fourth gear GY4 are rotated. When friction is generated and the rotation of the fourth gear GY4 is transmitted to the fifth gear GY5 to rotate the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5, the gear teeth of the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 are meshed. Friction occurs on the surface.

Therefore, when the outer ring of the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 rotate, that is, when the rotation of the distributing member 31983 is transmitted to the outer ring of the one-way gear WG The rotation of the one-way gear WG is the rotation of the one-way gear WG when the outer ring of the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 do not rotate, that is, when the rotation of the distributing member 31983 is not transmitted to the outer ring of the one-way gear WG. slower than the rotation of the dividing member 31983.

Therefore, when the rotation of the distributing member 31983 is transmitted to the outer ring of the one-way gear WG, that is, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position (see FIG. 161). The rotation of the member 31983 is obtained when the rotation of the distribution member 31983 is not transmitted to the outer ring of the one-way gear WG, that is, when the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position (see FIG. 161). The rotation of the distribution member 31983 is slower than the rotation of the distribution member 31983 in , and the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 31980 to the fourth path and the distribution time to the fifth path can be reduced.

As a result, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 31980 are detected by the detection device SE5 (see FIG. 161) and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) is reduced. be able to.

In addition, even if the degree of freedom in design is ensured, that is, even if the distribution member 31983 is arranged in a state in which the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 31980 are By reducing the difference between the time until detection by the detection device SE5 and the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and secure the degree of freedom in design. can.

In addition, when the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 31983 When the inertial force acts toward the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 174(b)), the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 Friction (resistance) is generated on the meshing surfaces of the teeth.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertia force acts on the distribution member 31983 toward the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (in the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 174(b)), the vibration Displacement of the dividing member 31983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

In addition, since the one-way gear WG switches between transmission and non-transmission of rotation to the third gear GY3, fourth gear GY4 and fifth gear GY5, it is possible to reliably form a difference in rotational resistance in the rotational direction. can.

Also, since the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 are arranged outside the second cover member 31988, they can be easily removed. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the adjustment time of the detection time difference.

In addition, the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 can be driven by a relatively simple configuration, so the product cost can be reduced accordingly, and reliability and durability can be improved. can improve sexuality.

In particular, it is possible to use the inertial force when starting to follow the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5, which are in the stopped state, as a rotation resistance of the distribution member 31983. Therefore, it is possible to easily secure the rotation resistance immediately after the game ball collides with the distribution member 31983, and the amount of displacement in the distribution operation of the distribution member 31983 is relatively small. This is effective as a configuration for reducing the size.

In this embodiment, the case where the number of gears provided is three has been described, but the number of gears is not necessarily limited to three. good. By increasing or decreasing the number of gears, it is possible to easily adjust the difference between the time it takes for game balls flowing into the sorting unit 31980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game ball to be detected by the detection device SE6. (See Figure 161).

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is not rotated due to the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 31983 from the first position to the second position, the one-way gear WG causes the rotation of the distribution member 31983 to rotate. When the outer ring of the one-way gear WG rotates due to the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the second position to the first position without transmission to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5, the one-way gear WG has explained the case where the rotation of the distribution member 31983 is transmitted to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 (see FIG. 161), but the one-way gear WG acts in the opposite direction. It is good as

That is, when the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the one-way gear WG transmits the rotation of the distribution member 31983 to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5. When the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position (see FIG. 161), the one-way gear WG causes the rotation of the distributing member 31983 to be transferred to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the third gear GY4. It is also possible to adopt a configuration that does not transmit to the 5th gear GY5.

In this case, when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as hitting the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 31983 in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 ( 161), the distribution member 31983 moves from the first position due to the friction (resistance) generated on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5. Displacement (rotation) to the second position can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 175, a winning opening unit 32930 in the thirty-first embodiment will be described. In the thirty-first embodiment, the center of gravity of the distribution member 32983 is formed at the same position as the axial center position of the shaft member 988a. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 175 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 32930 in the 31st embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). As shown in FIG. 175, in the distribution member 32983 of the thirty-first embodiment, when viewed in the axial direction of the shaft member 988a, a pair of action portions 19983a and a contact portion 19983d on the side opposite to the intermediate plate 19983b ( 175 lower side) is provided with a center-of-gravity adjustment portion 32983g formed to protrude. The center-of-gravity adjustment portion 32983g is a portion for disposing the center of gravity of the distribution member 32983 at the same position as the axial center of the shaft member 988a, and is formed symmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 175, the distribution member 32983 is arranged at the first position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as hitting the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 32983 , the center of gravity of the distribution member 32983 and the axial position of the shaft member 988a are arranged at the same position. Therefore, the inertial force acting on the distribution member 32983 does not generate a moment.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the sorting member 32983 in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 175), the sorting member 32983 can be suppressed from being displaced from the first position to the second position.

In addition, the distribution member 32983 is disposed at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as shaking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 32983 is placed on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Even when an inertial force acts in the direction (opposite to the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 175), the inertial force acting on the distribution member 32983 does not generate a moment.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 32983 in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (the direction opposite to the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 175), Displacement of the distribution member 32983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

Also, the distribution member 32983 is formed symmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. Therefore, the shape of the distribution member 32983 can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced. Also, since the distribution member 32983 has no directivity, it is possible to improve the ease of assembly.

Next, with reference to FIG. 176, a winning opening unit 33930 in the thirty-second embodiment will be described. In the thirty-second embodiment, the shape of the intermediate plate 33983b of the distribution member 33983 is formed differently between the opening U6 side and the opening U7 side. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 176 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 33930 in the 32nd embodiment, which corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a), and in Figure 176(a), the distribution member 33983 is in the first position. 176(b) shows a state in which the distributing member 33983 is disposed in the second position.

As shown in FIG. 176(a), the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 176(a)) of the intermediate plate 33983b of the distribution member 33983 is curved in an arc shape projecting toward the opening U6 side. A protruding surface 33983b1 is formed, and the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 176(a)) of the intermediate plate 33983b is curved in an arc shape recessed toward the axis of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 33983. A concave surface 33983b2 is formed. In addition, the action portion 33983a of the distribution member 33983 on the opening U7 side is formed to protrude toward the intermediate plate 33983b (upper side in FIG. 176(a)) as it proceeds toward the shaft member 988a side (right side in FIG. 176(a)). The upper surface of the portion 33983a and the concave surface 33983b2 form a uniform surface. In other words, the boundary between the upper surface of the action portion 33983a and the concave surface 33983b2 is formed on the same plane.

With the distribution member 33983 arranged at the first position, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) flow into the first receiving portion 19941g of the front unit 19940, When the game ball passes through the first winning port 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 33980 and is thrown to the distribution member 33983, the game ball lands on the concave surface 33983b2 of the intermediate plate 33983b of the distribution unit 33980 and on the side of the opening U7 (Fig. 176(a) The ball is thrown to the action portion 33983a on the left side). As a result, as shown in FIG. 176(b), the distribution member 33983 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, and the distribution member 33983 is placed at the second position. .

Here, the concave surface 33983b2 of the intermediate plate 33983b is curved in an arc shape recessed toward the axis of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 33983, and has a uniform surface with the upper surface of the action portion 33983a. In order to form, the speed component of the game ball sent to the sorting unit 33980 toward one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) and the side of the opening U6 (the right side in FIG. The game ball can be thrown to the opening U7 by changing the speed component to the left side). That is, since the game ball can be imparted with a velocity component toward the opening U7 side, the ball can be thrown in a shorter time than when the ball is thrown to the opening U7 in the eighteenth embodiment.

Therefore, the throwing time of the game ball to the passage TR3 (fifth passage) by the distribution member 33983 can be shortened compared to the throwing time in the eighteenth embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 176(b), in the state where the distribution member 33983 is arranged at the second position, game balls flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) When the game ball flows into the inside of the receiving portion 19941g, passes through the first winning port 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 33980, and is thrown to the distribution member 33983, the game ball hits the projecting surface of the intermediate plate 33983b of the distribution unit 33980. The ball is thrown to 33983b1 and the acting portion 19983a on the side of the opening U6 (the right side in FIG. 176(b)). As a result, as shown in FIG. 176(a), the distribution member 33983 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, and the distribution member 33983 is arranged at the first position. .

Here, the protruding surface 33983b1 of the intermediate plate 33983b is curved in an arc shape protruding toward the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 176(b)), so it is formed on a straight line in the 18th embodiment. Compared to the side surface of the intermediate plate 19883b (see FIG. 161), the sliding or rolling distance on the projecting surface 33983b1 of the intermediate plate 33983b can be increased.

In addition, by sliding or rolling on the projecting surface 33983b1, the game ball approaches the axis of the shaft member 988a, so that the moment acting on the distribution member 33983 can be reduced. Thereby, the rotation time of the distribution member 33983 from the second position to the first position can be delayed.

Therefore, the throwing time of the game ball to the passage TR4 (fourth passage) by the distribution member 33983 can be made longer than the throwing time in the eighteenth embodiment.

Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 33980 described above to the fourth path and the distribution time to the fifth path.

As a result, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 33980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 can be reduced.

Further, as a result, even when the distribution member 33983 is arranged in a state in which the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, the time required for the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 33980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and to secure the degree of freedom in design.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 33983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 33980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Next, with reference to FIG. 177, the winning opening unit 34930 in the thirty-third embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the distribution member 19983 is rotatably supported (see FIG. 161). In the thirty-third embodiment, the distribution member 19983 is rotatably supported and It is disposed so as to be displaceable in the direction and the vertical direction. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 177 is a cross-sectional view of the prize winning unit 34930 in the thirty-third embodiment, which corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a). 177(b), the distributing member 19983 maintains the posture (angle) disposed at the first position inside the bearings 34982c and 34985j described later. A state displaced forward (left side in FIG. 177(b)) is illustrated, and FIG. 177(c) illustrates a state in which the distribution member 19983 is disposed at the second position. To facilitate understanding, in the enlarged view shown in FIG. 177, the bearings 34982c and 34985j are shown in solid lines, and the distribution member 19983 is shown in dashed lines.

In the winning opening unit 34930 of the 33rd embodiment, the bearings 34982c and 34985j have an oval shape extending inclined toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177(a)). formed in Here, the oval shape indicates a shape in which both ends are formed in an arc shape having a radius equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 988a, and a pair of both ends are connected by a pair of linear shapes. Also, the pair of linear shapes are arranged in parallel, and the distance between them is equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft member 988a.

Therefore, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 can be displaced inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j. That is, the distributing member 19983 is rotatably disposed in the distributing unit 34980 and displaceable in the front-rear direction (left-right direction in FIG. 177(a)) and up-down direction (vertical direction in FIG. 177(a)). installed in the facility.

As shown in FIG. 177(a), an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as hitting the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in a state where the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position (see FIG. 1), When an inertial force acts on the dividing member 19983 toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 177(a)), the inertial force generated in the dividing member 19983 acts on the front left side), and the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is displaced forward (to the left in FIG. 177(b)) inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j, as shown in FIG. 177(b). That is, the inertial force generated in the distribution member 19983 causes the distribution member 19983 to be displaced forward.

In addition, due to the forward displacement of the distribution member 19983, friction is generated between the shaft member 988a and the bearings 34982c and 34985j, and the kinetic energy imparted to the distribution member 19983 by an external force can be consumed. .

In addition, since the distribution member 19983 is displaced to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) as it is displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177(b)), the kinetic energy given to the distribution member 19983 by an external force is converted into potential energy. can be converted to

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 19983 in the direction toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 177(a)), Displacement (rotation) of the dividing member 19983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

As shown in FIG. 177(b), when the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is displaced forward (left side in FIG. 177(b)), the opening U6 side of the distribution member 19983 (FIG. 177(b) ) right) action portion 19983a and the rear side contact portion 19982b2 of the lower plate 19982b formed in the bulging portion 34982 of the first side base 34981 can be kept in contact with each other. Thereby, the distribution member 19983 can maintain the attitude (angle) arranged at the first position.

In a state in which the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is displaced forward (left side in FIG. 177(b)), that is, in a state in which the shaft member 988a is displaced to the other gravity direction side (gravitational direction upper side), the shaft member 988a is displaced rearward (to the right in FIG. 177(a)) inside the bearings 34982c and 34985j due to gravity. , the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the first position.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 19983 in the direction toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (in the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 177(a)), The state in which the dividing member 19983 is arranged at the first position can be maintained.

Here, as shown in FIG. 177(b), when the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is displaced forward (to the left in FIG. 177(b)), the protruding portion 19982d of the distribution unit 34980 and the front The distance between the intermediate receiving portion 19943e and the intermediate opening 19941h of the unit 19940 and the distribution member 19983 is formed smaller than the diameter of the game ball.

Therefore, in a state in which the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is displaced forward (left side in FIG. 177(b)), the game ball is thrown to the distribution unit 34980, and the distribution member 19983 shifts from the first position to the second position. When displacing, there is a possibility that a game ball may get stuck between the projecting portion 19982d of the distribution unit 34980, the intermediate receiving portion 19943e or the intermediate port 19941h of the front unit 19940, and the distribution member 19983.

On the other hand, the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in the present embodiment have an oval shape extending inclined toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177(a)). 177(a) to the side of the opening U6 (right side in FIG. 177(a)). Therefore, due to the force acting on the distribution member 19983 due to the weight of the distribution member 19983 and the contact between the distribution member 19983 and the game balls flowing down the distribution unit 34980, The distribution member 19983 is displaced to the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 177(a)) and one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), and the game ball released from the biting state moves to the fifth passage (passage TR3). can be thrown to

As shown in FIG. 177(b), when the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is displaced forward (to the left in FIG. 177(b)), the projecting portion 19982d of the distribution unit 34980 and the front unit 19940 The distance between the intermediate receiving portion 19943e and the intermediate opening 19941h and the distribution member 19983 may be formed larger than the diameter of the game ball.

A game ball flowing down the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) flows into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g of the front unit 19940, passes through the first winning port 64 and the opening U8 of the distribution unit 34980, When the game ball is thrown to the distribution member 19983, the game ball is thrown between the intermediate plate 19983b and the action portion 19983a on the side of the opening U7 of the distribution unit 19980 (left side in FIG. 177(a)).

Here, as described above, the game ball thrown to the sorting unit 19980 has a velocity component toward the rear side (the right side in FIG. 177(a)). The installation direction has the same directional component in that it advances to one side in the direction of gravity (downward in the direction of gravity) toward the rear side.

Therefore, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is disposed on one side in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction) inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j, that is, on the rear side (the right side in FIG. 177(a)). While maintaining this, the distribution member 19983 is rotated about the axis of the shaft member 988a as the rotation axis, and is placed at the second position as shown in FIG. 177(c).

An external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 with the distribution member 19983 arranged at the second position (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 19983 moves toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 177(a) ), the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 moves the inner side of the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j to the front side (left side in FIG. 177(a)) as in the first position. That is, it is possible to prevent the distribution member 19983 from being displaced to the other side in the gravity direction (upper side in the gravity direction) and illegally rotated from the second position to the first position.

As a result, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is disposed on one side in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction) inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j, that is, on the rear side (the right side in FIG. 177(c)). 177(a), the distributing member 19983 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft member 988a by throwing the game ball, and as shown in FIG. be done.

It should be noted that the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in the present embodiment are formed in an oval shape that is inclined and extends toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177(a)). , an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and an inertial force acts on the sorting member 19983 in the direction of the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 177(a)). By displacing the shaft member 988a of the member 19983 within the bearings 34982c and 34985j, it is possible to prevent the distribution member 19983 from being illegally rotated from the second position to the first position.

Further, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 displaced to the front side (left side in FIG. 177(a)), that is, to the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) on the inner side of the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j is subjected to gravity. Accordingly, since the distributing member 19983 is disposed at the first position, driving means such as an actuator for displacing the distribution member 19983 to the first position is not required. Therefore, product cost can be suppressed. Further, it is possible to prevent the distributing member 19983 from being maintained in a forwardly displaced state due to a control failure of the driving means or the like.

In addition, an external force is continuously applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and an inertial force is continuously applied to the distribution member 19983 in the front side direction of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 177(a)). Even in this case, the distribution member 19983 can maintain the state of being disposed at the first position due to the action of gravity.

Note that the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in this embodiment are formed in an oval shape that is inclined and extends toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177(a)). Although the case has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this, and it is formed in an oval shape that is inclined and extends toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 177(a)). may be

In this case, as shown in FIG. 177(c), an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction while the distribution member 19983 is arranged at the second position. (See FIG. 1), when an inertial force acts on the distribution member 19983 toward the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F2 direction in FIG. 177(c)), the inertia force generated in the distribution member 19983 177(c) right), and the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is displaced rearward (FIG. 177(c) right) inside the bearings 34982c and 34985j. That is, the inertial force generated in the distribution member 19983 causes the distribution member 19983 to be displaced rearward.

In addition, due to the rearward displacement of the distribution member 19983, friction is generated between the shaft member 988a and the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j, and the kinetic energy imparted to the distribution member 19983 by an external force can be consumed. .

In addition, since the distributing member 19983 is displaced to the other side in the gravitational direction (upward in the gravitational direction) as it is displaced to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 177(b)), the kinetic energy imparted to the distributing member 19983 by an external force is converted into potential energy. can be converted to

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 19983 toward the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (in the direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 177(c)), Displacement (rotation) of the dividing member 19983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

Further, the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in the present embodiment are formed in an oval shape that is inclined and extends toward the other side in the direction of gravity (upper side in the direction of gravity) toward the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 177(a)). Although the case has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this.

For example, the portion connecting the pair of end portions may be curved, or may be formed in both a curved shape and a linear shape. As a result, the distribution member 19983 is illegally rotated from the second position to the first position by forming the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j in a shape corresponding to the external force (see FIG. 1) applied to the pachinko machine 10. can be suppressed.

Moreover, although the case where the pair of linear shapes are arranged in parallel has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the pair of linear shapes may be arranged non-parallel.

For example, the facing distance may be increased from the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 177(a)) toward the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 177(a)). Thereby, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 displaced to the opening U7 side can be rotated and displaced inside the bearing portions 34982c and 34985j.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 177(b), in a state in which the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 is displaced forward (to the left in FIG. 177(b)), the game ball is thrown to the distribution unit 34980, and the distribution member Even when the 19983 is displaced from the first position to the second position, game balls are caught between the projecting portion 19982d of the distribution unit 34980, the intermediate receiving portion 19943e or the intermediate opening 19941h of the front unit 19940, and the distribution member 19983. It can suppress cramping.

In order for the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 19983 to be displaceable inside the bearings 34982c and 34985j, it is preferable that the inner lower surfaces of the bearings 34982c and 34985j be linear.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 19983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 34980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Next, with reference to FIG. 178, a winning opening unit 35930 in the thirty-fourth embodiment will be described. In the thirty-fourth embodiment, the distribution member 31983 is arranged at a position offset in the front-rear direction with respect to the arrangement position of the opening U10. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 178 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 35930 in the thirty-fourth embodiment, which corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a). 178(b) shows a state in which the distributing member 31983 is disposed in the second position. In FIG. 178, the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 are shown with chain lines only for the sake of easy understanding.

In the prize winning port unit 35930 of the thirty-fourth embodiment, the front side contact portion 19982b1 and the rear side contact portion 35982b2 of the lower plate 35982b formed in the bulging portion 35982 of the first side base 35981 are aligned vertically (Fig. 178 ( a) in the vertical direction), and the upper surface of the rear side contact portion 35982b2 is formed to protrude upward (upward in FIG. 178(a)) than the upper surface of the front side contact portion 19982b1.

As a result, the angle θ4 between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL when the distribution member 31983 is located at the first position is the angle θ4 between the horizontal line HL and the intermediate line TL when the distribution member 31983 is located at the second position. It is formed larger than the angle θ3.

Further, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is not transmitted to the outer ring, and the distributing member 31983 moves from the second position. When displacing (rotating) to the first position (see FIG. 161), the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the outer ring.

Here, conventionally, there has been known a gaming machine provided with a ball entrance into which a game ball enters and a distribution member for allocating the game ball that has entered the ball entrance to one side or the other. ing. However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the ball entrance is arranged vertically above the allocation member when viewed in the direction of the rotation axis of the allocation member. There is a problem that the mode of reaching the member becomes monotonous and the game is not sufficiently interesting.

On the other hand, in the winning hole unit 35930 of the present embodiment, the sorting member 31983 is arranged on the rear side (the right side in FIG. 178(a)) of the first winning hole 64, so that the ball enters the first winning hole 64. By the time the played game ball reaches the distribution member 31983, the game ball is displaced in the front-rear direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 178(a)). Therefore, the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 138) downward (Fig. 178 (a) downward) or left and right direction (Fig. 178 (a) perpendicular to the paper surface) game that visually recognizes the game ball The player can visually recognize the displacement of the game ball in a different direction (forward and backward direction). As a result, the interest in the game can be improved.

In particular, in this embodiment, the distribution member 31983 is the direction of the speed component of the game ball with respect to the first receiving portion 19941g and the first winning hole 64 (vertical direction (Fig. 178 (a) vertical direction) and the front-back direction (Fig. 178(a) left-right direction)), so that the game ball is brought into contact with the distribution member 31983 while maintaining the velocity component. Therefore, when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the game ball can be displaced quickly, and the amusement of the game can be further improved.

Further, as shown in FIG. 178(a), the shaft member 31988a of the distribution member 31983 is positioned rearward (to the right in FIG. 178(a)) of the central position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (left-to-right direction in FIG. 178(a)). Since the axis position is arranged, in the state where the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the first position, the game ball contacts the intermediate plate 19983b on the axis side of the shaft member 31988a of the distribution member 31983 . Therefore, the moment acting on the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 19983 due to the collision of the game ball can be reduced, and damage to the intermediate plate 19983b (distribution member 19983) can be suppressed.

Further, when the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the rotation of the inner ring of the one-way gear WG is transmitted to the outer ring.

Therefore, the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 31983 from the second position to the first position can be slower than the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 31983 from the first position to the second position.

This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 31980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

In addition, even if the degree of freedom in design is ensured, that is, even if the distribution member 31983 is arranged in a state in which the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 31980 are It is possible to reduce the difference between the time until detection by the detection device SE5 and the time until detection by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161), thereby suppressing loss of interest in the game, and designing degree of freedom can be ensured.

Also, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 are arranged outside the second cover member, so that they can be easily removed. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the adjustment time of the detection time difference.

In particular, it is possible to use the inertial force when starting to follow the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5, which are in the stopped state, as a rotation resistance of the distribution member 31983. Therefore, it is possible to easily secure the rotation resistance immediately after the game ball collides with the distribution member 31983, and the amount of displacement in the distribution operation of the distribution member 31983 is relatively small. This is effective as a configuration for reducing the size.

In this embodiment, the case where the number of gears provided is three has been described, but the number of gears is not necessarily limited to three. good. By increasing or decreasing the number of gears, it is possible to easily adjust the difference between the time it takes for game balls flowing into the sorting unit 31980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game ball to be detected by the detection device SE6. (See Figure 161).

As shown in FIG. 178(a), when the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the second position, the game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 178(a)) and the distribution member 31983 When the game ball contacts with the distribution member 31983, the game ball loses the velocity component to the rear side. Next, the game ball is displaced to one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity) due to its own weight, and contacts the acting portion on the side of the opening U7 (left side in FIG. 178(a)), thereby moving from the first position to the second position. displace (rotate) to

Here, as shown in FIG. 178(b), in a state where the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the second position, a game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 178(b)) is distributed. Due to the contact with the member 31983, the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the first position while being given a backward velocity component.

As a result, the displacement (rotation) speed at which the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position and the displacement (rotation) speed at which the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position are different. In this embodiment, the displacement (rotation) speed at which the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position is the displacement (rotation) speed of the distribution member 31983 from the first position to the second position. ) is greater than the displacement (rotation) velocity to be applied.

That is, the displacement (rotation) speed of the distribution member 31983 when the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the first position is the displacement (rotation) speed of the distribution member 31983 when the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the second position. ) slower than speed.

Therefore, the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 178(b)) of the distribution member 31983 comes into contact with the back-side contact portion 35982b2 at high speed, and there is a risk that the action portion 19983a (distribution member 31983) will be damaged. be.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the rotation of the distribution member 31983 is transmitted to the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5, whereby the one-way gear WG and the third gear GY3 , the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5.

As a result, the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 from the second position to the first position can be slowed down, so that damage to the acting portion 19983a (distributing member 31983) can be suppressed.

Here, when the rotation of the distribution member 31983 due to the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 31983 from the first position to the second position is transmitted to the one-way gear WG, the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, and the fourth gear Since friction (resistance) is generated on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of GY4 and fifth gear GY5, displacement (rotation) of distribution member 31983 from the first position to the second position is slowed. Therefore, when a game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side of FIG. 178(b)) collides with the distribution member 31983, the friction (resistance) generated on the meshing surface of each gear tooth causes the distribution member 31983 cannot be displaced (rotated) together with the game ball, and the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position with the game ball rebounding (separated). Therefore, the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position while the game ball is bouncing (separated), and the distribution member 31983 rebounds in the second position. The (separated) game ball falls and comes into contact with the distribution member 31983, so there is a risk that the game ball will be thrown to the opening U6 opposite to the direction in which the game ball is originally distributed.

On the other hand, the one-way gear WG in the present embodiment is configured so that when the distributing member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the displacement (rotation) of the distributing member 31983 is not transmitted to the one-way gear WG. It is said that Therefore, no friction (resistance) is generated on the meshing surfaces of the gear teeth of the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5. Displacement (rotation) to a position can be performed quickly.

Therefore, even if the game ball bounces off the distribution member 31983 by contacting the game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side of FIG. 178(b)) and the distribution member 31983, the game ball is distributed together with the game ball. The member 31983 can be displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and can throw the game ball to the opening U7.

Therefore, while the game ball is separated from the distribution member 31983 (bounced back), the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and placed in the second position with the game ball. The distribution member 31983 comes into contact with the game ball, and the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position together with the game ball. can.

In addition, when the distribution member 31983 is arranged at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 31983 When an inertial force acts in the direction of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 178(b)), the one-way gear WG, the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5 Displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 31983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed due to friction (resistance) generated on the meshing surfaces of the teeth.

Further, since the one-way gear WG is configured to switch between transmission and non-transmission of rotation to the gear formed on the outer ring, it is possible to reliably form a difference in rotational resistance with respect to the rotational direction. In addition, since it is possible to make a relatively simple configuration as to whether or not the gear is driven, the product cost can be reduced accordingly, and reliability and durability can be improved.

In addition, since the distribution member 31983 is formed in a symmetrical shape with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b, the shape of the distribution member 31983 can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. Also, the ease of assembly can be improved.

In this embodiment, when the outer ring of the one-way gear WG is not rotated by the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 31983 from the first position to the second position, the one-way gear WG shifts the rotation of the distribution member 31983 to the third gear. When the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 31983 from the second position to the first position causes the outer ring of the one-way gear WG to rotate without transmitting to GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5, the one-way gear WG: Although the case where the rotation of the distribution member 31983 is transmitted to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4 and the fifth gear GY5 has been described, the one-way gear WG may act in the opposite direction.

That is, when the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the one-way gear WG transmits the rotation of the distribution member 31983 to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5. When the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the one-way gear WG transmits the rotation of the distribution member 31983 to the third gear GY3, the fourth gear GY4, and the fifth gear GY5. It may be configured not to

In this case, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as hitting the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 31983 moves toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 178(a)). When the inertial force of , the distributing member 31983 can be suppressed from displacing (rotating) from the first position to the second position.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 31983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 31980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Next, with reference to FIG. 179, the winning opening unit 36930 in the thirty-fifth embodiment will be described. In the thirty-fifth embodiment, the distribution member 24983 is arranged at a position offset in the front-rear direction with respect to the arrangement position of the opening U10. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 179 is a cross-sectional view of the prize winning unit 36930 in the thirty-fifth embodiment, and corresponds to the cross section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a). 179(b) shows a state in which the distributing member 24983 is disposed in the second position.

A distribution member 24983 is arranged in the prize winning opening unit 36930 in the thirty-fifth embodiment. As described above, the center of gravity of the distributing member 24983 in the direction connecting the action portions 19983a and 24983a (the direction orthogonal to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b) 179(a) on the action portion 24983a side (left side in FIG. 179(a)).

Therefore, when the sorting member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the sorting member 24983 is displaced (rotated) against gravity, so the displacement can be slowed down. On the other hand, when the sorting member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the displacement (rotation) can be accelerated since the sorting member 24983 is displaced (rotated) using gravity. can.

This makes it possible to reduce the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 36980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

Further, as a result, even when the distribution member 24983 is arranged at a position where the game ball distribution time varies depending on the direction of distribution, the time required for the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 36980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and By reducing the difference from the time until detection by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161), it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game and secure the degree of freedom in design.

In addition, since the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 36980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the game balls are detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) can be adjusted by the distribution member 24983, The structure of the sorting unit 36980 can be simplified, the product cost can be reduced, and the degree of freedom in design can be increased with respect to the layout of the fourth or fifth passage and the arrangement position of the detection device SE5 or detection device SE6. can.

In addition, as described above, the game ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the projecting portion 19941g1 is thrown backward (right side in FIG. 179(a)) and passes through the first winning hole 64. The ball is thrown to the distribution unit 36980. Therefore, the game ball thrown to the sorting unit 36980 has a backward velocity component. Further, the deviation direction of the distribution member 24983 with respect to the first receiving portion 19941g and the first winning hole 64 and the backward velocity component of the game ball are formed in substantially the same direction.

Here, as shown in FIG. 179(b), in a state in which the distribution member 24983 is arranged at the second position, a game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 179(b)) is distributed. Due to the contact with the member 24983, the distribution member 24983 is arranged at the first position in a state in which a velocity component is imparted to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 179(b)). Therefore, the action portion 19983a on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 179(b)) of the distribution member 24983 comes into contact with the back-side contact portion 36982b2 at a high speed, and the action portion 19983a (distribution member 24983) may be damaged. be.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the action portion 24983a disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 179(a)) of the distribution member 24983 is arranged from the lower surface (lower surface in FIG. 179(a)). Since the protrusion 24983a1 is formed to protrude on one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity), the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 24983 from the second position to the first position can be delayed. Damage to the portion 19983a (distribution member 24983) can be suppressed.

In addition, the axial position of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 24983 is disposed on the rear side (right side in FIG. 179(a)) of the center position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (left and right direction in FIG. 179(a)).

Here, the action portion 24983a arranged on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 179(a)) of the distribution member 24983 moves from the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 179(a)) to one side in the direction of gravity (direction When formed with a projecting portion 24983a1 protruding from the lower side), displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 24983 from the first position to the second position is slowed by the provision of the projecting portion 24983a1. Therefore, when a game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side of FIG. 179(b)) collides with the distribution member 24983, the distribution member 24983 moves from the first position in a state in which the game ball bounces (separates). Displace (rotate) to the second position. Therefore, the distribution member 24983 cannot be displaced (rotated) together with the game ball, and the distribution member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position while the game ball is bouncing (separated), With the distribution member 24983 arranged at the second position, the game ball rebounded (separated) falls and contacts the distribution member 24983, so that the game ball is sent to the opening U6 opposite to the direction in which the game ball is originally distributed. There is a risk of being

On the other hand, the action portion 24983a arranged on the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 179(a)) of the distribution member 24983 in this embodiment moves from the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 179(a)) in the direction of gravity. The protrusion 24983a1 is formed to protrude from one side (lower side in the direction of gravity). Therefore, when displacing (rotating) from the first position to the second position, the displacing member 24983 can be quickly displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position.

Therefore, even if the game ball bounces off the distribution member 24983 by contacting the game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 179(b)) and the distribution member 24983, the game ball is distributed together with the game ball. The member 24983 can be displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and can throw the game ball to the opening U7.

Therefore, while the game ball is separated from the distribution member 24983 (bounced back), the distribution member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and placed in the second position with the game ball. The distribution member 24983 comes into contact with the game ball, and the distribution member 24983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position together with the game ball. can.

In addition, when the distribution member 24983 is arranged at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 24983 When the inertial force acts in the direction of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 179(b)), the direction connecting the axial position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distribution member 24983 (distribution member 24983) and the direction of inertial force acting on the distribution member 24983 (the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 179(b)) compared to the distribution member 19983 in the eighteenth embodiment It is formed small (see FIG. 161). Thereby, the rotation direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 24983 can be reduced.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertia force acts on the distribution member 24983 in the direction of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (in the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 179(b)), Displacement of the dividing member 24983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

In this embodiment, the distributing member 24983 includes an action portion 24983a having a protrusion 24983a1, and is formed asymmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. do not have. For example, a weight member may be provided on the action portion 24983a of the distribution member 24983.

That is, in the distribution member 24983 in this embodiment, the projecting portion 24983a1 is formed integrally with the action portion 24983a disposed on the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 179(a)), while the weight member is removable. It may be arranged. The weight member to be provided may protrude from the lower surface of the action portion 24983a, or may be embedded inside the action portion 24983a, like the distribution member 24983 in this embodiment.

By replacing the weight member, it is possible to easily adjust the difference between the time until detection by detection device SE5 and the time until detection by detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161).

When the weight member is embedded, it is possible to prevent the concave portion 24982b3 from being provided in the front contact portion 36982b1, thereby reducing the product cost. Moreover, since the weight member can be prevented from protruding from the lower surface of the action portion 24983a, damage to the distribution member 24983 during assembly can be prevented.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 24983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 37980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Next, with reference to FIG. 180, the winning opening unit 37930 in the thirty-sixth embodiment will be described. In the thirty-sixth embodiment, the receiving surface of the distribution member 37983 for receiving game balls is formed as a curved surface 37983h projecting toward the axis of the shaft member 988a. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 180 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 37930 in the thirty-sixth embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a). 180(b) shows a state where the distribution member 37983 is arranged at the second position.

In the winning opening unit 37930 in the thirty-sixth embodiment, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 37983 is positioned rearward (right side in FIG. 180(a)) from the center position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 180(a)). An axial position is provided.

As shown in FIG. 180(a), both side surfaces of the intermediate plate 37983b of the distribution member 37983 are curved in an arc shape projecting toward the axis of the shaft member 988a.

In addition, the action portion 37983a of the distribution member 37983 is formed to protrude from the intermediate plate 37983b (upper side in FIG. 180(a)) as it proceeds toward the shaft member 988a side (the right side in FIG. 180(a)), and the upper surface of the action portion 37983a. and both side surfaces of the intermediate plate 37983b form a uniform curved surface 37983h.

In addition, the axial position of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 37983 is disposed on the rear side (right side in FIG. 180(a)) of the center position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (left and right direction in FIG. 180(a)).

In addition, as described above, the game ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the projecting portion 19941g1 is thrown backward (the right side in FIG. 180(a)) and passes through the first winning hole 64. The ball is thrown to the distribution unit 37980. Therefore, the game ball thrown to the sorting unit 37980 has a backward velocity component.

As shown in FIG. 180(b), when the distribution member 37983 is arranged at the second position, the game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 180(b)) and the distribution member 37983 , the game ball slides or rolls on the curved surface 37983h of the distribution member 37983, so the game ball either maintains the backward velocity component or increases the velocity component to the opening U6. The ball is thrown. That is, it is possible to reduce the force component that displaces (rotates) the distribution member 37983 among the forces that act on the distribution member 37983 due to the contact of the game ball.

Here, as shown in FIG. 180(b), in a state where the distribution member 37983 is arranged at the second position, a game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 180(b)) is distributed. Due to the contact with the member 37983, the distribution member 37983 is arranged at the first position in a state in which a backward velocity component is imparted. Therefore, the action portion 37983a on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 180(b)) of the distribution member 37983 comes into contact with the rear-side contact portion 37982b2 at high speed, and there is a risk that the action portion 37983a (distribution member 37983) will be damaged. be.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the game ball slides or rolls on the curved surface 37983h of the distribution member 37983, the forces acting on the distribution member 37983 due to the contact of the game ball Since the force component that displaces (rotates) the distribution member 37983 can be reduced, the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 37983 from the second position to the first position can be delayed. 37983) can be suppressed from being damaged.

Further, as shown in FIG. 180(a), in a state where the distribution member 37983 is arranged at the first position, a game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (right side in FIG. 180(b)) and the distribution member 37983, the game ball slides or rolls on the curved surface 37983h of the distribution member 37983, so the game ball has a backward velocity component on the front side (Fig. 180 (b) right side) is converted into a velocity component to and thrown to the opening U7.

Therefore, the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 37980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage can be reduced.

As a result, when the distributing member 37983 is arranged at a position where the distributing time of the game ball differs depending on the distributing direction, or the length of the ball throwing passage from the distributing member 37983 to the detection device SE5 and the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161) ), the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 37980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 is reduced. As a result, it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game, and to secure the degree of freedom in design.

Also, in the present embodiment, the case where the fifth passage is formed longer than the fourth passage has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this, and the fifth passage may be formed shorter than the fourth passage. good. That is, among the two directions of distribution of the distribution member 37983, the fifth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls slowly may be formed shorter than the fourth passage formed on the side of distributing the game balls quickly. . In this case, it is possible to adjust the difference between the time it takes for the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 37980 to be detected by the detection device SE5 and the time it takes for the game balls to be detected by the detection device SE6 (see FIG. 161). You can increase your interest.

Next, with reference to FIG. 181, the winning opening unit 38930 in the thirty-seventh embodiment will be described. In the thirty-seventh embodiment, the angles formed by the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 38983 and the upper surfaces of the action portions 38983a3 and 38983a4 are formed differently. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 181 is a cross-sectional view of the prize winning opening unit 38930 in the thirty-seventh embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a). 181(b) shows a state where the distribution member 38983 is arranged at the second position.

In the prize winning opening unit 38930 of the thirty-seventh embodiment, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 38983 is located rearward (right side in FIG. 181(a)) of the center position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 181(a)). is arranged.

In addition, as described above, the game ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the projecting portion 19941g1 is thrown backward (right side in FIG. 181(a)) and passes through the first winning hole 64. The ball is thrown to the distribution unit 38980. Therefore, the game ball thrown to the sorting unit 38980 has a backward velocity component. Further, the deviation direction of the distribution member 24983 with respect to the first receiving portion 19941g and the first winning hole 64 and the backward velocity component of the game ball are formed in substantially the same direction.

In addition, the acting portion 38983a3 disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 181(a)) gradually increases from the side of the shaft member 988a (right side in FIG. 181(a)), which is a connecting portion with the contact portion 19983d, toward the tip. , is formed to have a smaller thickness dimension than the tip of the action portion 19983a in the eighteenth embodiment.

Therefore, the angle θ8 between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 38983 and the upper surface of the acting portion 38983a3 disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 181(a)) is The angle formed by the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U7 side is formed larger than the angle (see FIG. 161).

In addition, the acting portion 38983a4 disposed on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 181(a)) extends from the side of the shaft member 988a (the left side in FIG. 181(a)), which is a connecting portion with the contact portion 19983d, toward the tip. It is formed with a constant thickness dimension.

Therefore, the angle θ9 between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 38983 and the upper surface of the action portion 38983a4 disposed on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 181(a)) is is smaller than the angle formed by the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U6 side (see FIG. 161).

Therefore, the tip of the working portion 38983a4 is formed to be thicker than the tip of the working portion 19983a (see FIG. 161).

As a result, the distribution member 38983 is formed in an asymmetrical shape with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. The center of gravity of the distributing member 38983 in the direction (the direction perpendicular to the erecting direction of the intermediate plate 19983b) connecting with the action portion 38983a4 disposed on the right side) is closer to the opening U6 than the intermediate plate 19983b (Fig. 181(a)). on the right).

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 181(a), the distribution member 38983 is arranged at the first position, and an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10, such as by striking the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), causing vibration. When an inertial force acts on the division member 38983 toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F1 direction in FIG. 181(a)), the direction connecting the axial center position of the shaft member 988a and the center of gravity of the distribution member 38983. The angle formed by (the direction orthogonal to the rotation direction of the distribution member 38983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 38983 (direction of arrow F1 in FIG. 181(a)) is formed to be small compared to Thereby, the rotation direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 25983 can be reduced.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertia force acts on the distribution member 38983 in the direction toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (the arrow F1 direction in FIG. 181(a)), Displacement of the dividing member 38983 from the first position to the second position can be suppressed.

Here, as shown in FIG. 181(b), in a state where the distribution member 38983 is arranged at the second position, a game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side in FIG. 181(b)) is distributed. Due to the contact with the member 38983, the distribution member 38983 is arranged at the first position while being imparted with a velocity component toward the rear side. Therefore, the action portion 38983a4 on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 181(b)) of the distributing member 38983 comes into contact with the rear contact portion 38982b2 at high speed, and there is a risk that the action portion 38983a4 (distribution member 38983) will be damaged. be.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, the game ball is the angle between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 38983 and the upper surface of the action portion 38983a4 arranged on the side of the opening U6 (the right side in FIG. 181(a)). θ9 is formed smaller than the angle formed between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 19983 and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U6 side in the eighteenth embodiment (see FIG. 161), that is, Since the tip of the working portion 38983a4 is formed to be thicker than the tip of the working portion 19983a (see FIG. 161), it is possible to suppress damage to the working portion 38983a4 (dividing member 38983).

Here, since the tip of the working portion 38983a4 is formed thicker than the tip of the working portion 19983a (see FIG. 161), the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 38983 from the first position to the second position is slow. Become.

Therefore, when a game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side of FIG. 181(b)) collides with the distribution member 38983, the distribution member 38983 cannot be displaced (rotated) together with the game ball, and the game ball bounces back ( separated), the distribution member 38983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position. Therefore, the distribution member 38983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position while the game ball is bouncing (separated), and the distribution member 38983 rebounds in the second position. The (separated) game ball falls and comes into contact with the distribution member 38983, so there is a risk that the game ball will be thrown to the opening U6 opposite to the direction in which the game ball is originally distributed.

On the other hand, the angle θ8 between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 38983 and the upper surface of the acting portion 38983a3 disposed on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 181(a)) in the eighteenth embodiment Since the angle between the side surface of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 19983 in the form and the upper surface of the action portion 19983a disposed on the opening U7 side is larger than the angle formed (see FIG. 161), the distribution member 38983 More velocity components toward the opening U7 can be imparted to the sphere than the velocity components toward the opening U7 in the eighteenth embodiment.

That is, the distribution member 38983 can impart a large number of velocity components in the same direction as the rotation direction of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 38983 to the game ball. In other words, the distribution member 38983 can reduce imparting of velocity components to the game ball in a direction away from the rotation area of the intermediate plate 19983b of the distribution member 38983.

Therefore, even if the game ball bounces off the distribution member 38983 by contacting the game ball having a velocity component to the rear side (the right side of FIG. 179(b)) and the distribution member 38983, the game ball is distributed together with the game ball. The member 38983 can be displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and the game ball can be thrown to the opening U7.

Therefore, while the game ball is separated from the distribution member 38983 (bounced back), the distribution member 38983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and the game ball and the second position are arranged. The distribution member 38983 comes into contact with the game ball, and the distribution member 38983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position together with the game ball. can.

In addition, the game ball is imparted with a greater velocity component toward the opening U7 than the velocity component toward the opening U7 in the eighteenth embodiment, so that the distribution member 31983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position. In this case, the distribution member 38983 can throw the game ball to the opening U7 in a shorter time than the time to throw the ball to the opening U7 in the eighteenth embodiment.

Therefore, the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 38980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage can be reduced.

As a result, when the distribution member 38983 is arranged at a position where the game ball distribution time differs depending on the distribution direction, or the length of the ball throwing passage from the distribution member 38983 to the detection device SE5 and the ball throwing passage to the detection device SE6 Even if the lengths of the balls are different, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 38980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until the game balls are detected by the detection device SE6 is reduced (see FIG. 161). ), it is possible to suppress the loss of interest in the game, and to secure the degree of freedom in design.

Next, with reference to FIG. 182, the winning opening unit 39930 in the thirty-eighth embodiment will be described. In the thirty-eighth embodiment, the lower end of the first curved wall 39982c1 of the game ball guide wall 39982c of the bulging portion 39982 formed on the first side base 39981 of the sorting unit 39980 is on the side of the opening U7 (left side in FIG. 182(a)). formed to protrude from the In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

Figure 182 is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit 39930 in the thirty-eighth embodiment, which corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in Figure 139(a). 182(b) shows a state where the distribution member 39983 is arranged at the second position.

In the winning opening unit 39930 in the thirty-eighth embodiment, the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 39983 is positioned rearward (right side in FIG. 182(a)) of the center position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 182(a)). is arranged.

Also, the acting portion 39983a3 on the opening U7 side (the left side in FIG. 182(a)) of the distribution member 39983 and the acting portion 39983a4 on the opening U6 side (the right side in FIG. 182(a)) are formed asymmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. , the acting portion 39983a3 on the side of the opening U7 is formed longer than the acting portion 39983a4 on the side of the opening U6.

Therefore, when the axial center of the shaft member 988a of the distribution member 39983 is disposed on the rear side (right side in FIG. 182(a)) of the center position of the opening U10 in the front-rear direction (left-right direction in FIG. 182(a)). Also, the action portion 39983a3 of the distribution member 39983 arranged at the first position is arranged in the passage area of the game ball, and the game ball and the action portion 39983a3 of the distribution member 39983 can abut. This allows the distribution member 39983 to be displaced from the first position to the second position.

In addition, the first curved wall 39982c1 of the game ball guide wall 39982c is curved in a shape protruding toward the rear side (the right side in FIG. 182(a)), and the lower end of the first curved wall 39982c1 is the first It is formed with a protruding portion 39982c3 that protrudes toward the opening U10 (see FIG. 161) from the first curved wall 19982c1 in the eighteenth embodiment.

In addition, as described above, the game ball flowing into the inside of the first receiving portion 19941g by the projecting portion 19941g1 is thrown backward (the right side in FIG. 182(a)) and passes through the first winning hole 64. The ball is thrown to the distribution unit 39980. Therefore, the game ball thrown to the sorting unit 39980 has a backward velocity component.

Therefore, the game ball sent to the sorting unit 39980 with a backward velocity component (the right side of FIG. 182(a)) slides or rolls on the first curved wall 39982c1 and hits the projecting portion 39982c3. By making contact, the ball is thrown to the distribution member 39983 with a velocity component toward the front side (left side in FIG. 182(a)). In addition, due to the action of gravity on the game ball, the ball is thrown to the distribution member 39983 with a velocity component toward one side in the direction of gravity (lower side in the direction of gravity).

That is, the game ball swings with a velocity component in the same direction as the rotational displacement of the action portion 19983a on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 182(a)) of the distribution member 39983 whose rotation axis is the axial center of the shaft member 988a. The ball is thrown to the division member 39983.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 182(a), in a state where the distribution member 39983 is arranged at the first position, a game ball having a velocity component toward the front side (left side in FIG. 182(a)) 39983, and when the distribution member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, compared with the case where the game ball has a backward velocity component (Fig. 182 (a) right side) Therefore, the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 39983 can be made faster.

In addition, since the working portion 39983a3 on the opening U7 side (left side in FIG. 182(a)) of the distribution member 39983 is formed longer than the working portion 39983a4 on the opening U6 side (right side in FIG. 182(a)), the distribution member 39983 The center of gravity of is located on the action portion 39983a3 side (left side in FIG. 182(a)) of the intermediate plate 19983b.

Therefore, when the distribution member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the displacement can be slowed down because the distribution member 39983 is displaced (rotated) against its own weight. On the other hand, when the sorting member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, the sorting member 39983 is displaced (rotated) using its own weight, so the displacement (rotation) can be accelerated. can.

As shown in FIG. 182(b), in a state where the distribution member 39983 is arranged at the second position, the game ball and the distribution member 39983 having a velocity component toward the player side (left side in FIG. 182(b)) contact and the distribution member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position, the velocity component of the game ball toward the player side and the displacement (rotation) direction of the distribution member 39983 Since it is formed in the opposite direction, the displacement (rotation) of the distribution member 39983 can be slowed down.

Therefore, the difference between the distribution time of the game balls flowing into the distribution unit 39980 to the fourth passage and the distribution time to the fifth passage can be reduced.

As a result, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 39980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 is reduced, thereby preventing the game from becoming less interesting. While being able to suppress it, a degree of freedom of design can be ensured.

In addition, when the distribution member 39983 is arranged at the second position, an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 such as swinging the glass unit 16 of the pachinko machine 10 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 1), and the distribution member 39983 When the inertial force acts in the direction of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. 182(b)), the direction connecting the center of gravity of the distribution member 39983 and the axial position of the shaft member 988a (distribution member 39983) and the direction of the inertial force acting on the distribution member 39983 (the direction of the arrow F2 in FIG. It is formed small (see FIG. 161). Thereby, the rotation direction component of the inertia force acting on the distribution member 39983 can be reduced.

Therefore, even when an external force is applied to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and an inertial force acts on the distribution member 39983 toward the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (in the direction of arrow F2 in FIG. 182(b)), Displacement of the dividing member 39983 from the second position to the first position can be suppressed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 182(a), when the distribution member 39983 is arranged at the first position, the velocity component of the game ball toward the player and the displacement (rotation) direction of the distribution member 39983 are formed in substantially the same direction, it is possible to prevent the game ball from colliding with the distribution member 39983 (rebounding) from the distribution member 39983 .

Therefore, while the game ball is separated from the distribution member 39983 (bounced back), the distribution member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the first position to the second position, and the game ball and the second position are arranged. The distribution member 39983 comes into contact with the game ball, and the distribution member 39983 is displaced (rotated) from the second position to the first position together with the game ball. can.

In the distribution member 39983 in this embodiment, the acting portion 39983a3 on the side of the opening U7 (left side in FIG. 182(a)) and the acting portion 39983a4 on the side of the opening U6 (right side in FIG. 182(a)) are asymmetric with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b. Although a case has been described in which the working portions 39983a3 and 39983a4 are formed symmetrically with respect to the intermediate plate 19983b, the working portions 39983a3 and 39983a4 are not necessarily limited to this.

In this case, the configuration of the distribution member 39983 can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced.

Next, with reference to FIG. 183, the winning opening unit 40930 in the thirty-ninth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the detection device SE6 is arranged between the passage TR10 and the passage TR9 (see FIG. 161). is set. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 183 is a cross-sectional view of the prize-winning unit 40930 in the thirty-ninth embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. illustrated.

In the winning hole unit 40930 of the thirty-ninth embodiment, since the detection device SE6 is arranged in the passage TR3, the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 40980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and detected by the detection device SE6. The difference from the time until detection can be reduced.

As a result, the difference between the time until the game balls flowing into the sorting unit 40980 are detected by the detection device SE5 and the time until they are detected by the detection device SE6 is reduced, thereby preventing the game from becoming less interesting. While being able to suppress it, a degree of freedom of design can be ensured.

In addition, since the front base 40943 of the front unit 40940 is made of a colorless and transparent resin material, the player can visually recognize that the game ball is inserted through the detection hole SE1a of the detection device SE6, which enhances the interest in the game. can.

Here, in the winning hole unit 19930 in the eighteenth embodiment, since the solenoid 610 is arranged on the opposite side of the detection device SE6 to the player, the wiring (not shown) connected to the detection device SE6 is placed on the front side. (Fig. 183(b) left side) and then needs to be folded back toward the rear side (Fig. 183(b) left side), and the wiring (not shown) of the detection device SE6 becomes long.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, the wiring (not shown) connected to the detection device SE6 can be arranged on the rear side (the right side in FIG. 183(a)), so that the assembly of the winning hole unit 40930 can be simplified. , can reduce product costs.

In addition, since the wiring (not shown) connected to the detection device SE6 can be arranged on the rear side (the right side in FIG. 183(a)), that is, it can be arranged at a position far from the player, the detection device SE6 can be used illegally. You can prevent being manipulated.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 184 and 185, a winning opening unit 41930 in the fortieth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the solenoid 610 is arranged on the opposite side of the passage TR10 from the player (see FIG. 161). (lower side in the direction of gravity). In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, the front side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the front side (or front side), and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 shown in FIG. 1 is called the back side (or rear side). Further, the direction of gravity (vertical direction in FIG. 1) is referred to as the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 1) in front view of the pachinko machine 10 is referred to as the lateral direction.

FIG. 184 is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 41930 in the fortieth embodiment, and corresponds to the cross-section taken along line CLXI-CLXI in FIG. 139(a). 185(a) is a side view of the winning opening unit 41930, and FIG. 185(b) is a rear view of the winning opening unit 41930. FIG. 185 shows only the blade member 945 arranged in the front unit 19940, the solenoid 610 arranged in the passage unit 41990, the transmission member 41965 and the displacement member 41966. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 184 and 185, the solenoid 610 is arranged on one side of the passage TR10 in the gravitational direction (lower side in the gravitational direction), and the axial center of the shaft portion 961b of the solenoid 610 is along the gravitational direction (vertical direction in FIG. 184). are placed. Therefore, the direction of displacement of the protrusion 945b and the direction of displacement of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 accompanying the opening/closing operation of the feather member 945 can be matched.

Here, the displacement member 19966 in the eighteenth embodiment needs to be rotationally displaced (see FIG. 160) about the axis of the rotation shaft 19966d of the displacement member 19966 in order to open and close the feather member 945. That is, it is necessary to convert linear displacement of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 into rotational displacement.

On the other hand, the displacement member 41966 in this embodiment can open and close the feather member 945 by linearly displacing it in the gravitational direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 184). That is, since the linear direction displacement of the annular portion 961c of the solenoid 610 is not converted, and the displacement direction of the annular portion 961c and the displacement member 41966 can be matched, the configuration of the displacement member 41966 is simplified and the product cost is reduced. can.

In addition, the size of the winning opening unit 41930 in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 184) can be reduced, and the size of the winning opening unit 41930 can be reduced.

Although the present invention has been described based on the above embodiments, the present invention is by no means limited to the above embodiments, and it will be easily understood that various modifications and improvements are possible without departing from the scope of the present invention. It can be inferred.

In each of the above embodiments, part or all of the configuration in one embodiment may be combined with or replaced with part or all of the configuration in another embodiment to form another embodiment.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the lower restricting portion 175 and the upper restricting portion 176 are arranged to face each other in the displacement direction of the driven member 163 has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the lower regulating portion 175 and the upper regulating portion 176 may be configured to face the driven member 163 in the rotational displacement radial direction of the driven member 163, or in the rotation axis direction (when the driven member 163 is displaced). It may be arranged so as to face the driven member 163 in the direction intersecting the plane where the driven member 163 is driven. In this case, a frictional force is generated with the driven member 163, and the driven member 163 can be decelerated by the frictional force.

In the first embodiment described above, the case where the lower restricting portion 175 and the upper restricting portion 176 are always opposed to each other in the displacement direction of the driven member 163 has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, at least one of the lower regulating portion 175 and the upper regulating portion 176 can be configured to be displaceable in a direction intersecting the displacement direction of the driven member 163, and the driven member 163 can be displaced when the driven member 163 is decelerated. It may be arranged to face the driven member 163 at one direction, and to retreat outside the displacement locus of the driven member 163 at other timings. Thereby, a plurality of types of displacement modes of the driven member 163 can be configured.

In the first embodiment described above, an example of the arrangement of the lower regulating portion 175 and the upper regulating portion 176 has been described, but the arrangement is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the driven member 163 may be arranged at a position overlapping the driven member 163 when viewed in the displacement direction, or the upper regulation portion 176 may be arranged closer to the rotation shaft side of the driven member 163 than the lower regulation portion 175 is. Also good.

Further, the lower restricting portion 175 and the upper restricting portion 176 are not limited to being disposed on the left and right sides of the rotation shaft of the driven member 163, and one of the lower restricting portion 175 and the upper restricting portion 176 is disposed on the left side and the other is disposed on the left side. may be arranged on the right side.

In the first embodiment, the case where the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 applies an electromagnetic force in the direction of pulling up the driven member 163 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 may be arranged below the driven member 163 to generate an electromagnetic force to push it up. Further, instead of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1, a rotary motor may be used to drive the driven member 163. FIG.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the light emitting means 181 is composed of LEDs has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a miniature light bulb, a laser, an illumination plate, or a small liquid crystal display screen may be used.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the vibration transmission to the decorative board 180 is suppressed by forming a gap between the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the decorative board 180 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. . For example, instead of closing the gap, the area between the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the electrical board 180 may be filled with a high-attenuation resin member. In this case, the transmission of vibration can be suppressed while narrowing the arrangement space of the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the electrical board 180 .

Conversely, the gap between the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 and the electrical board 180 may be narrowed, and the filling of the resin member may be omitted. In this case, since it is possible to promote transmission of vibration to the decorative board 180 when the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 is driven, it is possible to perform an effect in which the light emitted from the light emitting means 181 fluctuates in accordance with the vibration of the decorative board 180. can.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the light transmission hole 60c is composed of one large opening has been described, but the configuration is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a punched metal having a plurality of through holes may be used.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the outer portion 94 is configured in a thin plate shape has been described, but the configuration is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a partial opening may be formed. In this case, by forming an opening at a position that matches the layout of the light emitting means 181 when viewed from the front, it is possible to avoid the plate portion of the electrical board 180 from being visually recognized while exposing the light emitting means 181 when viewed from the front. can.

In the first embodiment, the case where the driving force is transmitted to the lifting plate 430 by the arm member 414 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, an endless gear belt may be used for transmission, or a cam mechanism may be used for transmission.

In the first embodiment described above, the rotation angle width of the auxiliary arm member 444 is vertically symmetrical with respect to the horizontal, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, it may be asymmetrical in the vertical direction, or may have a rotation angle width only in one of the vertical directions with respect to the horizontal.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the elongated hole portion 406 is elongated in the horizontal direction has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a long hole extending obliquely with respect to the horizontal direction, a curved long hole, or a long hole having a portion extending in the vertical direction may be used. Thereby, the degree of freedom in designing the auxiliary arm member 444 can be improved.

In the above-described first embodiment, the pair of feather members 460 are in contact with each other to form a symmetrical shape, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, a slight gap may be provided from the design stage. As a result, compared to the case where the feather members 460 are in contact with each other, the fatigue accumulated by contacting the feather members 460 can be eliminated, so that the durability of the feather members 460 can be improved. It should be noted that the pattern formed on the back side of the gap and the light emitted from the light emitting means may be visible to the player through the gap.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the displacement amounts and the displacement speeds of the pair of feather members 460 are the same has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the size of the arc-shaped gear 462 of the wing-shaped member 460 may be changed on the left and right sides to adjust the gear ratio, so that the displacement amount and the displacement speed of the pair of wing-shaped members 460 may be different. As a result, even when the shape of the sides of the pair of feather members 460 that contact each other is symmetrical, the contact surface S1 can be shifted from the center position in the left-right direction.

In the above-described first embodiment, a case has been described in which the feather members 460 are visually symmetrical when in contact, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, most parts may be bilaterally symmetrical, but partially different. For example, the shape may be partially asymmetrical, the pattern drawn on the front side may be asymmetrical, or the color may be asymmetrical. Even in this case, since most of the wing-shaped members 460 are bilaterally symmetrical, the player can be made to think that the wing-shaped members 460 constitute a bilaterally symmetrical shape.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case in which the mutually abutting feather members 460 are rotationally displaced has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the pair of feather-shaped members 460 may be configured to move in parallel in the left-right direction and come into contact with each other. In this case, in comparison with the shape of the rear case 310, the left wing-shaped member 460 can be formed to have a larger area than the right wing-shaped member 460. FIG.

In the above-described first embodiment, a case has been described in which the wing-like members 460 that are supported and displaced by the elevating plate 430 form a series of shapes, but the configuration is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the feather-like member 460 and a constant predetermined member (for example, the center frame 86 of the game board 13) may be combined to form a symmetrical shape when viewed from the front. As a result, the player can visually recognize the shape completed only by the wing-shaped member 460 and the shape completed by other predetermined members and the wing-shaped member 460, so that the presentation effect of the wing-shaped member 460 is improved. can be done.

In the above-described first embodiment, the light emitting member LA1, the feather-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 are used to evoke the concept of "shellfish and pearls", but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the luminous effect member LA1 may be provided with a decorative pattern representing a bullet hole hit into a wall, and the feather-like member 460 and the auxiliary member 470 may be configured in a shape representing the momentum of the bullet. In this case, the shape of the feather-shaped member 460 can be used, and the light emitting member LA1 and the auxiliary member 470 can be decorated or configured with different members having different shapes. That is, since a part of the members can be reused to configure a new operation unit, the development cost can be reduced.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the elevating plate 430 is slidably displaced in the linear direction has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the tubular portion 444d of the auxiliary arm member 444 may be arranged and fixedly supported, and the lifting plate 430 may be configured to be displaceable along an arcuate trajectory about this axis.

Further, in the case where the cylindrical portion 444d of the auxiliary arm member 444 is configured to be fixedly arranged and pivotally supported, the lifting plate 430 may still be configured to be displaced in one direction. In this case, the relative displacement member 442 may be configured to be slidable in the left and right direction so that the displacement of the circular arc gear portion 444b in the left and right direction can be absorbed by the relative displacement member 442 side. For example, by providing biasing means or an electromagnetic solenoid that biases the relative displacement member 442 toward the arc-shaped gear portion 444b in the left-right direction, the engagement between the arc-shaped gear portion 444b and the relative displacement member 442 is stabilized. be able to.

The arcuate gear portion 444b may be made of a flexible resin material such as that used in gear belts, instead of being made of a highly rigid resin material. In this case, deformation of the material can absorb lateral displacement of the arc-shaped gear portion 444b.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the window section defined in the central portion of the game board 13 by the center frame 86 has a substantially symmetrical shape has been described, but the configuration is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the inner shape of the center frame 86 may be left-right asymmetrical in accordance with the size relationship of the feather members 460 . As a result, it is possible to provide the game board 13 with a function of hiding the rear side by shielding and a function of improving the degree of freedom in the shape of the game area.

In the first embodiment, the case where the electrical board 777 is arranged on the rear side of the light transmitting hole 60c has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the electrical board 777 may be arranged inside the light transmission hole 60c. In this case, the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 and the outer portion 94 of the flow-down surface forming member 91 can be brought close to each other. It is possible to execute an effect that causes (waves).

In other words, the portion that is displaced by driving the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 of the second operation unit 700 and is visually recognized by the player is arranged not only inside the window section defined by the center frame 86 but also outside the window section. be able to.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the concave portions of the base plate 60 arranged on the front side of the electrical decoration board 777 are arranged below and to the left and right of the game area has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, as a range that does not affect the flow of game balls, it may be arranged inside the center frame 86, may be arranged below the outer rail 62, or may be arranged inside the opening of the specific winning opening 65a. You can

In the first embodiment, the case where the partition member 708 is formed from a resin material (high-rigidity resin material) with little bending has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the partition member 708 may be made of a rubbery resin material. In this case, the elastic deformation of the partition member 708 can bring the partition member 708 into close contact with the electrical board 705 and the thin film cover member 712, thereby preventing light leakage.

In the first embodiment, the distance between the position where the left and right load members 761 contact the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the reference O1 is the same, and the left and right load members 761 are arranged in front of the reference O1. Although explained, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the distance between the position where the load member 761 contacts the plate-shaped displacement member 730 and the reference O1 may be different between the left and right, or the placement of the load member 761 with respect to the reference O1 may be different between the left and right.

In the first embodiment, the case where the front inclined portion of the load member 761 is configured so as not to collide with the front lid member 770 has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, by displacing the load member 761 toward the front side, the upper wall of the front lid member 770 and the front surface of the load member 761 may be configured in a positional relationship in which they abut. In this case, even if the load member 761 is displaced to the front side due to the load applied from the plate-shaped displacement member 730 , the load applied from the front lid member 770 can return the position of the load member 761 to the rear side.

In the first embodiment described above, the case where the left and right drive units 760 have substantially symmetrical shapes has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the ease of bending of the load members 761 can be changed by (locally) changing the density, thickness, or material of the vertical rod-shaped extensions 761c of the left and right load members 761. good. As a result, when the left and right drive units 760 are set to the one-sided excitation state, the stopping attitude of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be changed depending on which of the left and right drive units 760 is driven. That is, the postures in which the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be stopped can be increased.

Note that even if the left and right drive units 760 are left and right substantially symmetrical, the shape of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be made left-right asymmetrical (for example, the load receiving portion 733 on one side can A similar effect can be obtained by providing an extra thickness on the lower bottom side of the .

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the plate-like displacement member 730 may be configured to be vertically displaced while maintaining its posture, while the load member 761 may be configured to change its posture. Thus, even if the plate-shaped displacement member 730 does not change its posture, it is possible to configure a state (posture) in which the load member 761 is easily bent and a state (posture) in which the load member 761 is difficult to bend.

In the above-described first embodiment, the projecting portion 761d is integrally formed with the load member 761, but the configuration is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the projecting portion 761d and the vertical rod-shaped extending portion 761c can be assembled by fastening, engaging, fitting, inserting, sandwiching, or the like. may be configured separately. In this case, even if the projecting portion 761d is damaged, the load member 761 up to the vertical bar-shaped extension portion 761c can be reused, and only the projecting portion 761d needs to be replaced. In comparison, the size of maintenance members can be reduced.

In the first embodiment, the case where the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b are displaced in the rotation axis direction of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the centers of the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b may be arranged at positions overlapping the same plane orthogonal to the rotation axis of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. FIG.

In this case, the direction of change in the distance between the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b based on the rotational displacement of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be made orthogonal to the rotation axis of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. A change in the distance between the small receiving portion 735 a and the rear small receiving portion 735 b can be used to change the holding force of the hollow member 740 instead of changing the posture of the hollow member 740 .

That is, the gap between the front small receiving portion 735a and the rear small receiving portion 735b is mechanically narrowed by increasing the inclination angle of the plate-shaped displacement member 730. It can be used for sandwiching from. Therefore, it is possible to change the holding mode (ease of vibration) of the hollow member 740 as the posture of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 changes.

In this case, the clearance between the front small receiving portion 735a and the projecting columnar portion 743 and the clearance between the rear small receiving portion 735b and the projecting columnar portion 743 may be configured to be the same. In this case, since the holding force of the front and rear protruding columnar portions 743 similarly increases, the posture of the hollow member 740 is lower than in the case where the side with the larger clearance is allowed to rotate about the side with the smaller clearance. Change can be easily suppressed.

In the first embodiment, the case where the small receiving portions 735 for supporting the pair of protruding columnar portions 743 of the hollow member 740 are arranged on the plate-like displacement member 730 separately before and after the reference O1 has been described. It is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a pair may be collectively arranged on the front side or the rear side of the reference O1.

In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is rotationally displaced has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the plate-like displacement member 730 may be configured to be slidably displaced in the left-right direction, and the small receiving portion 735 may be configured as a long groove elongated in a direction inclined with respect to the sliding direction. In this case, the slope of the front small receiving portion 735a and the slope of the rear small receiving portion 735b are provided on opposite sides with respect to the sliding direction. The clearance with the small receiving portion 735 can be changed. Thereby, the holding mode (ease of vibration) of the hollow member 740 can be changed.

In the above-described first embodiment, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 is pivotally supported by the left-right direction shaft and displaced, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the plate-shaped displacement member 730 may be supported in a rotatable manner (for example, supported by a ball joint) on the longitudinal axis.

Further, the plate main body (long plate extending in the left-right direction) of the plate-like displacement member 730 may be supported so as to ride on the upper side of the load receiving portion 733 of the plate-like displacement member 730 as a separate body. In this case, depending on the driving mode of the drive unit 760, the plate main body of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 can be caused to undergo combined displacement of the rotation of the lateral axis and the rotation of the longitudinal axis.

Further, the shaft supporting portion may be configured to have an elongated hole shape that is elongated in the vertical direction so that the supported portion 731 of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be displaced in the vertical direction. In this case, not only the plate-shaped displacement member 730 rotates, but also the attitude change of the plate-shaped displacement member 730 (about the axis in the front-rear direction) caused by the vertical displacement of one of the left and right supported parts 731 compared to the other. ) can also be generated, so that the displacement modes of the hollow member 740 and the variable decorative member 750 accompanying the displacement of the plate-like displacement member 730 can be further diversified.

In the first embodiment described above, the bending of the load member 761 is caused by the change in the load direction based on the change in the attitude of the plate-shaped displacement member 730, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a core extending along the displacement direction of the load member 761 is configured to pass through the load member 761, and the length of the core entering the load member 761 changes as the load member 761 is displaced. (It may be configured so that the core material is pulled out). In this case, since the rigidity of the load member 761 changes depending on the presence or absence of the core material, the load member 761 may be bent in accordance with the rigidity change.

In the above-described second embodiment, a case has been described in which one of the portions that decelerate the driven member 163 is configured to be displaceable, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, both portions that decelerate the driven member 163 may be configured to be displaceable. In this case, both of the decelerating portions (the lower restricting portion 175 and the upper restricting portion 176) may be made of the same member.

In the above-described second embodiment, the case where the biasing spring SP21 does not directly contact the driven member 163 but applies the biasing force via the contact member 2190 has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. do not have. For example, the biasing spring SP21 may be configured to directly contact the driven member 163 .

In this case, the arrangement (contact point) of the biasing spring SP21 with respect to the driven member 163 can be set arbitrarily. For example, a plurality of contact points may be provided between the (single or plural) biasing spring SP21 and the driven member 163, and the contact points may be arranged on the rotating shaft side and the rotating tip side with the electromagnetic solenoid SOL1 interposed therebetween. They may be configured separately.

In the third embodiment, by extending the shape of the long hole portion 3406 in the displacement direction of the elevating plate 430, a section is formed in which the posture of the auxiliary arm member 444 is maintained even during the displacement of the elevating plate 430. , the case where the driving force transmission to the downstream side of the auxiliary arm member 444 in that section is cut off has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a sliding portion (angular region in which the gear teeth do not mesh) is provided between the circular arc-shaped gear portion 444b and the rotary gear 441, and even if the circular-shaped gear portion 444b rotates, the rotary gear 441 does not rotate. may be configured to block the driving force transmission to the downstream side of the auxiliary arm member 444 .

In the third embodiment, the displacement width of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the elevating plate 430 corresponds to the vertical position of the arm tip of the rotating gear 3441 with arm. However, this is not necessarily the case. For example, the armed rotary gear 3441 is not a gear having gear teeth formed on the entire circumference, but is partially formed with a protruding portion so as to function as a cam, and the protruding portion applies a load to the relative displacement member 442. The relative displacement member 442 may be displaced by In this case, the displacement mode (displacement speed, displacement width) of the relative displacement member 442 with respect to the lift plate 430 can be arbitrarily designed depending on the design of the projecting portion of the rotary gear 3441 with arm and the relative displacement member 442 .

In the fourth embodiment, the case where the detection sensor 4782 is configured to detect the thin overhanging portion 4761g which is a part of the load member 4761 and is easily damaged has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, it may be configured to detect the thick projecting portion 4761f.

In the fifth embodiment, the case where the adjusting member 5782 extends upward from the lower side of the load member 761 and pushes the front side surface of the load member 761 has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the adjustment member 5782 may be configured to protrude forward from the rear side of the load member 761 .

Further, for example, an opening may be formed in the inner wall of the load member 761, and the adjustment member 5782 may enter the opening to function as a core. In this case, the ease of bending of the load member 761 can be changed according to the degree of entry of the adjusting member 5782 .

Although the load member 761 is driven by the electromagnetic solenoid SOL2 in the first and fifth embodiments, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the driving device that drives the load member 761 may be configured by a motor such as a DC motor. As a result, the load member 761 can be driven without being limited to a momentary driving mode.

In the sixth embodiment, the case where the projection 945b is formed in a substantially triangular shape when viewed from the rear has been described, but the shape is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the protrusion 945b may be formed in a circular shape when viewed from the rear. In this case, rattling of the feather member 945 during the opening/closing operation of the feather member 945 can be suppressed, and the opening/closing operation of the feather member 945 can be stabilized.

That is, when the protrusion 945b is formed to have an irregular shape when viewed from the rear or the slide groove 966a2 is formed to be curved, the protrusion 945b slides in the slide groove 966a2, thereby causing the inner wall of the slide groove 966a2 and the protrusion to slide. 945b changes. Therefore, when the gap between the inner wall of the slide groove 966a2 and the protrusion 945b is increased, the protrusion 945b is more likely to move by the amount of the gap, and the feather member 945 is more likely to rattle.

On the other hand, the protrusion 945b is formed in a circular shape when viewed from the rear, and the sliding groove 966a2 extends linearly in the displacement member 966, so that the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2 and the inner wall of the sliding groove 966a2 when the blade member 945 is opened and closed. The gap with the projection 945b can always have a constant size. Therefore, rattling of the feather member 945 can be suppressed, and the opening and closing operation of the feather member 945 can be stabilized.

Furthermore, since the slide groove 966a2 extends linearly along the direction orthogonal to the displacement direction of the displacement member 966, the extension length of the slide groove 966a2 can be minimized. As a result, it is possible to suppress the amount of lightening that accompanies the recessing of the sliding groove 966a2, and to improve the rigidity of the displacement member 966. As shown in FIG.

In the sixth embodiment, the screw that is screwed into the annular protrusion 953c formed between the pair of detection devices SE1 facing each other is for fastening and fixing the ball entry member 953 and the passage member 955. has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the screw may be for fastening and fixing the specific winning hole unit 950 and the front unit 940 .

In the sixth embodiment described above, the annular projection 953c formed between the pair of detection devices SE1 of the specific winning opening unit 950 is described as projecting in an annular shape, but it is not necessarily limited to this. not a thing For example, the annular protrusion 953c formed between the pair of detection devices SE1 facing each other may be formed in a conical shape that expands in diameter as it separates from the entrance member 953 toward the passage member 955 side.

In this case, in order to secure a crossroads from the specific prize winning opening 65a to the drive unit 960, for example, when a tool such as a drill is used to perform drilling, etc., the traveling direction of the drill is set to the outer periphery of the annular protrusion 953c. Wiring HS3 can be easily damaged (disconnected) by laterally displacing (slipping) the surface (outer peripheral surface of the enlarged diameter portion) (in a direction away from the axis of annular projection 953c in the radial direction).

In the sixth embodiment described above, the game area (front) side of the front base 981 of the distribution unit 980 is visually recognized by the player. You may attach the seal|sticker which displays the information which consists of a character or a figure to the side.

In this case, on the game area (front) side of the ball throwing passage TR0, the first passage TR1, and the second passage TR2 of the sorting unit 980, information consisting of characters or graphics is displayed. ), the position of the sorting unit 980 can be easily recognized by the player using the display as a mark (reference position). The form of information display is not limited to attachment of a sticker, and printing with ink, two-color formation, or the like may be used.

In the tenth embodiment, the displacement member 11966 is formed from two members, the first member 11967 and the second member 11968, and the blade portion 11968c is formed in the second member 11968 having a larger displacement amount than the first member 11967. has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. The displacement member 11966 may be formed from one member, the amount of displacement of the one member (the displacement member 11966) by the transmission member 965 may be increased, and the blade portion 11968c may be formed in the through hole 966c1 of the one member.

In the eleventh embodiment, when the pair of feather members 945 are closed, the shaft portion 961b of the drive unit 960 is projected from the body portion 961a by the biasing force of the coil spring SP1. Although explained, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, when the pair of feather members 945 are closed, power may be applied to the body portion 961a so that the shaft portion 961b of the drive unit 960 is drawn inside the body portion.

In this case, the displacement members 11966 and 12966 are inserted into the rolling passage of the rolling game ball of the rolling portion 943a and the second ball throwing portion 942c by the blade portions 11968c and 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2. An illegal object (thread) can be cut using the electromagnetic force of the drive unit 960 (solenoid 610). That is, since the displacement of the blades 11968c, 6683 and the second blade 12966c2 in the cutting direction (the sandwiching direction) is performed using electromagnetic force, the driving force can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to easily cut the illegal object by the blade portions 11968c, 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2.

Further, in the eleventh embodiment, the coil spring SP1 is arranged in a compressed state between the main body portion 961a and the ring portion 961c of the drive unit 960, and electric power is applied (supplied) to the main body portion 961a. , the ring portion 961c is displaced toward the body portion 961a (the shaft portion 961b is pulled into the body portion 961a), but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, by disposing a spring in a stretched state between the main body portion 961a and the ring portion 961c of the drive unit 960 and applying electric power to the main body portion 961a, the ring portion 961c is separated from the main body portion 961a. You may displace in a direction.

In this case, similarly to the above, the displacement of the blade portions 11968c, 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2 in the cutting direction (pinching direction) is performed using electromagnetic force, so that the driving force can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to easily cut the illegal object by the blade portions 11968c, 6683 and the second blade portion 12966c2.

The present invention may be applied to a different type of pachinko machine or the like from the above embodiments. For example, once the jackpot hits, the expected value of the jackpot is increased until the jackpot state occurs multiple times (for example, 2 times, 3 times) including the pachinko machine (commonly known as 2 times rights product, 3 times rights product) may be implemented as Further, after the big winning pattern is displayed, the pachinko machine may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game in which a predetermined game value is given to the player under the condition that the ball enters a predetermined area. Also, a pachinko machine having a prize winning device having a special area such as a V-zone and entering a special game state as a necessary condition for winning a ball in the special area may be implemented. Furthermore, in addition to pachinko machines, various game machines such as arepachi, mammoth, slot machines, and so-called game machines combining a pachinko machine and a slot machine may be implemented.

In the slot machine, for example, the pattern is changed by operating the control lever in a state where the pattern effective line is determined by inserting a coin, and the pattern is stopped and fixed by operating the stop button. It is. Therefore, the basic concept of a slot machine is "provided with a display device that confirms and displays identification information after variably displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information, The variable display of the identification information is started, and the variable display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stopping (for example, a stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has passed, and the stop is displayed. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value under the condition that the combination of time identification information is a specific one. In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. Examples include:

Further, as a specific example of a game machine that combines a pachinko machine and a slot machine, it is equipped with a display device for displaying a symbol sequence consisting of a plurality of symbols in a variable manner and then confirming and displaying the symbols, and is equipped with a ball launching handle. There are things that are not. In this case, after throwing a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the pattern starts to change due to the operation of the control lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button, or a predetermined As time elapses, the fluctuation of the symbols is stopped, and a special game is generated in which a predetermined game value is given to the player under the condition that the determined symbols at the time of the stop are so-called jackpot symbols, and the player is given a special game. A lot of balls are paid out to the tray at the bottom. If such a game machine is used instead of a slot machine, only the balls can be treated as game value in the game hall. It is possible to solve the problems such as the burden on the equipment due to the separate handling of the medals and the balls and the restrictions on the installation location of the game machine.

In the following, concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention are shown.

<Prevention of banging with the solenoid. Use of cushion>
displacement means configured to be displaceable; driving means disposed on a predetermined direction side of the displacement means and capable of generating a driving force for driving the displacement means in the predetermined direction; and resistance means configured to generate resistance against displacement in the predetermined direction, and the resistance means is configured to be able to reduce the load applied from the displacement means to the driving means. Game machine A1.

2. Description of the Related Art Among game machines such as pachinko machines, there is a game machine configured to displace a displacement member by an electromagnetic solenoid (see, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2015-231434). However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the electromagnetic solenoid receives the load from the displacement member only, and the electromagnetic solenoid receives an excessive load. There was a problem. That is, there is a problem that there is room for improvement in terms of improving the durability of the gaming machine.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, the resistance means generates resistance against displacement of the displacement means in a predetermined direction (drive means side), and is configured to be able to reduce the load applied from the displacement means to the drive means. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the driving means from receiving an excessive load. Thereby, the durability of the game machine can be improved.

The mode of reducing the load applied to the driving means is not limited at all. For example, the load may be dispersed by increasing the number of locations that receive the load, and the load may be suppressed, or the load may be transmitted by providing a gap between the displacement means and the driving means by the resistance means. may be blocked, or the load per unit area may be reduced by enlarging the surface on which the resistance means acts on the displacement means.

A gaming machine A2 in the gaming machine A1, further comprising supporting means for supporting the displacement means, wherein the driving means is arranged closer to the supporting means than the resistance means.

According to the game machine A2, in addition to the effects of the game machine A1, the arm length between the support means and the drive means (the arm length of the moment of force) is kept short, thereby reducing the load applied to the resistance means. Excessive size can be avoided.

A gaming machine A3 in the gaming machine A2, wherein the support means rotatably supports the displacement means about a predetermined axis, and the predetermined axis is arranged on the predetermined direction side with respect to the resistance means. .

According to the game machine A3, in addition to the effects of the game machine A2, the load generated between the predetermined axis and the displacement means can be prevented from reversing in the direction (horizontal direction) intersecting the predetermined direction, Since it is possible to limit the side of the portion covering the rotating shaft where rubbing occurs to one side (avoiding slight lateral displacement), it is possible to limit the portion that needs to be formed thick.

The gaming machine A3 comprises first resistance means for generating a load against displacement in the predetermined direction, and second resistance means for generating a load against displacement in the opposite direction to the predetermined direction, wherein the first resistance means and the second resistance means are provided with positional displacement portions arranged at different positions when viewed in the predetermined direction, and the first resistance means is arranged farther from the predetermined axis than the second resistance means A gaming machine A4, characterized in that

According to the game machine A4, in addition to the effects of the game machine A3, the load applied from the first resistance means to the displacement means can be reduced. In other words, the magnitude of the load can be reduced by lengthening the arm length of the moment of force generated in the displacement means by the load from the first resistance means.

In addition, by separating the location where the load is applied between the first resistance means and the displacement means and the location where the load is applied between the second resistance means and the displacement means, it is possible to avoid concentration of the load. Therefore, the durability of the displacement means can be improved.

In the game machine A3 or A4, the displacement means includes a transmission portion for transmitting a driving force to a predetermined displacement means, and an attached portion extending radially outward of the transmission portion, and the first resistor The game machine A5 is characterized in that the means is disposed so as to be able to abut against the attached portion.

According to the game machine A5, in addition to the effects of the game machine A3 or A4, even if the attached part is damaged, it is possible to transmit the driving force to the displacement means. can continue to displace the displacing means.

In addition, the mode of the transmission section is not limited at all, and various modes are exemplified. For example, it may be arranged at a position close to the drive means, or may be arranged on the opposite side in the axial direction of the side on which the drive means is arranged with reference to the shaft member arranged along the predetermined axis. But it's okay.

In addition, with respect to the shaft member, the aspect of the opposite side in the axial direction to the side on which the driving means is arranged is not limited at all, and various aspects are exemplified. For example, the drive means and the transmission section may be arranged at positions opposite to each other with respect to a plane orthogonal to the predetermined portion of the shaft member, and even if the positions with respect to the plane are not opposite sides, the shaft In the transmission path of the driving force via the member, the transmission portion may be configured on the opposite side of the driving means with the shaft member interposed therebetween.

A gaming machine A6 is characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines A1 to A5, the gaming machine A6 is characterized by comprising load applying means for applying a load in a direction opposite to the predetermined direction to the displacement means.

According to the game machine A6, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines A1 to A5, the displacement means can be quickly returned and displaced from the drive displacement side.

In the game machine A6, the load applying means are arranged on both sides of the driving means along a direction intersecting the predetermined direction.

According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A6, it is possible to avoid imbalance in the attitude of the load applying means and the resulting load due to the influence of the driving force.

A gaming machine A8 is characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines A1 to A7, the resistance means is configured to be capable of applying a reaction force while being in contact with the displacement means.

According to the game machine A8, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines A1 to A7, a frictional force can be generated at the contact surface between the displacement means and the resistance means. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the displacement means from being displaced in a direction other than the predetermined direction.

In the gaming machine A8, the displacement means is configured to receive an external force, and a contact surface between the displacement means and the resistance means is arranged parallel to at least one directional component of the external force. A game machine A9 to play.

According to the game machine A9, in addition to the effects of the game machine A8, it is possible to prevent the displacement means from being displaced by an external force by means of frictional resistance.

<Rack, pinion, gear arm (irregular double rack)>
base means, intermediate means slidably supported by the base means, distal end side means supported by the intermediate means so as to be displaceable, and intermediate means supported by the intermediate means, the intermediate means with respect to the base means a game machine comprising displacement constituting means configured to be capable of displacing the tip end side means with respect to the intermediate means as a result of displacement, wherein the base means is displaceable in a non-corresponding manner to the displacement mode of the intermediate means A gaming machine B1 characterized in that it is configured as follows.

Among gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there are gaming machines having a structure in which a pinion is sandwiched between a plurality of racks (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-153095). According to this structure, since the racks are displaced in the opposite direction as the pinion rotates, it is possible to increase the displacement speed of one rack with respect to the other rack, thereby constructing a production body that displaces at high speed. It is possible.

However, in the above-described conventional game machine, it is necessary to separately prepare a shielding member in order to hide the fixed rack, and there is a problem that the degree of freedom in designing the effect body may be reduced.

On the other hand, according to the game machine B1, since the base means is configured to be displaceable, by displacing the base means according to the displacement of the tip side means and the intermediate means, the base means can be displaced by the tip side means and the intermediate means. can be hidden. As a result, it is possible to eliminate the need to separately prepare a shielding member, and to improve the degree of freedom in designing the distal end side means.

A game machine B2 characterized in that in the game machine B1, the base means is configured to be rotatable.

Here, when both members (foundation means and tip end side means) sandwiching the pinion are racks that slide in parallel, and when the pinion and the rack are arranged on the same plane, it is necessary to avoid interference between the members. Since the pinion cannot be placed in a position that overlaps the rack when viewed in the direction of displacement, the space for placing the rack increases in the direction that intersects the rotation axis of the pinion, making it difficult to design compactly. There was a problem that

In addition, since it is necessary to arrange support portions at multiple points to maintain the rack posture and to optimize the meshing with the pinion, there is a risk of complicating the member structure and increasing the number of assembly man-hours. There was a problem. In other words, there is room for improvement in terms of space saving and structural simplification.

At the retracted position, the protruding portion on the base means side and the recessed portion on the tip side means overlapped in the sliding displacement direction, so the shielding width at the retracted position was bulky.

On the other hand, according to the game machine B2, since the base means is configured to be rotationally displaced, the base means and the displacement constituting means can be arranged at overlapping positions when viewed in the slide displacement direction of the intermediate means, thereby saving space. In addition, since it is sufficient for the foundation means to have a structure for pivoting, the structure can be simplified.

In addition, since the overhang portion on the base means side can be arranged on the far side by utilizing the curvature, the shielding width at the retracted position can be narrowed.

In the game machine B2, a part of the base means is rotatably supported by the intermediate means, and the posture of the base means is reversed along the slide displacement direction of the intermediate means by rotating about the other part as a fulcrum. , the other portion is configured to be displaceable in a direction intersecting with the slide displacement direction.

According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B2, both the part of the basic means and the displacement constituting means are supported by the intermediate means. Load transmission can be stabilized.

In addition, by displacing the other part of the foundation means in a direction intersecting with the sliding displacement direction, the displacement of the part of the foundation means and the other part of the foundation means can be balanced, and the displacement amount of the whole foundation means can be reduced (up and down). left and right) can be suppressed.

In any one of the game machines B1 to B3, in a state where the tip end side means is arranged at one side (overhanging side) end position of the displacement range, the base means moves from the direction intersecting the direction of the slide displacement. A game machine B4 characterized by receiving a load for maintaining posture.

According to the game machine B4, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines B1 to B3, the load necessary for the slide displacement can be reduced compared to the case where the load for maintaining the posture is applied in the direction of the slide displacement. can be done. Furthermore, by utilizing the fact that the base means is maintained in a state in which the tip side means is arranged at the one end position, the arrangement of the intermediate means and the tip side means can be stabilized.

In any one of the game machines B1 to B4, in a state in which the tip end side means is arranged at the other side (retreat side) end position of the displacement range, the base means is configured so that the load applied from the intermediate means is applied to the base means. A game machine B5 characterized by taking a posture facing a displaceable direction.

According to the game machine B5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines B1 to B4, it is possible to smoothly start the basic means, the intermediate means and the displaceable means.

In any one of the game machines B1 to B5, in a state in which the tip end side means is arranged at the other side (retreat side) end position of the displacement range, the base means is a stretch that protrudes toward the retreat position side more than the intermediate means. A game machine B6 characterized by comprising an exit part.

According to the game machine B6, in addition to the effects of the game machines B1 to B5, by adopting a configuration in which the protruding portion protrudes from the intermediate means at the other side (retreat side) end position that is difficult to be visually recognized by the player, the intermediate means While keeping the vertical dimension of the base means below the dimension of the base means, the base means can be hidden by the intermediate means at the end position of one side (overhang side).

In any one of game machines B1 to B6, a part of said base means is rotatably supported by said intermediate means, and at least one of said intermediate means and said tip side means is provided with electric wiring guided to said base means. A gaming machine B7 characterized by being connected to the .

According to the game machine B7, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines B1 to B6, by utilizing the fact that the displacement of a part of the base means is suppressed, it is possible to easily secure the passage path of the electric wiring and the electric wiring. It is possible to suppress the load applied to.

In game machine B7, game machine B8 is characterized in that the tip side means is configured to be slidable, and the electrical wiring is arranged outside the tip side means.

According to the game machine B8, in addition to the effects of the game machine B7, the load applied to the electric wiring is reduced compared to the case where the electric wiring is connected to the tip side means that is displaced by the slide displacement that easily applies a load to the electric wiring. can be suppressed.

As a result, it is possible to increase the amount of deviation (positional deviation, speed difference, etc.) occurring in the operation between the tip side means and the intermediate means while keeping the load applied to the electrical wiring small. For example, while keeping the load on the electrical wiring small, it is possible to separately configure the drive means for driving the intermediate means with reference to the base means and the drive means for driving the tip side means with reference to the intermediate means.

In any one of game machines B1 to B8, the displacement configuration means is configured to be able to displace the tip end side means with respect to the intermediate means by a predetermined amount corresponding to the amount of displacement of the intermediate means. Game machine B9 to play.

According to the game machine B9, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines B1 to B8, the tip side means can be stably displaced at high speed (higher speed displacement than the intermediate means).

<A pair of left and right members are asymmetrically configured>
a plurality of displacement means configured to be capable of displacing a first relative position and a second relative position arranged farther apart than the first relative position; or configured to be visible in a series of predetermined shapes in at least one of said second relative positions, said plurality of displacement means comprising a first displacement means and a second displacement means smaller than said first displacement means; A gaming machine C1 characterized by comprising:

2. Description of the Related Art Among gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there is a gaming machine that forms a series of shapes by arranging a plurality of substantially identical operating units close to each other (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-153095). According to this structure, it is possible to easily construct a large effect body by combining small-sized moving parts, and in addition, since the moving parts themselves have substantially the same structure, it is possible to reduce the difficulty of the assembly work. can.

However, in the above-described conventional game machine, since the shape of the motion part is configured to be substantially the same, the space required for realizing the displacement of each motion part is common to each motion part, so the space is limited. However, there is still room for improvement from the viewpoint of improving the degree of freedom in design so that the space can be utilized.

For example, when the action unit is displaced on the right side of a display device such as a liquid crystal display device arranged in the center of the game area, the side closer to the display device attracts more attention from the player. Nevertheless, the space required for the displacement of the action part is symmetrical with respect to the action part, so the displacement possible amount of the left side of the action part (the side where the player's attention is high) is the displacement of the right side of the action part. There was a problem that it would be limited by the allowable amount.

On the other hand, according to the game machine C1, since the first displacement means and the second displacement means visually recognized as a series of shapes are configured with different sizes, the displacement amounts of the first displacement means and the second displacement means are the same, the space required to achieve the displacement can be made different, so the limited space can be used well, and the degree of freedom in design can be improved.

In the gaming machine C1, the gaming machine C2 is characterized in that the outer shapes of the first displacing means and the second displacing means are set according to the disposition possible regions in the second relative position.

According to the game machine C2, in addition to the effects of the game machine C1, regardless of the difference in the size of the placeable area at the second relative position, the first relative position is visually recognized by the first displacement means and the second displacement means. The degree of freedom in shape design can be improved.

Also, as in the case where the game board is made of a light-transmissive resin, the decoration of the area at the second relative position can be improved by substituting the first displacement means and the second displacement means.

In the game machine C1 or C2, a guide means is arranged on the back side of the plurality of displacement means and guides the displacement of the plurality of displacement means. A gaming machine C3 characterized by being configured to be displaced.

According to the game machine C3, in addition to the effects of the game machine C1 or C2, it is possible to prevent the guide means from being visually recognized through the gaps between the plurality of displacement means. As a result, instead, it is possible to make effective use of the gap, such as making the decorative portion other than the guide means visible through the gap.

In the gaming machine C3, the guide means is configured to be displaceable in a predetermined direction, and the position between the plurality of displacement means is determined from a reference line passing through the center of the guide means and extending in the predetermined direction as viewed in the predetermined direction. A gaming machine C4 characterized in that it is arranged in a shifted position.

According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C3, considering the load balance and the like, the part (reference (corresponding to lines) can be hidden by a plurality of displacement means so as to be difficult for the player to see, thereby avoiding deterioration of the design.

In any one of game machines C1 to C4, a driving means for generating a driving force is provided, the first displacement means is arranged at a predetermined position in a driving force transmission path of the driving means, and the second displacement means is the driving force transmission path of the driving means. A gaming machine C5, characterized in that it is arranged downstream of a predetermined position in the driving force transmission path.

According to the game machine C5, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines C1 to C4, by configuring the member to become smaller toward the downstream side in the driving force transmission path, It is possible to prevent an excessive burden from occurring.

In the gaming machine C5, the driving means and the transmission means for transmitting the driving force are arranged in the upper left part of the rear case, and the first displacement means and the second displacement means are arranged in the upper left part. A gaming machine C6 characterized in that the first displacement means is larger than the second displacement means arranged at a position different from the upper left part.

According to the game machine C6, in addition to the effects of the game machine C5, due to the configuration and arrangement of the payout device, the driving means and Since the transmission means can be easily hidden by the first displacement means similarly arranged in the upper left part, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize the driving means and the transmission means. This makes it unnecessary to configure a separate cover for concealing the drive means and the transmission means.

In the gaming machine C5 or C6, the first displacement means is configured so that gravity acts in a tilting direction on the first relative position side, and is configured to approach the second displacement means by tilting displacement. Characterized game machine C7.

According to the game machine C7, in addition to the effects of the game machine C5 or C6, the first displacement means and the second displacement means are set in a dimensional relationship that allows contact, but a clearance ( When there is a gap due to misalignment that does not come into contact with a gap between the guide rail and the guided part, play between meshing gear teeth, gap between the guide rail and the guided part, etc., the gap can be easily filled by tilting displacement of the first displacement means due to gravity. can do.

As a result, it is possible to avoid maintaining a state in which a gap is generated between the first displacement means and the second displacement means. It is possible to improve the designability when configuring the shape.

A game machine C8 characterized in that, in any one of the game machines C5 to C7, electrical wiring passes through the second displacement means side between the first displacement means and the second displacement means.

According to the game machine C8, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines C5 to C7, the first displacement means and the second displacement means are over-displaced by passing the electric wiring through the second displacement means side where over-displacement is less likely to occur. It is possible to reduce the load on the electrical wiring when displacement occurs.

In any one of the game machines C1 to C8, the predetermined shape is composed of a symmetrical shape, and the split surface forming portion that configures the split surface separating the first displacement means and the second displacement means is located at the center of the game area. A game machine C9 characterized by being arranged on the far side from the position.

According to the game machine C9, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines C1 to C8, the asymmetrical split surface is arranged on the side far from the field of vision (the side that is difficult to see from the player), thereby providing the first displacement means. and deterioration of the appearance of the second displacement means can be avoided.

The appearance of the plurality of displacement means can be improved by making the shape of the opposite side, the central position side of the game area (the side closer to the field of view, the side easier for the player to see) into a symmetrical shape.

In any one of the game machines C1 to C9, the plurality of displacement means are arranged such that the sides on which the size of the dispositionable area is restricted in the second relative position face each other in the first relative position. Machine C10.

According to the game machine C10, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines C1 to C9, it is easy to visually recognize a plurality of displacing means composed of asymmetrical shapes in a series of symmetrical shapes at the first relative position. can do.

In any one of the game machines C1 to C10, the plurality of displacement means includes a first displacement in which the displacement from the second relative position to the first relative position is composed of downward displacement, and the first displacement is A game machine C11 characterized in that it is configured so that the second displacement does not occur in a predetermined section from the start of the displacement.

According to the game machine C11, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines C1 to C10, by complicating the displacement modes of the plurality of displacement means, the interest of the player can be improved.

Also, if the upper inner surface of the back case is displaced vertically due to the shape of the dispensing device, the plurality of displacing means will not affect the up-down position of the back case (equivalent to a predetermined section). By starting the second displacement after the second displacement is started, it is possible to equally form the regions in which the displacements of the plurality of displacement means are permitted without being affected by the vertical positional deviation of the upper inner surface of the rear case. Even when the displacement modes of the displacement means are the same, it is possible to easily avoid collision of the plurality of displacement means with the rear case.

<Movable accessory that changes relative displacement by placement>
Displaceable first displacement means and a plurality of second displacement means displaceably supported by the first displacement means, wherein the first displacement means supports one of the second displacement means and a second support portion for supporting the other second displacement means, wherein the first displacement means supported by the first support portion accompanies a predetermined displacement of the first displacement means. 2. Displacement modes with respect to the first displacement means generated in the displacement means, and the first displacement means generated in the second displacement means supported by the second support portion as the first displacement means undergoes a predetermined displacement. A gaming machine D1 characterized in that it is configured so as to be different from the displacement mode with respect to.

In game machines such as pachinko machines, there is a game machine configured such that the second displacement means (353) is displaced as the predetermined first displacement means (351 and 352) are displaced (for example, JP-A-2015- 231434). However, the above-described conventional game machine has a problem that the displacement between the first displacement means and the second displacement means is monotonous and there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of the presentation effect.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, the second displacement means displaced in accordance with the displacement of the first displacement means is supported by the first support or the second support. Since the displacement modes for the first displacement means can be made different, the displacement modes for the first displacement means and the second displacement means can be made complicated, and the presentation effect can be improved.

In the gaming machine D1, the gap between the one second displacement means and the first support portion is configured to be smaller than the gap between the other second displacement means and the second support portion, and the first The game machine D2 is characterized in that the displacement means is configured such that the amount of displacement is greater on the side of the first support portion than on the side of the second support portion.

According to the game machine D2, in addition to the effects of the game machine D1, the displacement of the first displacement means can eliminate the gap of the first support portion, so that the difference in the displacement mode can be increased.

In the game machine D1 or D2, load application means configured to apply a load to the first displacement means is provided, and the first displacement means is supported on one side in a predetermined direction and displaceable on the one side. and a displaceable amount of the other side portion are different, the load application means is configured to apply a load to the other side portion of the first displacement means, and the second displacement means A gaming machine D3 comprising one-side second displacement means arranged on one side and other-side second displacement means arranged on the other side.

According to the game machine D3, in addition to the effects of the game machine D1 or D2, the displacement of the second displacement means is arranged to one side regardless of where the load applying means applies the load to the first displacement means. or on the other side.

In any one of the gaming machines D1 to D3, a load applying means configured to apply a load to the first displacement means is provided, and the load applying means are arranged at a plurality of positions, and each of the load applying means is independent of the first displacement means. A gaming machine D4 characterized in that it is constructed so that a load can be applied to the means.

According to the game machine D4, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines D1 to D3, the auxiliary driving means for displacing the load applying means can be eliminated.

In any one of game machines D1 to D4, a light-emitting board having a light-emitting surface is provided, and load-applying means configured to be capable of applying a load to the first displacement means is provided. A gaming machine D5 characterized in that a part thereof is shielded when viewed from a predetermined direction.

According to the game machine D5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines D1 to D4, the light-emitting board can hide the load imparting means. That is, it is possible to prevent the load applying means from being visually recognized by the player by using the light emitting board necessary for the convenience of the light emitting effect. In this case, by irradiating strong light from the light emitting surface of the light emitting substrate, visibility in the vicinity of the light emitting substrate can be reduced. can also be made difficult to be visually recognized by the player.

When the light emitting substrate and the load applying means are arranged close to each other, electricity is supplied to a driving device (eg, an electromagnetic solenoid) that drives the load applying means by utilizing the path of the electric wiring connected to the light emitting substrate. Since the electrical wiring can be passed through, it is possible to eliminate the need to separately create a gap for passing the electrical wiring.

In the game machine D5, the light-emitting substrate is arranged on the back side of a game board, and the game board is provided with a recessed portion in which the opposite side is recessed at a position facing the light-emitting substrate. Machine D6.

According to the gaming machine D6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D5, an area for disposing the light-emitting substrate can be secured between the gaming machine and the gaming machine, and the load from the load imparting means can be transmitted to the gaming machine. can be prevented.

The gaming machine D7 is characterized in that in the gaming machine D6, the recessed portion is arranged outside the outer shape of the gaming area when viewed from the front.

According to the game machine D7, in addition to the effects of the game machine D6, even if the film member formed in front of the recessed portion is displaced, the displacement can avoid affecting the game area. can be done.

In any one of game machines D1 to D7, a game characterized by comprising guide means for guiding displacement of said second displacement means, said guide means being arranged on said one side of said first displacement means. Machine D8.

According to the game machine 8, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines D1 to D7, the displacement of the second displacement means can be regulated by the guide means, and the guide means is arranged near the other side. Since the amount of displacement of the first displacement means in the vicinity of the guide means can be reduced compared to , it is possible to suppress rubbing between the first displacement means and the guide means.

In game machine D8, a support plate for supporting the guide means, a thin film member fixed to the support plate in a predetermined area, and a light emitting substrate provided on the opposite side of the support plate with respect to the thin film member and having a light emitting portion and wherein the thin film member is configured to partition the guide means and the light emitting substrate without a gap.

According to the game machine D9, in addition to the effects of the game machine D8, by partitioning the guide means and the light emitting substrate with the thin film member, it is possible to prevent the rubbing powder of the guide means from entering the light emitting substrate side. can.

A game machine D10 in the game machine D9, characterized in that the thin film member is configured to have dimensions capable of avoiding contact with other displacement means.

According to the game machine D10, in addition to the effects of the game machine D9, it is not necessary to ensure the rigidity of the thin film member. can be minimized.

<Use of deflection. The key to communication>
Displacing means configured to be displaceable, driving means for generating a driving force for displacing the displacement means, and transmission means for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the displacement means, wherein the transmission means is a driving A gaming machine E1 characterized by being configured to be able to change its state so as to change the transmission mode of force.

In game machines such as pachinko machines, there is a game machine configured such that a transmission means for transmitting a driving force is inserted into a deformation groove of the displacement means, and the transmission means displaces the deformation means to displace the displacement means ( For example, see JP-A-2010-234152). According to this game machine, since the deformation groove is formed to extend along the displacement locus of the transmission means, it is possible to absorb some excessive displacement of the transmission means. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, since the deformed groove is configured to absorb excessive displacement of the transmission means, extra wall thickness and dimensional length are required to constitute the deformed groove. The restrictions on the shape of the displacement means are increased. Therefore, there is a problem that there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of the configuration of the displacement means.

On the other hand, according to the game machine E1, since the transmission mode of the driving force can be changed according to the change of the state of the transmission means, the excessive displacement of the transmission means can be absorbed by the change of the state of the transmission means. can. Therefore, since there is no need to add an extra structure to the displacement means, the structure of the displacement means can be improved.

Note that the change in transmission mode is not limited in any way, and various modes are exemplified. For example, the transmission efficiency of the driving force may be changed by changing the rigidity of the transmission means or by adjusting the direction of the load applied to the transmission means, or by increasing or decreasing the transmission means. .

A game machine E2 characterized in that, in the game machine E1, the change in the state of the transmission means occurs during the displacement of the displacement means.

According to the game machine E2, in addition to the effects of the game machine E1, the load for changing the state of the transmission means can be generated from the displacement means. This eliminates the need for a separate load source for changing the state of the transmission means.

In addition, the mode of change of the state of the transmission means is not limited at all. For example, it may be due to deformation of the transmission means, or may be due to changes in the rigidity (strength) of the transmission means.

Further, examples of modes of deformation of the transmission means include elastic (continuous) deformation such as bending, deflection, and twisting, and deformation such as bending and positional displacement that causes a boundary. Examples of the mode of change in rigidity (strength) include a mode in which the thickness of the transmission means changes, and a mode in which the core inserted through the transmission means comes out.

In the gaming machine E2, the transmission means has a shape with different easiness of bending depending on the direction, and the direction of the reaction force received from the displacement means before and after passing through a predetermined reference position as the displacement means is displaced; The gaming machine E3 is characterized in that it is configured such that the angle formed by the easily flexible direction is variable.

According to the game machine E3, in addition to the effects of the game machine E2, the fact that the direction of the reaction force received from the displacement means changes during the displacement of the displacement means can be utilized for the shape change of the transmission means. With the reference position as a boundary, it is possible to separate a range in which the driving force mainly displaces the displacement means and a range in which the driving force mainly bends and deforms the transmission means.

In the gaming machine E3, the displacement means is driven to stop in a predetermined halfway posture, and the transmission means receives a reaction force from the displacement means when the displacement means is in the halfway posture. A gaming machine E4 characterized in that the direction of is configured to be along the direction of easy bending.

According to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E3, the deflection of the transmission means makes it easier to keep the displacement means in the halfway position. Even if it is set, it is possible to easily keep the displacement means in the halfway posture.

In the game machine E4, the drive means applies a driving force so that the pushing portion of the transmission means for pushing the displacement means passes through the abutment position in the intermediate position of the displacement means before being bent. A gaming machine E5 characterized by being controlled to generate.

According to the game machine E5, in addition to the effects of the game machine E4, even after the displacement means is in the halfway posture, the driving energy can be included, and this can be used to vibrate the displacement means.

In other words, since the transmission means has a posture that allows it to easily bend, it is possible to cause the transmission means to vibrate using the bending without generating the driving force of the drive means in a mode for generating vibration. This makes it possible to generate vibration with a simple mechanism.

A gaming machine E6 characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines E1 to E5, a gaming machine E6 is provided with range setting means capable of setting a range in which the state of the transmission means changes.

According to the game machine E6, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines E1 to E5, the range in which the state of the transmission means changes can be set by the range setting means, so that the degree of change in the state of the transmission means can be set according to the situation. You can adjust accordingly.

The game machine E7 in the game machine E6, wherein the range setting means is configured to limit the range in which the state of the transmission means changes to a downstream side of the transmission path of the driving force with reference to a predetermined position. .

According to the game machine E7, in addition to the effects of the game machine E6, the range in which the state of the transmission path changes can be limited to the range on the opposite side of the driving means, so that the transmission on the upstream side of the transmission path of the driving force can be performed. A decrease in efficiency can be suppressed.

Further, by narrowing the range in which the state changes, the degree of state change occurring in the transmission means can be reduced, so that the influence on the displacement mode of the displacement means can be reduced. Therefore, even if the drive means cannot be precisely controlled, the deviation of the displacement mode of the displacement means (for example, the deviation of the stop position) can be kept small.

<Wiring route for movable accessories>
A gaming machine comprising a rotational displacement means configured to be rotationally displaceable, and an electricity supply means arranged along a line connecting the rotating shaft and the radial portion of the rotational displacement means and capable of supplying electricity to the rotational displacement means, The game machine F1 is characterized in that the electric power supply means comprises an arranged portion arranged on the rotating shaft portion of the rotational displacement means.

Among game machines such as pachinko machines, there is a game machine in which electric wiring is fixed to an arm-shaped member that is rotatably supported, and the electric wiring is connected to a displacement member that is connected to the arm-shaped member. See JP-A-2012-157474). However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the electrical wiring is only loosely held by the rotational displacement of the arm-shaped member, and there is a risk that the electrical wiring will expand and contract with the rotational displacement of the arm-shaped member. There is a problem that there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of suppressing the load.

On the other hand, according to the game machine F1, since the arranged portion of the electricity supply means (electric wiring) is arranged on the rotating shaft portion of the rotational displacement means, when the rotational displacement of the rotational displacement means occurs, the rotational displacement means It is possible to suppress the relative displacement of the portion to be arranged that occurs with respect to and suppress the load applied to the electrical wiring.

The gaming machine F1 includes displaceable means displaceably disposed near the electricity supply means, and suppressing means for suppressing displacement of the electricity supply means in a direction approaching the displacement means. A gaming machine F2 characterized by:

According to the game machine F2, in addition to the effects of the game machine F1, the degree of freedom of arrangement of the arrangement displacement means can be improved, so the distance between the arrangement displacement means and the electric wiring can be shortened. .

In the game machine F2, the game machine F3 is characterized in that the disposition displacement means is configured to be easily separated from the electricity supply means when an unexpected displacement occurs.

According to the game machine F3, in addition to the effects of the game machine F2, the degree of freedom of arrangement of the arrangement displacement means can be improved, so the distance between the arrangement displacement means and the electric wiring can be shortened. .

In the game machine F3, the arrangement displacement means includes a first arrangement displacement means that displaces closer to the electricity supply means and stops, and a position that displaces closer to the electricity supply means and stops is the first arrangement displacement means. a second displacing means set at a position distant from the electricity supplying means compared to the stop position, wherein the first displacing means and the second displacing means are adapted to move to the electricity supplying means; A gaming machine F4 characterized in that it is configured to abut against each other by being displaced closer to each other and apply a load in a direction away from the electricity supply means.

According to the game machine F4, in addition to the effects of the game machine F3, even if the first arrangement displacement means and the second arrangement displacement means are displaced excessively, it is possible to avoid applying a load to the electricity supply means. can do.

In the game machine F4, the game machine F5 is characterized in that the inertia of the first arrangement displacement means is smaller than that of the second arrangement displacement means.

According to the game machine F5, in addition to the effects of the game machine F4, it is possible to reduce the load applied to the electricity supply means when the first arrangement means unintentionally contacts the electricity supply means.

In addition, the aspect which comprises the magnitude|size of inertia is not limited at all. For example, the magnitude of inertia may be configured by configuring the first displacing means to be lighter and smaller than the second disposing displacing means, or the form of the support section may be changed. The magnitude of inertia may be configured by generating the magnitude of displacement resistance with .

In any one of the game machines F1 to F5, provided with support means for supporting the rotational displacement means, the support means having an open portion opened along the circumferential direction of a predetermined rotation axis of the rotational displacement means, The game machine F6 is characterized in that the electricity supply means passes through the opening.

According to the game machine F6, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines F1 to F5, the axial width occupied by the rotational displacement means is suppressed compared to the case where the electricity supply means is passed through the inside of the predetermined rotating shaft. be able to.

The game machines F1 to F6 are provided with displaceable means disposed near the electricity supply means and driving means for generating driving force for driving the displaceable means, the driving means comprising: A gaming machine F7, characterized in that it is arranged on the side where the rotational displacement means is not arranged.

According to the game machine F7, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines F2 to F6, the arrangement efficiency can be improved.

The game machine F8 is characterized in that, in any one of the game machines F1 to F7, the rotational displacement means is configured to be capable of transmitting a driving force to the arrangement displacement means.

According to the game machine F8, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines F1 to F7, the means for guiding the electrical wiring is provided with a driving force transmission function, so that the member can be used in common. The number can be reduced.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking Drive Unit 600 as an Example>
A ball entrance into which a game ball can be entered, a pair of wing members rotatably supported at positions across the ball entrance to open or close the ball entrance, and the pair of feather members. and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the pair of blade members, wherein the transmission mechanism comprises the driving force of the driving means and a slide member that is slidably displaced with the rotation of the rotary member. A game machine G1 characterized in that a sliding groove into which a set portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the other of the slide member or the pair of feather members.

Here, a ball entrance into which a game ball can enter, a pair of feather members rotatably supported at positions across the ball entrance for opening or closing the ball entrance, and a pair of feather members for opening or closing the ball entrance A game machine is known that includes driving means for generating a driving force for rotating the wing members and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to a pair of wing members (for example, JP-A-2010- 234009). The transmission mechanism includes a rotating member that is rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and one end of the rotating member is connected to a protruding portion that protrudes from the back surface of the pair of feather members. Specifically, on one end side of the rotating member, opposed portions are formed which face each other at a predetermined interval in the vertical direction, and the projecting portion of the feather member is inserted between the opposed portions. Therefore, when the rotary member is rotated, the facing portion of the rotary member pushes up or pushes down the projecting portion of the wing member, thereby opening or closing the wing member.

However, in the above-described conventional game machine, since it is necessary to set a large gap between the facing portion and the projecting portion, there is a problem that the opening and closing operation of the wing member is unstable. That is, when the rotary member is rotated for the opening and closing operation of the wing member, the position of the facing portion is inclined with respect to the projecting portion, and the facing distance between the facing portions is changed according to the outer shape (thickness) of the projecting portion. ), the projecting portion interferes between the opposing portions, making it impossible to rotate the rotating member. Therefore, it is necessary to set the facing distance between the facing parts to a size that does not interfere with the projecting part, and the gap between the facing part and the projecting part is increased accordingly. As a result, the wing members are likely to rattle, and the opening and closing operations of the wing members are not stable.

On the other hand, according to the game machine G1, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a sliding member slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates. A protruding portion protrudes from one of the wing members, and a sliding groove through which the protruding portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the slide member or the other of the pair of wing members. The groove width of the groove can be suppressed. That is, the displacement of the slide member is the sliding displacement, and the attitude of the sliding groove is not inclined with respect to the protruding portion, so there is no need to avoid interference with the protruding portion during rotation unlike the conventional product. Therefore, for example, the groove width of the sliding groove can be set equal to the size (thickness) of the projecting portion, so that the groove width can be suppressed, so that the gap between the sliding groove and the projecting portion can be reduced. . As a result, rattling of the wing members can be suppressed, and opening and closing operations of the wing members can be stabilized.

The sliding groove may be a recessed groove (dent) or a through groove (opening). That is, the sliding groove should be formed such that the protruding portion inserted therein can slide along the extending direction of the sliding groove (the direction orthogonal to the direction of the groove width).

A gaming machine G2 characterized in that, in the gaming machine G1, the direction of sliding displacement of the slide member is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation shafts of the pair of feather members.

According to the game machine G2, in addition to the effects of the game machine G1, since the direction of sliding displacement of the slide member is substantially orthogonal to the rotation axis of the pair of blade members, the slide member is positioned substantially with respect to the blade members. They can be arranged in parallel. As a result, the space required for arranging the blade member and the slide member can be reduced, and the space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly.

In the gaming machine G1 or G2, the projecting portion is projected from the feather member, the sliding groove is recessed in the slide member, and extends straight along a direction perpendicular to the direction of slide displacement of the slide member. A game machine G3 characterized by being extended in a shape.

According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G1 or G2, the projecting portion is projected from the wing member, and the sliding groove is recessed in the slide member and extended linearly. The gap between the inner wall of the sliding groove and the projecting portion can always be kept constant during the opening and closing operation of the blade member. Therefore, rattling of the wing members can be suppressed, and opening and closing operations of the wing members can be stabilized. Moreover, since the sliding groove extends linearly along the direction orthogonal to the direction of sliding displacement of the slide member, the length of extension of the sliding groove can be minimized. As a result, it is possible to suppress the amount of hollowing that accompanies the recessing of the slide groove, and to improve the rigidity of the slide member.

In any one of game machines G1 to G3, the projecting portion is projected from the feather member, the sliding groove is recessed in the slide member, and the slide member is slidably displaced upward in the direction of gravity. A gaming machine G4 is characterized in that the position of the protruding portion when starting is set below the rotating shaft of the feather member along the direction of gravity.

Here, in contrast to the conventional product in which the rotary member is directly connected to the blade member, in the present invention, since the slide member is interposed between the blade member and the rotary member, the slide member is slid upward in the direction of gravity. At the time of movement, the weight of the slide member is added, and the inertial force increases, and the driving force required for the driving means increases. Therefore, it becomes difficult to smoothly perform the initial operation when starting to drive the blade members in the stopped state to open or close them.

On the other hand, according to the game machine G4, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines G1 to G3, the projecting part is projected from the wing member, and the sliding groove is recessed in the slide member to slide. Since the position of the protruding portion when the member starts to slide upward in the direction of gravity is set below along the direction of gravity of the rotating shaft of the blade member, the protruding portion is pushed up by the inner wall of the slide groove. It is possible to increase the horizontal direction component and decrease (minimize) the gravitational direction component of the displacement component of the part. Therefore, even in the present invention in which the weight of the slide member is added, it is possible to smoothly perform the initial operation when starting to drive the wing members in the stopped state to open or close them.

In the game machine G4, the game machine G5 is characterized in that when the slide member starts to slide upward in the direction of gravity, the wing member is rotated in a direction to be released.

According to the game machine G5, in addition to the effects of the game machine G4, when the slide member starts to slide upward in the direction of gravity, the wing member is rotated in the direction in which it is released, so that the wing member can be moved by its weight. It can be rotated by (self weight). Therefore, even in the present invention, in which the weight of the slide member is added, the initial operation for starting the drive of the wing member in the stopped state (closed position) and opening it can be performed smoothly.

In the gaming machine G4 or G5, the inner wall of the sliding groove, which the projecting portion abuts when the sliding member starts to slide upward in the direction of gravity, includes the rotating shaft of the feather member and the force of gravity. A gaming machine G6 characterized by forming an inclined surface inclined with respect to a plane orthogonal to a direction.

According to the game machine G6, in either the game machine G4 or G5, the inner wall of the sliding groove with which the projecting portion abuts when the slide member starts sliding displacement upward in the direction of gravity is provided with a feather member. Since an inclined surface is formed that is inclined with respect to a plane that includes the axis of rotation and is perpendicular to the direction of gravity, even if the position of the projection is set below the axis of rotation of the blade member in the direction of gravity. In addition, it is possible to smoothly start sliding displacement of the slide member upward in the direction of gravity by guiding the projecting portion along the direction of inclination of the inclined surface.

In addition, by forming the inclined surface on the inner wall of the slide groove, not only can the gap between the inner wall and the projecting portion be reduced accordingly, but also the contact of the projecting portion with the inclined surface can In addition to displacement of the installation portion in the direction of gravity, displacement in the horizontal direction can also be restricted. Therefore, rattling of the blade member in the open or closed stopped state can be easily suppressed. That is, even when affected by vibration accompanying the falling game ball, it is possible to easily maintain the wing member in the open or closed posture.

In any one of the game machines G1 to G6, the inner wall of the sliding groove is provided with a receiving portion for receiving the projecting portion when the sliding member is slid to a position for closing the wing member, The game machine G7 is characterized in that rotation of the feather member is restricted in a state in which the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion.

According to the game machine G7, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines G1 to G6, the inner wall of the sliding groove receives the protruding portion when the slide member is slid to the position where the wing member is closed. In a state in which the receiving portion is recessed and the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion, the rotation of the wing member is restricted, so that the wing member can be prevented from being forcibly released from the outside.

The gaming machine G8 is characterized in that, in the gaming machine G7, the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion by sliding the sliding member downward in the direction of gravity.

According to the game machine G8, in addition to the effects of the game machine G7, the slide member is slid downward in the direction of gravity, so that the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion. ) can be used to easily maintain the state in which the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion.

In any one of the gaming machines G1 to G8, the rotary member includes a contact portion and a projecting portion projecting from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member closes the blade member. a one-side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotating member is rotated toward one side; a second abutted portion that is opposed to the wing member and is contacted by the other side of the abutting portion when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side to open the wing member; is closed, one side of the contact portion is brought into contact with the one-side contact portion and the projecting portion is engaged with the slide member so that at least the other-side contact portion is engaged with the The game machine G9 is characterized in that, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side to a position where the other side of the abutment portion abuts, the engagement of the overhanging portion with the slide member is released.

According to the game machine G9, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines G1 to G8, the rotating member has a contact portion and a projecting portion projecting from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member A one-side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotating member is rotated toward one side to close the blade member, and a direction of sliding displacement with the one-side abutted portion. and the other side abutted portion which is opposed to and is abutted against the other side of the abutting portion when the rotary member is rotated toward the other side to open the feather member, When the rotary member is rotated to one side, the one-side contacted portion is pushed by one side of the contact portion along with the rotation, and the slide member is slidably displaced toward one side, thereby While the member is closed, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side, the other side abutted portion is pushed by the other side of the abutting portion along with the rotation, and the slide member slides toward the other side. By being displaced, the wing members are released.

In this case, when the blade member is closed, one side of the abutting portion is abutted against the abutted portion on one side and the projecting portion is engaged with the slide member. The sliding displacement of the slide member to the other side is restricted. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the wing member from being forcibly released from the outside.

On the other hand, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side at least to a position where the other side of the contacting portion contacts the other side contacted portion, the engagement of the overhanging portion with the slide member is released. By rotating the member further to the other side, the sliding member can be slidably displaced toward the other side, and the wing member can be released.

In game machines G1 to G8, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates. A projecting portion projects from one of the wing members, and a sliding groove through which the projecting portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the slide member or the other of the pair of wing members. The member has an abutment portion and an overhanging portion projecting from the tip of the abutment portion. a one-side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion is abutted, and a one-side abutted portion facing the one-side abutted portion at a predetermined distance in the direction of the slide displacement to open the feather member. a second abutted portion to which the other side of the abutting portion is abutted when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side, and when the feather member is closed, the projecting portion The slide member is slidably displaced from a state in which the blade member is disengaged from the slide member and the blade member is closed to a position where the one-side contact portion is in contact with one side of the contact portion. The game machine G10 is characterized in that, when the slide member is pressed, the projecting portion is engaged with the slide member.

According to the game machine G10, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines G1 to G8, the rotary member has a contact portion and a projecting portion projecting from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member A one-side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotating member is rotated toward one side to close the blade member, and a direction of sliding displacement with the one-side abutted portion. and the other side abutted portion which is opposed to and is abutted against the other side of the abutting portion when the rotary member is rotated toward the other side to open the feather member, When the rotary member is rotated to one side, the one-side contacted portion is pushed by one side of the contact portion along with the rotation, and the slide member is slidably displaced toward one side, thereby While the member is closed, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side, the other side abutted portion is pushed by the other side of the abutting portion along with the rotation, and the slide member slides toward the other side. By being displaced, the wing members are released.

In this case, when the slide member is slidably displaced from a state in which the blade member is closed to a position where the one-side contact portion abuts against one side of the contact portion, the projecting portion is engaged with the slide member. Therefore, it is restricted to slide the slide member to the other side without rotating the rotating member. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the wing member from being forcibly released from the outside.

On the other hand, when the blade member is closed, the projecting portion is disengaged from the slide member. A wing member can be opened. Here, when the wing member is closed and the overhang is engaged with the slide member, the shape of the overhang and the one-side abutting portion can allow the rotating member to rotate to the other side. It is necessary to form it into an appropriate shape, and the shape becomes complicated. Therefore, there is a possibility that not only the strength will be lowered, but also the engagement will be easily released. On the other hand, as in the present invention, when the blade member is closed, the overhanging portion is disengaged from the slide member, so that the shapes of the overhanging portion and the one-side contact portion are rotated. The member need not be shaped to allow rotation to the other side. Therefore, not only can the shape be simplified and the strength can be ensured, but also a shape that facilitates holding the engagement can be adopted, making it difficult for the engagement to be released.

In any one of the gaming machines G1 to G10, in a state in which a passage member forming a passage for a game ball entered into the ball entrance is provided, and the projecting portion is not inserted into the sliding groove, the above-described A game machine G11, wherein a part of the slide member is arranged in the passage of the passage member.

According to the gaming machine G11, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines G1 to G10, it is equipped with a passage member that forms a passage for the game ball entered into the ball entrance, and the protruding portion is not in contact with the sliding groove. In the inserted state, a part of the slide member is arranged in the passage of the passage member. The sliding member can regulate the falling game ball.

In any one of the game machines G1 to G11, a passage member forming a passage for a game ball entered into the ball entrance is provided, and the slide member slides from a position to open the wing member to a position to close it. A game machine G12, characterized by comprising a rubbing portion that crosses the passage of the passage member and rubs against an edge portion of the passage member when the member is slidably displaced.

According to the game machine G12, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines G1 to G11, when the slide member is slidably displaced from the position to open the wing member to the position to close it, the passage of the passage member is crossed and the passage member Since the slide member has a friction contact portion that rubs against the edge of the ball, it is possible to cut off an illegal object illegally inserted into the passage through the ball entrance.

For example, the tip of the string is adhered to the game ball, the game ball is entered from the ball entrance and passed through the passage of the passage member, and when the game ball reaches the detection position of the detection sensor, the other end of the string There is a fraudulent act that causes the detection sensor to detect multiple times by operating (pulling out, attracting) to reciprocate the game ball. According to the present invention, against such a fraudulent act, even if the above-described game ball is entered with the wing members opened, the slide member is slidably displaced from the position where the wing members are opened to the position where the wing members are closed, When the frictional contact portion traverses the passage of the passage member, the midway portion of the thread whose tip is adhered to the game ball is displaced together with the frictional contact portion and pressed against the edge of the passage member, and the frictional contact portion crosses the passage member. When rubbed against the edge, the thread can be cut between the rubbed portion and the edge of the passage member. As a result, the fraudulent act described above can be suppressed.

In addition, it is preferable to form the friction contact portion of the slide member from a metal material. In this case, the entire slide member may be made of a metal material, or only a portion (rubbing contact portion) of the slide member may be made of a metal material. The same applies to the passage member, and the entire passage member may be made of a metal material, or only a portion of the passage member (the portion where the friction contact portion is in friction contact) may be made of a metal material. Moreover, it is preferable that the friction contact portion and the portion (the edge portion of the passage member) with which the friction contact portion is in friction contact are formed as blades (cutting blades).

Any one of the game machines G1 to G11 is provided with a passage member forming a passage for a game ball entered into the ball entrance, and the transmission mechanism is displaced from a position where the feather member is opened to a position where the feather member is closed. A gaming machine G13 characterized by comprising a pair of cutting members that traverse the passage of the passage member and rub their edges against each other when cutting.

According to the game machine G13, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines G1 to G11, when the feather member is displaced from the open position to the closed position, it crosses the passage of the passage member and the edges of each other. Since the transmission mechanism is provided with a pair of cutting members that are in frictional contact with each other, it is possible to cut an illegal object that has been illegally inserted into the passage through the ball entrance.

For example, the tip of the string is adhered to the game ball, the game ball is entered from the ball entrance and passed through the passage of the passage member, and when the game ball reaches the detection position of the detection sensor, the other end of the string There is a fraudulent act that causes the detection sensor to detect multiple times by operating (pulling out, attracting) to reciprocate the game ball. According to the present invention, against such fraud, even if the above-described game ball is entered with the wing members open, the wing members are displaced from the open position to the closed position, and the pair of cutting members When the string crosses the passage of the passage member, the midway portion of the string, the tip of which is adhered to the game ball, can be sandwiched between the pair of cutting members and cut. As a result, the fraudulent act described above can be suppressed.

Note that the pair of cutting members is preferably made of a metal material. In this case, the entire slide member may be made of a metal material, or only a portion of the slide member (edges that are in frictional contact with each other) may be made of a metal material. Moreover, it is preferable that the portions of the pair of cutting members that are in frictional contact with each other are formed as blades (cutting blades).

In the game machine G12 or G13, the driving means displaces the drive shaft in a first direction by electromagnetic force and displaces the drive shaft in a second direction opposite to the first direction. The blade member is formed as a solenoid actuator operated by the elastic recovery force of the force means, and the displacement of the blade member from the open position to the closed position is carried out by displacing the drive shaft of the drive means in the first direction. A gaming machine G14 characterized by:

According to the game machine G14, in addition to the effects of the game machine G12 or G13, the displacement of the wing member from the open position to the closed position is performed by displacing the drive shaft of the drive means in the first direction. That is, since it is performed using electromagnetic force, the driving force can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to easily cut off an illegal object (for example, a string) between the friction contact portion of the slide member and the edge portion of the passage member.

In any one of game machines G1 to G14, the rotating member has an abutment portion, and the sliding member is adapted to engage the abutting portion when the rotating member is rotated toward one side to close the wing member. A one-side contacted portion with which one side of the contact portion abuts; A game characterized in that the other side of the contact portion is contacted by the other side contact portion, and the one side contact portion and the other side contact portion are formed substantially at the center in the width direction. Machine G15.

According to the gaming machine G15, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines G1 to G14, the rotating member has an abutting portion, and the sliding member is rotated toward one side in order to close the wing member. When the rotating member is rotated toward the other side in order to open the one side contacted part and the one side contacted part that is opposed to the one side contacted part and to open the feather member The other side of the abutting portion is provided with the other side abutted portion, and the one side abutted portion and the other side abutted portion are formed substantially at the center in the width direction. It is possible to easily allow the attitude change of the slide member between itself and the member. Therefore, the slide member can be smoothly slid along with the rotation of the rotating member, and as a result, the wing member can be reliably opened or closed.

That is, when the load from the game ball is applied to only one of the pair of feather members during the operation of opening or closing the pair of feather members by slidingly displacing the slide member with the rotation of the rotating member, When the posture of the slide member is changed, if the slide member is connected to the pair of blade members at two points and is also connected to the rotation member at two points, the pair of blade members and the rotation member rotate. It is difficult to allow a change in the posture of the slide member with respect to the member, and resistance is generated when the slide member is slidably displaced (that is, the rotating member is rotated), and the opening or closing of the wing member is hindered. . On the other hand, according to the present invention, the slide member is connected to the pair of blade members at two points and is connected to the rotating member at one point. Even if the load from the game ball is applied only to one side, it is possible to easily allow the attitude change of the slide member between the pair of feather members and the rotary member.

The approximate center in the width direction where the one-side contacted portion and the other-side contacted portion are formed passes through the approximate center between the pair of projecting portions in the state where the pair of feather members are opened or closed. , and a position on an imaginary line along the direction of slide displacement.

In the game machine G15, the width dimension of one side and the other side of the contact portion is set to be at least three times or less than the maximum outer dimension of the projecting portion.

According to the gaming machine G16, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G15, the width dimension of one side and the other side of the contact portion is set to be at least three times or less than the maximum outer dimension of the protruding portion. It is possible to easily allow the attitude change of the slide member between the blade member and the rotating member. In addition, it is preferable that the width dimension of one side and the other side of the contact portion is set to be twice or less the maximum outer dimension of the projecting portion. This is because it is possible to more easily achieve the above-described tolerance of posture change.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning port unit 930 as an example>
A first ball entrance, a first opening/closing member for opening or closing the first ball entrance, a first driving means for driving the first opening/closing member, a second ball entrance, and the second ball entrance In a game machine comprising a second opening/closing member for opening or closing a mouth and second driving means for driving the second opening/closing member, the first driving means and the second driving means are arranged to drive the second opening/closing member. A gaming machine H1 characterized by being arranged on the back side.

Here, the first ball entrance, the first opening/closing member for opening or closing the first ball entrance, the first driving means for driving the first opening/closing member, the second ball entrance, the first A gaming machine is known that includes a second opening/closing member that opens or closes two ball entrances and a second driving means that drives the second opening/closing member (eg, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-177416). However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the first drive means and the second drive means are arranged behind the first opening and closing member and the second opening and closing member, respectively. There is a problem that it is difficult to arrange other members and devices on the back side of the device, and it is difficult to effectively utilize the space.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine H1, since the first driving means and the second driving means are arranged on the back side of the second opening/closing member, Space can be formed. That is, by concentrating the installation space for the first drive means and the second drive means on the back side of the second opening/closing member, the space for arranging other members and devices can be allocated to the first opening/closing member (first input). It can be secured on the back of the ball mouth), and the space can be used effectively.

The game machine H2 is characterized in that, in the game machine H1, the front projected area of the second opening/closing member is larger than the front projected area of the first opening/closing member.

A game machine H3 is characterized in that in the game machine H1 or H2, the front projected area of the second opening/closing member is larger than the total front projected area of the first driving means and the second driving means.

According to the game machine H2 or H3, in addition to the effects of the game machine H1 or H2, the front projection area of the second opening/closing member is made larger than the front projection area of the first opening/closing member, or the first drive means and the second driving means, the dead space behind the second entrance (second opening/closing member) can be effectively utilized.

In the gaming machine H3, the second opening/closing member is formed in a rectangular shape in a front view with one direction as a longitudinal direction, and the first driving means and the second driving means are positioned on the back side of the second ball entrance to the second opening/closing member. A gaming machine H4 characterized by being arranged side by side along the longitudinal direction of the opening/closing member.

According to the game machine H4, in addition to the effects of the game machine H3, the second opening/closing member is formed in a rectangular shape in a front view with one direction as the longitudinal direction, and the first driving means and the second driving means are the second ball-entering means. Since they are arranged side by side along the longitudinal direction of the second opening/closing member on the back side of the opening, the dead space on the back side of the second entrance (second opening/closing member) can be effectively utilized.

In any one of the game machines H1 to H4, the first driving means and the second driving means comprise a main body, a drive shaft arranged on one side of the main body, and driving the drive shaft and driving the main body. and a wiring that supplies power to the driving portion and is pulled out from the other side of the main body portion, wherein the first driving means and the second driving means connect the driving shaft to the second driving means. A gaming machine H5 characterized by being arranged in a posture facing an opening/closing member.

According to the game machine H5, in any one of the game machines H1 to H4, the first driving means and the second driving means are composed of a main body, a drive shaft provided on one side of the main body, and a drive shaft of the main body. and a wiring that supplies electric power to the driving unit and is drawn out from the other side of the main unit. Since it is arranged in a posture directed toward the opening and closing member 2, the wiring of the first driving means and the wiring of the second driving means can be easily put together.

In the gaming machine H5, the body portion of the first drive means and the body portion of the second drive means are each formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the drive shaft and the wiring of the outer surface of the body portion are arranged. The game machine H6 is characterized in that the first driving means and the second driving means are disposed at positions where the outer surfaces of the game machine are substantially flush with each other.

According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H5, the main body of the first driving means and the main body of the second driving means are each formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the outer surface of the main body has a driving force. Since the first driving means and the second driving means are disposed at a position where the outer surfaces except for the outer surfaces on which the shaft and wiring are disposed are substantially flush with each other, for example, the first driving means and the second driving means have different outputs and the main body portions of the two have different sizes, the shape of the shield plate for partitioning the first driving means and the second driving means from other areas can be simplified.

That is, when the body portion of the first drive means and the body portion of the second drive means are formed to have different sizes, the outer surfaces of one body portion and the other body portion form a step. It becomes necessary to form a shield plate by bending along the step, and the shape of the shield plate becomes complicated. In contrast, according to the present invention, the first driving means and the second driving means are disposed at a position where one outer surface of the main body portion is substantially flush with each other, and the outer surfaces do not form a step, so that the shield plate can be made into a flat plate shape. As a result, the shape of the shield plate can be simplified.

The shield plate divides the arrangement area of the first drive means and the second drive means from other areas (for example, the area where the detection sensor and the control board are arranged), and divides the two areas. is a conductive barrier for restricting (suppressing) the flow of an electromagnetic field, and is formed, for example, as a metal plate.

In any of gaming machines H1 to H6, a first passage member forming a passage for a game ball entered into the first ball entrance and a passage for a game ball entered into the second entrance. and a first transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the first driving means to the first opening/closing member, wherein the first opening/closing member rotates to a position sandwiching the ball inlet. The first transmission mechanism is rotated by the driving force of the first driving means, and the first passage member and the second passage are rotated by the driving force of the first driving means. A gaming machine H7 comprising a rotating member disposed between members, and a sliding member that is slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates to open and close the pair of feather members.

According to the game machine H7, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines H1 to H6, the first transmission mechanism is rotated by the driving force of the first drive means and is rotated between the first passage member and the second passage member. and a sliding member that is slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates to open and close the pair of blade members. As a result, spaces can be secured on both sides (sides) of the first passage member on the back side of the first ball entrance. In addition, since it is not necessary to bend the first passage member toward the second passage side in order to avoid interference with the rotating member as in the conventional product, the first ball inlet can be brought closer to the second ball inlet. can be done.

In the game machine H7, the rotating member includes a first portion extending from the rotating shaft and connected to the slide member, and a second portion extending from the rotating shaft and driven by the first driving means. A gaming machine H8, wherein the first portion is bent in a substantially V shape when viewed in the direction of the rotation axis.

According to the gaming machine H8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H7, the rotating member includes the first portion extending from the rotating shaft and connected to the slide member, and the first driving portion extending from the rotating shaft and connected to the slide member. and the second portion driven by the means, and the first portion is bent in a substantially V-shape when viewed in the direction of the rotation axis. The distance to the slide member can be suppressed.

That is, the first portion is formed linearly, and the length dimension of the first portion (the distance from the rotating shaft to the portion connected to the slide member) is the distance from the rotating shaft to the slide member in the present invention. If the distance is set to be the same as the straight line distance to the part where the slide member slides, the slide amount of the slide member can be made the same as in the present invention, but the distance between the first driving means and the slide member increases, and the entire size increases. . On the other hand, when the first portion is formed linearly and the length dimension of the first portion is set shorter than the linear distance from the rotation shaft to the portion connected to the slide member in the present invention, the first Although the distance between the driving means and the slide member can be made equivalent to that of the present invention, the sliding amount of the slide member is reduced.

On the other hand, according to the present invention, the first portion is bent in a substantially V-shape when viewed in the direction of the rotation axis. The distance between members can be suppressed.

In the game machine H8, the game machine H9 is characterized in that the second part of the rotary member is formed on the back side of the first part opposite to the slide member.

According to the game machine H9, in addition to the effects of the game machine H8, the second part of the rotary member is formed on the back side of the first part opposite to the slide member, so that the first part is bent. The resulting space can be effectively used to reduce the size of the rotating member. That is, the rotating member can be efficiently arranged in the space between the first passage member and the second passage member, and the size of the entire device can be reduced.

In any one of game machines H1 to H9, a detection sensor for detecting a game ball entering the second ball entrance is provided, and at least part of the detection sensor is connected to the second opening/closing member and the first driving means. A gaming machine H10 characterized in that it is disposed between.

According to the game machine H10, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines H1 to H9, a detection sensor for detecting a game ball entering the second ball entrance is provided, and at least a part of the detection sensor performs the second opening/closing operation. Since it is arranged between the member and the first driving means, for example, when the second opening/closing member is opened and the first driving means is tampered with through the second ball entrance, a portion of the detection sensor detects the first driving means. Such cheating can be made more difficult because the driving means can be hidden.

In this case, if a tool such as a drill is used to secure a path from the second entrance to the first driving means, the detection sensor may be destroyed. Therefore, by monitoring the state of such a detection sensor, fraud can be detected. In addition, in the present invention in which the first driving means is disposed on the back side of the second opening/closing member, even if the second opening/closing member is opened and the first driving means is tampered with through the second entrance, By closing the second opening/closing member, the first driving means is shielded by the second opening/closing member, and the portion where the fraud is applied becomes invisible, so that the fraud can be detected by monitoring the state of the detection sensor described above. is particularly effective.

The game machine H10 includes a case member that houses the detection sensor, and a screw member that is fastened to the case member. is disposed between the second opening/closing member and the first driving means, and the screw member is positioned between the pair of sensor devices facing each other.

According to the game machine H11, in addition to the effects of the game machine H10, at least a part of each of the pair of detection sensors is arranged between the second opening/closing member and the first driving means and fastened to the case member. Since the screw member is positioned between the pair of sensor devices facing each other, when the second opening/closing member is opened and the first driving means is tampered with through the second ball entrance, the first driving means can be hidden by the screw member. Therefore, it is possible to make such fraudulent acts more difficult. That is, it is difficult to shield the entire front surface of the first driving means with the pair of detection sensors, and a gap is likely to be formed between the pair of detection sensors. is the tightening position of the screw member, the unshielded area in front of the first drive means can be compensated for by the screw member, making fraud more difficult.

The screw member may be used to fasten and fix the two members of the case member, or may be used to fasten and fix another member to the case member. good. Moreover, it is preferable that the screw member is made of metal.

A gaming machine H12 characterized in that, in the gaming machine H11, the wiring of the pair of detection sensors is positioned between the pair of detection sensors facing each other.

According to the game machine H12, in addition to the effects of the game machine H11, since the wiring of the pair of detection sensors is positioned between the pair of detection sensors facing each other, for example, the second opening/closing member is opened and the second input When the first driving means is tampered with through the ball mouth, such tampering can be made more difficult.

That is, the wiring is relatively susceptible to damage. Therefore, in order to secure a path from the second entrance to the first driving means, for example, if a tool such as a drill is used to drill a hole, the wiring may be damaged due to the fraudulent act. (Disconnection) can be made easier. Alternatively, it is possible to recognize that it is difficult to cheat without damaging (disconnecting) the wiring, thereby making it easier to deter cheating.

In the game machine H12, the case member has a seat portion to which the screw member is fastened, and wiring of the pair of detection sensors is wound around the seat portion.

According to the game machine H13, in addition to the effects of the game machine H12, the case member has a seat portion to which the screw member is fastened, and the wires of the pair of detection sensors are wound around the seat portion. , can be routed (positioned) over a wider range in front of the first drive means. That is, a wider area in front of the first drive means can be shielded by the wiring. Therefore, for example, when the second opening/closing member is opened to tamper with the first driving means through the second ball entrance, such tampering can be made more difficult.

In the gaming machine H12 or H13, the case member has a seat portion to which the screw member is fastened, and is formed in a conical shape whose diameter increases as the seat portion is separated from the second opening/closing member. Gaming machine H14.

According to the game machine H14, in addition to the effects of the game machine H12 or H13, the case member has a seat portion to which the screw member is fastened, and the seat portion has a conical shape that expands in diameter as it separates from the second opening and closing member. Therefore, in order to secure a path from the second ball inlet to the first driving means, for example, when a tool such as a drill is used to perform drilling, etc., the traveling direction of the drill is set to the seat portion. The wiring can be easily damaged (disconnected) by lateral displacement (slide) on the outer peripheral surface of the .

A gaming machine H15 characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines H12 to H14, the wiring of the pair of detection sensors is pulled out to the side opposite to the fastening position of the screw member.

According to the game machine H15, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines H12 to H14, since the wiring of the pair of detection sensors is pulled out to the side opposite to the fastening position of the screw member, such wiring is connected to the first driving means. can be routed (positioned) over a wider area in front of the That is, a wider area in front of the first driving means can be shielded by the screw member and wiring. Therefore, for example, when the second opening/closing member is opened to tamper with the first driving means through the second ball entrance, such tampering can be made more difficult.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention, Taking the Winning Hole Unit 930 and the Ball Throwing Unit 970 as Examples>
A game board, a first member disposed on the front side of the game board and having a first passage through which game balls pass, and a second passage communicating with the first passage of the first member, and a second member arranged on the back side of the game board, wherein the first engaging portion engages with the first member and the second engaging portion engages with the second member. A gaming machine I1 characterized by comprising a third member having

Here, a game board, a first member disposed on the front side of the game board and having a first passage through which game balls pass, and a second passage communicating with the first passage of the first member and a second member disposed on the back side of the game board is known (for example, JP-A-2012-5783). After flowing down the front side of the game board and flowing into the first passage of the first member, the game ball flows into the second passage of the second member after passing through the first passage, and flows into the second passage of the second member on the back side of the game board. Go through 2 passages. As a result, the passage path of the game ball is changed in the front-rear direction, and the player can be entertained.

In this case, if there is a positional deviation (step) in the connecting portion between the first passage and the second passage, smooth downflow of the game ball is hindered, so the positional accuracy of the second member with respect to the first member is ensured. are requested to do so. However, the game machine described above has a problem that it is difficult to position the second member with respect to the first member. That is, since not only the first member but also various members such as other members having passages and decorative members are arranged on the front surface of the game board, positioning holes for positioning each of these members are provided on the game board. While the positioning hole for positioning the first member can also be formed in the process of forming the second member, in order to form the positioning hole for positioning the second member on the back of the game board, the game board is turned over A separate step of forming a positioning hole only for the second member is required, which is not realistic.

On the other hand, according to the game machine I1, since it comprises the third member having the first engaging portion that engages with the first member and the second engaging portion that engages with the second member, the third member can be used to position the second member relative to the first member.

In the game machine I1, the game board is provided with an opening formed with an opening, and a connecting portion between the first passage of the first member and the second passage of the second member is provided in the internal space. A gaming machine I2 characterized in that the third member is arranged in an internal space of a portion.

According to the game machine I2, in addition to the effects of the game machine I1, the game board is formed with an opening, and the connecting portion between the first passage of the first member and the second passage of the second member is arranged in the internal space. and the third member is arranged in the internal space of the opening, there is no need to separately provide an opening for arranging the third member. That is, since the opening for arranging the connecting portion between the first passage and the second passage is also used as a space for arranging the third member, the number of processing steps is reduced accordingly, and the product cost is reduced. can be planned.

In the game machine I1 or I2, the third member has the first engaging portion engaged with the first passage of the first member and the second engaging portion engaged with the second passage of the second member. A gaming machine I3 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine I3, in the gaming machine I1 or I2, the third member has the first engaging portion in the first passage of the first member and the second engaging portion in the second passage of the second member. The engagement allows effective positioning of the second member with respect to the first member. That is, the purpose of positioning the second member with respect to the first member is to suppress the occurrence of positional deviation (step) in the connecting portion between the first passage and the second passage. Since the connecting portion between the first passage and the second passage) can be directly positioned by the third member, the occurrence of positional deviation (step) can be effectively prevented compared to the case where other portions are positioned by the third portion. can be suppressed to As a result, the game ball can flow down smoothly.

A gaming machine I4 characterized in that, in the gaming machine I3, a part of an inner wall of at least one of the first passage and the second passage is formed of the third member.

According to the game machine I4, in addition to the effects of the game machine I3, since a part of the inner wall of at least one of the first passage and the second passage is formed by the third member, the dimensions of the first passage and the second passage are reduced. Tolerances or mounting tolerances can be more easily tolerated.

A gaming machine I5 characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines I1 to I4, the first member is formed so as to be able to hold the third member.

According to the game machine I5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines I1 to I4, the first member is formed so as to be capable of holding the third member. When attaching each member, it is not necessary to separately attach the third member, and by attaching the first member, the third member can be attached at the same time. Therefore, the workability of the mounting work can be improved accordingly.

In the gaming machine I5, in a state where the third member is held by the first member, a first engaging portion of the third member is engaged with the first member. .

According to the gaming machine I6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I5, in a state in which the third member is held by the first member, the first engaging portion of the third member is engaged with the first member. There is no need to separately engage the first engaging portion of the third member with the first member after the first member and the third member are attached to the game board. Therefore, the workability of the mounting work can be improved accordingly.

In the gaming machine I6, in a state where the third member is held by the first member, the second engaging portion of the third member is formed to be engageable with the second member from the side opposite to the first member. A gaming machine I7 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine I7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I6, when the third member is held by the first member, the second engaging portion of the third member engages the second member from the side opposite to the first member. By attaching the second member to the back surface of the game board after attaching the first member and the third member to the game board at the same time, simultaneously with the attachment operation, the third member can be engaged with the third member. The two engaging portions can be engaged with the second member. Therefore, the workability of the mounting work can be improved accordingly.

In any one of gaming machines I5 to I7, the first member includes a main body member in which the first passage is arranged, and a fixed member fastened and fixed to the main body member, and the third A gaming machine I8 characterized in that the members are fixed or integrally formed.

According to the game machine I8, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines I5 to I7, the first member comprises a main body member in which the first passage is arranged and a fixing member fastened and fixed to the main body member. In addition, since the third member is fixed to or integrally formed with the fixing member, the third member can be held (arranged) on the first member at the same time as the fixing member is fastened and fixed to the main body member. . As a result, it is possible to prevent forgetting to attach the third member when attaching the first member and the second member to the game board.

In any one of the game machines I1 to I8, the first member rotates to a position sandwiching a ball entrance formed so that a game ball can enter and communicated with the first passage, and the ball entrance. A pair of blade members that are pivotally supported to open or close the entrance, a driving means for generating a driving force for rotating the pair of blade members, and a driving force of the driving means for applying the driving force to the pair of blades. a transmission mechanism for transmitting power to a member, the transmission mechanism comprising: a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means; and a sliding member slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates to open and close the pair of blade members. and wherein the sliding displacement of the sliding member can be guided by the third member.

According to the game machine I9, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines I1 to I8, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means and a pair of rotating members slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates. Since it is provided with a slide member for opening and closing the blade members, compared to the conventional product in which the opening and closing of the pair of blade members is performed only by a rotating member, the back side of the entrance and both sides (sides) of the first passage space can be reserved for In this case, since the third member can guide the sliding displacement of the sliding member, it is not necessary to separately provide a member for guiding the sliding displacement of the sliding member. Therefore, the structure of the first member can be simplified accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

In the gaming machine I9, the pair of feather members has a protruding portion projecting toward the slide member, and the slide member has a sliding groove through which the protruding portion is slidably inserted, A gaming machine I10, wherein the third member comprises a covering surface portion facing an opening of the sliding groove of the slide member on the side opposite to the feather member.

According to the gaming machine I10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I9, the pair of wing members are provided with projecting portions projecting toward the slide member, and the projecting portions are slidably inserted through the slides. Since the sliding member has the moving groove and the third member has the covering surface portion facing the opening of the sliding groove on the side opposite to the blade member, the sliding member can be slid by the covering surface portion of the third member. By shielding the opening of the groove from the outside, it is possible to prevent dust and foreign matter from entering the sliding groove. As a result, it is possible to stably open or close the pair of blade members by suppressing the hindrance of the sliding of the projecting portion due to dust or foreign matter that has entered the sliding groove.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the specific winning port unit 950 as an example>
A ball entrance formed so that a game ball can be entered, an opening/closing member for opening and closing the ball entrance, a rolling surface on which the game ball entered into the ball entrance rolls, and its rolling. A gaming machine J1 comprising a passage member into which game balls rolling on a surface flow, wherein a plurality of said passage members are arranged at predetermined intervals.

The game ball includes a ball entrance into which a game ball can enter, an opening/closing member for opening and closing the ball entrance, and a passage member forming a passage for the game ball entered into the ball entrance. A game machine is known (for example, JP-A-2015-3092). The ball entrance is formed in a size that allows a plurality of game balls to enter at the same time, and the game balls entered into the ball entrance are collected in the passage member by rolling on the rolling surface, and are collected in the passage member. One ball at a time is flowed into. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, if the ball entrance is enlarged, the rolling distance (length of the rolling surface) of the game ball from the end of the ball entrance to the passage member is correspondingly increased. Therefore, it takes time to reach the passage member, and another game ball is entered from the ball entrance before the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, which tends to cause over-winning. there were.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine J1, since a plurality of passage members are arranged at predetermined intervals, even if the ball entrance is enlarged, the rolling distance (rolling surface) of the game ball to the passage member is reduced. length) can be shortened. Therefore, the time required to reach the passage member can be shortened accordingly, and the liquid can be made to flow into the passage member quickly. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, thereby suppressing over-winning.

The gaming machine J1 is equipped with a detection sensor for detecting a game ball that has entered the ball entrance, and the detection sensor is arranged at a connecting portion between the rolling surface and the passage member. Machine J2.

According to the game machine J2, in addition to the effects of the game machine J1, it is equipped with a detection sensor for detecting a game ball that has entered the ball entrance, and the detection sensor is arranged at the connecting portion between the rolling surface and the passage member. Therefore, the game ball entering the ball entrance can be detected more quickly. Therefore, it is possible to suppress entry of another game ball until the opening/closing member closes the ball entry port, thereby suppressing over-winning.

The game machine J1 or J2 includes a first guide means having a first inclined surface inclined from the ball entrance to the passage member and formed so as to be able to come into contact with the game ball rolling on the rolling surface. , the ball entrance is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape, the rolling surface extends along the longitudinal direction of the ball entrance, and the first guide means is formed at one end in the longitudinal direction of the ball entrance. and the passage member.

According to the game machine J3, in addition to the effects of the game machine J1 or J2, the first inclined surface is inclined from the ball inlet toward the passage member and is formed so as to be able to come into contact with the game ball rolling on the rolling surface. The entrance is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape and the rolling surface extends along the longitudinal direction of the entrance. Since it is disposed between the side end and the passage member, when a game ball enters from near the longitudinal end of the ball entrance, the game ball is pushed by the first inclined surface of the first guide means. Guided to the passage member, it is possible to make it difficult to stay on the longitudinal end of the rolling surface. Therefore, the game ball entered from the ball entrance can be quickly made to flow into the passage member, and as a result, entry of another game ball is suppressed until the ball entrance is closed by the opening/closing member. By doing so, it is possible to suppress over-winning.

A gaming machine J4 characterized in that in any one of the gaming machines J1 to J3, the gaming machine J4 is characterized by comprising a guide groove formed as a recessed groove recessed in the rolling surface and inclined downward from the ball entrance toward the passage member. .

According to the game machine J4, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines J1 to J3, the guide groove is provided in the rolling surface and is formed as a concave groove that slopes downward from the ball inlet toward the passage member. Therefore, the rolling surface can receive the game ball rolling in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface and guide it to the passage member. That is, it is possible to prevent the game ball from passing through the passage member when rolling in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. Therefore, the game ball entered from the ball entrance can be quickly made to flow into the passage member, and as a result, entry of another game ball is suppressed until the ball entrance is closed by the opening/closing member. By doing so, it is possible to suppress over-winning.

A gaming machine J5 characterized in that, in the gaming machine J4, the guide groove extends linearly in a direction substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface.

According to the game machine J5, in addition to the effects of the game machine J4, since the guide grooves are linearly extended in a direction substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface, A game ball rolling in a direction can be easily received in the guide groove, and the received game ball can be rapidly guided (flowed) into the passage member. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, thereby suppressing over-winning.

A game machine J5, wherein the groove width of the guide groove is set substantially equal to the diameter of the game ball in the game machine J4 or J5.

According to the game machine J5, in addition to the effects of the game machine J4 or J5, since the groove width of the guide groove is set substantially equal to the diameter of the game ball, when a plurality of game balls are received in the guide groove, The game balls can be guided to the passage member in an aligned state. Therefore, each game ball can be quickly made to flow into the passage member. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, thereby suppressing over-winning.

In any one of the game machines J3 to J6, the rolling surface is on the opposite side of the first region in which the first guide means is disposed, across the passage member in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. A game machine J7 characterized in that the second area is formed so as to slope downward toward the first area.

According to the gaming machine J7, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines J3 to J6, the rolling surface has a passage member extending in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface with respect to the first region where the first guide means is arranged. Since the second region, which is the opposite side across the can be quickly rolled toward the passage member by utilizing the downward slope of the second region. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, thereby suppressing over-winning.

A game machine J8 characterized in that, in the game machine J7, a second guide means is provided projecting from the second area of the rolling surface.

According to the gaming machine J8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J7, since the second guide means protruded from the second region of the rolling surface is provided, the rolling speed is increased by the downward inclination of the second region. A game ball can be decelerated in front of a passage member. That is, it is possible to suppress the game ball from rolling from the second region to the first region through the passage member by increasing the rolling speed up to the passage member and decelerating it before (immediately) the passage member. . Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member faster. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, thereby suppressing over-winning.

In the game machine J7 or J8, a game provided in the second area of the rolling surface and rolled along the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface toward the passage member on the second area of the rolling surface. The gaming machine J9 is characterized by comprising a second guide means capable of guiding a ball to the ball entrance side.

According to the gaming machine J9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J7 or J8, it is arranged in the second region of the rolling surface, and extends the second region of the rolling surface toward the passage member in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. Since the second guide means is formed so as to be able to guide the game ball rolling along the passage toward the ball entrance side, the game ball whose rolling speed is increased by the downward inclination of the second area can be placed in front of the passage member. can be slowed down. That is, it is possible to suppress the game ball from rolling from the second region to the first region through the passage member by increasing the rolling speed up to the passage member and decelerating it before (immediately) the passage member. . Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member faster. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, thereby suppressing over-winning.

In the game machine J9, the opening/closing member is arranged at a position where the game ball rolling on the rolling surface can come into contact when the ball entrance is opened.

According to the game machine J10, in addition to the effects of the game machine J9, the opening/closing member is arranged at a position where the game ball rolling on the rolling surface can contact when the ball entrance is open. The game ball guided to the ball entrance side by the second guide means can be brought into contact with the opening/closing member and bounced back toward the passage member. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member faster. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, thereby suppressing over-winning.

In the gaming machine J9 or J10, the second guide means is inclined in a direction away from the ball entrance as the side edge on the side opposite to the first guide means is separated from the first guide means, A gaming machine J11 characterized in that the upper surface thereof is inclined downward toward the side portion opposite to the first guide means.

According to the game machine J11, in addition to the effects of the game machine J9 or J10, the second guide means is separated from the ball entrance as the side edge on the side opposite to the first guide means is separated from the first guide means. direction and its upper surface is inclined downward toward the side edge on the side opposite to the first guide means, so that the game ball is prevented from jumping out of the ball entrance and quickly flows into the passage member. can be made

That is, among the game balls rolling along the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface with the second region facing the passage member, the game balls with a relatively low (slow) rolling speed are fed from the ball entrance. Since there is little risk of it jumping out to the outside, it can be prevented from rolling from the second area to the first area through the passage member by contacting the side edge of the second guide means and guiding it toward the entrance side. By suppressing the flow, the flow into the passage member can be accelerated accordingly. On the other hand, a game ball with a relatively high (fast) rolling speed can be guided to the first region (first guide means) by passing over the upper surface of the second guide means. Therefore, the kinetic energy of the game ball is consumed by the overriding of the second guide means and the collision with the first guide member, and the speed can be reliably decelerated. Therefore, it is possible to quickly flow the liquid into the passage member while suppressing the liquid from jumping out of the entrance. As a result, it is possible to suppress the entry of another game ball until the opening and closing member closes the ball entrance, thereby suppressing over-winning.

In the gaming machine J11, the second guide means has a side edge facing the first guide means extending in a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface, and extending in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. The dimension of the side edge of the first guide means in the orthogonal direction is larger than the dimension of the side edge of the second guide means in the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface. Game machine J12.

According to the game machine J12, in addition to the effects of the game machine J11, the dimension of the side edge of the first guide means in the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface is Since the dimension of the side edge part of the second guide means is made larger than the size of the side edge part, the game ball which has climbed over the upper surface of the second guide means can be brought into contact (collision) with the first guide means to be surely decelerated. At the same time, it can be easily positioned in the vicinity of the passage member. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly.

In the gaming machine J11 or J12, the gaming machine J13 is characterized in that a position spaced apart from the rolling surface by the radius of the game ball is included in the side edge portion of the second guide means.

According to the game machine J13, in addition to the effects of the game machine J11 or J12, since the position spaced apart from the rolling surface by the radius of the game ball is included in the side edge portion of the second guide means, the upper surface of the second guide means The game ball that has crossed over is brought into contact with (collides with) the side edge of the first guide means, and can be reliably decelerated and easily positioned in the vicinity of the passage member. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly.

A gaming machine J14 characterized in that in any one of the gaming machines J8 to J13, the second guiding means is positioned on the extension of the first inclined surface of the first guiding means in the direction of inclination.

According to the gaming machine J14, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines J8 to J13, the second guiding means is positioned on the extension of the first inclined surface of the first guiding means in the direction of inclination, so the first guiding means Even if the rolling speed of the game ball guided toward the passage member by the first inclined surface is relatively high (fast), the game ball is brought into contact with (collides with) the second guide means. , can be decelerated and can be easily positioned in the vicinity of the passage member. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly.

In the game machine J14, a guide groove is provided in the rolling surface and is formed as a concave groove that slopes downward from the ball entry opening toward the passage member, and the second guide means is guided from the bottom surface of the guide groove. A game machine J15 characterized in that the height dimension to the top is made larger than the radius of the game ball.

According to the game machine J15, in addition to the effects of the game machine J14, the guide groove is provided in the rolling surface and is formed as a concave groove that is inclined downward from the ball entrance toward the passage member, and the bottom surface of the guide groove to the top of the second guide means is larger than the radius of the game ball, the rolling speed of the game ball guided toward the passage member by the first inclined surface of the first guide means is When relatively high (fast), the game ball can easily abut (collide) with the second guide means. Therefore, such a game ball can be decelerated, can be easily positioned in the vicinity of the passage member, and can be made to flow into the passage member quickly.

In any one of the gaming machines J1 to J15, a guide groove is provided in the rolling surface and is formed as a concave groove that slopes downward from the ball entrance to the passage member, and the groove width of the guide groove is A game machine J16 characterized in that it becomes smaller as it goes toward the passage member.

According to the game machine J16, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines J1 to J15, a guide groove is provided in the rolling surface and is formed as a concave groove that is inclined downward from the ball entrance to the passage member. Since the groove width of the guide groove is reduced toward the passage member, the game ball rolling on the rolling surface in the longitudinal direction of the rolling surface comes into contact with (collides with) the side wall of the guide groove. To easily change the rolling direction of a game ball to the direction toward a passage member. Therefore, the game ball can be made to flow into the passage member quickly.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention, Taking the Winning Hole Unit 930 and the Ball Throwing Unit 970 as Examples>
A game machine comprising a ball entry unit having a ball entry opening formed so that a game ball can be entered and a passage connected to the ball entry opening, and a game board on which the ball entry unit is arranged, An opening is formed in the game board in the board thickness direction, and the ball-entering unit has the ball-entering hole and a first passage connected to the ball-entering hole, and is arranged on the front side of the game board. and a second unit disposed on the back side of the first unit through the opening of the game board and having a second passage connected to the first passage. A gaming machine K1 characterized by:

Here, a game comprising a ball-entering unit provided with a ball-entering opening formed so that a game ball can enter and a passage connected to the ball-entering opening, and a game board on which the ball-entering unit is arranged machine is known (for example, JP-A-2015-131046). According to such a gaming machine, by replacing the ball-entering unit with another ball-entering unit (for example, one having a different number of passages), it is possible to change the specifications of the gaming machine while diverting (combining) the game board. can. However, in the gaming machine described above, since the ball-entering unit is arranged in front of the game board, it is necessary to secure a space corresponding to the maximum number of passages in advance in front of the game board. Therefore, when using a ball-entering unit with a small number of passages, there is a problem that the space on the front side of the game board is wasted.

On the other hand, according to the game machine K1, the ball-entering unit has a ball-entering opening and a first passage connected to the ball-entering opening, and is arranged on the front side of the game board. 1 unit and a second unit having a second passage connected to the first passage and disposed through the opening of the game board on the back side of the first unit. It is sufficient to secure a space corresponding to the size of the first unit, and there is no need to secure a space corresponding to the maximum number of passages (second passages) in front of the game board. Therefore, by replacing the second unit with another second unit (for example, one having a different number of second passages), the game board can be diverted (commonly used), and when the specifications of the game board are changed, the game board can be changed. The space in front of the can be effectively utilized.

In the gaming machine K1, at least part of the first unit is made of a light-transmissive material, and the second unit is formed to have a smaller external shape than the first unit, and is similar to the first unit when viewed from the front. A gaming machine K2 characterized in that it is arranged in an overlapping position.

According to the game machine K2, in addition to the effects of the game machine K1, the first unit is made of a light-transmitting material, the second unit is formed to have a smaller outer shape than the first unit, and is larger than the first unit when viewed from the front. Since the second unit is arranged at a position overlapping one unit, the second unit can be visually recognized by the player through the first unit, and the amusement of the game can be enhanced. Also, in order to make the second unit visible to the player, it is not essential to form the game board from a light transmissive material. Since it is permitted to attach or paint the game board, the degree of freedom in design can be increased.

In the game machine K2, the game machine K3 is characterized in that at least the front side of the second unit of the second passage is made of a light transmissive material.

According to the game machine K3, in addition to the effects of the game machine K2, since at least the front side of the second passage of the second unit is made of a light-transmitting material, the light flows down the second passage of the second unit through the first unit. The player can visually recognize the game ball to be played, and the amusement of the game can be enhanced.

Note that the first unit may be entirely made of a light transmissive material. Moreover, when only a part of the first unit is made of a light-transmitting material, it is preferable that at least a portion of the second unit overlapping the second passage in a front view is made of a light-transmitting material. This is because it is possible to visually recognize the flow of the game ball, thereby enhancing the interest of the game.

A gaming machine K4, wherein the first unit is made of a colorless light-transmitting material and the second unit is made of a colored light-transmitting material in the gaming machine K3.

According to the gaming machine K4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K3, since the first unit is made of a colorless light-transmitting material and the second unit is made of a colored light-transmitting material, When the player visually recognizes the second unit, the player can easily grasp the positional relationship in the front-rear direction between the first unit and the second unit. In other words, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the manner in which the game ball flows down while changing its position in the front-rear direction, so that the amusement of the game can be enhanced.

In the game machine K4, the game machine K5 is characterized in that information consisting of characters or graphics is displayed in front of the second path of the second unit.

According to the gaming machine K5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K4, the information consisting of characters or figures is displayed in front of the second path of the second unit, so that the second unit can be visually recognized through the first unit. Even in this case, the player can easily recognize the position of the second passage (position in the front-rear direction) by using the display as a mark (reference position). In addition, examples of display mode include printing with ink, attaching a seal, two-color molding, and the like.

In any one of game machines K1 to K5, the second passage includes a second upstream passage connected to the first passage and a plurality of second branch passages branched from the second upstream passage. and a plurality of second connection passages respectively connected to the plurality of second branch passages, wherein the second unit is disposed on the back side of the first unit and connected to the second upstream passage and a second upstream unit in which the plurality of second branch passages are formed, and a second downstream unit disposed in the second upstream unit and in which the plurality of second connection passages are formed, A gaming machine K6 characterized in that a detection sensor for detecting passage of a game ball is arranged in a plurality of second branch passages.

According to the game machine K6, in any one of the game machines K1 to K5, the second unit is arranged on the back side of the first unit and has a second upstream passage and a plurality of second branch passages. and a second downstream unit disposed in the second upstream unit and formed with a plurality of second connecting passages, and detecting passage of game balls through the plurality of second branch passages. Since the detection sensors are arranged, for example, when the second upstream unit is changed to another unit having a smaller number of second branch passages to manufacture a game machine with different specifications, the number of the detection sensors arranged can be reduced. Workers' mistakes can be suppressed.

That is, in the structure in which the detection sensors are arranged in the second connecting passages, the number of detecting sensors corresponding to the number of the second connecting passages can be arranged. When changing to another unit that connects the first passage and the second connecting passage with only one passage, it is sufficient to dispose one detection sensor, but only the number of the second connecting passages. There is a possibility that a detection sensor will be installed. On the other hand, with a structure in which detection sensors are arranged in the second branch passage, when the second upstream unit is changed to another unit, the number of detection sensors corresponding to the unit is arranged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the operator from making a mistake in the number of the arrangement.

In the gaming machine K6, the first unit includes a second ball entrance into which a game ball can be entered, and a third passage through which a game ball entered into the second ball entrance passes, A detection sensor for detecting a game ball is formed in each of the first unit, the second upstream unit and the second downstream unit and formed in the second downstream unit of the third passage. A game machine K7, characterized in that it is arranged.

According to the gaming machine K7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K6, the first unit is provided with the second ball entrance into which the game ball can enter, and the ball is entered into the second ball entrance. A third passage through which a game ball passes is formed over each of the first unit, the second upstream unit and the second downstream unit, and the game ball is passed through a portion of the third passage formed in the second downstream unit. Since the detection sensors for detection are provided, the detection sensors provided in the second unit can be distributed, and the degree of freedom in arranging the passages can be increased accordingly.

In the game machine K7, the second passage is directly or indirectly engaged with the first passage, or the third passage of the first unit and the second unit is directly or indirectly engaged with each other. The gaming machine K8 is characterized in that the positioning of the second unit with respect to the first unit is performed by matching.

According to the game machine K8, in addition to the effects of the game machine K7, the direct or indirect engagement of the second passage with the first passage, or the third passage of the first unit and the second unit Since the second unit is positioned with respect to the first unit by directly or indirectly engaging the second unit, it is possible to position the second unit even when the second upstream unit of the second unit is changed to another unit. That is, regardless of the form of another unit, the position where the first passage and the second passage are connected or the position where the third passage is connected is the same. or the third passages are directly or indirectly engaged with each other for positioning, even a separate unit can be positioned with respect to the first unit.

Further, the positioning of the second unit with respect to the first unit is intended to suppress the occurrence of a positional deviation (step) in the connecting portion between the first and second passages or the connecting portion between the third passages. , the target portion (the connecting portion between the first and second passages or the connecting portion between the third passages) can be positioned. step) can be effectively suppressed. As a result, the game ball can flow down smoothly.

In any one of the game machines K6 to K8, a part of the detection sensor arranged in the second branch passage of the second upstream passage protrudes toward the second downstream unit, and the protruded A gaming machine K9, wherein a receiving portion for receiving a part of the detection sensor is formed in the second downstream unit.

According to the game machine K9, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines K6 to K8, a part of the detection sensor arranged in the second branch passage of the second upstream passage protrudes toward the second downstream unit. In addition, since a receiving portion for receiving a part of the projecting detection sensor is formed in the second downstream passage, the engagement between the detection sensor and the receiving portion positions the second upstream unit and the second downstream unit. It is possible to reduce the size of the second unit as a whole by suppressing part of the detection sensor from protruding to the outside.

In the gaming machines K1 to K6, the first unit includes a second ball entrance into which a game ball can enter, and a third path through which the game ball entered into the second ball entrance passes. is formed at least between the second branch passages in the second unit.

According to the game machine K10, in addition to the effects of the game machines K1 to K9, the third passage through which the game ball entered into the second ball entrance passes is at least between the second branch passages in the second unit. , the size of the second unit can be reduced.

In any one of the game machines K1 to K10, the second passage is formed with a bent portion that is bent from the front to the back of the second unit, and the inner surface of the wall on the bent outer side of the bent portion. A game machine K11 characterized in that a standing portion is erected from the bottom, and the curved outer wall portion is inclined so as to be located on the back side of the second unit as it goes in the flowing direction of the game ball.

According to the game machine K11, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines K1 to K10, the second passage is formed with a bent portion bent from the front to the back of the second unit, and the bent portion A standing portion is erected from the inner surface of the wall portion on the outer side of the bend in the portion, and the wall portion on the outer side of the bend is inclined so as to be positioned on the back side of the second unit as it goes in the flowing direction of the game ball. To make it easier for a player to visually recognize a game ball flowing down a curved part of a passage. That is, the erected portion is erected from the inner surface of the wall portion on the outer side of the bend of the bent portion, thereby increasing the rigidity of the passage and improving the durability, and at the same time, along the erected tip of the erected portion, the game ball can be moved. While it is possible to guide and smoothly flow down the bent portion, since the erected portion is positioned in front of the game ball in a front view, the game ball is hidden in the erected portion and visibility of the game ball is improved. decreases. On the other hand, the wall portion on the outer side of the bend is inclined so as to be located on the back side of the second unit as it goes in the flowing direction of the game ball, thereby ensuring the rigidity and guiding the game ball, while maintaining the standing position. Since the thickness of the installation portion in the front-rear direction can be reduced, the visibility of the game ball can be ensured.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention, Taking the Winning Hole Unit 930 and the Ball Throwing Unit 970 as Examples>
A game machine comprising a first passage member through which game balls pass, and a second passage member having an upstream end connected to a downstream end of the first passage member and through which game balls flowing down from the first passage member pass. A gaming machine L1 characterized in that at least a bottom surface upstream end on the bottom surface side and a side surface upstream end on the side surface side of the upstream end of the second passage member are formed at different positions in the passing direction of the game ball. .

Here, a game comprising a first passage member through which game balls pass, and a second passage member whose upstream end is connected to the downstream end of the first passage member and through which game balls flowed down from the first passage member pass. machine is known (for example, JP-A-2012-5783). However, in the structure that connects the first passage member and the second passage member in this way, positional deviation between the two cannot be avoided. There is a problem that a step is formed at the connecting portion of the ball, which may hinder the smooth flow of the game ball.

On the other hand, in the gaming machine L1, at least the bottom surface upstream end on the bottom surface side and the side surface upstream end on the side surface side of the upstream end of the second passage member are formed at different positions in the passing direction of the game ball. , the timing at which the game ball passes through the step on the bottom surface side (bottom upstream end) and the timing at which the game ball passes through the step on the side surface side (upstream end of the side surface) can be made different. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being affected by the steps on the bottom surface and the steps on the side at the same time. can.

In the gaming machine L1, the gaming machine L2 is characterized in that a position separated from the upstream end of the bottom face by a radius of a game ball is included in the upstream end of the side face.

According to the gaming machine L2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L1, since the side upstream end includes a position separated from the bottom upstream end by the radius of the game ball, the game ball can pass from the first passage member to the second passage member. When rolling (flowing down), such a game ball can be inscribed in the side surface upstream end. That is, the position of the step on the bottom side and the position of the step on the side where the game ball is affected can be reliably made different in the passing direction of the game ball. As a result, the game ball can be reliably avoided from being affected by the step on the bottom side and the step on the side side at the same time, and the effects can be easily dispersed, so the game ball can flow down (pass) smoothly. ).

In the game machine L1 or L2, the bottom surface downstream end on the bottom surface side and the side surface downstream end on the side surface side of the downstream end of the first passage member are formed at different positions in the passage direction of the game ball, The passage member has a protruding piece that protrudes from its downstream end toward the upstream end of the second passage member and has a protruding tip that serves as the side downstream end, and the second passage member has an upstream end thereof. A game machine L3, characterized in that it comprises a recessed portion which is recessed in the wall and receives the projecting piece and a portion facing the projecting tip of the projecting piece serves as the upstream end of the side wall.

According to the gaming machine L3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L1 or L2, the first passage member protrudes from its downstream end toward the upstream end of the second passage member, and the protruding tip thereof is the side downstream end. In addition, the second passage member has a concave portion which is recessed in its upstream end to receive the projecting piece and whose portion facing the projecting tip of the projecting piece is the side wall upstream end, so that the first passage The lateral downstream end and the bottom downstream end of the member can be adjacent to the lateral upstream end and the lateral downstream end of the second passage member. That is, when the upstream end of the side surface of the second passage member is formed in a different position on the downstream side in the passing direction of the game ball with respect to the upstream end of the bottom surface, the game ball reaches the upstream end of the side surface of the second passage member. Until then, the game ball can be guided by the projecting piece of the first passage member. Therefore, the game ball can flow down (pass) smoothly.

On the other hand, the projecting piece has relatively low rigidity and may be broken. Even if the protruding piece is broken, the upstream end of the bottom surface and the upstream end of the side surface of the second passage member can be maintained at different positions in the passing direction of the game ball, and the game ball can The timing of passing through the upstream end) and the timing of passing through the step on the side surface (upstream end of the side surface) can be made different. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being affected by the steps on the bottom surface and the steps on the side at the same time. can.

Further, according to the gaming machine L3, since the game machine projecting piece is formed in the first passage member and the recessed portion is formed in the second passage member, respectively, the side surface of the recessed portion is brought into contact with the projecting piece, thereby The upward displacement of the second passage member with respect to the passage member can be restricted. That is, at the step where the upstream end of the second passage member is higher than the downstream end of the first passage member, the game ball is likely to be bounced up when riding on it, so the opposite step (from the downstream end of the first passage member Also, compared to the step where the upstream end of the second passage member is at a low position), it is easy to hinder the smooth flow down (passage) of the game ball. Therefore, as in the game machine L3, the upward positional deviation of the second path member with respect to the first path member can be regulated, so that the upstream end of the second path member is positioned higher than the downstream end of the first path member. It is possible to suppress the formation of steps, which is particularly effective for the smooth flow of game balls.

A game machine L4 characterized in that, in the game machine L3, the side upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the game ball.

According to the gaming machine L4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L3, the side upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined with respect to the passage direction of the game ball, so that the side upstream end of the second passage member Compared to the case of forming perpendicularly to the passage direction of the game machine, the game ball that has collided with the upper end surface of the side surface of the second passage member can be made to slide along the slope and be less likely to be bounced back. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to smoothly pass (flow down).

A gaming machine L5 in the gaming machine L1 or L2, wherein at least the entire upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the game ball.

According to the game machine L5, in addition to the effects of the game machine L1 or L2, at least the entire upstream end of the second path member is formed to be inclined with respect to the passage direction of the game ball, so that the second path member The side upstream end of the upstream end can be inclined with respect to the passing direction of the game ball. Therefore, compared to the case where the side surface upstream end of the second path member is formed perpendicular to the passing direction of the game machine, the game ball that collides with the side surface upper end surface of the second path member slides along the slope. It can be difficult to be bounced back. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to smoothly pass (flow down).

In this case, according to the game machine L5, since the entire upstream end of the second passage member is formed to be inclined, for example, compared to the case where it is formed in a shape (stepped shape) having a projecting piece or a recessed portion , the occurrence of stress concentration can be suppressed, and the durability of the passage member can be ensured. Further, when the second passage member is made of a resin material, the shape change of the cavity of the injection molding die can be moderated, so air bubble accumulation (air entrapment) and insufficient filling can be suppressed. It is possible to improve the quality.

A gaming machine L6, wherein in the gaming machine L4 or L5, the side upstream end of the second passage member is inclined downward along the passing direction of the gaming machine.

According to the game machine L6, in addition to the effects of the game machine L4 or L5, the side surface upstream end of the second passage member is inclined downward along the passage direction of the game machine, so that the side surface of the second passage member A game ball that collides with the upstream end can be pushed to the bottom side. That is, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being bounced up at the upstream end of the side surface of the second passage member. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to smoothly pass (flow down).

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the specific winning port unit 550 as an example>
A ball entrance into which a game ball can be entered, a pair of wing members rotatably supported at positions across the ball entrance to open or close the ball entrance, and the pair of feather members. and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the pair of wing members, wherein the pair of wing members moves from the outside in the opening direction A gaming machine M1 characterized in that the transmission mechanism is formed so as to be capable of regulating the displacement of the pair of feather members in the opening direction when they are displaced.

Here, a ball entrance formed so that a game ball can be entered, a pair of feather members disposed on both sides of the ball entrance, and a driving force applied to the pair of feather members to open or close. When the pair of wing members are opened by the driving force of the driving means, they are arranged at the allowable position for allowing the entry of the game ball into the ball entrance, and the driving force of the driving means causes the pair of wing members to be opened. A gaming machine is known that includes a restricting means arranged at a restricting position for restricting entry of a game ball into a ball entrance when the member is closed (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-172833).

According to this gaming machine, when the pair of feather members are released by the driving force of the driving means, the restricting means is arranged at the allowable position, so that the game ball that has passed between the pair of feather members is inserted into the entrance. You can enter the ball. On the other hand, when the pair of feather members are closed by the driving force of the driving means, the restricting means is placed at the restricting position, so that when the pair of feather members are forcibly opened from the outside, the game ball enters the ball entrance. You can regulate what is entered.

However, in the conventional game machine described above, since the displacement of the restricting means is not restricted, the restricting means can be displaced from the restricted position to the allowable position after forcibly releasing the pair of feather members from the outside. Therefore, there is a problem that the effect of regulating illegal entry of game balls into the ball entrance is insufficient.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine M1, when the pair of wing members are displaced in the opening direction from the outside, the transmission mechanism is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the pair of wing members in the opening direction. It is possible to suppress the forced opening of the feather member. Therefore, illegal entry of game balls into the ball entrance can be easily regulated.

In the gaming machine M1, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates. A protruding portion protrudes from one of the members, and a sliding groove through which the protruding portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the slide member or the other of the pair of feather members. The inner wall of the is recessed with a receiving portion for receiving the projecting portion when the slide member is slid to a position where the blade member is closed, and when the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion , a game machine M2 characterized in that the rotation of the feather member is restricted.

According to the gaming machine M2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M1, the inner wall of the sliding groove is recessed with a receiving portion for receiving the projecting portion when the sliding member is slid to the position where the blade member is closed. In a state in which the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion, the rotation of the wing member is restricted, so that the wing member can be prevented from being forcibly released from the outside.

A game machine M3, wherein the direction of sliding displacement of said slide member is a direction substantially orthogonal to the rotation shafts of said pair of feather members in the game machine M2.

According to the game machine M3, in addition to the effects of the game machine M2, the direction of sliding displacement of the slide member is a direction substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis of the pair of wing members, so the wing members are displaced from the outside in the opening direction. Even if the external force is transmitted to the slide member via the projecting portion and the receiving portion, the slide displacement component of the slide member is less likely to occur. As a result, it is possible to suppress the forced opening of the feather member.

Also, the slide member can be arranged substantially parallel to the blade member. As a result, the space required for arranging the blade member and the slide member can be reduced, and the space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly.

A gaming machine M4 characterized in that, in the gaming machine M2 or M3, the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion by sliding the slide member downward in the direction of gravity.

According to the gaming machine M4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M2 or M3, the slide member is slid downward in the direction of gravity so that the projecting portion is received by the receiving portion. (Self-weight) can be used to facilitate maintenance of the state in which the projecting portion is received in the receiving portion.

In the gaming machine M1, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates. A protruding portion protrudes from one of the members, and a sliding groove through which the protruding portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the slide member or the other of the pair of feather members, and the rotary member is , an abutment portion, and an overhanging portion projecting from the tip of the abutment portion, and the slide member is adapted to rotate when the rotary member is rotated toward one side in order to close the blade member. A one-side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion is abutted, and the one-side abutted portion and the one-side abutted portion are opposed to each other with a predetermined gap in the direction of the slide displacement, and the rotation is performed to open the feather member. a second side abutted portion to which the other side of the abutting portion abuts when the member is rotated toward the other side, and when the feather member is closed, the one side abutted portion , one side of the abutting portion is abutted, the overhanging portion is engaged with the slide member, and at least a position where the other side of the abutting portion abuts on the other abutted portion. The gaming machine M5 is characterized in that when the rotating member is rotated to the other side, the engagement of the projecting portion with the slide member is released.

According to the game machine M5, in addition to the effects of the game machine M1, the rotary member has a contact portion and a projecting portion projecting from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member closes the blade member. a one-side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotary member is rotated toward one side, and a predetermined gap in the sliding displacement direction from the one-side abutted portion. and the other side abutted portion which is opposed to the wing member and is contacted by the other side of the abutting portion when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side to open the blade member. When it is rotated to , the one-side contacted portion is pushed by one side of the contact portion along with the rotation, and the sliding member is slid toward one side, whereby the blade member is closed. On the other hand, when the rotary member is rotated to the other side, the other side contacted portion is pushed by the other side of the contact portion along with the rotation, and the slide member is slidably displaced toward the other side. , the wing members are released.

In this case, when the blade member is closed, one side of the abutting portion is abutted against the abutted portion on one side and the projecting portion is engaged with the slide member. The sliding displacement of the slide member to the other side is restricted. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the wing member from being forcibly released from the outside.

On the other hand, when the rotating member is rotated to the other side at least to a position where the other side of the contacting portion contacts the other side contacted portion, the engagement of the overhanging portion with the slide member is released. By rotating the member further to the other side, the sliding member can be slidably displaced toward the other side, and the wing member can be released.

In the gaming machine M1, the transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and a slide member slidably displaced as the rotating member rotates. A protruding portion protrudes from one of the members, and a sliding groove through which the protruding portion is slidably inserted is recessed in the slide member or the other of the pair of feather members, and the rotary member is , an abutment portion, and an overhanging portion projecting from the tip of the abutment portion, and the slide member is adapted to rotate when the rotary member is rotated toward one side in order to close the blade member. A one-side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion is abutted, and the one-side abutted portion and the one-side abutted portion are opposed to each other with a predetermined gap in the direction of the slide displacement, and the rotation is performed to open the feather member. a second-side abutted portion to which the other side of the abutting portion is abutted when the member is rotated toward the other side; When the slide member is slidably displaced from a state in which the member is disengaged and the blade member is closed to a position where the one-side contact portion is in contact with one side of the contact portion. , the game machine M6, wherein the projecting portion is engaged with the slide member.

According to the game machine M6, in addition to the effects of the game machine M1, the rotating member has a contact portion and a projecting portion projecting from the tip of the contact portion, and the slide member closes the blade member. a one-side abutted portion with which one side of the abutting portion abuts when the rotary member is rotated toward one side, and a predetermined gap in the sliding displacement direction from the one-side abutted portion. and the other side abutted portion which is opposed to the wing member and is contacted by the other side of the abutting portion when the rotating member is rotated toward the other side to open the blade member. When it is rotated to , the one-side contacted portion is pushed by one side of the contact portion along with the rotation, and the sliding member is slid toward one side, whereby the blade member is closed. On the other hand, when the rotary member is rotated to the other side, the other side contacted portion is pushed by the other side of the contact portion along with the rotation, and the slide member is slidably displaced toward the other side. , the wing members are released.

In this case, when the slide member is slidably displaced from a state in which the blade member is closed to a position where the one-side contact portion abuts against one side of the contact portion, the projecting portion is engaged with the slide member. Therefore, it is restricted to slide the slide member to the other side without rotating the rotating member. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the wing member from being forcibly released from the outside.

On the other hand, when the blade member is closed, the projecting portion is disengaged from the slide member. A wing member can be opened. Here, when the wing member is closed and the overhang is engaged with the slide member, the shape of the overhang and the one-side abutting portion can allow the rotating member to rotate to the other side. It is necessary to form it into an appropriate shape, and the shape becomes complicated. Therefore, there is a possibility that not only the strength will be lowered, but also the engagement will be easily released. On the other hand, as in the present invention, when the blade member is closed, the overhanging portion is disengaged from the slide member, so that the shapes of the overhanging portion and the one-side contact portion are rotated. The member need not be shaped to allow rotation to the other side. Therefore, not only can the shape be simplified and the strength can be ensured, but also a shape that facilitates holding the engagement can be adopted, making it difficult for the engagement to be released.

In any one of the game machines M2 to M6, in a state in which a passage member forming a passage for a game ball entered into the ball entrance is provided, and the projecting portion is not inserted into the sliding groove, the above-described A game machine M7, wherein a part of the slide member is arranged in the passage of the passage member.

According to the gaming machine M7, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines M2 to M6, it is provided with a passage member that forms a passage for the game ball entered into the ball entrance, and the projecting portion is not in contact with the sliding groove. In the inserted state, a part of the slide member is arranged in the passage of the passage member. The sliding member can regulate the falling game ball.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning port unit 930 as an example>
A ball entrance into which a game ball can be entered, a pair of wing members rotatably supported at positions across the ball entrance to open or close the ball entrance, and the pair of feather members. and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the pair of feather members, wherein a game ball entered into the ball entrance and a part of the transmission mechanism traverses the passage of the passage member when the feather member is displaced from the open position to the closed position.

Here, a ball entrance into which a game ball can enter, a pair of feather members rotatably supported at positions across the ball entrance for opening or closing the ball entrance, and a pair of feather members for opening or closing the ball entrance A game machine is known that includes driving means for generating a driving force for rotating the wing members and a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to a pair of wing members (for example, JP-A-2010- 234009). The transmission mechanism includes a rotating member rotated by the driving force of the driving means, and the blade member is opened or closed as the rotating member is rotated toward one side or the other side.

In this case, for example, the tip of the string is adhered to the game ball, the game ball is entered from the ball entrance and passed through the passage of the passage member, and when the game ball reaches the detection position of the detection sensor, the string There is a fraudulent act that causes the detection sensor to detect multiple times by operating (pulling out, attracting) the other end of the game ball to make the game ball reciprocate. However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that it is difficult to effectively suppress cheating by adhering the tip of the string to the game ball and causing the detection sensor to detect the same multiple times.

On the other hand, according to the game machine N1, when the feather member is displaced from the open position to the closed position, part of the transmission mechanism crosses the passage of the passage member. The transmission mechanism can at least interfere with the part. As a result, by making the game ball reciprocate, it is possible to suppress the fraudulent act of causing the detection sensor to detect the game ball multiple times.

In the gaming machine N1, the transmission mechanism causes the slide member to traverse the passage of the passage member and the slide member to rub against the edge of the passage member when displacing the blade member from the open position to the closed position. A gaming machine N2 characterized by comprising a friction contact portion.

According to the game machine N2, in addition to the effects of the game machine N1, the transmission mechanism allows the slide member to traverse the passage of the passage member when displacing the blade member from the open position to the closed position, and the slide member moves the passage member. Since the edge portion is provided with the friction contact portion, it is possible to cut off an illegal object illegally inserted into the passage through the ball entrance.

That is, even if the above-described game ball is entered with the wing member opened, when the wing member is displaced from the open position to the closed position and the rubbing contact portion of the slide member crosses the passage of the passage member, A middle portion of the string whose tip is adhered to the game ball is displaced together with the friction contact portion and pressed against the edge of the passage member, and when the friction contact portion is rubbed against the edge of the passage member, the friction contact portion and the edge of the passage member. As a result, the fraudulent act described above can be suppressed.

In addition, it is preferable to form the friction contact portion of the slide member from a metal material. In this case, the entire slide member may be made of a metal material, or only a portion (rubbing contact portion) of the slide member may be made of a metal material. The same applies to the passage member, and the entire passage member may be made of a metal material, or only a portion of the passage member (the portion where the friction contact portion is in friction contact) may be made of a metal material. Moreover, it is preferable that the friction contact portion and the portion (the edge portion of the passage member) with which the friction contact portion is in friction contact are formed as blades (cutting blades).

In the gaming machine N1, the transmission mechanism includes a pair of cutting members that traverse the passage of the passage member and rub their edges together when the feather members are displaced from the open position to the closed position. A gaming machine N3 characterized by:

According to the game machine N3, in addition to the effects of the game machine N1, when the wing members are displaced from the open position to the closed position, the pair of wing members cross the passage of the passage member and rub the edges of each other. Since the cutting member is provided in the transmission mechanism, it is possible to cut an illegal object illegally inserted into the passage through the entrance.

That is, even if the above-described game ball is entered with the wing members opened, when the wing members are displaced from the open position to the closed position and the pair of cutting members cross the passage of the passage member, A midway portion of the thread, the tip of which is adhered to the game ball, can be cut by being sandwiched between a pair of cutting members. As a result, the fraudulent act described above can be suppressed.

Note that the pair of cutting members is preferably made of a metal material. In this case, the entire slide member may be made of a metal material, or only a portion of the slide member (edges that are in frictional contact with each other) may be made of a metal material. Moreover, it is preferable that the portions of the pair of cutting members that are in frictional contact with each other are formed as blades (cutting blades).

In the game machine N2 or N3, the driving means displaces the drive shaft in a first direction by electromagnetic force and displaces the drive shaft in a second direction opposite to the first direction. The blade member is formed as a solenoid actuator operated by the elastic recovery force of the force means, and the displacement of the blade member from the open position to the closed position is carried out by displacing the drive shaft of the drive means in the first direction. A game machine N4 characterized by.

According to the game machine N4, in addition to the effects of the game machine N2 or N3, the displacement of the wing member from the open position to the closed position is performed by displacing the drive shaft of the drive means in the first direction. That is, since it is performed using electromagnetic force, the driving force can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to easily cut off an illegal object (for example, a string) between the friction contact portion of the slide member and the edge portion of the passage member.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 19930 as an example>
A distribution member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to the one side passes, and a distribution member that distributes the game ball to the other side. and a second path through which the game balls pass, wherein at least a part of at least one of the first path and the second path is arranged along a direction intersecting the game board. A gaming machine O1 characterized by:

A distribution member that operates with the weight of the game ball to distribute the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and a game ball distributed to the other side. A gaming machine is known that has a sorting unit that has a second path to pass through (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since the passages are arranged along the direction parallel to the game board, the size of the sorting unit is increased in the width direction, and accordingly other members are required to be arranged. There was a problem that the space was reduced.

According to the game machine O1, since at least a part of at least one of the first path and the second path is arranged along the direction intersecting the game board, the front-rear direction (with respect to the game board) with a relatively large space At least a part of the passage can be arranged using the space in the intersecting direction). Therefore, the size of the sorting unit can be reduced in the width direction, and the space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly.

The gaming machine O2 in the gaming machine O1 is characterized in that the distribution member is rotatably pivoted, and the rotary shaft is disposed along the width direction of the game board.

According to the game machine O2, in addition to the effects of the game machine O1, the distribution member is rotatably supported, and the rotation axis is arranged along the width direction of the game board. The game ball allocation direction can be the direction crossing the game board (forward and backward direction). Therefore, the first path and the second path can also be arranged along the direction intersecting the game board (front-rear direction). As a result, the size of the sorting unit can be reduced in the width direction, and a corresponding amount of space can be secured for arranging other members.

A gaming machine O3, wherein at least a portion of the first passage overlaps with at least a portion of the second passage when viewed from above.

According to the gaming machine O3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O2, at least a portion of the first passage and at least a portion of the second passage overlap when viewed from the top. A corresponding amount of space can be secured for arranging other members.

The game machine O2 or O3 comprises a first detection means for detecting the game ball passing through the first path, the first path extending along the direction intersecting the game board and the sorting member and a first downstream passage extending downward from the first upstream passage, wherein the first detection means is disposed in the first upstream passage A game machine O4 characterized by:

According to the game machine O4, in addition to the effects of the game machine O2 or O3, the first passage extends along the direction intersecting the game board and extends backward from the distribution member, and and a first downstream passage extending downward from the first upstream passage, and the first detection means is disposed in the first upstream passage. It is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the first detection means. That is, it is possible for the player to easily visually recognize the direction of the game ball from the time when the game ball is distributed to one side by the distribution device until it is detected by the first detection means, thereby enhancing the amusement of the game.

It should be noted that the first passage and the second passage are preferably made of a light transmissive material that allows the passing game ball to be visually recognized from the outside.

In the gaming machine O4, the first upstream path of the first path includes enlarging means for enlarging the displaceable area of the game ball, and the enlarging means is arranged between the distribution member and the first detection means. A gaming machine O5 characterized by:

Here, when the game balls are distributed by the distribution member, the game balls are likely to riot due to the impact during the distribution operation. Therefore, if the first detection means is brought close to the distribution member, chattering may occur.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine O5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O4, the first upstream path of the first path is provided with enlarging means for enlarging the displaceable area of the game ball, and the enlarging means vibrates. Since it is disposed between the dividing member and the first detection means, when the game balls riot due to the impact of the distribution operation by the distribution member, the ramifications of the game balls are absorbed by the enlarging means. can do. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of chattering while making it possible to bring the first detection means close to the distribution member.

An example of the enlarging means is to increase the cross-sectional area of the passage in the first upstream passage of the first passage.

A game machine O6 comprising a first branch passage branched from a first upstream passage of the first passage in the game machine O5, wherein the expansion means is formed by the first branch passage.

According to the gaming machine O6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O5, the first branch passage branched from the first upstream passage of the first passage is provided, and the first branch passage forms an enlarging means. When the volatility of the game ball is relatively small, the expansion means (internal space of the first branch passage) suppresses the volatility of the game ball and suppresses the occurrence of chattering. In other words, in the case of a large rampage in which the occurrence of chattering cannot be suppressed, the game ball can flow out through the first branch passage.

Further, by forming the expansion means by the first branch passage, the game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member pass through the first upstream passage and are detected by the first detection means; It is possible to form a configuration in which the liquid cannot reach the first detection means and flows out to the first branch passage. As a result, it is possible to give the player the expectation that the game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member will reach the first detection means without flowing out to the first branch passage. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

In addition, as a guide destination of the game ball by the first branch path, for example, an out port, a prize winning port, a game area, and the like are exemplified.

In the game machine O6, at least the first upstream passage is formed of a light-transmitting material, and the first branch passage is branched from a side of the first upstream passage. Gaming machine O7.

According to the gaming machine O7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O6, at least the first upstream passage of the first passage is made of a light-transmissive material, and the first branch passage extends laterally of the first upstream passage. Since it branches from , the game ball passing through the first upstream passage can be visually recognized by the player, and the interest in the game can be enhanced. That is, the game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member and passing through the first upstream passage are made visible, so that the game balls reach the first detection means without flowing out to the first branch passage. It is possible to provide the game property of making the player expect that. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

In addition, by branching the first branch passage from the side of the first upstream passage, the area of the display surface for displaying game information is secured on the upper surface of the first upstream passage or the first branch passage. can. As the information about the game, for example, information about the guidance destination of the game ball guided by the first branch path is exemplified. For example, an out port is exemplified as the guidance destination.

In addition, the entire first passage may be made of a light transmissive material, and the first branch passage may be made of a light transmissive material.

A gaming machine O8, wherein the first upstream passage and the first branch passage are joined in the gaming machine O6 or O7 on the downstream side of the arrangement position of the first detection means.

According to the game machine O8, in addition to the effects of the game machine O6 or O7, the first upstream passage and the first branch passage are merged downstream of the position where the first detection means is arranged. The downstream passage can be used not only as a passage for game balls that have passed through the first upstream passage, but also as a passage for game balls that have passed through the first branch passage. Thereby, a sorting unit can be miniaturized.

In the gaming machine O8, the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first upstream passage and arranged in parallel with the first upstream passage, and the first upstream passage is the first branch passage. A game machine O9 characterized in that it is joined to the side of the.

According to the game machine O9, in addition to the effects of the game machine O8, the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first upstream passage and arranged in parallel with the first upstream passage. are joined to the side of the first branch passage, the first downstream passage can be offset toward the first branch passage with respect to the first upstream passage. Thereby, a space for arranging other members below the first upstream passage can be secured.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning unit 20930 as an example>
A distributing member that operates with the weight of the game ball to distribute the game ball to one side or the other side, a first detection means that detects the game ball distributed to the one side, and distributes the game ball to the other side. and second detection means for detecting the game ball that has been picked up, the time required for the game ball that has reached the distribution member to be detected by the first detection means, and the second detection means. A gaming machine P1 characterized by comprising adjusting means for adjusting so as to reduce the difference from the time required until the means is detected.

A distribution member that operates with the weight of the game ball to distribute the game ball to one side or the other side, a first detection means that detects the game ball distributed to one side, and the game ball distributed to the other side. There is known a game machine provided with a second detection means for detecting (Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there are restrictions on the layout of the path that guides the sorted game balls to the first detection means or the second detection means and the arrangement positions of the first detection means and the second detection means. There was a problem that the degree of freedom in design was low.

That is, when the game balls are detected by the first detection means and the second detection means are respectively displayed by the display means to notify the player (for example, the number of detected game balls is displayed as the number of reserved balls). case), the time required for the game balls that reach the distribution member and are distributed to one side to be detected by the first detection means and the time required for the game balls distributed to the other side to be detected by the second detection means If the required time is different, the time from reaching the sorting member to being displayed will differ depending on the sorting direction, and the interest in the game will be spoiled.

Therefore, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the passages for guiding the distributed game balls to the first detection means or the second detection means are arranged symmetrically with respect to the distribution member, and the first detection means and the second detection means There is a problem that the two detection means must be arranged at the same distance from the distribution member, and the degree of freedom in design is low.

According to the game machine P1, the difference between the time required for the game ball reaching the distribution member to be detected by the first detection means and the time required for the game ball to be detected by the second detection means is adjusted to be small. Since the adjusting means is provided, the paths for guiding the sorted game balls to the first detecting means or the second detecting means are arranged symmetrically with respect to the sorting member, and the first detecting means and the second detecting means are provided. Disposing the means at the same distance from the distribution member can be dispensed with. Therefore, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in designing the layout of the passage and the arrangement positions of the first detection means and the second detection means.

In the game machine P1, a first path guides the game balls distributed to the one side by the distribution member to the first detection means, and the first passage guides the game balls distributed to the other side by the distribution member to the first path. 2 a second passage leading to the detection means, wherein at least one of the first passage and the second passage is provided with a concave portion or a protrusion, and the concave portion or the protrusion is used as the adjustment means. Gaming machine P2 to play.

According to the gaming machine P2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P1, the first passage guides the game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member to the first detection means, and the distribution member distributes them to the other side. a second path for guiding the game ball to the second detecting means, at least one of the first path and the second path having a concave portion or a protrusion, and the concave portion or the protrusion is used as the adjusting means. Therefore, the time required for the game ball reaching the distribution member to be detected by the first detection means by utilizing the fact that the game ball receives resistance when passing through the concave portion or the protrusion and the moving speed decreases. and the time required to be detected by the second detection means. Moreover, the structure of the adjustment means can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced.

The adjustment means (recess or protrusion) may be provided in only one of the first passage and the second passage, or may be provided in both the first passage and the second passage. When a plurality of recesses or protrusions are provided, the sizes of the recesses or protrusions (depth of recess, height of protrusion, width of recess or protrusion, etc.) and arrangement intervals are the same. There may be one, or it may be different.

Also, the first passage and the second passage may be formed symmetrically (same shape) or asymmetrically with respect to the distribution member. Even in the case of symmetrical formation, the speed of the game ball can be reduced by the resistance when passing through the concave portion or the protrusion, so that the first detecting means and the second detecting means can be detected by the same distribution member. It is possible to make it unnecessary to dispose at a distance. That is, it is possible to ensure the degree of freedom in designing the arrangement positions of the first detection means and the second detection means.

In the gaming machine P1 or P2, a first path for guiding the game balls distributed to the one side by the distribution member to the first detection means, and a game ball distributed to the other side by the distribution member. a second path for guiding to the second detecting means, at least one of the first path and the second path having a falling area in which the game ball freely falls, and the falling area being the adjusting means; A gaming machine P3 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine P3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P1 or P2, the game balls sorted to one side by the sorting member are guided to the first path to the first detection means, and the sorting member moves the game balls to the other side. a second path for guiding the sorted game balls to the second detection means, wherein at least one of the first path and the second path has a falling area in which the game balls freely fall, and the falling area is adjusted according to the adjustment; Since it is used as a means, compared to the form in which the game ball rolls by receiving frictional resistance from the rolling surface, it is less susceptible to frictional resistance and the maximum gravitational acceleration acts to increase the moving speed efficiently. to reduce the difference between the time required for the game ball reaching the distribution member to be detected by the first detection means and the time required for the game ball to be detected by the second detection means. Adjustments can be made reliably. Moreover, the structure of the adjustment means can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced.

Note that the adjustment means (fall area) may be provided in only one of the first passage and the second passage, or may be provided in both the first passage and the second passage. Also, when a plurality of drop areas are provided, the lengths of the drop areas may be the same or different.

In the game machine P2 or P3, a first branch passage branched from the first passage is provided, and the recess or protrusion is disposed in the first passage downstream of a branch position where the first branch passage branches. A game machine P4 characterized in that

According to the game machine P4, in addition to the effects of the game machine P2 or P3, the first branch path branched from the first path is provided, and the first branch path branches to the first path downstream of the branch position. Since the concave portion or the protrusion is provided, it is possible to suppress the game ball from flowing into the first branch passage under the influence of the concave portion or the protrusion.

In the game machine P2 or P3, a first branch passage branched from the first passage is provided, and the recess or protrusion is disposed in the first passage upstream of a branch position where the first branch passage branches. A game machine P5 characterized in that

According to the game machine P5, in addition to the effects of the game machine P2 or P3, the first branch passage branched from the first passage is provided, and the first branch passage is located upstream of the branch position where the first branch passage is branched. Since the concave portion or the protrusion is provided, it is determined whether or not the game ball is branched to the first branch passage by utilizing the fact that the game ball receives resistance when passing through the concave portion or the protrusion and the moving speed is lowered. To make it easier for a player to visually recognize the whereabouts of a game ball.

In any one of the game machines P1 to P5, the adjustment means is such that the time required for the sorting member to sort the game balls to the one side differs from the time required for the sorting action to the other side. A game machine P6 characterized by.

According to the gaming machine P6, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines P1 to P5, the adjustment means adjusts the time required for the sorting member to sort the game balls to one side and the time required for the sorting action to the other side. Therefore, by using this time difference, the time required for the game ball reaching the distribution member to be detected by the first detection means and the time required for the game ball to be detected by the second detection means can be reliably adjusted to reduce the difference in In addition, since it can be adjusted by the distribution member, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in design with respect to the layout of the passage and the arrangement positions of the first detection means and the second detection means.

In the game machine P6, the sorting member is rotatably supported and positioned with the center of gravity biased to one side or the other with respect to the axis of rotation thereof, and the adjustment means adjusts A gaming machine P7 is characterized in that the time required for the operation of allocating the game balls to the one side and the time required for the operation of allocating the game balls to the other side are different.

According to the game machine P7, in addition to the effects of the game machine P6, the distribution member is rotatably supported, and the center of gravity is positioned with the center of gravity biased to one side or the other side with respect to the rotation axis, and the adjustment means Since the time required for distributing the game balls to the one side and the time required for distributing the game balls to the other side are different depending on the deviation of the position of the center of gravity, the structure of the adjusting means is simplified and the product cost is reduced. can.

Examples of means for biasing the center of gravity of the sorting member to one side or the other with respect to the axis of rotation include a method of mounting a weight and a method of forming an asymmetrical shape with respect to the axis of rotation.

In the game machine P6, the distribution member is rotatably supported, and the adjusting means changes the rotational resistance of the distribution member according to the direction of rotation, thereby distributing the game balls to the one side. The game machine P8 is characterized in that the time required and the time required for the action of distributing to the other side are made different.

According to the game machine P8, in addition to the effects of the game machine P6, the distribution member is rotatably pivotally supported, and the adjusting means changes the rotational resistance of the distribution member depending on the rotation direction, so that the game ball can be distributed. Since the time required for the operation of distributing to one side and the time required for the operation of distributing to the other side are made different, the time required for the game balls reaching the distributing member to be detected by the first detection means and the second detection means It is possible to reliably perform adjustment to reduce the difference from the time required for detection by the detection means.

As means for varying the rotation resistance of the distribution member depending on the direction of rotation, for example, a one-way gear is interposed so that rotation of the distribution member is not transmitted in one direction, and rotation of the distribution member is not transmitted in the other direction. is transmitted to another gear, and the rotational resistance is increased by the amount of rotation of the other gear.

In any one of the game machines P1 to P8, the distribution member is formed in a manner different from the one-side receiving surface for receiving the game balls distributed to the one side and the one-side receiving surface, and distributes the game balls to the other side. and a receiving surface on the other side for receiving the game ball, wherein the one receiving surface and the other receiving surface are used as the adjusting means.

According to the game machine P9, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines P1 to P8, the distribution member has a one-side receiving surface for receiving the game balls distributed to one side and a different aspect from the one-side receiving surface. and a receiving surface on the other side for receiving the game balls distributed to the other side, and the one receiving surface and the other receiving surface are used as adjusting means, so that the behavior of the game ball received on the one receiving surface is provided. and the behavior of the game ball received by the receiving surface on the other side, the time required for the game ball reaching the distribution member to be detected by the first detection means, and the time required for the game ball to be detected by the second detection means. It is possible to reliably perform the adjustment to reduce the difference from the time required until.

Examples of the difference between the one-side receiving surface and the other-side receiving surface include a difference in inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction and a difference in material (modulus of elasticity). The ease of bouncing of the game ball is exemplified as the difference in the behavior of the game ball. For example, if the bounce of a game ball received on one side receiving surface is greater than the bounce of a game ball received on the other side receiving surface, the flow of the game ball is slowed down by the amount of the bouncing period. Therefore, it is possible to obtain the time required for detection by the first detection means.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the winning unit 24930 as an example>
A game machine comprising: a distribution member that operates with the weight of a game ball to distribute the game ball to one side or the other; and an arrangement member on which the distribution member is arranged, wherein the arrangement The gaming machine Q1 is characterized by comprising suppressing means for suppressing rotation of the distribution member when an external force is applied to the member.

A gaming machine is known that includes a distribution member that operates with the weight of game balls to distribute the game balls to one side or the other, and an arrangement member in which the distribution member is disposed ( Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that when an external force is applied to the arrangement member such as by a player hitting, the sorting member may rotate due to the influence of inertial force. rice field.

That is, when a game ball distributed to one side is guided to a prize-winning opening to which a higher game value is given than a game ball distributed to the other side, for example, by hitting the game machine, the arrangement member is moved. By applying an external force to the distribution member, the distribution member is rotated by inertial force, and the posture of the distribution member is changed (the game ball is rotated to a posture that can be distributed to one side). rice field.

According to the game machine Q1, since it is provided with a suppressing means for suppressing rotation of the distribution member by an external force acting on the arrangement member, even if an external force is applied to the arrangement member, the influence of the inertial force , the distribution member can be suppressed from rotating. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the illegality of rotating the distribution member by the action of an external force.

The arrangement member includes the first member itself on which the sorting member is pivotally supported, but is not limited to such a first member. A third member that is directly or indirectly connected to the second member is also included. An example of the second member is a case member that rotatably supports the sorting member and forms the skeleton of the sorting unit. Various members (eg, outer frame, inner frame, front frame, glass plate, etc.) directly or indirectly connected to the game board are exemplified.

The external force is exemplified by the force input to the gaming machine due to the action of hitting or shaking by the player.

In the game machine Q1, the distribution member has a rotating shaft arranged along the width direction of the game board.

According to the gaming machine Q2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Q1, the rotating shaft of the distribution member is arranged along the width direction of the game board. It can be the direction that intersects the board (front-back direction). Therefore, passages for guiding the game balls distributed to one side or the other side by the distribution member can also be arranged along the direction intersecting the game board (front-rear direction). As a result, the size of the sorting unit including the sorting member can be reduced in the width direction, and a corresponding amount of space can be secured for arranging other members.

It should be noted that, in such a configuration in which the rotation axis of the distribution member is arranged along the width direction of the game board, when the player hits the front face (glass plate) of the game machine, the inertia due to the action of the external force Since the force acts on the sorting member as a force in the direction of rotating the sorting member, it was impossible to adopt it in the conventional product, but a suppressing means for suppressing the rotation of the sorting member is provided. This makes it possible to adopt it for the first time, and thereby, it is possible to achieve both securing of space for arranging other members and prevention of fraud.

In the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means places the center of gravity of the sorting member at a position overlapping the rotating shaft when viewed in the direction of the rotating shaft of the sorting member, so that an external force acts on the disposing member. A game machine Q3 characterized by suppressing the rotation of the distribution member when the distribution member is moved.

According to the game machine Q3, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q1 or Q2, the suppression means arranges the center of gravity of the distribution member at a position overlapping the rotation axis when viewed in the direction of the rotation axis of the distribution member. Since the distribution member is prevented from rotating when an external force is applied to the distributing member, the influence of the inertial force acting on the distributing member (distribution force component that tends to rotate the member) can be minimized. As a result, it is possible to suppress the distribution member from rotating due to the action of an external force.

In any one of the game machines Q1 to Q3, the suppressing means is an inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction of the distribution member rotated to the one side and an inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction of the distribution member rotated to the other side. and are different from each other to suppress rotation of the distribution member when an external force is applied to the arrangement member.

According to the game machine Q4, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines Q1 to Q3, the suppressing means is the tilt angle with respect to the vertical direction of the distribution member rotated to one side and the distribution member rotated to the other side. By making the angle of inclination with respect to the vertical direction different, the rotation of the distribution member is suppressed when an external force is applied to the arrangement member. One state can be greater than the other. Therefore, by setting the orientation (distribution direction) of the distribution member according to the direction in which the external force acts, it is possible to suppress the distribution member from rotating due to the action of the external force.

In game machine Q3 or Q4, game machine Q5 is characterized in that the distribution member is formed in a symmetrical shape with a plane of symmetry that includes the rotation axis.

According to the game machine Q5, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q3 or Q4, the distribution member is formed in a symmetrical shape with a plane of symmetry including the rotation axis, so that the shape of the distribution member is simplified. can reduce manufacturing costs. Moreover, since the directionality can be eliminated, the assembling property can be improved.

In the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means arranges the center of gravity of the distribution member at a position biased to the one side or the other side with respect to the rotation axis, thereby applying an external force to the arrangement member. A game machine Q6 characterized by suppressing the rotation of the distribution member when a case occurs.

According to the game machine Q6, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means disposes the center of gravity of the distribution member at a position biased to one side or the other side with respect to the rotation axis. Since rotation of the sorting member is suppressed when an external force is applied to the member, the force required to rotate the sorting member can be made larger in one state than in the other state. Therefore, by setting the orientation (distribution direction) of the distribution member according to the direction in which the external force acts, it is possible to suppress the distribution member from rotating due to the action of the external force.

Examples of means for biasing the center of gravity of the sorting member to one side or the other with respect to the axis of rotation include a method of mounting a weight and a method of forming an asymmetrical shape with respect to the axis of rotation.

In the gaming machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means changes the rotation resistance of the distribution member according to the rotation direction, thereby preventing the distribution member from rotating when an external force is applied to the arrangement member. A gaming machine Q7 characterized by suppressing.

According to the game machine Q7, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means changes the rotation resistance of the distribution member according to the rotation direction, so that when an external force is applied to the arrangement member, the distribution Since the member is restrained from rotating, the force required to rotate the sorting member can be greater in one state than in the other. Therefore, by setting the orientation (distribution direction) of the distribution member according to the direction in which the external force acts, it is possible to suppress the distribution member from rotating due to the action of the external force.

As means for varying the rotation resistance of the distribution member depending on the direction of rotation, for example, a one-way gear is interposed so that rotation of the distribution member is not transmitted in one direction, and rotation of the distribution member is not transmitted in the other direction. is transmitted to another gear, and the rotational resistance is increased by the amount of rotation of the other gear.

In the game machine Q1 or Q2, the suppressing means has an elongated shaft hole for supporting the rotating shaft of the distribution member, so that when an external force is applied to the distributing member, the distribution member A gaming machine Q8 characterized by suppressing rotation of the .

According to the game machine Q8, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q1 or Q2, the suppression means has an elongated shaft hole for supporting the rotation shaft of the distribution member, so that an external force acts on the arrangement member. Since rotation of the distribution member is suppressed when the distribution member is rotated, it is possible to suppress rotation of the distribution member due to the action of an external force. That is, by setting the angle formed by the longitudinal direction of the elongated hole and the direction of action of the external force to be less than a predetermined angle, the distribution member can be rotated when the distribution member receives the game ball. On the other hand, when an external force (inertial force) acts on the sorting member, the rotating shaft of the sorting member can be slid along the longitudinal direction of the shaft hole to consume the acting energy. As a result, it is possible to suppress the distribution member from rotating due to the action of an external force.

It should be noted that the direction in which the external force acts is the direction perpendicular to the front face (glass plate) of the gaming machine (the direction substantially perpendicular to the vertical direction), assuming that the player hits the front face of the gaming machine. . In this case, the angle formed by the longitudinal direction of the elongated hole shape and the vertical direction (the direction in which the game ball falls toward the distribution member) is preferably set to approximately 45 degrees or more, and approximately 60 degrees or less. More preferably, the angles are substantially perpendicular to each other, and most preferably. When a game ball is received, the distribution member can be reliably rotated by the weight of the game ball. (longitudinal direction)).

A game machine Q9 characterized in that, in the game machine Q8, the shaft hole is inclined downward from one side to the other side.

According to the game machine Q9, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q8, the shaft hole is inclined downward from one side or the other side to the other side, so that energy consumption is increased and the distribution member is moved to the initial position. can be returned to That is, by setting the direction of the distribution member (inclination direction of the shaft hole) according to the direction in which the external force is applied, when the external force (inertial force) is applied to the distribution member, the distribution member can be slid in the direction of the upward inclination of the shaft hole to increase the consumption of the applied energy, while thereafter it can be lowered by the downward inclination of the shaft hole, and the distribution member It can be returned to its initial position.

In any one of the gaming machines Q1 to Q9, a first winning port into which the game balls distributed to the one side wins, and a game ball distributed to the other side wins and enters the first winning port. a second prize winning port for imparting a game value lower than a winning prize, wherein the distributing member distributes the game balls to the other side when rotated by an external force acting on the distributing member; A gaming machine Q10 characterized in that:

According to the gaming machine Q10, in addition to the effect produced by one of the gaming machines Q1 to Q9, there is a first winning port where the game balls distributed to one side wins, and the game balls distributed to the other side wins. and a second prize winning port that imparts a lower game value than winning to the first winning port, and the distributing member moves the game ball to the other side when rotated by an external force acting on the distributing member. Since it is set to the attitude of distributing to , it is possible to suppress the action of changing the attitude of the distributing member (rotating the distributing member) by hitting the game machine or the like to apply an external force to the arrangement member.

Any one of the gaming machines Q1 to Q9 has a first winning port for winning the game balls distributed to the one side and a second winning port for winning the game balls distributed to the other side, A gaming machine Q11 characterized in that a game value given for winning in the first winning port and a game value given for winning in the second winning port are equal.

According to the gaming machine Q11, in addition to the effects produced by any one of the gaming machines Q1 to Q9, there is a first winning port for winning game balls distributed to one side and a winning port for game balls distributed to the other side. The game machine is equipped with a second winning port, and since the game value given for winning the first winning port and the game value given for winning the second winning port are equivalent, the game machine is used. It is possible to suppress the action of changing the posture of the sorting member (rotating the sorting member) by applying an external force to the arrangement member, such as by hitting.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 34930 as an example>
A game machine comprising a ball entrance into which a game ball enters and a distribution member that distributes the game ball that has entered the ball entrance to one side or the other, wherein the distribution member rotates. The gaming machine R1 is characterized in that the ball entrance is arranged at a position deviated from above the distribution member in the vertical direction toward the one side or the other side when viewed in the axial direction.

A gaming machine is known that includes a ball entrance into which a game ball enters and a distribution member that distributes the game ball that has entered the ball entrance to one side or the other (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2017). -148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the ball entrance is arranged vertically above the allocation member when viewed in the direction of the rotation axis of the allocation member. There is a problem that the mode of reaching the member becomes monotonous and the game is not sufficiently interesting.

According to the gaming machine R1, the ball entrance is arranged at a position deviated to one side or the other side from the vertical direction upper side of the allocation member when viewed in the rotation axis direction of the allocation member. It is possible to change the manner in which the game ball hit reaches the sorting member. As a result, the interest in the game can be improved.

In the game machine R1, a period until the game ball entering the ball entrance is distributed to the other side by the distribution member in a state after the distribution member distributes the game ball to the one side a configuration that acts on the game ball, and the game ball entering the ball entrance in a state after the distribution member distributes the game ball to the other side is moved to the one side by the distribution member The game machine R2 is characterized in that the structure acting on the game balls until they are sorted is different.

Here, in the direction of the rotation axis of the distribution member, when the ball entrance is arranged at a position deviated from the vertical direction upper side of the distribution member to one side or the other side, the distribution member is formed in a symmetrical shape. Even if it is, depending on the posture of the distribution member (whether the game ball is distributed to one side or to the other side), the ball is entered from the ball entrance and is distributed The behavior of the game balls distributed by the dividing member is different, and there is a possibility that a problem may occur.

For example, in the direction of the rotation axis of the distribution member, when the ball entrance is arranged at a position deviated to one side from the vertical direction upper side of the distribution member, the game ball heading from the ball entrance to the distribution member Since it has a velocity component in the direction from one side to the other side, for the distribution member in the state after the game balls have been distributed to one side, the game balls (distribution absent) in the direction of rotating the distribution member A game ball that also has a speed component in the direction of rotating the ball collides with the distribution member that is in the state after the game ball is distributed to the other side. A game ball collides in the direction of (a game ball that also has a speed component in the direction opposite to the direction in which the distribution absence is rotated). Therefore, the behavior of the game ball entered from the ball entrance and distributed by the distribution member differs depending on the posture of the distribution member.

On the other hand, according to the game machine R2, in addition to the effects of the game machine R1, the game ball entering the ball entrance in the state after the game ball has been distributed to one side by the distribution member A configuration that acts on a game ball until it is distributed to the other side, and a game ball entering a ball entrance in a state after the game ball is distributed to the other side by the distribution member is moved to one side by the distribution member. Since the structure acting on the game balls before being sorted is different, it is possible to respond to the behavior of the game balls entered from the ball entrance and sorted by the sorting member according to the attitude of the sorting member. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems.

In the gaming machine R2, a guide passage is provided for guiding the game ball that has entered the ball entrance to the distribution member, and the guide passage is provided from above the distribution member in the vertical direction when viewed in the direction of the rotation axis of the distribution member. A gaming machine characterized in that the ball entrance is arranged at a position biased to one side, and the sorting member is arranged at a position biased to the other side from the vertical direction below the outlet of the guide passage. R3.

According to the game machine R3, in addition to the effects of the game machine R2, it is provided with a guide passage for guiding the game ball entering the ball entrance to the distribution member, and when viewed in the direction of the rotation axis of the distribution member, the distribution member The ball entrance is arranged at a position deviated to one side from the vertical direction upper part of the guide passage, and the distribution member is arranged at a position deviated to the other side from the vertical direction lower side of the exit of the guide passage. The position at which the game ball entering the ball entrance and flowing out from the exit of the guide passage collides with the sorting member in the state after being sorted to the side can be brought closer to the center of rotation of the sorting member. As a result, the rotational moment acting on the sorting member due to the collision of the game balls can be reduced, and damage can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine R2 or R3, the inclination angle of the distribution member with respect to the vertical direction in the state after the game balls have been distributed to the one side is equal to the distribution in the state after the game balls have been distributed to the other side. The game machine R4 is characterized in that the angle of inclination of the member with respect to the vertical direction is larger than that of the member.

According to the gaming machine R4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine R2 or R3, the inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction of the distribution member in the state after the game balls have been distributed to one side is Since the inclination angle with respect to the vertical direction of the distribution member in the state of (2) is larger than that, the game ball that entered the ball entrance and flowed out from the exit of the guide passage is in the state after the game ball has been distributed to the other side. When colliding with the sorting member, the component of the force received by the sorting member in the direction passing through the rotating shaft can be increased. As a result, it is possible to reduce the rotational moment acting on the distribution member due to the collision of the game balls, thereby suppressing damage.

In the gaming machine R3 or R4, the distribution member is characterized in that rotational resistance in the action of distributing the game balls to the other side is greater than rotational resistance in the action of distributing the game balls to the one side. Gaming machine R5.

According to the game machine R5, in addition to the effects of the game machine R3 or R4, the distribution member has a greater rotational resistance in the action of distributing the game balls to the other side than the rotational resistance in the action of distributing the game machine to the one side. Therefore, the distribution member can be prevented from being damaged, and the distribution operation can be reliably performed.

That is, since the game ball flowing down toward the distribution member has a velocity component in the direction from one side to the other side, the game ball is distributed to the distribution member in the state after the game ball has been distributed to one side. When received, the distribution member is rotated toward the other side together with the received game ball, and contacts the stopper surface (the distribution member after distributing the game ball to the other side, and the other side of the distribution member It collides with the surface that regulates the displacement to) at high speed. As a result, the sorting member may be damaged.

On the other hand, according to the game machine R5, since the rotation resistance of the distribution member in the action of distributing the game balls to the other side is increased, the rotation resistance of the distribution member slows down the rotation of the distribution member to the other side, To moderate impact when a distribution member that distributes game balls to the other side collides with a stopper surface. As a result, damage to the sorting member can be suppressed.

On the other hand, for the distribution member in the state after the game balls have been distributed to the other side, the speed in the direction opposite to the direction of rotating the distribution member to one side (direction from one side to the other side) Since the game ball with the component collides, if the rotation resistance when rotating the distribution member to one side is increased, the distribution member that receives the game ball cannot rotate together with the game ball. is likely to rebound from the distribution member. When the game ball rebounds from the distribution member, the distribution member moves to one side while the game ball is separated from the distribution member (bounces back) due to the impact of the collision of the game ball and the reaction when it bounces back. When the game ball that has been rotated and separated (bounced back) falls, there is a risk that the game ball will be distributed to the other side opposite to the originally distributed direction.

On the other hand, according to the game machine R5, the distribution member has a smaller rotational resistance in the action of distributing the game machine to one side than the rotational resistance in the action of distributing the game ball to the other side, so that the game ball is distributed. When receiving the game ball, the distribution member can be easily rotated toward one side together with the game ball. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the received game ball from rebounding from the distribution member, and to reliably distribute the game ball to one side.

In the gaming machine R5, one gear or a plurality of gears forming a gear train are interposed between the gear and the distributing member, and the rotation of the distributing member in the direction of distributing the game balls to the other side is A game machine R6 characterized by comprising a one-way clutch that transmits the rotation to the gear and prevents the rotation of the distributing member in the direction of distributing the game balls to the one side from being transmitted to the gear.

According to the gaming machine R6, one gear or a plurality of gears forming a gear train are interposed between the gear and the distributing member, and the rotation of the distributing member in the direction of distributing game balls to the other side is transmitted to the gear. In addition, since the one-way clutch that does not transmit the rotation of the distributing member in the direction of distributing the game balls to one side to the gear is provided, when the distributing member is rotated in the direction of distributing the game balls to the other side. , the rotation of the distributing member is transmitted to the gear via the one-way clutch, and the gear is driven. Therefore, the rotational resistance of the distribution member is increased by the driven gear. On the other hand, when the distribution member is rotated in the direction of distributing game balls to one side, the rotation of the distribution member is blocked by the one-way clutch and is not transmitted to the gear. That is, the gear is not driven. Therefore, since the gear is not driven, the rotation resistance of the distribution member is reduced.

In this way, since the one-way clutch is used to switch between transmission and non-transmission of rotation to the gear, in addition to the effects of the game machine R5, a difference in rotational resistance in the direction of rotation can be reliably formed. In addition, since it is possible to make a relatively simple configuration as to whether or not the gear is driven, the product cost can be reduced accordingly, and reliability and durability can be improved.

In particular, the inertial force of the gear when starting to follow the gear in the stopped state can be used as the rotational resistance of the distribution member, so the rotational resistance immediately after the game ball collides with the distribution member. In the present invention, which can be easily secured and the amount of displacement in the sorting operation of the sorting member is relatively small, it is effective as a configuration for suppressing breakage due to collision of the sorting member with the stopper surface.

The one-way clutch may be of any type as long as it allows transmission of rotation in one direction and blocks (restricts) transmission of rotation in the other direction. One-way clutch systems include, for example, a sprag system and a cam system. Further, when the rotating shaft of the distributing member is connected to the inner ring side of the one-way clutch, the gear is connected to the outer ring side of the one-way clutch, and the rotating shaft of the distributing member is connected to the outer ring side of the one-way clutch. A gear is connected to the inner ring side of the one-way clutch.

In the game machine R5 or R6, the game machine R7 is characterized in that the distribution member is formed in a symmetrical shape with a plane of symmetry including a rotation axis.

According to the game machine R7, in addition to the effects of the game machine R5 or R6, the distribution member is formed in a symmetrical shape with a plane of symmetry including the rotation axis, so that the shape of the distribution member is simplified. can reduce manufacturing costs. Moreover, since the directionality can be eliminated, the assembling property can be improved.

A game machine R8 characterized in that, in the game machine R5 or R6, the center of gravity of the distribution member is arranged at a position biased to the one side with respect to the rotation axis.

According to the game machine R8, since the center of gravity of the distribution member is arranged at a position biased to one side with respect to the rotation axis, when the distribution member is rotated in the direction of distributing game balls to the other side, Since the center of gravity is raised, the rotational resistance of the distribution member is increased accordingly. On the other hand, when the distribution member is rotated in the direction in which the game balls are distributed to one side, the center of gravity is lowered, so the rotational resistance of the distribution member is reduced accordingly.

In this way, since the position of the center of gravity is set at a predetermined position, in addition to the effects of the game machine R5 or R6, the simplification can be made, the product cost can be reduced accordingly, and reliability and durability can be improved. can be improved.

Examples of means for biasing the center of gravity of the sorting member to one side with respect to the axis of rotation include a method of mounting a weight and a method of forming an asymmetrical shape with respect to the axis of rotation.

In any one of the gaming machines R2 to R8, the distribution member is characterized in that at least a receiving surface for receiving the game balls distributed to the other side is formed as a curved surface convex toward the rotation axis. Machine R9.

According to the game machine R9, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines R2 to R8, the distribution member has a receiving surface that receives game balls distributed to at least the other side as a curved surface that is convex toward the rotation axis. Since it is formed, damage to the sorting member can be suppressed.

That is, since the game ball flowing down toward the distribution member has a velocity component in the direction from one side to the other side, the game ball is distributed to the distribution member in the state after the game ball has been distributed to one side. When received, the distribution member is rotated toward the other side together with the received game ball, and contacts the stopper surface (the distribution member after distributing the game ball to the other side, and the other side of the distribution member It collides with the surface that regulates the displacement to) at high speed. As a result, the sorting member may be damaged.

On the other hand, according to the game machine R9, the receiving surface of the distribution member for receiving the game ball is formed as a curved surface that is convex toward the rotation axis, so that the received game ball is distributed along the curved surface. It can slide or roll. Therefore, by the amount of sliding or rolling, it is possible to soften the impact when the distribution member that distributes the game balls to the other side collides with the stopper surface. As a result, damage to the sorting member can be suppressed.

In any one of the game machines R2 to R8, the distribution member is characterized in that the receiving surface for receiving the game balls distributed to the other side has a smaller inclination than the receiving surface for the game balls distributed to the one side. Gaming machine R10.

According to the game machine R10, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines R2 to R8, the distribution member has a receiving surface for receiving the game balls distributed to the other side inclined more than the receiving surface for the game balls distributed to the one side. is made smaller, it is possible to suppress damage to the sorting member and to perform the sorting operation reliably.

That is, since the game ball flowing down toward the distribution member has a velocity component in the direction from one side to the other side, the game ball is in a state after the game ball has been distributed to one side ( That is, when received by the receiving surface for receiving the game balls to be distributed to the other side, the distribution member is rotated toward the other side together with the received game balls, and the stopper surface (after distributing the game balls to the other side) (surface that abuts the sorting member and restricts the displacement of the sorting member to the other side) at high speed. As a result, the sorting member may be damaged.

On the other hand, according to the game machine R10, since the inclination angle of the receiving surface for receiving the game balls to be distributed to the other side of the distribution member is small, the thickness of the part that collides with the stopper surface corresponds to the small inclination. can be increased. As a result, damage to the sorting member can be suppressed.

On the other hand, for the distribution member in the state after the game balls have been distributed to the other side, the speed in the direction opposite to the direction of rotating the distribution member to one side (direction from one side to the other side) Since game balls having components collide with each other, if the inclination of the receiving surface of the game balls to be distributed to one side is small, the game balls are likely to rebound from the distribution member. When the game ball rebounds from the distribution member, the distribution member moves to one side while the game ball is separated from the distribution member (bounces back) due to the impact of the collision of the game ball and the reaction when it bounces back. When the game ball that has been rotated and separated (bounced back) falls, there is a risk that the game ball will be distributed to the other side opposite to the originally distributed direction.

On the other hand, according to the game machine R10, the distribution member has a large inclination angle of the receiving surface that receives the game balls to be distributed to one side. It is possible to give more velocity components in the direction toward the sorting direction. Therefore, the received game ball is suppressed from rebounding from the distribution member, and the distribution member receiving the game ball can be easily rotated toward one side together with the game ball. Therefore, it is possible to reliably distribute the game balls to one side.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 19930 as an example>
A distribution member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to the one side passes, and a distribution member that distributes the game ball to the other side. and a second passage through which the game balls pass, wherein the distribution member is rotatably supported, and the rotation axis is arranged along the width direction of the game board. A gaming machine S1 characterized in that:

A distribution member that operates with the weight of the game ball to distribute the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and a game ball distributed to the other side. A gaming machine is known that has a sorting unit that has a second path to pass through (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-148189). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since the passages are arranged along the direction parallel to the game board, the size of the sorting unit is increased in the width direction, and accordingly other members are required to be arranged. There was a problem that the space was reduced.

According to the game machine S1, the distribution member is rotatably supported, and the rotation axis is arranged along the width direction of the game board, so that the distribution direction of the game balls by the distribution member is aligned with the game board. It can be a crossing direction (front-rear direction). Therefore, the first path and the second path can also be arranged along the direction intersecting the game board (front-rear direction). As a result, the size of the sorting unit can be reduced in the width direction, and a corresponding amount of space can be secured for arranging other members.

In the gaming machine S1, a first detection means for detecting the game ball passing through the first path is provided, the first path is provided with an enlargement means for enlarging a displaceable area of the game ball, and the enlargement means A game machine S2, characterized in that it is disposed between the distribution member and the first detection means.

Here, when the game balls are distributed by the distribution member, the game balls are likely to riot due to the impact during the distribution operation. Therefore, if the first detection means is brought close to the distribution member, chattering may occur.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine S2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine S1, the first passage is provided with enlarging means for enlarging the displaceable area of the game ball, and the enlarging means is the sorting member and the first detection. Since it is disposed between the means, when the game balls riot due to the impact of the distribution operation by the distribution member, the game balls can absorb the rambling of the game balls by the enlarging means. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of chattering while making it possible to bring the first detection means close to the distribution member.

An example of the enlarging means is to increase the cross-sectional area of the passage in the first upstream passage of the first passage.

The gaming machine S3 is characterized in that, in the gaming machine S2, the gaming machine S3 comprises a first branch passage branched from the first passage, and the expansion means is formed by the first branch passage.

According to the gaming machine S3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine S2, the first branched path branched from the first path is provided, and the first branched path forms an enlarging means. If it is small, the expansion means (internal space of the first branch passage) suppresses the chattering of the game ball and suppresses the occurrence of chattering. In the case of a large rampage that cannot be controlled, the game ball can be flowed out through the first branch passage.

In addition, by forming the expansion means by the first branch passage, game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member pass through the first passage and are detected by the first detection means; A configuration in which the liquid cannot reach the detection means and flows out to the first passage can be formed. As a result, it is possible to give the player the expectation that the game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member will reach the first detection means without flowing out to the first branch passage. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

In addition, as a guide destination of the game ball by the first branch path, for example, an out port, a prize winning port, a game area, and the like are exemplified.

The game machine S4 is characterized in that, in the game machine S3, the first passage is made of a light-transmitting material, and the first branch passage branches off from the side of the first passage.

According to the gaming machine S4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine S3, the first passage is made of a light-transmissive material, and the first branch passage is branched from the side of the first passage. A game ball passing through is visually recognized by a player, and the interest in the game can be enhanced. That is, the game balls distributed to one side by the distribution member and passing through the first upstream passage are made visible, so that the game balls reach the first detection means without flowing out to the first branch passage. It is possible to provide the game property of making the player expect that. As a result, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Further, by branching the first branch passage from the side of the first passage, the area of the display surface for displaying the information about the game can be secured on the first passage or the upper surface of the first branch passage. As the information about the game, for example, information about the guidance destination of the game ball guided by the first branch path is exemplified. For example, an out port is exemplified as the guidance destination.

In addition, only a part of the first passage may be made of a light transmissive material, and the first branch passage may be made of a light transmissive material.

Gaming machines A1 to A9, B1 to B9, C1 to C11, D1 to D10, E1 to E7, F1 to F8, G1 to G16, H1 to H15, I1 to I10, J1 to J16, K1 to K11, L1 to L6, In any of M1 to M7, N1 to N4, O1 to O9, P1 to P9, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10 and S1 to S4, the gaming machine X1 is a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the slot machine is "provided with variable display means for displaying the identification information in a fixed manner after dynamically displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of identification information, As a result, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has passed, and the stop time and a special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the definite identification information of is the specific identification information. In this case, typical examples of game media include coins and medals.

Gaming machines A1 to A9, B1 to B9, C1 to C11, D1 to D10, E1 to E7, F1 to F8, G1 to G16, H1 to H15, I1 to I10, J1 to J16, K1 to K11, L1 to L6, In any of M1 to M7, N1 to N4, O1 to O9, P1 to P9, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10 and S1 to S4, the gaming machine X2 is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic structure of a pachinko game machine is provided with an operating handle, and in response to the operation of the operating handle, balls are shot into a predetermined game area, and the balls are ejected into actuating openings arranged at predetermined positions in the game area. For example, the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is determined and stopped after a predetermined period of time, with the requirement of winning a prize (or passing through an activation opening). In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable prize winning device (specific prize winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner to allow the balls to win prizes, and a value corresponding to the number of prizes won Values (including not only prize balls but also data written to magnetic cards, etc.) can be given.

Gaming machines A1 to A9, B1 to B9, C1 to C11, D1 to D10, E1 to E7, F1 to F8, G1 to G16, H1 to H15, I1 to I10, J1 to J16, K1 to K11, L1 to L6, In any one of M1 to M7, N1 to N4, O1 to O9, P1 to P9, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10 and S1 to S4, the gaming machine is a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. A gaming machine X3 characterized by: Among them, the basic configuration of the integrated game machine is "provided with variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of identification information, and an operation means for starting (such as an operation lever) The identification information starts to change due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has passed. a special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on condition that the fixed identification information at the time of stop is the specific identification information; the ball is used as a game medium; A gaming machine configured to require a predetermined number of balls at the start of dynamic display, and to pay out a large number of balls at the occurrence of a special game state.
<Others>
A distribution member that operates with the weight of the game ball to distribute the game ball to one side or the other side, a first passage through which the game ball distributed to one side passes, and a game ball distributed to the other side. There is known a game machine provided with a sorting unit having a second path to pass through (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-148189). However, the above-described conventional gaming machine has a problem of reduced space. The present technical idea has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a game machine capable of securing a space.
<Means>
In order to achieve this object, the game machine of Technical Concept 1 includes a distribution member that operates with the weight of the game ball and distributes the game ball to one side or the other side, and the distribution member that distributes the game ball to the one side. A distribution unit having a first passage through which game balls pass and a second passage through which the game balls distributed to the other side pass, and at least one of the first passage and the second passage. is disposed along the direction intersecting the game board.
The gaming machine according to technical idea 2 is the gaming machine according to technical idea 1, wherein the distribution member is rotatably pivoted, and the rotation axis is disposed along the width direction of the game board.
The gaming machine according to technical idea 3 is the gaming machine according to technical idea 2, wherein at least a portion of the first passage and at least a portion of the second passage overlap when viewed from above.
<effect>
According to the gaming machine described in technical idea 1, the space can be secured.
According to the gaming machine described in technical idea 2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in technical idea 1, space can be secured.
According to the gaming machine described in technical idea 3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in technical idea 2, space can be secured.
<Sign>
10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
13 game board
60, 19060 base plate (game board)
60a, 19060a through hole (opening)
60c light transmission hole (recessed portion)
64 1st winning entrance (1st aisle, ball entrance)
140 2nd winning entrance (ball entrance, 1st ball entrance, 2nd passage)
65a specific winning entrance (2nd ball entrance)
162 transmission shaft rod (support means)
163 driven member (displacement means)
175 lower regulating portion (second resistance means)
176 upper regulation part (resistance means, first resistance means)
310 back case
405 metal rail (guide means)
410, 3410 transmission unit (transmission means)
411 drive gear (transmission means)
412 transmission gear (transmission means)
413 terminal gear (transmission means)
414 arm member (transmission means)
425 housing plate (supporting means)
425b omitted part (open part)
427 through hole (restraining means)
428 blocking plate (supporting means, suppressing means)
430 lifting plate (basic means, intermediate means)
433 cylindrical portion (restraining means)
441 rotary gear (displacement configuration means)
442 relative displacement member (intermediate means, tip side means)
444 auxiliary arm member (foundation means, rotational displacement means)
444a base end side part (part, rotating shaft part)
444b arc-shaped gear part (protruding part)
444d cylindrical part (other part, rotating shaft part)
460 pinnate member (tip side means, displacement means, first displacement means, second displacement means, arrangement displacement means)
464L formation portion (first displacement means, first disposition displacement means)
464R formation part (second displacement means, second disposition displacement means)
490 fixed transmission plate (displacement constituting means)
708 partition member (support plate)
712 thin film cover member (thin film member)
714 light guide member (guide means)
730 Plate-shaped displacement member (displacement means, first displacement means)
735 small receiving part (first supporting part, second supporting part)
736 large receiving part (first supporting part, second supporting part)
740 hollow member (second displacement means)
743 projecting column (second displacement means)
750 variable decorative member (second displacement means)
761, 4761 load member (displacement means, load applying means, transmission means)
761c vertical rod-shaped extension (push portion)
761d overhang (attachment, range setting means)
762 axial rod (supporting means)
764 lower regulating portion (second resistance means)
765 upper regulation unit (resistance means, first resistance means, range setting means)
777 illumination board (light emitting board)
DH1 electrical wiring (electricity supply means)
MT1 drive motor (driving means)
S1 contact surface (split surface)
SOL1 electromagnetic solenoid (driving means)
SOL2 electromagnetic solenoid (driving means, load applying means, range setting means)
SP21 biasing spring (load applying means)
Rotating gear with 3441 arm (displacement forming means)
930, 19930 , 20930, 21930, 22930, 23930, 24930, 25930, 26930, 27930, 28930, 29930, 30930, 31930, 32930, 33930, 34930, 35930, 36930, 37930, 38930, 3893040, 19304099 (Arrangement member)
940 front unit (first member, first unit)
941 rear base (fixing member)
941g, 19941g 1st receiving part (entrance)
942c Second ball feeding portion (first passage member)
943, 19943 front base (body member, entrance)
943a rolling portion (first passage, first passage member)
945 feather member (first opening/closing member)
945b projection (protruding part)
951 plate member (second opening/closing member, opening/closing member)
953a1 opening (entrance)
953a2 rolling surface
953c annular projection (seat)
954b recess (guide groove)
954c protrusion (second guide means)
954c2 side part
954c3 side edge
954d standing wall (first guide means)
954d1 second guide surface (first inclined surface)
954d2 second side edge (side edge)
955 passage member (case member)
955a concave portion (passage member)
957a1 main body
957a2 shaft (drive shaft)
960 drive unit (third member)
961a body
961b shaft (drive shaft)
962e arm (second engaging portion)
962f wall (covering surface)
962g projecting portion (first engaging portion)
140 second winning entrance (ball entrance, second ball entrance)
965, 18965 transmission member (rotating member, first transmission mechanism)
965a tip (first part)
965b rotating part (first part)
965c rotary shaft
965d protrusion (second part)
965e insertion portion (contact portion)
966, 8966, 11966, 12966, 14966, 18966 displacement member (slide member, first transmission mechanism)
966a2, 8966a2 sliding groove
966a5 inclined surface
8966a6 recess (receiving part)
966b2 one side contacted part
966b3 other side contacted part
11968c, 18996g blade part (friction contact part)
12966c2 second blade (cutting member)
6683 blade (cutting member)
970 throwing unit (second unit)
980 distribution unit (second member, second upstream unit)
981b side wall (second passage, second passage member, third passage)
982b inclined part (bending part)
982h1, 982j1 guide part (upright part)
985e1, 985f1 inflow passage (second connecting passage)
988b magnetic material (adjusting means, suppressing means)
988c magnetic material (regulating means, suppressing means)
900 passage unit (second downstream unit)
991c1, 991d1 concave portion (receiving portion)
19941hIntermediate entrance (Second passage)
Distribution unit
19982a, 19986a, 31986a side plate (guiding passage)
19982c, 39982c Game ball guide wall (guide passage)
19982d protruding part (guidance passage)
19983, 24983 , 25983, 29983, 30983, 31983, 32983, 33983, 37983, 38983 distribution member
21981b1 protrusion (adjustment means, protrusion)
24983a1 protrusion (adjusting means, suppressing means)
26983a2 magnetic material (adjustment means)
26982a4 magnetic material (adjustment means)
27982b2 back side contact portion (adjustment means)
28982b2 Back side contact portion (suppressing means)
30983f rubber sheet (adjustment means, one side receiving surface, other side receiving surface)
32983g Center of gravity adjustment part 32983g (restraining means)
33983b1 projecting surface (adjustment means)
33983b2 concave (adjustment means)
34982c, 34985j Bearing (restraining means, shaft hole)
37983h curved surface (receiving surface)
38983a3, 38983a4 action part (receiving surface)
TR0 throwing passage (second passage, second upstream passage)
TR1, TR201 first passage (second passage, second branch passage, first passage)
TR2, TR202 second passage (second passage, second branch passage)
TR3 passage (second passage, adjustment means, drop area)
TR4, TR214, TR224, TR234 passages (first passage, first upstream passage)
TR5 passage (expansion means, first branch passage)
TR6 passage (expansion means, first branch passage)
TR7 passage (first branch passage)
TR8 passage (first passage, first branch passage, first downstream passage)
TR9 passage (Second passage)
TR10 passage (Second passage)
TR11 passage (first branch passage)
TR12 passage (first passage, first downstream passage, first branch passage)
SE1 detection device (detection sensor)
SE3 detection device (detection sensor)
SE4 detection device (detection sensor)
SE5 detection device (first detection means, second detection means)
SE6 detection device (second detection means, first detection means)
HS1 wiring
HS2 wiring
HS3 wiring
SP biasing spring (elastic member)
S1, S2 screw
C collar (support ring)
θ1 first drive range (outer range)
θ2 second drive range (central range)
U1 opening (first branch passage)
U2 opening (enlarging means, first branch passage)
U3 opening (first passage, first downstream passage, first branch passage)
U4 opening (enlarging means, first branch passage)
U5 opening (first passage, first upstream passage, first downstream passage)
U6 opening (first passage, first upstream passage, first prize opening, second prize opening)
U7 opening (second passage, second prize opening, first prize opening)
U8 opening (entrance)
U9 opening (second passage)
GY3 3rd gear (adjusting means, suppressing means, gear)
GY4 4th gear (adjusting means, suppressing means, gear)
GY5 5th gear (adjusting means, suppressing means, gear)
WG one-way gear (adjustment means, suppression means, one-way clutch)

10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
19983, 31983 Distributing member 19983 a acting portion (protruding portion , second protruding portion, third protruding portion )
19983d abutting portion (overhanging portion)
19983b Intermediate plate (overhang , first overhang ))
19983e wall (front)
988a, 31988a shaft member (rotating shaft)
SE5 detection device ( second detection means)
SE6 detection device ( first detection means)

Claims (1)

It has a front part on the front side and an overhanging part overhanging from the back side of the front part, and rotates by the weight of the game ball acting on the overhanging part to distribute the game balls to one side or the other side. a distribution member;
a first detection means capable of detecting the game balls distributed to the one side;
and a second detection means capable of detecting the game ball distributed to the other side,
The distribution member has a rotation direction of the distribution member in the event of distributing game balls flowing down in a predetermined manner to the one side, and a rotation direction of the distribution member in the event of distributing other game balls flowing down in the predetermined manner to the other side. In a state immediately after the game balls are distributed to the one side at a rotational speed higher than the rotation speed of the distribution member in the event of distributing the game balls flowing down in the predetermined manner to the one side, which is different from the direction of rotation of the distribution member. It is configured to be able to reduce the rotation speed of the distribution member in the event of distributing the other game balls flowing down in the predetermined manner to the other side,
The projecting portion includes a first projecting portion, a second projecting portion, and a third projecting portion,
The second projecting portion and the third projecting portion have symmetrical shapes with respect to the first projecting portion when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft of the distribution member ,
A game characterized in that the game balls distributed to one side and the game balls distributed to the other side can flow down along a plane substantially perpendicular to the direction of the rotation axis of the distribution member. machine.

Images